Essential Training Course on Video Editing with Adobe Premiere Pro CC

1. Course Introduction: Welcome to the essential training course on Adobe Premier Pro CC. This is when Grace, I'm your instructor for this course. In this course, you're going to learn how to do video editing using Adobe Premier Pro. We are going to see how to use different graphics spot creating video production, how to use sound editing for video production, we have multi-track audio editing. You're also going to see how to use video transitions for our video editing project. We're also going to see how to use visual effects using Adobe Premier Pro. We can able to do keying as well as dual character things. Using Adobe Premier Pro, we can create beautiful animations using Adobe Premier Pro, we will animate effects, we will animate objects, texts, and videos in Adobe Premier Pro. We're also going to see how to do color correction and color grading using Adobe Premier Pro. This is an important option when you are doing any video production, including short flame under documentary movie making. After that, we're going to see how to use audio as well as video of vaccine, Adobe Premier Pro. We are going to see how to use a different epics out to modify how to customize it. All those things. After those things, we are going to see a six projects. We will see how to create a video for Instagram real, as well as how to produce a video for YouTube creation. After that, we're going to see how to create the song editing project using Adobe Premier Pro. We will create the perfect video editing for the song, as well as we'll sing the song with radio as well as audio. And we're also going to see how to edit the wedding video using Adobe Premier Pro. This is common for all the wedding demons around the world. So these are all the projects as well as lessons we are going to see through this course. Let us see in our class. 2. Introduction to Video Editing: Welcome to the lesson one. In this lesson we are going to see what is video editing. So you are going to have the basic understanding about what is video editing, why we need and what are the softwares. We have two video editing. Let us start. First. We have to know what is a video editing. So this is the definition of the video editing process, the manipulation and arrangement of video shots. So now we have to know what I mean by short, right? So when you are just switch on the recording button on your mobile or digital camera or any other video professional camera. I know then the recording process was started and you are just stopping the recording when it comes later. So that one single video is called a shot. In this way, you can able to create any number of videos, each and every video. As a short example, if you are making a food so fast, you are doing one recording for ten seconds. Again. And after that you are going to create another ten seconds or 30 seconds or 30 seconds video. So finally, when you are making the food, at the end, you may have 15 to 20. Those clippings. Each and every video was called short. So what we're going to do is we're going to arrange all those shots in the order what we request, and we are going to do the video editing process. So this is what is that means, the manipulation and arrangement of video shots. That is what is called video editing. Now, let us move to the next slide. We have two types of video editing. We have linear video editing, and we have nonlinear video editing. Linear video editing is a traditional video editing process. They will have the film stripes. They will add it using the scissors. That is the beginning stage of the video editing process. Because they will record on the Phillips only after regarding all those things and feeling they start to edit that with the help of the scissors are understood you. Then later in the same linear editing, we got video tabs. With the help of video tabs. They have recorded and they have used the video tab as a source, which means, you know, the raw video footage. And with the help of that video footage in this video tab, they will edit using multiple video tabs like, like I'm going to have multiple players. The players, which is the video cassette players on my editing software system. And what will happen is they will have a new blank that tab. In a new blank tab, they will record from those multiple the raw footage, the cast, which is the tab from the video. So that is the beginning stage. We have used that concept which is linear editing. Now we have nonlinear video editing. So which means we are not going to use the traditional format. We are going to use with the help of softwares in computer or laptop or tablet, PC or mobile phone, whatever you are going to use in a digital form. That form comes under this category. We just learned linear editing. Nowadays. Almost all those video editing processes going on in this format, only. Nonlinear video editing. This formula right now used in filling video editing, making a short documentary, movies, television programs, video editing. And we have YouTube video editing. Like not only for YouTube, we have all kinds of social media video editing. So that all comes under this category only which is nonlinear video editing. The software's all the video editing softwares also comes under this category, which is nonlinear video editors. So these are the two types of video editing plus we have. Now this analog video editing processes, linear video editing. I was explained you in my previous method. We are not going to use any software for this kind of linear video editing, which is also called analog video editing, because that does not involve any computer or digital softwares. And as I told you, this nonlinear video drink called digital video editing, which means we are going to use all those data in digital form, which means zeros and ones on computer or any other digital device. Then this goes, we are going to see how to use this Adobe Premier Pro for doing video editing. Adobe Premier Pro is one of the nonlinear video editing software. We're going to do all those video editing in the digital form only. So this is one of the best software we have for doing video editing. There are so many Hollywood movies and other movies, or no editor using this software, which is Adobe Premier Pro. When you know the movie, who will, I know one lot of Oscar awards for. The many things got used. Adobe Premier Pro to do video editing process. And the Deadpool movie, I hope you know this movie which is Deadpool. This movie not the best word, is edited with the help of this Adobe Premier broadly, the complete movie. And we have the Avatar movie, just released in 2009. This film was directed by James Cameron. This movie is also, you know, Editor with the help of Adobe Premier Pro. And this Gone Girl, one of the best Hollywood film in which it received a mini Oscar awards, also edited with the help of this software, which is Adobe Premier Pro. This is another business software right now and in Boston industry. Let us see how to use the software using this course. 3. New Project Setup with Premiere Pro: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to create a new project setup with Adobe Premiere Pro. You can see we have the blank screen here. First I'm going to choose File menu. And choose File menu. We can see we have option which is New. You can see we have lots of options. We have only this project and production in enabled the condition and all those sequence and other things in a disabled more. When you are using any one of these, that time only it can able to access all those things. So now I want to create a new project. Here you can see we have a new options. We have a project as well as the another option which is production. If you are going to do the production with multi computers, you can use this option which is production, so that no, you can able to share the project and all those files to the other people. If you want to do that, you can use this option which is production. And if you want to create the project within this stem itself, you can use this option which is Control Alt or this icon. Now if I choose this option here, I choose that option. You will get this new project window. And here you have the default name, which is untitled. Now I'm going to cue the name for this project. This is the new project document. And after that, you can see we have the option which is location. So here also it has the default location of this document. You can see it was saved in my users document and Adobe folder. You can see that, but it can change the board if you want, and you can give them name. I'm going to give a name which is food. Just imagine I'm going to create the project for the food. So I'm going to give a name which is food. Now I'm going to build where I want to save the document. I choose Browse icon. And I'm going to choose my desktop. Here. I'm going to choose my folder which is premier projects. You had to select the default folder for this project. And you had to keep all those project files inside that. Now if I select this project, I just double-click the particular folder. At the bottom you can see we have the option and let's just select folder. So I click here, which means we are selecting this folder location. So now I choose is select folder. I can see we have the custom or location for this new project work. After this, I have a tab here. You can see that I have gender and scratch discuss, and we have interest setting. Now I choose this gender, I'm going to use this option. Most of the time we are going to use this alone. You can see we have video rendering and Playback tab, and we have video, audio capture and color management. So you are going to set all those things. We don't have anything to do with this video rendering and playback. Now I come to this video tab here you can able to see we have display format, so we have four options here. You can able to show the time code or feet plus frame 16 mm or feed plus frame 30 to your mom. We can also show frames if you want, but I want to show the time code. That's the best way to do editing work. So by default all so they've asked given the same value with just timecode. So I'm going to keep that in the default value. If I choose the frames. And when you are doing the project work for the next time, you can choose the right one, which is timecode. After that we have the audio in RD also you can able to see we have deflate format. In this display format, I choose audio samples, had to choose that audio samples instead of choosing this milliseconds. And finally, I have this option which is capture. So when you're going to capture the video content from your jet flash or local hardest, we had to choose the right format, what you need. So I click here, you can see we have two options here. First one is dv, which is a digital video, and second, you have hatched DB, which is high definition video. So if you want to choose the basic quality video, you can choose the DV. Or if you're going to do the work with the high definition, you can use this option which is HD. And after that we have this color management. In color management, you can see we have to do your graphics white. It has three different profile values. So I'm going to choose the default one. And I have 3D LUT interpretations. So this should be the same as the GPU acceleration. So since you have the GPU acceleration, we can choose this one. If you don't have that, the software will automatically detect the default one, which is best for your hard disk. So you are going to select all those things. And finally, I'm going to choose this option which is okay. Before I'm going to choose, Okay, that is going to sack the scratch to setup. So I'm going to choose the second tab, which is Scratch Disks. When I choose this, scratch this, you can see we have lots of different categories here. You have a capture video, we have captured audio, we have audio previews, video previews. We have projects save auto. So we have all these options in this category, which is scratch disk. So what is a realist scratch this will, let me show you when you are using your computer or laptop. It will have two types of memories. Will have the permanent storage location like we have SSD, hard disk. All those places are permanent storage places. We do have a temporary storage or no processing storage, which is also called a ram. So with the help of this RAM capacity only we are going to process all those texts, image, video, and other multimedia processing in our computer or laptop. When you have less amount of RAM, It's not easy to do a multimedia processing, video processing, as well as the high-definition image processing. So that time, what you can do is you can use your hard disk space or other permanent storage spaces for the processing space. That concept, that disk is called a scratch disk. So here we are going to set that concept. Here. We have the capture video concept. So to capture the video, we can use the local hardest process. We can see we have the bot, this is the default path we have for those capture, video, capture audio, all of those things. If you want to select the particular location for all those functions, you can choose with the help of this dose icon. So you can choose a brush icon and you can choose where you have the path and where you had to choose that folder. We can see auto choosing that option. We have the new part for this capture video. So in the same way you can do all those setup for this scratchy discuss to do that capturing video as well as capturing audio and video previews. Audio previous another all functions. This is all we know this scratch this course working. This is highly Nation seal because whenever you are doing a video editing project, you are going to deal with a lot of high definition of voltages. Particularly if you are going to do a full HD video process or for K and Other than four K video editing project, you definitely need a high-end RAM. If you have a tattoo DGP or just four GB RAM, that is good. But if you don't have that kind of RAM capacity, you have less than a TTG will exist in RAG perhaps. That's not easy to do the AVD auditing process that you need. This option which is a scratch because setup, even if you have two GPR, four GB RAM, if you want to do the basic video editing function with the help of Adobe Premier Pro, you should go for this scratches setup. After completing these scratches setup, it is easy to do a video editing project. This will help you a lot with the help of this That's discuss after this agenda as well. Let's scratch this step. I have another option which is ingest settings. So just sitting you can see we have disabled value. If I enable that, you can see what kind of injection you have to go. You can choose a preset and you can set how we want to do the coding process. It has transcode, create a proxies. So you can choose which one you want and you can choose what kind of destination you have to store. Like if you want to store in a Creative Cloud, you can choose a Creative Cloud. If you want to change their locations, you can choose, just choose locations. So you can choose how you want. Do these kinds of interesting things with the help of this Adobe Premier Pro itself, you can do the injection with anyone, a server. What do you have? Like if I want to add, I can use this orphanage just adding, just said preset. So I can choose which place that I want. I can select that pleaser. And with the help of that, I can able to enter goo, the live video on any YouTube or other platforms. That's why we have this option. Whenever I'm not going to do that, I just disabled that. The help of that injects setting. You can do all those settings, what your occur from Adobe Premium Pro to connect those video process. So we have all three options here to do the work. After all cetera, all those things, how you record. It can choose this button which is okay. This is the way you can use this new project window in Adobe Photoshop. You have multiple purposes and multiple values here. If you are going to do a simple video editing, you don't need to set up this scratch disk or ingest settings. But if you need those functions, you can enable. Most important thing with this new project setup is the name of the project. You are going to save where you have the project. And you are going to choose this capsule, which is, it should be hij dV, if you are going to deal with high-definition videos. So those things are most important. Finally, you are going to choose this option which is okay. So now I'm going to choose that option or I'm going to choose the window. Since I was given a name holiday, it shows me that you had to replace it. Yes, I was very pleased it. And you can see we have the user interface here. This is how you're going to create a new project for any video production in Adobe Premier Pro. 4. Overview of Workspace: In this lesson, I'm going to show you the overview of Adobe Premier Pro user interface. After created a new project, you can see we have this user interface setting. Now I go to the Windows menu. In Windows menu, you can see we have workspaces. They note spaces. You can see we have different categories here. So we have started with all panel and we have assembly, audio captions, color to a different work. In this Adobe Premier Pro, we have different panels here. You can see that we have all bundles. We have assembly with the help of each and every dose panel settings. You can able to show the different user interface accordingly you will need. For example, if you are going to assemble Oliver video as well as other multimedia elements, we can use this window which is assembly. So when I choose assembly, you can see I have all those settings, what I required for assemble all those multimedia content. And after that, you can able to see in this workspace we have audio to do audio editing as less other audio functions. And we to how the captions to perform the video caption, text captions for this, a lot of the Premier Pro. And we have color for doing color corrections. We have editing to do video as well as audio editing. We have different kinds of user interface appearances here. Based on your needs, you can choose which one you want. If you want to have all those panel what you record, it can choose this option which is all panels. Now I click this. All panels. When I choose, all panelists will take a few seconds to assemble all those panels and you will have all those panels. So it was, you know, having the process. It may take us a few seconds. But at the end you can see it will have all those panels settings. The process is going on. A tracheid few seconds. We had to wait. Don't worry yourself. Don't rush yourself. Just wait for few seconds. And it was loading all those features. What we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. We can see it takes some time. Yes, it's going to get finished. Now, you can see, I have choose this one which is Albinus. We can see we have all panels appearance here. And all of those functions are in enabled mode. Now. Now in this all panels I can able to explain all those things. Easier interface options, what we have with Adobe Premier Pro. At first, in this left hand side, you can see we have Effects Control. So this is the option we are going to use to do all kinds of effects editing works. And before that, let me introduce this area. You can see we have the blue colored highlighted area when you have new projects without any other files. Here only are going to do all those media input as well as export process. I'm going to add all those media content here only after adding those four stages, as well as a major and other values. I'm going to use this option which is timeline. In this area. I'm going to perform all those, you know, assembling your videos, audios, and other multimedia contents. We are going to use the text content in this area only after this timeline. On this left-hand side you can see we have Toolbox. So we have different tools here to select AD as well as modify the video and other multimedia elements. You can see we have selection tool. Select the particular object. We have the track forward selection. We have Blade tool, we have Pin tool, we have to move, and we have texts to add the text to contend. With the help of this toolbox, we can able to add what would occur inside of the timeline as well as this, the Monetary Area. After this, the timeline SLS, this toolbox. I have the program area here. So if you have opened any one video content, you will get that program content here. So you can see what we have in this timeline. It will show all those things here. After this program. If I were selected any particular segment in this timeline, this fx control on this left-hand side will show you all those effects, as well as the properties what that particular video or audio segment has. So right now it was empty because we don't have any video or audio footage in this timeline. But you can see we have a fixed onto to do all those effects adjustments. Now I can able to customize this particular user interface. You can see when I go in-between those segments like this, a Explorer as less this toolbox, you can have the I-beam cursor change. So you can customize your user interface according to urinate, like how you record. I'm going to do that same thing here also. You can see that And we have different appearances of the user interface here it was started with the learning assembly, editing. As I was told you in this Windows, we can see we have all those options here. We do have some other options in this place. You can see that after the, all those things at the site and say, I have the effects panel. So this has all those effects. What we have with this Adobe Premier Pro, we to have to add the graphics inside work area as well as the monitor. And in this timeline also, we do have the sound controls. We have color collection of values, and a title, production works for the project work. So these are the user interface settings, what we have this Adobe Premier Pro. And if you have done any change, you can see I was changing all those positions. I can just use this tab. They can just access all those balance details. Sometimes I will make clothes. We know those things by knowing, knowing things. So if you are done anything wrong like this, don't worry about that. Just go to the Windows menu. And in Window menu, you can see I have workspace. Workspace, I have the option which is reset to saved layout. So I'm going to choose this option which is reset to save layout. And you can able to see, I can able to reset all those functions. I got my timeline back and I got the program as well as the other buttons here. If you want to reset, you can use that option. You may use any particular, you know, that that user interface more like, let's just color. When I choose color, I have the color adjustment based user interface. And here also, if I had done anything wrong, I can label to this window with the help of this Window menu. They come to the workspace. And here I'm going to choose this reset to saved layout. So this is how we use this user interface. We are going to do all those video editing projects as well as a complete documentary or a song or any other video production. We're using all those options. The best way to access all those the Adobe Premier Pro values, or we can choose this all panels. But as I told you, to take some time to load all those content, what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. But you can able to see all those content there. And you can do all your Adobe Premiere Pro works with those itself. You don't want to switch into each and every option every time. So within that option itself, you will have all those panels, what you record to start as a less finish the complete video editing project with Army Premier Pro. Now, you can see that process, the learning process was going on. As I was told you in previously, it will take few seconds. So I had to wait. And after I got all those user interface as well as the appearance, we can start to do your project work. And here I was missing one thing which is that a sound bar. So this will show you what kind of sound value we have with the timeline content. So if you have a exact sound value, we have the green color indication. And after that, if you have more values to show you the yellow color. And finally, if you have those unwanted are over loud sound content. It will show you that with a red colored bars. So using this zone where you can able to set, as always, you can able to know what kind of sound quality or sound volume we have with this Adobe Premier row. So these are the options. They use an interface values we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. We can do the best video editing project with Adobe Premier Pro. 5. Importance of Project Panel and Media Panel: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how important this project as soilless media browser panels. I'm going to start with this project panel. You can see this project panel has the project name. The name of the project is food. And here also you can able to see that this project was saved with the name food premiere project, which is your PR oj, that is the short form of premier project. And you can see right now, we don't have any multimedia content here. If you want to import, you can use, we can able to input that in a two ways. First thing, I can right-click inside, I can able to choose the option which is input. And second, we can drag and drop from your computer to this project window. Now I choose this right leg. I'm going to choose Import. You can see an import. I'm going to choose my desktop. And here I'm going to choose my Premier Pro projects. You can see I have my own video files. I'm going to choose the video files. Here I have two food items. You can see that I'm going to choose the first one. Or I can choose a both things. You can see I can able to choose multiple projects here. If you have any image sequence which is exported from any other software, like a 3D software. Photoshop also, we can choose the sequence settings, very first image. And you can enable this image sequence so that from that image, the continuous, all those images will be placed inside this Premier Pro as we have video content. Now I lost selecting the particular video file. When I choose a video file, here you can able to see we have the file name, which is heard when I choose multiple file. You can see we have the file name within single quotes and we have a comma here. So we can able to import multiple video files. And this itemset shows you what are the file formats are supported with this Adobe Premier Pro. We can see we have a AF EVA. Almost. You can able to see all those video file formats as it is different the video engine categories. So I'm going to use these two videos. There's two videos or MP4 videos. You can see how beautiful those video thumbnails. So when I choose Open, when I choose Open, it shows you it was importing those files. And here you have those files in this project window. We can see we have those content in alphabet order. We have the file name, which is food first, and we have the production ID, the filename or the second. You can see how we have the arrangement. It has the file name and the file format. What we have with this bin folder, it has MP4 and this too has MP4. You can able to extern that. Finally, I'm here if it tracker and you can see what is the frame rate of age, those or video files. This has a 24 frames per second and this has 50 gram per second. So you can able to see the difference between these two videos. And you can see where this media starts and media ads. Of course, both. The media files is just video file started with 000000. You can see we have a three, I'm sorry, I have four options here. First two zeros mentioning the hovers, and the second two zeros mentioning that minutes. And this is four seconds and the last 14 milliseconds. You can see how we have that video's duration. So this very first video has hovels 0 minutes and eight seconds, which means the eight seconds duration. You can see that this video has a 23 is 0.33 seconds video, which also has 43 milliseconds duration. So you can able to see all those inflammations here. We have the media duration. We can able to see a lot of details here. I just reduce the timelines area. If you want, you can able to see all those things. Now I reduce this area. You really don't want that much area for this project bin. Now after that, I come to this bottom area. In bottom area you can able to have the different weaving modes. I can choose this list view if I want. And I can also have this icon view. So based on your need, you, I'm going to choose which one you want. I'm going to choose this icon view. This will be very much useful for choosing the particular video from your project folder. If you have huge amount of video files like 50 or a 100 or more than 200. You can use this option also, the help of this option, you can able to search the particular video file. For example, I'm going to search food. You can see I can able to show only that that filename having this name, which just further. Now I come to this area, I'm going to choose the word which is IID. So when I choose ID, it can able to show this area and I'm going to type production. So I can able to see this video which has 20 thirty-seconds SLS. 44 millisecond duration. So you can able to search with the help of this option. And we can able to show all those videos with the different appearances here. I have the slider to adjust the thumbnails view. So if you want to know more visibility for the thumbnail, you can use this option. Otherwise we can reduce it. So we have all those options here. And here too, we have sought icons. So based on your needs, you can able to sort how you want. Like if you want to sort based on the name, I can choose name. You can see how water. And if you want to start with the scene or the media type, it can choose whichever is greater. So after to sing that, I can also use this ascending order or descending order, which is a descending order. Now you can see how we have that in a descending order. Now I choose ascending order and we have those things in ascending order. So you can able to manage all those content with the help of these options. And you do have this option which is New, been with the help of this new bin, you can able to create multiple folders inside this project beam. Like if I am going to use a different shots with the different scenes, I can store all those things in a separate folder like shot one shot to shot three, scene one, scene to scene three. So I'm going to choose this option, which is when I click there, you can see I got a new pin. I'm going to give me a name. I press Enter. So you can see we have a new bin. Now I just drag and drop this video inside. We have both videos inside this bin. So in this way you can able to have multiple bins according to your need. I just double-click inside the bin. I can able to see I have this two video files here. You can able to see and save this project folder. We have a bin which is food, and that we have this two video files. So this is how we use this particular been option. Now I come to this place. This is a meno we know. And in this menu, you can able to see we have a lot of options and the options you can disable or enable those thumbnail effects as well. So we can use this project window freeway. We have all those details are, so this project details here. Now, I'm going to choose on video file. You can see when I move my mouse over the video, it has the preview and it at the same time, you know, the bottom you can able to see, I can able to navigate the videos playback with the help of minus icon. You can see that wherever I move my mouse, I can able to bring the play head there. So this is possible with this no, this project bin itself. You can able to see how I was moving that. These are the options we have with this project. So that's the bin folder. Now, I come to this media browser. In this media browser, you can see we have all those local drive access. So you can access the favorite, the paths. We have all those local drives. We have network drives too. So if you want to access, you can use those options. And I'm going to use my Project folder. And here I'm going to use whatever specular like I'm going to use those contents. I can add tracks all those contents. So you can use this option. We can able to load all those images or video from your computer. So these are the options we have in this project as well as the media plaza panel in Adobe Premier Pro. So with the help of these options only we are going to load all those multimedia content inside Adobe Premier Pro for video editing work. 6. Working with Source Monitor: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use source monitor in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now I come to this, my project panel. Here, I'm going to choose one foot. You can see, you know, before selecting the foot, if I move my mouse over the particular, that video, I can able to know how the preview here. But if I were selected that particular video, you can see we have the slider. The help of the slider, you can able to have the preview on this panel itself. So you don't want to load this video and have the preview. And you don't need to select, de-select their particular video. With the help of this project panel itself, we can do that work. And it shows you the duration of the particular video. I can see how we have. Now I just want to use this video. I just double-click here. When I double-click that particular video in this project panel, you can see we have a new window here, which is source of food window now. And drag. It just plays that particular source monitor anywhere. What I record you can place here or here. So by default we have that source monitor here. We can see the name of the video virus food and the format is, the file format is dot mp4. In this project panel, you can see we have the source and source. We have the total duration of both the particular the video here. You can see we have the eight seconds and milliseconds. Here we have the playhead. So with the help of this play head, I can able to play this video. I can see you can able to play this video. And here it shows you the current a needle or this timeline frame position. You can see that where we have here, we complete that once again. We have the default 24 frames per second for this video. So after this 24 milliseconds, you can see this 24 frame. I have the scene, the particular duration value one, and we have the frame number, and the duration is two. Now, you can see those the bigger bars indicating the total 123 seconds duration here. I can able to navigate with the help of this panel. And we have a clear view here. Now I come to this place with the help of this select playback resolution. I can able to set the full quality. I can able to set the half quality with the help of this on page two, I can set the quarter value. They'll put the zone by four. Or if we want to reduce more, I can use this option on by eight. Now I'm going to have the preview. So I just played this. You can see we have very low quality preview here. If you have low configuration computer within all the low amount of graphic art as well as the RAM, you can use this option so you can able to reduce preview quality. This is the best way to do that. And I'm going to use this option to play this. Now I use this particular option, two and back, one step back towards the frame. The help of this, I can able to move one frame on left-hand side. You can see that I'm going to have that half value. So I can able to move one frame, the help of this button. In the same way, if I want to move one frame forward, I can use this icon. I can use this two options to these functions. And also I know I can use my mouse. I can see that. Now I come to this place. Here we have one option which is marker. So if you want to add a marker here, I can use this option. For example, I'm going to place the chopsticks on the food. So from this one way I want to add a marker. So I just click here, which is add a marker. So we can see we have a marker here with the green colored appearance. And I'm going to play the video. And that's it. I want to place one more marker here. So I just click this Add Marker. So with the help of this source panel unknown, I can able to add markers. And this will be very much useful for us to do better work. Here I'm going to add one more marker. So with the help of this option, I can able to add more markers here. Now I choose this marker. You can say I was two, so this marker may choose that marker I can able to move the playhead there exactly. You can see that this is the best way you can able to control the play head in the right way with the help of this marcus. The same time, I just right-click over the place. You can see we have mark in as a smart coat option. We have Add Marker. And the same time we can clear the selection marker here with the help of this option, which is clear selected. I'll choose this one. I'm going to choose this marker. And now I choose the same way, which is I choose clear selected marker. If we want to clear all those markers, I can use this option which is clear all markers. You can see I can able to clear all those markers. So with the help of this option, I can able to add markers. And also it can able to remove all those markers with the help of that option. Here we have the play percentage value. So if you want to fit, you can use this option fit. So whatever the resolution you know, like for K or eight K, we can able to see that within this source area. If I want to see only 10%, I can set that into ten per cent. And if you want to handle person, I can choose a 100%. So that will reveal what kind of quality we have. If you are going to zoom in the video during the editing process, it's easy to have the preview here itself. You can able to decide whether we had Zoom it or not. You can see in this 400 in a Zoom, I had a lot of moment of blur. So you can able to have that preview here itself. You can decide how we want that video. So this is the fifth mode. And with help of this, the playhead pushing or so I can able to control this play head. I just click and drag. In this area. You can see if I just click and drag towards the right hand side, I can able to move the plate on the right-hand side. If we move the left-hand side, after this area, I can able to move the play head into left-hand side. So it's up to you. You can also use this option. So after you know all those values here I have the settings option. I choose the settings. So if you wanted to use the playback resolution setting and the past is a solution, we can use all those options. Now, at the end, I have a few more important options here. So we have mocking and Mark code. Now, you just imagine this is the raw footage, which means the video which is shorter with the help of mobile or any other digital cameras. So you are going to edit that, like I'm going to edit from this place. And if you wanted from this place, you're going to mark here, we have one more way which is I can able to set the market, which means here only I'm going to start the video. So I don't need those areas. What we have behind this 1 second and the six frames. So I click here Malkin, you can see we have the dark gray area. On this left-hand side. I have light area here. So after this, I'm going to move the playhead here. And I just want to finish here. So when I want to finish here means I'm going to choose this in, just mark out. We can also use the shortcut key to do that. If you want to add this Markin, I can use the shortcut, which is I, I4 in. You can see we have the shortcut keys. To add this out. You can use within this area, you can able to access that video. If I add this video right now to this timeline, I will have this area alone. I will not have the area of what we have previously, this market. We don't have the area of what we have after this out. Now if you want to expand the in-and-out, I can come to this beginning. You can see I got the cursor change. I can able to expand the n. You can see that here we have the indication that shows you, whereas the central point, the same. We're going to have to expand that out if you want. These are the functions we have with this market and mark out. And I have this option which is equal to frame. So with the help of this export frame, I can export the current frame what you have in this source monitor, like I'm going to have the view here. I'm going to export this as a image. So what I'm doing is I'm choosing this option which is export frame. You to have the shortcut key, which is Control Shift and E. I will choose this. And it shows you the filename, which is the food dot mp4. And it shows you in a bit duration, you have that particular frame. So after that filename, I know we have this format. We can customize the file name if you want. And it has the different formats. I can use a JPEG or PNG. So if you have a particular format, what you need, you can choose that and you have the path where we're going to save. Now I choose this option which is inputted into project, which means this will be added inside my project because I know how the project settings I choose, Okay, now, that will be imported in my project. If I right-click in this bin, let's choose input. Now I come to this, my project area. We can see we have lots of options. So it will be imported in my project and to have the destination. So if you want to change the destination, you can choose where you want. I'm going to choose my project folder. I'll choose, Select Folder. Now I choose, Okay, now we come to this place and my bin choose Import. You can see here I have the particular frame that has the name, which is on the food dot mp4 dot 00 can see that I'm going to choose this image. You can see this image. The cones option wasn't enabled, but if you have the continuous the images with the same name or on the particular image sequence, you can use that option, but this is a single image I don't want to enable here. Let's choose that image and I choose Open. Now you can able to see I have that particular image here. So we can able to have the snapshot. We do have this overwrite, Insert and go to out and go to options, will see all those things in upcoming lesson. So this is how we can able to create this in-and-out settings for this source folder. After this, what we can do is we can input the selected, the area of this video to your timeline. And you can able to create your own video editing project using Adobe Premier Pro. 7. New Sequence Creation: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to create a new sequence using Adobe Premier Pro. First we are going to know what is sequence. Sequence is a collection of a video or images. We have all those multimedia elements together to create a single footage. We may have all those things are limited amount of elements in that sequence. That sequence we have the particular concept or the particular scene. That sequence will have start to the end, you know, all those same kind of colors, same kind of audio values. So if you have a particular video production like you have five-minutes, a duration, short flame or document if limb. If you are going to use a different tone for the different scenes, you can construct different scenes, the help of this concept, which is a sequence. The sequence will have the combination of all those elements. Right now you can see in my timeline, chose me like it has no sequences. Now what I am doing is I come to this, my project panel here. I rightly, when I right-click, you can see I can able to create new bin. I can able to create a new search bin. I do have options with just new item. With the help of this option, I can able to add a new content using these options. You can see what are all the things we can able to add. We can able to add the project shortcut offline file adjustment layer, the bar and tones of black video color matte, which is the color solid background. So you can able to use all of those things. Here I'm going to use the option which is sequence to sequence to sequence. It shows you the sequence setting. We can see we have four tabs here and we have sequence preset, settings, track and VRB do. First we have this sequence preset. In sequence preset, you can able to see we have different preset values. Like how we have different preset values in other software lakes, Adobe Photoshop and other softwares. You have different uses here. Like if you are going to use the camera or a camera, you can edit that with the help of this already preset sequences. You can see we have the full HD value for that. To have this one, which is two. We have the audit NADP. They have 23.976. The frame per second. We had 2425. So based on the setup, the preset, what you are choosing here, you will have the changes in this description and it's gentle. You can see all those things. After this already you have this ABC. So if we want to create the video content for television production, you can use this density. You can choose which dimension needed. When I choose this, the very first one. You can see here we have the video settings and here we have the project description. This description shows you what is the aspect ratio. It has a 16 is nine aspect ratio and it has 15 frames per second. You can see here we have 108050. This NAT is the solution of this particular preset and this I is interlaced. You can see that we have 5050, the frame per second. They have the audio with the 48 thousand hertz. We have the gentle values here. It shows you frame size. It has 9201080 pixels. It too has an OH, 25 frames per second. After this, I have this one which is standard UP payments progressively lines. So you will have 09202 is NAT progress your lines there. We have the frames which has twenty four, twenty five, thirty. So if you want to create the full HD video, you can choose this one. And if you want to create a hatch D, you can use this one. You can see that how all those present values. And if you have created within the Canon camera, you can use this option. If you have created with the digital SLR cameras, you can use these options. You can see we don't have any interlace concept here. We have only these three, which is then ATP, which is progressive line, which is also called full as it is a solution that also you have different frames per second. We have 302534 b to have the heterogeneous solution, the basic edge to the solution, which will have 18280 into sound 20 pixels, the different frames per seconds. If you want to create the basic video which has. Minimum resolution. You can use this option which is for ATP. You can see that these are the digital SLR camera values. The same way we have different values here. You can see that. So you don't want to set the manual, the frame size, as the less resolution. You have, all those options here you can see we have four K with the 24 frames per second. We have Forky with the 50 frames per second. And we have ultra HD dimensions here. And I choose here it can able to see that what is the dimension we have. And in for k also can able to see the exact for k values here. So we have all those presets here. For this dynamic high definitions. If you want to create video content for a basic video broadcasting, the standard quality, you can use this TV options in dB. You can see we have standard, which has 720 pixels width and for 80 pixels height. It too has a frame per second in different values and has different audios. Here you can see we have two variations. Have standard view as well as the white screen view. Now I come to this NTSC PAL based on the region, you can choose which one you want, pallor and TAC. It has a major difference. We can see the bile. We have the video size into the frame size into San Antonio, t into phi 76 pixels. But if you look at this NTC, we have some 2480 pixels. So we know this is a major difference we have with this TAC and pad because of the aspect ratio and the screen display off or the bile system as well as the MTC system. Now I have this digital video, CPR. We can use those interlace values if you want. Here. We have all those values here we do have the value for red. So you can able to edit those recorded videos that had camera recorded videos. We also have the v. So if you want to create the stereoscopic video content, you can use this option. You can see we have one is to one aspect ratio content here. So if you want to create the V or video content, we can use these options. We have different resolution for that. We had to k and we have four K tilde, we have eight K, we have values here for VR content. After we are, we have other camera values. We have lots of presets here. Based on your purpose, the video editing purpose. We can choose which kind of, you know, the sequence in it. Right now I'm going to use the very simple one. I'm going to use a digital SLR. And here I'm going to use ten ADP, going to choose this the t, Since I have dataframe per second. But you can see here in this other footages, I had different frames per seconds. For example, for this production ID, this strawberry video, I have 50 frames per second. But here I have different values. We know that, but that will adjust automatically according to this sequence. So I choose that particular value. Now we come to this Settings tab. In the Settings tab, it shows you what kind of editing mode you have choosed. Of course, I was choose to DES digital SLR, DSLR. You can see that here. Here also you can change if you want. It shows you different modes here. Like it shows you Sony XD cam and other all options. Now I come to this time-based, I can able to select the particular frame per second here. So this is what I'm going to use. We have frame size. If you want to customize the frame says it can do that work here. For example, if I'm going to use 1014, sort of 1080, I can able to customize that here. We can say that, but by default, we have the different aspect ratio here. Now with that was changed. How I'm going to use the same value. Then 80, then it shows you it has a six-month is nine aspect ratio. And we have pixel aspect ratio here, the square pixels. And if you want to change the square pixels isn't to know on the widescreen or something different. You can use option scales, but I recommend you to use this square pixels for digital video editing works. And we have the feeds that you need. I have no fields, but if you look here, you can use this upper field first or lawyer filled first. But I don't need any field here. And we have different format, the time code farmer here. I'm going to choose this very first one in this 29.97 frames per second. And we have what colors we speak a sense. I also going to use the same, the default value, which is 709. Here I have the audio profile, I have 40 thousand hertz audio value. You should not change that. This is a default value. And we have the display format, which is audio samples for this audio. And we have the video preview here. If you want to set the preview, I can use this option here itself. I can able to set the what is the exact width and height of the particular preview. And b to have this Canvas site it linear color. I'm going to enable this, of course by default also I know it will be an enabling more. And if you want to maximum the bit depth, you can increase that. And if you want to maximize the renter quality, you can increase here with the help of these options, but that will consume more of file size at the same time. You need a better configuration system for that. So if you want, you can enable that. But now I'm not going to use that. Here. I'm going to give a name for this sequence. We are going to give a name which is food. Don't confuse with the project name as well as this sequence name. I'm going to give a name which is forsake. Once. I was given an image is food zig once and I'm going to choose, Okay? And before that I know I'm going to choose this also attract in track. You can able to see I'm going to have three video tracks by default. If you want more tracks at the beginning, you can use your keyboard. We can increase how many tracks you need. Press the Enter NO, accidentally. And you can see we have phi tracks here in this timeline. I'm going to close this panel, not a battle. Going to delete this sequence. Because I know I just want to explain that concept complete. I just want to add in another sequence. I'm going to have the theme, but DSLR value. I was having the track. So I was having tonight with just five and I press tab instead of press Enter. So I will have file video tracks in the timeline, the new timeline. And you can see we have three audio tracks here. So if you want to add more, you can use this option which is add a track. So I got one more drag here. You can see that with the help of this option, I can able to add more tracks here. And we have the audio track mixer value. If you want to know how Studio you can use the studio. And if you want 51 on audio, you can choose 5.1 and you can utilize, according to you and I to have multi-channels. So based on the need, I'm going to choose which one I want. And in this audio preferred setting, I have the track name. I can set the track name here itself. Like I'm going to give a name which is the background music. I'm going to give us a shortcut. The short name is just BGN. And here I'm going to give it a name which is enrollment sound. I'm going to give a name which is ambiance. And here I'm going to give an IM just up. The same way you can able to define the name of the particular track. And you can define how many tracks you need for a video. Now I'm going to choose only one. So we're going to have only one track there. And you can set up the particular band value of the audio while. So I'm going to have that e to 0 because I just want to hear all those sounds in love Tesla, right? And channels. Now finally, after setter this sequence preset settings track. I'm going to set this VR video. If you are going to create the VR video that they only are going to use. Otherwise, you don't need a here you have the projection. You can choose whichever section you need, and you can choose what kind of VR video you need, like mono scoping. Or if you're going to have stereoscopic like side-by-side, left and right and top and bottom, which is all end up where you can use this option. And if you are going to have one idea or 360, you can also set the value here. So if you are going to use VR video, it can enable that. Otherwise, I just have the prediction into None. I added all those options. If you want these settings and you are going to use these settings for a multiple times. We can just click this option which is to say please set. I'm going to give a name food sequence. I'm going to give any images saved reset. And I'm going to give a name for it. And here I point to give a description if I record, could just OK. And you can see we got a new preset here. And I can able to select what kind of settings I need. Or the end. You can see we have the new custom setting, the frame width and height. All those settings, what do we have created? I choose that and I was choosing this option, the sequence name. Finally, I'm going to choose, Okay. Choose Okay, we got a three video tracks as well as three audio tracks here. So this is how we are going to use this option which is create a new sequence. In this project panel, you can see I got a new sequence here. So this is the sequence. What do we have created? In this class? You can see we have the other files, like we have a video file here. We have the image file here, and we do have another video here. Those video as well as other content, don't have any small icons at the bottom. But this sequence has a small blue colored icon, which also has another illustration of the timeline editing needle. So this is an indication that this is not a project or normal file. This is a sequence while we have multiple videos, audio tracks in this timeline, we can utilize that for creating video editing project works. So this is all we are using this new sequence creation in this Adobe Premier Pro. In next lesson, we are going to see how to utilize this in our timeline. 8. Timeline in Detail: In this lesson, I'm going to give you the detailed information about this Adobe Premier Pro timeline. Right now, you can see when it was created, that sequence, food sequence. We got the new name in this particular time, then we just put sequence and we got that particular sequence here. We don't have any footage here. Now what I'm going to do is I'm going to load this video content here. So we have already marked the video start and end position in our previous classes. Let us see how to load that here. After I created that in and out. Now, I can able to see we have the time neonatal here. In this timeline. You can see we have hovers, minutes, seconds, and milliseconds, the duration, as well as the current version of this timeline needle. And you can see we have three different tracks for video and three different tracks for audio. Now, you can able to lock the particular layer. I just unlocked that particular track. Also. You can make the content into invisible if you want, and you can make that into visible. Now right-click here. On this particular track. You can see we have all these options. If you want to move the selected tracks into the app, they can use this option, all sources app. And if you want to move towards the bottom, we can use this option. Move also store. We have different options here because they want to load a video contents so that you can able to see all those things, what we have in this timeline. So the way I know, it's easy to load the content from our source monitor. I just click and drag. This is the easy way. And I'm going to place where I need my video. You can see this is the starting position. I can place in a faster track as second drug or that drug where I want. So I'm going to place this in this first track. When it was placing that video. It shows you Clip Mismatch Warning. What is that mismatch? It shows you this clip does not match the sequence settings. Change sequence settings to match the clip settings. If you have at least one pixels variation in width or height, you can show this option. And if you have different frame per second also, do show this option. If you want to keep the same settings for this sequence, we can choose this option which is keep existing settings because we have planned and created this sequence. So we don't want to do any changes. But if you want to change according to that particular source video, you can choose this option which is changed sequence settings. Most of the time we don't prefer that if you want to match that the current sequence with this source, that time only we are going to use this option with this chain sequence settings. Otherwise I'm going to use this option only. We just keep existing settings. I choose that. Keep existing settings. When you want to keep this all time, you can just disable this. Because every time this will ask you the message. But if you want that, Adobe Premier Pro want to ask you every time you can just enable that. And I choose this cape existing setting. Now, we got the same exisiting setting, and here we have the final program preview. Now I'm going to play. You can see we have that video footage here. You to have the different color for the footage. Now you can see at the bottom I have this slider. I can able to reduce the slider to zoom in the particular drag. You can see I can able to Zoom in the time. And we have the ruler here. It shows you the duration like two seconds, four seconds, six seconds. So it indicates what is the duration of the selector particular file. We can also see the anti-tax duration. And we have different tracks here. We have the video track preview here. And now I choose these are toggled track output. You can see I can able to hide that with the help of this option. I can lock can see I can now access this footage so you can able to lock or visible in this particular selected tracks. Now if I choose this track, when I choose this track, we can able to see that track has a white colored stroke. I can see that. So that indicates this particular segment was currently selector. We can use this slider to zoom in and zoom out the same time. You can able to use all Tukey. If you just press hold the Alt key and scroll your mouse, you can able to zoom in and zoom out. We can see that just vessel the Alt key and zoom in. I can also zoom out with the help of the same altar. I was moving that scroll mouse. The reverse order. So this is how we use this. And with the help of this play head, you can see I can able to move forward as well as backward. Now I'm going to do one more thing. We have added this segment. And in this my source panel. What I'm going to do is I'm going to place some marker here. I'm just adding random mockers. Now I'm going to import the footage here. So when I import the footage or previous footage itself, you've got the marker there. You can see that. So I got all those markers there. And if you want to add anything based on the markers, you can add that. Now. I just close this. And again I'm going to add the same thing. I just click and drag. You can able to see how I can able to add. I can place that over. I want choose keep existing settings. Now after this, I just come to this area in-between each track. When I come in between these two tracks, I can have different causes change. I can click and drag. This will help me to increase the particular the frame size. And when I increase that, you can able to say I have the food preview here. This indicates what kind of layer content you have within that segment. So it shows you the duration of the particular clip. This will be the valuable visual communication for us. We can able to add multiple tracks also, like I'm going to choose this track, I just double-click. You can see we have more duration for this clip. I'm going to start with this place. I can use a shortcut key also, I plus I, to start the input, the mark, and I press O, say the outward. Finally, I'm going to place here. So I just saw Dalton kinda scroll memos. Now I just click and drag from this, go into place here. And to have the particular thumbnail view, you can see how we have the food. This is all we load that video content from the source monitor. We can just drag and drop here. This is the best as far as the ECV, we can zoom in and you can see how we have those areas. If you want to know Xu overall, all those tracks, we can use this option also. We can see that how we can able to zoom in and zoom out. As a beginner, you may zoom in and you can start to utilize this Adobe Premier Pro timeline. This is the easy way. This is how we use. We load the contents from the source monitor. You can also directly and from the bin. But if you want to select, you can select from these sources. This is the easy way as well as the proper way to load the content. You don't want to load all those unwanted countered into timeline and you want to eat it and you want to remove. This is the right way. You are having your preview and you are selecting the essential areas only, and you are going to load that in this timeline. This is so we use this timeline. We had a lot more options with this timeline in Adobe Premier Pro, we will use all those values in upcoming lessons. 9. Preview Monitor: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use program monitoring, Adobe Premiere Pro. In previous classes we have seen how to use this source monitor. So whenever you are open some content from this bin folder, Project Explorer, if you double-click, we know you can able to access that anywhere source folder. Now I just double-click here. So I can able to access that. Right now we have the sequence there. So I'm going to double-click here. You can see I have this folder and we have that in this source monitor. Now, after placing that the selected a video in a timeline, you can see in timeline, we have this particular monitor, which is program monitor. The program monitor will have all those informations, what we have with this other timeline. You can see we have the playhead. I was moving the playhead. And you can see that we have over footage in this program monitor. You can able to see what we have in this timeline. Program monitor. You can see we have almost same kind of appearance like how we have the source monitor. Like we have the time display here, so we can see where we have the playhead. Right now. We have the playhead at the four seconds and 21 milliseconds. So you can see where we have our playhead and we can able to control that with the help of this program view also. You can see that with the help of this also you can able to add markers if you want. So you can see we can able to add a marker here. And in the same way I can able to remove that marker if I don't want. So I just leave this clear, the selector, the marker. So we can able to add and mark it with the help of the same program also be to have this in and out. So if you have that kind of work, you can use like I choose this in. And it can say in timeline, I can able to mention that I have to start here, I'm going to finish. So I'm going to choose this out. So you can see I can able to select that particular area to a particular editing or functions using this timeline. That's why we have this option in and out. And I choose this, go to in and CO2 out. So if I want to move the play head into the beginning of this input and output, I can use these two options is go to here and go to Outlook. You can see that we too have the same kind of options. One frame backwards. We can come back bird on frame, one frame forward. And we have the Play control. So you can able to play that, but they'll pop that. This is how we use this option, like how we use that same Monitor. You can see that how we use after that, we do have a few more options here. We have lift and we have extract v2, have this export frame as we used to have this comparison view. If you want to add more buttons here, you can use this option which is button editor. We do have this option in the source monitor also, you can see that we have that same. So how are we can use this button editor? Let me show you. I just enable that. And you can see we have lots of options here. Like, you know, like we have this toggle display view. If you want this option in this icons, I can just click and drag that particular effect from this button editor. Again, place where I want. I can see, I can place wherever I want. I'm going to add here. So we got that appearance. And I'm going to use this option to choose multi-camera record on-off toggle. I just press hold and drag. And they place here. This is how we can able to add more buttons if you want. If you don't want a, we can just click and drag from this end you can release value. You can see I just click and drag and release here. You can able to remove those buttons. If you want to remove add, you can use that option to add and remove the buttons. Now, after that, we have these two options which is cleaved and extract. So if you want, you can use all those options. I just lift and you can see I can able to lift all those things. And I choose this extract. Before doing the Extract, I'm going to select only this area. And I'm going to choose this extract. So you can see I can able to extract that space alone from the timeline. You can see that was extracted that if we want to do these functions, you can use these two options. So this is how we use these icons. And we do have the view. You can set that percentage view. What are your occur? Mostly we use this fit to fit any monitor resolution. And we do have the quality of the display. We have the full quality. If you want to have the full quality preview that time itself, we can enable that. Otherwise, you can have this half or quarter view based on your requirement. You can use all those things according to your system configuration, the monitor display, the solution. These are the options. We have this with this program and I to have the settings. In settings you can able to see we have playback resolution plus the solution high-quality playback. We too have the Alpha multi-channel and compositing views. By default, we have this composite video. But if you want, you can switch set it to alpha. You can search that into multi-camera view if you want. And we have this comparison view. So I default we have this option which is composite view. So this is what we need. And we do have other options like we can able to live preview if you want to play that again and again. And we have few more options here. If you want to show the safe margin, I can use that. Inside this margin. You can able to place all those texts and logo and other named gods outside this margin. You can able to place the bag road as well as the images. So this is an important part we have with this preview. If you record, you can enable that option in the same way to have this transparency grid. And if you want, you can enable all those things. I just disabled both things. And we have this time ruler, if you want, you can enable that. Just disable that because I don't want that here. You can see we have all options that later to this particular program view. And if you want to do the overlay, you can use this option which is overlay setting and you have the overlay here. We'll see all those things in upcoming lessons. So these are the options we have with this program monitor. We are going to see whatever you have. This timeline and timeline editing work in Adobe Premier Pro. 10. Effects Control in Premiere Pro: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use fx controller in Adobe Photoshop. I'm going to use this video for that. You can see how sensitive video. Now, I'm going to use fx control for this particular video. I will select this video first in my timeline. After that, I come to this my panels. In these panels, you can see I have the option which is fx control. You can see we have a lot of panels here. You can able to navigate directly or you can come to this closed icon. I can choose the option which is fx controller. When a tooth effects controls, you can see I have the particular, you know, the selected segments, those effects here. We have basic effects. You can see like we just started with this motion. I just expand that motion effects. We have the portion of the frame. I can see I started with this 960. If you want to change, you can just click and drag. So we can able to change the position. And if I reduce in minus, you can see how we change. So we can able to change the position in this x-axis. The same time, we can able to see the position x2. If you want to do that, you can use these two options, which is position. Now if I want to reset that value, I can come to this place and they can choose parameters. I can able to reset all those parameter values. After this position, we have the scale. We have under percent scale here. If you want to reduce, we can reduce that. You can see how we are going to reduce that. The same way I can able to increase that with the help of the option. So I was increasing that. So you can able to both reduce and increase the scale using this scale attribute. And here also it can, these are the parameters. We can see. We have enabled this uniform scaling. If I disabled that, you can see we can able to adjust the height and a width alone. If you want to stretch, you can use this options. You can see how we scale this. But most of them never need this one. So I enable this uniform scale, reset all those parameters. So this is how the scale function works in this fx control. And v2 how this rotation. So we have all those transform controls. We can able to rotate that and you can able to scale that. You can do all those stuff here. It will have the anchor point position. We have anti-political filter. If you want, you can able to do that settings also. After those, you know, the motion settings we have opacity. So in this opacity, you can see we have the basic opacity of the video layer. So if you want to reduce the opacity, which is the transparency of the layer, you can adjust here. I can see I can able to adjust the opacity the same time I can able to reset that with the help of this option, which is the parameter. We too have blending mode here. We will see that in upcoming lessons we do have this inode time remapping. So right now it has handled per cent. And you want to remap this time change, you can able to do that here. For that, we have that option. So these are the options we have in this IFX control. You can see in this fx control and right-hand side, you have that particular video for DH parameters. If you're doing any changes in this particular on those effects, the basic effects like motion, opacity and other options that will have the keyframes here. So that's why we have this area. And you can see the current selected, the footage layer here. This is how this affects control, how the look. With the help of this effects control only we are going to do all those modifications in our video footage. So this is how we are going to use this effects control. You can see I have all those options. Then it was adding those effects, the basic effects, video effects. In this video footage, you will have the additional effects in this bottom. We can do all those modifications as well as editing using these effects control only. Finally, if you want to remove all those effects, what you had done, we can come to this place, this fx center tab. You can choose this one which is removal of x. When it choose Remove effects, you can see it shows you a list of effects. What we can remove. It shows you the motion, opacity time remapping and all those things. So I just choose, okay, so that I can able to reset all those effects what we have with this particular video footage. So this is how we use this app x controlling Adobe Premier Pro. In next lesson, we are going to see how to use fx panel in Adobe Premiere Pro. 11. Essential Effects Panel: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use effects panel in Adobe Premiere Pro. In last lesson, we have seen how to use the effects control and let us see how to use Epics balance here. First I'm going to open on video, can see I'm going to use this video. We have default, those effects here. We have motion opacity and the time remapping. Now, I'm going to choose my fx panel from this Windows menu. This windows, you can see we have fx. I can choose these effects option. This was already out there. So I'm want to choose that to access that I come to this place. You can see we have lots of options. I'm going to use this effects category. When I choose these effects tab. I can able to see I have the complete that user interface as the apex right-hand side, you can see we have the apex panel. I can access anyone effect, like you can see we have different effects here. I'm going to use this video effects. Here. I'm going to use anyone effects like I'm going to use this distort. And here I'm going to use my this trail. If you want to update a particular effect, what you need to do is you need to drag and drop inside this footage. When you track and trap, you can see in your effects controls, you got the new E of X, which is trill. So previously you don't have that. After adding that particular effect. You got that here. You can also add that effect by double-click the particular effect. What you need to do, so you have to select the particular footage or the segment, and you have to double-click the particular effect. You got it here. Now, I can able to adjust that. In every effect you have these three options to add the masking appearance. After that we have the angle, shrill radius, and other attributes. I'm going to set the angle first, can see, I can able to adjust that vdu that affects the entire video. You can see that not only the current, the frame that affects the entire video. If you want, you can use this option, you to have the radius of the trill value. We can able to expand or reduce that according to your need. And you have till center. So you can able to change the position of the trill in horizontal as well as the vertical direction. This is how we use these effects control for the apex, you have lot of video effects here I will see all those things in our lessons when it occurs. So these are the effects we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. You can see these are all effects, as well as the effects controls are highly essential for making effective video as well as creative work using Adobe Premier Pro. 12. Assemble the Multimedia Elements: Welcome to the Chapter two. In this chapter, we are going to see how to use Adobe Premiere Pro to do a quick video editing work. We are going to see how to use this in external diversion for upcoming chapters. But in this chapter, I'm going to show you how to do a good editing with Adobe Premier Pro. First, I'm going to create a new project. I choose New Project. After choosing this new project, we know what to do. So we had to do a lot of settings. I'm going to choose this project setting. I'm going to save where I want to say the particular document. So I choose my brush icon. Here, I'm going to choose my project place inside my chapter two folder. I'm going to save this editing work. So I'm going to give a name. Research, that's the name of this particular project. I just got the text and here this is the location where I'm going to save my files. After choosing the place, I'm going to mention the name of the project. And we know we have to choose this which is the capture format should be hatched definition. And I'm going to choose this. Okay? Now, we'll get a new user interface as we have done in our previous section. We'll just wait some time to take a few more seconds to load the entire user interface. Since it's complete or video editing software, it has lots of tools and options within this particular user interface. So you have to wait and you will get all those things. Now what I'm doing is I was choosing this tab at the top, which is editing. Can see I was choosing that. And I'm going to load all those my project files here. Let me show you what all the things I have for this lesson. If you look at this section, we have three folders here. So these are the Work folders you have for this particular chapter two. I have a video files. This is the folder. It has all those video files, what you're going to use. We have images. Those images we are going to use during this image editing process. And we have audio files. You can see I was created separate folders for all those multimedia elements. We have audio files here. Remember you how to use this way to keep your all files. It's easy to maintain all those files if you have in this format. Now, I'm going to load all those contents. I come to this, my project window. And inside this, I'm going to create a bin. So it just click a new bin. And here I'm going to give a name, just video, and I just double-click that been to visit inside. Now you can see I was inside the video bin. I'm going to load my video files. So I right-click inside, I'm pointing, choose the option which is input. After choosing that option, we know we are in the same. The source route folder. I just double-click this video files and I'm going to load all those video files. So if you want to load multiple video files, you can use Shift D key. If you want to select a random video files, we can use control. So with the help of control, you can select a random files. You can see how we're selecting the random files. And I can choose this option which is open. Now, before open this, I'm going to show you few more things. When it come to this place, it shows you what are the media are supported with this. They don't bin. And you can see what are the file formats we have here. And if you want to select all those, you know, the continent, what do you have in the folder? You can press Control J, so that is the easy way to select all those files. Now you can see I have all those files in this file name. Choose Open. Now, when I open now you can see we have the Important Files tab and it load all those video files. What we have selected there. Now you can see I got all those files here. And after God that I come to this, My Project Explorer again, I'm going to create a new bin. This is for audio, and I choose this audio bin, double-click there. Now I right-click and choose Import. This time I'm going to import those audio files. Can see I had two audio files here. I was importing that and I got that here. When I import that audio file, you have thumbnail. I can be like appearance, but this is not a thumbnail view. This is just an icon view. We don't have that particular adduced frequency here. This is just a graph. That's it. And after that, I'm going to create one more new folder which is images. And I enter inside, I'm going to place those images. I have only two images for this project. And I got it here. Now way back to my root folder, you can see it shows you how many files we have inside each and every folder. We have 14 video files, we have two audio files and two images. So this is how you have to maintain your project files. This is how you have to assemble all your video files as well as other multimedia elements. It's easy to access all those files when you have this in a proper format. Here also, you can set the list view if you want. So you may have a better understanding like how we have the elements inside those folders. You can say that you can able to see all those details like the name of the particular file has less the file format to have a frame rate and media start date and end time. You can see all those things. And we do have those properties for audio files. We have the filename and we have the frame rate, and we have the start and the end. Finally, I have images. You can see that for images, we don't have those kind of details. You can see that we don't have those kinds of digits, we just have the name of that particular image. So this is how you have to keep all those project files, your bin. We have to load in this way. We can see we have created all those separate bin. This is how you can assemble all those multimedia elements. What you're going to use inside this project work after placing all our multimedia elements. Now, I just want to load those elements from my project explorer to timeline. We know we have to create a new sequence for that. But without new sequence also, you can able to directly add those multimedia elements into the timeline. It will automatically create the sequence for the footage. Let me show you. I have this the bin folder we know have those 14 video files here. Now what I'm going to do is I'm just going to just drag and drop the bin folder into this timeline. Right now we don't have any sequence there. I'm going to release the release that you can able to see. I got all those video files here. You can able to see that within a single drag-and-drop, you can able to place all your video files in my timeline. This is possible because of our bin only. And here you can see we got a new sequence. This was created based on the properties of our video files. You can see we have same 24 frames per second. You can see what is the total duration of this video. We have four minute that in seconds and 11th frame. So this is how we can able to load those multimedia content. But I strongly not recommending this because this is not a proper way. So what are these UE's? You just create the sequence first. I'm going to create my sequence first. And during that you have to select the right the dimension for the particular work. I'm going to choose a DSLR, ATP. Now I'm going to choose this 25th frame per second and I choose new. So I got a new sequence here. I just double-click over the sequence. Here I'm going to give the name. So the name of the sequence is research. Now I'm going to load those contents. So after creating the sequence, you can see we've got a timeline for the sequence. Now I'm loading this all video files, what we have inside this video, then I just click and drag and I'm going to drop here. You can see where I'm going to talk. I can drop in this track one, track two, or track three. So I'm going to release that in a video track one. If you release here, you may have the distance between the starting point to the video segment. But if you move the most overlap and say, wherever you release, you will get that video from the beginning only. So now I'm going to release here. This is a fast-track. We can see within that sequence dimension as well as the frame rate. We got all those videos. So we can able to load all those video files here. So this is how we can able to assemble all video files in a proper way. And now I'm going to add my images. So I had two images here. I'm going to place the very first image here. So I just want to give some time duration for that. Just select that, and I just move that. Now I want to load my images here. So I come to this bin folder. Here I had two images. I'm going to double-click the image. You can see, I can able to see that in this particular place. And I'm going to have this image first. Let's just drag and drop here. And you can see how we have the image. So if I want to place any text or title, I can place that on this right hand side. That's why I'm going to use this image. After this. What I'm going to do is I'm going to load my audio here. So I just drag and drop anyone audio. I double-click the particular audio file. So you can see we have the preview here, this icon in this previous, the same audio graph of this particular audio. I'm going to play that. So you can see we had a preview here. I'm going to select the second track. And I'm going to have a preview. Okay, I'm going to use today FastTrack. I just drag and drop the track here. I can say I can able to add those elements. So we are going to process all those elements in upcoming lessons. But here you can see I created those bins. I was inputted all those multimedia elements into this project explorer. And after that, we can able to successfully load all those multimedia elements, the video files, audio track, and the images in our timeline. This is though we are assembling all those new project files in your timeline in a quick manner. 13. Markers in Action: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use markers in Premier Pro. Markers plays a major role when you are doing video editing with any software. So here I'm going to show you how to use those markers. We already seen in this previous section. With the help of this review panel itself, we can able to use marker, for example, if I choose that video track two here. And we can able to add the markers here. When you add the marker in the source panel itself, those markers will be permanently added with the project. And whenever you are loading that particular video track into this timeline, we will have all those markers there. So we can add with the help of this source clean. But if you have added all those videos here also you can able to add a marker in the timeline. Now, first I'm going to lock this sound layer, this audio track. I just want to lock this in this timeline. You can see we have one which is audio track one. And I can use this lock button to lock that audio track so that I can not able to select that. But still I can able to hear. If you want to mute the audio track, we have a separate option, which is this one. So I can choose this to mute the track. I just loved that layer. So now we can able to hear anything. You can see how we have those video files. Now what I'm going to do is I'm going to use the markers. So how to use the markers? Let me show you, let's say come to this area. And you can see I have the video track here. Just press hold the Alt key and scroll my mouse. Now I place my timeline needle here. I want to add one marker. With the help of this marker, you can able to mark the location of the particular timeline. You may need to add any video effect or any other particular options to give the detailed information about the video editing process. That's why we are using this marker here. Now to add the marker, I come to this, my timeline. Here you can able to see we have icon with just add marker. When I click this add marker, you can able to see we had a marker here. We can able to add the marker in the particular video segment. Now I was selected the particular video segment. I press Control Z. Here. What I'm going to do is I'm just de-select that particular video segment. I'm going to add the marker. Now. If I add a marker, now you can see I have the marker at the top of this time linearly, which is common for all those layer what we have below this. So this is how we use this option, which is this add marker. We can use the shortcut key, which is to add the marker. For example, I come to this place. I was placing my integral here. I want to start with this girl was focusing the microscope. So I want to add on where marker here. I press EM. You can see I can able to add the marker here. So this is how we add markers. This is the easy way to add the marking of the particular video editing project work. Now when come to this place, I just want to focus only that microscope. So she was moving the head towards the doctor or the person. So I just want to add one more molecule here. And I just want to remove that segment. That's why I was choosing that. She's focusing the microscope again. That's it. So this is how you know, when you are doing the editing work, we can able to add more market segment. You can see how we have the mockers. Now, I right-click over anyone marker when erratic over the anion marker. You can see it shows you the information about those markers. For example, here you can able to see we have all those markers inflammation. If I want to add a marker on the timeline needle location, I can use Add Marker. And with the help of this goto next two marker and previous marker, I can able to move to left or right through the Marcus question. Let me show you I choose this, go to previous marker. When it shows that you can see I can directly come to this place. So you don't want to eat an old do that selection process each and every time. We can use a single click and you can reach a particular location. Now again, I come to this place, I choose go to previous marker again. I can move in backward as well as forward. You can see that this is so we use this marker to mark the video segment. And you can see we have a lot more options here. Like if I choose this clear all markers I can able to clear all those markers. I will never have the markers there. And we do have the option which is edit marker. So with the help of this edit marker, what it can do is we can give the name for the marker. For example, I'm going to give a name microscope goal. If I want to give some comments here, I can give. So based on these values, I can able to justify that reason for adding the marker or the work done on that location. That's why we have these markers. You can change the color of the marker. We can see that I can able to change the color. Right now we have this default green color. I can choose different color if I want. After choosing that I choose. Okay? Now you can see we have different marker here. The same way again, I choose the Edit marker. In this options, you can see we have four different options. We have comment marker. So if I want to add a comment, of course I can able to add the marker command. And you can see when it come to this place, it has only time. But when it come to this place, It can see I have the comments, what I have given them. So this is why we have this edit markers, this comment section. And I'm going to give you some valuable information like girls view. This is what I want to tell at that particular person who is going to edit the video or I want to convey this information sometime, you know, I do have the chance to forget those things. So I was giving that value. And whenever I move the most, we can see I have the inflammation, what are given on the comments section. Now I come to this place, I choose Edit markets again. Here you can see we have four different options here. I have comment marker, which is, I was given the command here. And I have the next one which is chapter marker. When it choose chapter marker, and I'm going to choose this red color that I choose. Okay? So we can able to add a different chapter there. For example, I just choose the Edit market again. From this position that 22nd, 23 milliseconds. Here, I'm going to extend the duration, so I just click and drag and choose. Okay? Now you can able to see, I can able to define where I want to start that particular area. I want to end on that particular location. And we have that comment, what he had given them. You can see that name and we got this chapter markers, so we have a segmentation marker. So if you want, you can use that also. So we have all those things. The final one is web link. So if you want to add any bubbling SLS, the frame Doug or you can use that and you can able to add that. So this is how we have this edit more corruption. If you don't want to do anything, just want to give a command. We can choose this one, comment marker. After that we have one more option here you can see we have Flash Q point. If you want to add some flash tube and you can use it here. Otherwise you can just ignore that. Just the comment marker. And it can give the value and they choose. Okay, so within this area, you can able to define how you want. The particular information about the editing or visual effects are whatever you are going to do. Now I just select this marker. The selectable marker will always have the red color to compare the previous one, you can see that these markers are not selected. Button is selected. That particular marker that will have the bright color as it has been selected this marker, I press on the Shift again and select these two, these two markers are selected now. Now we're ready to go over that and I'm going to choose this clear selected the markers. So I just want to clear these two markers because that two markers, a selector, I choose this clear markers. I can able to clear that. When we want to remove all those markers, what we have, I just like to go over this area, the empty market area. And I choose Clear all markers so I can able to clear all those multiple things. And with the help of those add marker and go to marker, go to the previous marker. The help of this clear markers, edit markers, you can able to manage all those markers functions in Adobe Premier Pro. 14. Trim a Video: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to trim the video and timeline. They are seeing different video editing tools in our previous section. But here we are going to use very simple options. I'm not going to use those tools. I'm going to use the timeline, the default options alone. Let me show you how to do that. First, I come to this area. In this area, you can see I was loaded all those video files. And if you want to do any cropping purses, can do all those things with the help of the timeline alone. For example, I come to this video. In this video you can see he was having focused with a microscope. And we're changing that focus towards the audience. And again, he was concentrating the microscope. I don't want that kind of things. I just want him to focus the microscope. So I just want to remove those unwanted areas here. If you don't want those areas, you don't want to use any other editing tools. You can come to the beginning of the particular video segment. You can see I got a icon here with the help of this trim function. I can able to trim the unwanted area from here and just click and drag. You can able to see we had the previous videos frame at the first, and it shows you how much amount of content we're cropping. We can see that we are coping that beginning area. And just drag and drop here. Now you can see how that particular video going to work. He was focusing only that microscope. In the same way. If I want to crop at the end, I can come to the mouse and I move my mouse over this particular segment. So whenever you come to this ends segment here or here, I will have the same function for the inner segment. Now I move my timeline here. And I just want to finish with this place. Now what I'm doing is I come to this place, I click and drag. You can able to see we have the frame after this particular location, which means they end. And we have the current frame, what we have on the left-hand side. So I just released there. With this I can able to finish that. I caught that video again. I just drag and drop. You can see I can able to snap that video. This is how we are doing the work. It's easy to do the trim function here. I'm going to do for this video also. I want to finish with this. I don't want to focus on those things. Those rest of the things. I want to focus only that person. So what I'm doing is I just click here and drag the place here. So with this, I was completing that team work. And I just move and place the other videos. This is so we can able to do this basic theme function, the timeline trim function in Adobe Premier Pro. With the help of this stream function, you can able to do this rough cut work. This is the easy way to create all those works here. This is though you can able to do the basic as well as the simple trim function using Adobe Premiere Pro. Timeline. 15. Ripple Delete Function: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use a ripple delete option in Adobe Premier Pro, we have a special tool to do a ripple delete that. We do have a separate option to do a ripple delete function. Let me show you how to use that. I come to this timeline. Now. In my timeline, you can see we have all those video segments. I want to delete few unwanted video segments which doesn't match with this particular video work. So I come to this place searching all those videos. I think this video segment was unwanted. So I just select, now, right-click over the place. When electric over the place, you can see we got a lot of options. We can able to see the cart copy, remove attributes clear. And we have one more special option here of just ripple delete. With the help of this ripple delete, what it can do is we can able to delete the selected segment. At the same time, we can able to unite the previous video segment, which is this one and this one together in this timeline, let me show you basically how we will do this function is we will select the particular video segment. We will delete that. And what we'll do is we'll select all those existing segments, will move and attached like this. But we don't want to do like that. He was selecting the particular video segment. I right-click over there. And I'm going to choose this option which is ripple delete. When I do that, you can see I can able to delete that particular video segment the same time. I can able to join the previous as well as the next videos together. This is how this ripple delete function was working with this Adobe Premier Pro. So what you can do is you can do that same kind of work. And we do have another way is like, you know, if you have this one, I want to start her with the computer. So I'm going to trim like this. The same way. I'm going to trim multiple videos. Here I come to this place. I don't want to show those BC and other things like how we have like this. So I want to start from here. I just know I and I come to this place here also. I want to him to focus only on the camera. And I'm going to do few more things here. I want to finish it here. And finally, we have done this previously, but I was given an undo. Again, I'm going to grab that unwanted area. You can see we have those multiple, NO cropped areas. I don't want the complete video also for this video six, that footage alone. And I'm going to do few more things. He was going to concentrate only that that mixing those values. He's not going to talk with others. So just want to crop in with this. I was done lot of cropping functions for a simple editing work. So after this, you know, what we will normally do is we'll select each and every segment and we'll join all those things. I know I want to remove this video. I was told you I can select and I can choose ripple delete. So I can remove that video and I can able to join the previous and next video segments. Now to fill all those empty gaps, we to have the same function with just ripple delete. To do that, I come to this place and I click over there, and I choose ripple delete. So when I choose that function ripple delete, you can able to remove that space as well as you can unit the next and previous clips. You can see that when you're doing a rough video editing, the rough cut video editing, this is highly essential whenever you are doing this. This is essential. I'm going to here also. So after the trim function, I right-click here and I choose ripple delete. This is how we use this ripple delete function in Premier Pro. We can say we didn't use any tool there. We simply cropped those unwanted areas are times. We have selected the entire video segment and we use the option with just the ripple delete. The same way we can able to select the empty spaces. And in that empty space, for example, it just imagine I don't want this because I have some blood there, like some kind of fog like appearance. So I just delete that again, I right-click there. I can choose the option with just rebuild it. With the help of this timeline, basic functions itself. You can able to do the entire video editing basic works. This is how we use this ripple delete function in Adobe Premier Pro. They can also use in this way if you want, if you want to do the quick video editing work, this is the easy way. If you want to use your tools for this ripple function also, you can use this is we use this ripple delete function in atomic premier row for video editing work. 16. Move your Video Segments: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use those video files in timeline. How to give moment for the video files. You can see we have started with this video segment and we had different footages. Now, I want to rearrange all those content. We want to create a story with this. Let me show you how to create that work. Here. You can see how those videos are related. We have those characters, what we have here, the same person here, here, as well as, you know, in this video segment. This in this video segment. Let us see it. Yeah. We to have the person here and we have the laboratory functions. He was using some green medicine or something like that. He to have that he may use the same thing. So we are going to be orange. All those things need to have this blue colored thing. So to do that, what I want to do is I want to select the video and I want to move to select, we are going to use this tool only, which is Selection tool. And remember when you are selecting the particular video segment during the process, you should add that up this, this stream function. Whether you are select and move the video or the video, have to be careful with that. Now if I move that, normally what we will do is we will load from our source monitor only. We will check each and every video footage and we load. But if you want to do quick video editing work, we may not have that much amount of time. You are loading all those video condense and you are doing the work. Sometimes you have to rearrange the segment. That's what we are going to do now. So I was having this picture first. So after the picture, you can see I can select multiple segments as a singular Heckman's. If I select the single segment video, I can able to move that alone. But if I select multiple segments, you can see I can able to multiple select to move all those segments. Now I come to this place. I don't want this video at the first portion because that was some kind of solution look, appearance. And he was pulling that from the test tube. Do this. But it is I just want to create that something like this. After this video, only want that video segment. So I just click and drag to the another layer. If you look at this, we have different tracks. You may call that as a tracker radio, but generally, when you're doing a video editing work, we're calling the desert track. So I moved this very first video from this track one to another track. You can see how I just click and drag and I move. And I'm going to place this video segment before that particular segment. You can see now we have the order. And I'm going to check this one. She was using microscope. Just want to keep the video there and hear the person also in using these microscopes. I'm going to join both of things. Now I come to this place. I have these two elements. I just to want to forward this video. So after he was picking that thing, is going to use that in those places. You can see that that's how we are generating the data. And you can see we have different scientists like triples. And this one. She was preparing the data after maybe, you know, but where the sample and the analysis. So I was creating the video segment in that way. And we do have a few more people here. So here we have some camera movement. I don't want that video segment. Delete that. Here I come to this place. Again. See we have multiple persons here. This video looks very simple SLS that looks alone. I'm going to place that with another video. So I'm going to move this before those people. So after created this segment only, they are going for the next level. I'm going to create the story in that way. And I have this one. They are preparing a report kind of thing. They're working with the computer. And I want to place them together at the end. You can see how we have those video segments. Okay, I want to move them. When you are selecting multiple videos, you can see I can just drag and drop from outside. And I can able to move that. And I can able to place that. This is all we do the work. And I'm going to have this five videos continuously till the end. Now what I can do is instead of selecting multiple videos, I can select all those multiple videos are directly here. Here I'm going to use this single option we just grew. When it chooses group I can able to grow this segment. If I select only the single particular video clip, all those will be selected. I was selecting only one segment, but all those FI, segments are selected because that was grouped. Now they come to this place. And I have this tool, this tool. So this is what I'm going to use the beginning. And after that I'm going to use the next one. After this, I'm going to use those things. So I'm going to right-click here. I choose ripple, edit it to simple delete. I gave this arrangement, this so you can able to move the selected video segments on both left and right direction. We can also move that in a y-axis like top to bottom. You can group the multiple video segments. After God, the group it can able to ungroup if you want. See, I'm pleased to hear. I just lightly go over there. I can use this option which is Ungroup. Now I have all those videos segments alone. And you can also create a complete group for this entire segment. So I just select all those segments. And directly here, I'm going to choose, we just go. Whenever I was selecting a single particular clip, I can able to select all those things. So this is how we use this grouping function in this Adobe Premier Pro. Now after group to that particular content, I can able to move that anywhere in my timeline. You can see that I can move that all those layers anywhere in the timeline. So this is how we use this layer movement as well as those segments, the video segment moments in Adobe Premier Pro, and both x-axis as well as y-axis. We do have the better way to move those video footages with the help of group and ungroup option in Adobe Premier Pro. 17. Quick Export as Video: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to do a quick export function in Adobe Premiere Pro. In our previous classes, we have seen how to create this video segments. We have assembled all those video elements. We have used no ripple delete function. We have seen how to crop those files. Now I'm going to show you how to export all those video segments as a single video output. To have the audio content here, just unlock that layer and I remove the mute. You can see how we have the audio track. Now, what I'm doing is I'm going to select My these unwanted segments. You can see I have some segments here. I want to finish this audio. So I just come to this place. I want to crop few areas. I'm going to use the ripple delete function. I just right-click and choose this ripple delete. I'm going to use here also. You can see I can able to completely create this video footage. So now what I'm going to do is I'm going to export this as a video file. Remember I'm going to do this in a quick way. So I come to this file. In this file menu, I have the option which is export. So this is option we are going to use. And in this export, I can able to see the option of just media. We can able to use control IAM, the shortcut key to access the same function. I chose this media. And after choosing the media, how big will get I know this export setting. Again. Choose the easy way to export the video with the original video quality, which is this match sequence. You just enable this option which is match sequence settings. When you are doing this. Here you can see in the summary, we have the output as the video file quality. What we have in the input. We do have 1920 and return it if it's just a full HD video. But if I disabled that it can able to see this is the original and the source video. This is the default. They exploited the video dimension. You can see we have different formats here. That's why I was choosing this option. Match sequence settings whenever you are needed. Same kind of, you know, the video footage quality, what God created, the help of the camera. We can just enable this and that's it you have already completed in all those things. After that, I come to this video and you'd have the default values. So if you want to do, you can do that just meant, but I was centered this, this export value and to match sequence settings. So now what I'm going to do is I'm nightly come to this place, export. And you can see the process was starter. To us in preparing the video that I will have the video you can see in this output, I can able to see that I will get the video, will get the video inside, that'll search the root folder what we have created. And after this export process completed, I'm going to show you that this was loading. This rendering process or this encoding process will be taken few seconds. That was enough purely depends on your computer, you know, configuration as well as the processing capacity. So maybe ready to compare your work. The bottom we can able to see it has the information about where we have the file. So now I'm going to see that particular location here you can able to say, I have the complete output video. The total duration is one minute and 54 seconds. And we do have 361 MB file size, so that really there. And I choose the player, whatever is required. Now you can see we got that vdu. I was muted that audio quality. So we can able to see, we have got to get video. This is the first video segment. So after this video segment, I will get the second one. You can see that we have arranged all those video segments in a continuous format. So after this person will have the third video segment. So everybody was doing their job in a busy schedule. We have arranged, you know, all those video footages. We have created a story. And that story was in a very good technical appearance. So this is how we are using this particular Adobe Premier Pro quick editing as well as the Quick Export option. You can see how good the video is. The video quality is really awesome. You can able to see we have the very best result as the less visuals as we have the source videos. This is all we are using this Adobe Premier Pro to create a quick video editing work. 18. Project #1 - Instagram Reel Creation: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use this, insert them real creation using Adobe Premier Pro. This is your first project in this course. We're going to do this in an easy way. Let me guide you how to do that using this Adobe Premier Pro. First you can see I have those files. Using these files only we are going to do our project work. You can see two teen girls for firing the Jews for them. And I have some, you know, some music for the background. Let us see how to create this using our Adobe Premier Pro. We can see those video files having the portrait mode. So we are going to create this project also or in portrait mode. I'm going to show you how to do that. Plus they've opened Adobe Premier. In Adobe Premiere, I'm going to create a new project and choose New Project. And here I'm going to choose the particular name of the project. Going to give a name which is installed. And I'm going to choose that I have that particular folder location. So I browse and choose that particular location. Now, this is my folder location. Let's choose Select All to select that you can able to see I got the particular league here. And I have the capture in HD format and they choose. Okay, so this is how we do the project setting for new project work in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now, after I created this project, I'm going to input all those elements. What we have for this project. We know we have those video files as well as audio files for this project. So we had to create a separate bin for video as well as audio. I'm going to do that. So we got this project explorer window. We can see we got a user interface. And here I come to this, my project explorer, right-click over there and I choose new bin. Here. I'm going to give the name, which is video files. We can give it a custom name. We can give the name which is like video. Or you can give any name like Eclipse. So it's up to you. We are going to decide how we want those. New bin. Again. I just typed, but the bin name just audio. I will double-click this bin video. Here. I'm going to import those video files. You can see I have those video files here. So I choose all those video files and I just drag and drop inside the bin. We can also use the input command. So here I just released in this area, not on the timeline. And all those files are imported. You can see that this is all we can able to import that with the bin. Now I choose my Project Explorer again, you can see inside this video files, I have all those videos. Now in audio. I'm going to import those audio files. I double-click there. I press Control a and a plus controller. You can able to access this input option to choose both audio files and they choose open. Let us have the preview about the audio first. I just double-click here. We'll have the particular source monitor here. I'm going to play this. And before that, I'm going to choose my NO, this project Explorer. We can see how we have those organised files. So this is how you have to organize Oliver project files. You don't keep that in a single folder. Whenever you are going to organize the photos, videos, and audio files and other files, you should have this in an ordered manner. Now again, it come back to this source window. Here I'm going to play this audio. You can able to hear that. We had that audio track here. And I'm going to play the next audio track. That one. I'm going to play the first one. So we can choose either one audio track here. I'm going to use the second one. And before that, we are going to create a sequence. So I just right-click over this area and I choose new or just sequence. Here I'm going to choose my inner particular, particular, that output medium. You can see how we have that sequence appearance. We have all those things in landscape mode. What do we need that in a portrait mode? So I choose, of course, the ELR, which means DSLR than ATP. But I choose settings. In settings, I'm going to change that. I'm going to choose ten AD into online to 0. So this is how I need for this Instagram real, because that will be in a portrait mode and I choose. Okay. Now you can see how we have that slows as well as another program monitor window here. And I choose this video files. We can see we have multiple video files. I'm going to play the very first one. So we have those video files, the different data output. You can see how we have each video file. So in this video that girl was drinking the juice, which is outcome of this video. And in-between, you can see how they provide the Jews item. So we have all those videos in Eclipse. You can say that we are going to start with the beginning. Cutting those foods. I just want to make the organism format. What I'm doing is I was adding this video first. I just want to keep that my sequence settings. I choose the second video. This is the third video. I just want to focus this goal alone. So what I'm going to do is I'm going to place the second video. And I'm going to place this third video. Now I choose the fourth one. And I'm going to choose the fifth one. So here it was finished, but I may have some other video inside. So I just want to keep this outside. And I have the other videos here. I can see. Let us play this video. And yeah, that was finished, but I'm going to use this video now. And the finished video, we'll have displays. Because a decision or taking away that. And I'm going to choose the next one. Yeah. This is what, you know, we have at the end. And she's going to drink, right? So I load this video. And finally I'm going to add this video footage. This is how we are ordering all those stages. Let us play this. First. We have assembled our stores video files. I was playing, you can see it was very slow. I just want to keep that as much as fast as I can because I just need a few seconds video here. So I'm going to speed up this into two under and I just, you know, before do this. After doing this, I just select those things. I just move that towards my left hand side. So in this second chapter, after completing this, we can able to do this work. It's very simple. So she was cutting that particular fruit and other items. And after that, we can see how she was doing the work. So we have to do some editing here. And suppose I adding those other flavors. We just start with the first one. And we can see how we have that video footage. And with that, I'm going to finish. I don't want the other things. Just trim that video duration. I right-click inside the space, I choose ripple delete. Here also, I just want to trim this with this. They come to this place. Was adding those things. I just know ripple delete that area. And I'm going to add this area. I just removed all those funny things. What we have the video. If you focus only those things, yes, we can add all those funny things alone for the instructor. So either you had to do this in a proper way or in a commercial way. So that's why we have editing here. So she was mixing those things, the float items. After that. We're going to see she's taking away that this firm, this place. It's enough for us. You don't want to show all those things. Because if you show this thing from, uh, she was pulling the Jews into the glass. This is enough. Yeah, that work was done with this mixer. So you don't want to show that she was taking away that from the mixer. And here I just want to keep this up to this just enough. And I'm going to have the next one. I don't think I need this. I delete that footage. Now after adding that I had the juice here. So okay. So she was thinking I was thinking that this footage up to this not going to have that long duration because that's not that girls use another one. Here. I'm going to trim this at the beginning and hit at some point to trim. So we have finished the rough cut. Let us play this video again. You can see how we have edited that. They have done some rough cut work. So after complete, this works, yeah, that takes lot of time. I just want to reduce the duration. And finally, she got that juice. She's happy with that. We have completed the work. I know. Before doing the final editing work, I'm going to add my music track. I, as I told you, I'm going to use the second track here. I just want to begin with. This video track means this audio track. I just drag and drop that into my real. So I'm going to play with this beginning. So here we have some wise. So either you can finish with this voice itself that will have only few seconds duration. That will be the perfect one for Instagram. You can come up to this area. So what I'm doing is I just want to crop this audio footage to this. So I just want to make, now split this area. I use my eraser tool. I got this and I delete the unnecessary area. So you can see how we have that audio track here. Now I just want to trim that according to my need. Let us play from the beginning. The first three video clips. They know it looks like having more time duration. So I just want to reduce the duration of that video footage. So after adding the track, we are doing that. I just want to trim here. I just want to crop after this duration. Then. I just want to show this one leave or not two seconds because well, it shows that she was cutting those essential things. And I placed here, now I do the ripple delete and add a point to this third video. I want to start from this place itself. That's enough. Here I have other things. Display now. This, we are going to finish here also. I'm going to reduce few frames. Yeah, I just want to do the ripple delete. Here. I'm going to finish it. You can see I just trim that audio. I said aqueous. So we have created that. We can see just play from the beginning. So we have successfully added this editing work here in this Adobe Premier Pro. Now finally, what I'm going to do is I'm going to choose all those video footages. And I'm coming to this effects and we'll have the detailed view about the effects in upcoming chapters. I'm going to choose Video Effects and I'm going to choose the adjustments in this. I'm going to choose my levels. So I just applied that FX levels. They come to this fx control. You can see I have that adjustments of the levels. I can adjust the levels for each and every video. But instead of using this, we can also use some other options. Now. Now finally, I'm going to add one audio transition here. We'll see about those audio transitions in upcoming chapters and detailed way. And I just want to have this audio transition which is exponential fade. I just apply that at the end of this Instagram real. And I'm going to play this. So we have successfully created this simple, really using Adobe Premier Pro. Since we are in this node second chapter only, I have given you as very simple project in upcoming chapters. The particular course as well as you were Knowledge need. You have more projects for this course. This is all we can able to create a simple Instagram real using Adobe Premier Pro. Now I'm going to export this. To do a quick export, we have another way to do that. I come to my Premier, this user interface. And in the right corner you can see we have Quick Export option. So I just click here. And I'm going to say it, you know, those basic settings, what I was wearing for export this as a quick particular video file. You can see I can change the location here. Now I have choose my this site location. I'm going to give a name. So now I was two, so the particular location. After that I could choose this present value. You know how I need the quality. I just want to keep that an ATP quality. And if you want to keep that particular values, what you have, we can choose the default one. And you can see how we have the dimension here to have the frame rate as well as other things. Now I choose Export option. So this video will be recorded automatically. This rendering process will finish in a few seconds, because the total duration of this video is only 16.21 seconds. That's very simple because if you are giving more time, these use on Instagram, it's not easy to attract those people. And the communication will take lot of time. If you have the video footage less than 30 seconds, yeah, that's good for in stories. You may have two or three minutes video, but you have to edit according to the needs. So now I'm going to open my site, which is where I was saved that particular the video output in my root folder. Here you can see I have my final output as the name. We know it's real. So I'm going to play this. Let us see how we have the video duration and how we have the result. That's it. It's very simple. You can see we have only 16 second duration of this video. But if you look at the, all the sources, what we have used, and I'm going to show you the total duration of those video files. So it has four minute, 42 seconds. But still, you can see we can able to reduce all the duration and we can able to convey what happened on those video files. This is the power of editing. We have this the Premier Pro. We can able to convey the message at any duration. And we have done few more things like we had a mood this coal completely from this. We can see that she has four to five video where we have successfully removed the hair from this entail real. And also we have removed those funny moments in a what we have with this video creation. Like you can see she was doing the work and she was biting that. That's not necessarily, you know, when you are giving this instrumental in a normal manner. But if you are creating the same installed with lot of fun, Yes, we can add this one. This will be much essential one for that video. And I'm going to show you the first one. You can see she was cutting that fruit. And we have another four days, which is this one. Here you can see she was eating that particular vegetable. So all those moments are essential when you are doing same work with a lot of fun. So if you have that kind of thing, yes, you can go for that. You can include all those things. I can also focus those things itself because that also you see, she was cutting that particular vegetable. So you can concentrate on those things and you will get the same minimum duration real, but it will be enough focus on only that girls moments instead of this particular juice making. This is all we are creating this. Instead of using Adobe Premier Pro. 19. Label Colour: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use labeled colors in Adobe Premiere Pro. I'm going to create a small sequence here. I create a new bin. Here I'm going to use some different video files. Now I add my video files. You can see I have two video files which is related to the planning process on the show. So I have those video files. Now by just drag and drop those things. Before that, I just want to create one new sequence. And I'm going to give a name for that. Glean beach. And I'm going to choose this slot ten ADP. So after creating that sequence, I just load my video content here. And I don't want to change the frame rate, So I just want to keep the frame rate as well as the dimension. So I choose keep existing settings. Now I play here. You can able to see how we can able to play these videos. So we have different videos here. You can see all those children's, those adult people's collecting those various stages, those plastic purpose. I just want to move the video sequence in this way. So at the end I want to place this. Fine. So after this now what I'm going to do is going to give a label color. To add label color for those video segments. I choose that particular video segment. I right-click. When you right-click, you can see we have lots of options here. I can able to cue a different label color for this particular segment alone. Further, I come to this place label. You can see we have the violet option here. Now I choose this one which is Irish. When it choose Irish, you can see we have different label here. Now if I choose the next segment, I'm going to give a different color here, going to choose rows. So you can able to set the different colors for different, those video segment's going to choose this green. If you want to identify those video segments. And I know to do editing work, you can use this option which is labeled color. You can see I can select that particular segment, that footage. I right-click over there. I can able to set the label color here to have this option with just select label group. If you want to keep all those, you know, those labels into normal, you can choose that particular Andy can choose which one you want. The violet. You can also choose multiple segments. And I choose label on it, choose this one which is violet. To have the kind of mocking the kind of identity. We can use this option in this time when we just label. 20. Customize the Clip Speed: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to customize the clip speed using Adobe Premiere Pro. Here you can able to see we have different footages. I opened the footage. You can see all those things has 25th frame per second. Now I play here. You can see how we have the speed. Now I want to change the speed of the particular video. Or you can do the same thing for all those video files. What you have in this timeline. Further, what you need to do is we have to select the segment and after the day, right-click them off to right-click over there. Exactly. Yes, I did. Okay. So I was doing from the right position. After I click over there, you can see we have a lot of options here. Here I'm going to use this option which is speed or duration. So I choose this option. You can see we have the Spirit into hundreds. If we want to reduce the speed, I can give different values. And if we want to increase the speed, I can give different values. Let me show you. I'm going to choose all those segments now. And then I click over here. I'm going to choose this be the duration. Here we have a 100%. Now I'm going to give the value, which is going to present a lot more options here we'll see all those things. Now I choose, okay. Now you can see how we have reduced the speed. We have added more speed for those video finds. Previously know we have less, which means the default value was less. Now we have added more. Now, again, I choose all those segments. I choose a speed duration. Here, I'm going to give again 200 per cent. So from the current speed, it will rise to represent. You can see. Now again, I'm going to choose the spirit. I'm going to give 400% by twos, okay? Now you will have the better speed here. You can see that how will we have the speed? If you want to increase the speed, you can use that option. It was controlled Z twice. So I can get back all those things. Now again, I right-click here and I'm going to choose option which is speed, duration. Here I'm going to mention the duration of the not the total video. I'm going to cue the value which is file, the file. Choose. Okay? So when I given the value of 0 phi, you can see all those video files. What we have in this timeline will have only five seconds. So after five seconds began a thing and we have the next segment that will have the phi second duration. So if you want to keep all those video files the same duration, like five seconds or ten seconds. I press Control Z. We can use this option which is the duration. So this will allow you to keep the same duration for all those clippings, what you have selected in the timeline. Now, I come to this place at the bottom. He have the option which is reverse. I choose the reverse speed now when I choose, okay, so let us see how we have this. I'm going to play that. You can see we have reversed the play value. I'm going to reduce the quality. So I can see everything happening here. Everything was happening in the reverse order. You can see that see, I just move this again. That boy, you know, throwing the water bottle. That's the original footage. And that girl was moving forward, that's original voltage. But we have made that into reverse. So you can see that how it is going on, how the boy was reacting here. So the bottle was, you know, came out of that particular bag. You can see that he was going back. So this is how we can able to reverse all those actions, what you had done there. And here also, you know, they are going to know that particular board off from the ground. But that's what we are going to see because we are given the value which is reverse, that will reverse each and every video segment. Not the, all. The flip would function. So h and every video segment will get individually reversed. That's why we are using this option spirit. I just disable that and I choose OK again. Now you can see again how we have the moment. We have the boy who is throwing the water bottle. This is that footage. You can see that he was throwing the water bottle. Whenever I selected the diverse that water bottle was came out of that. We got back the original stage. Next. After this reverse, we have this ripple, edit, shift and Trailing Clips. Now, if I add some values like I'm going to use this option which is duration. I'm going to have phi seconds for each control Z. I just want to give exact value. So I come to this place instead of 17, I'm going to give it the value, which is fine. And I can see I have a lot of non-water spaces there. So I choose all those things when they come to this place. Duration. Here, I'm going to choose this option which is ripple edit shifting. Now I'm going to adjust the duration. So I'm going to use the value five seconds, the same time I know I just want to adjust all those ripple edit, shifting, Trailing Clips continuously. You know, I'm not going to adjust those things each and every time. It will happen automatically when I choose. Ok, here, you can see that we don't have any space between each and every video footage. If you want to avoid all those gaps, you just want to add the ripple delete. We can use that option. You can see that without ripple delete. So I was disabled this. I'm going to give the value. Now, you can see we have lots of space based on the video footage. But I press Control Z again, I'm going to do the same thing. Going to give the value of just five. But this time I was just enable this option which is regulated. 21. Frame Hold Option: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to add frame hold function in Adobe Premier Pro. With the help of this frame hold function, we can able to freeze any one frame in a single footage. Let me show you an example. We're going to see how to use this. Now I come to this timeline. You can see I have six stages. We have this short first and the second shot. I how can see we have different shots here. I had the fifth one and the last one. Now what I'm going to do is I want to freeze this frame. You can see we have the video footage. So I just want to freeze with this particular frame. I can see his hands. I was using this one frame forward. Have a look on that bag. You can also use your arrows in your keyboard. You can use a phantom arrow. I was using flint arrow. If you want to move only one frame, we can use the front arrow forward. Or if we want to move backwards, you can use the left arrow. If you want to know, would do the same process continuously. We can just press all the arrow and you can able to see who was having some bottle kind of thing. So I just want to freeze this footage with this frame. Now, what I need to do is I just right-click over that footage. And here I'm going to choose this option which is hold frame option. So I choose this frame hold Option. And you can see it has the whole arm. And it can able to see that we have the sequence timecode. In the timecode, we have the fold. So I just want to keep that the freezing condition with this timeline. I have this source timecode and I just want to choose, okay. Choose okay. We can able to see I just play here. So after adding that code, you can see we have the moment on, you know, play head, but still we don't have any changes on this footage alone. But if I come to this next input h, you can see we have the changes, the **** lot of changes out there. But in this particular frame, in this particular footage, we don't have any change any moment here. If we want to mark any one particular year. And if you want to freeze, you can use this option which is frame hold. Now I just want to remove this frame hood. So I just right-click on the same footage. I choose this frame hold Option. And I just want to disable this option which is hold on. So after disabled this hold on, I choose. Okay. Now we can able to see I can able to access all those frames, what we have that footage. With the help of this frame hold Option or hold frame option, we can able to freeze any one particular strain on our footages, which means the selected voltage. Now what I'm going to do is I have two more options here. I right-click over the same footage with this frame. You can see what frame we have right now. And here I have one more option which is Add a frame hold. I choose this option. You choose that option. You can able to see we have two segments here. The first is that when you can see we have a separate segment and second we have another segment. So we have two segments here instead of having a one segment. And in first segment you can able to see those changes. But from that frame, we have the second segment. In that second segment, we don't have any moment. If you want to create this kind of separate segment after that particular timeline needle, you can use this option. I press Control Z again. Remember, I use this, I just right-click on it, choose the second option in this, just add frame poll. After this diamond needle, we have the freeze condition frames. And before that, we have the changes on the poem. This is why we have this option which is Add frame hold. The third we have are more important option which is insert frame hold segment. If you don't want to affect the previous as well as the After timeline area. So what you can do is we can just freeze the particular place at the same time. We are going to freeze only few frames. Instead of freezing all those frames and the same footage. Now, I have to freeze this place. I just right-click over this place and I'm going to choose option which is insert, frame, hold segment. I click here. When I click there you can able to see we have the segment before this timeline needle. And we have the segment after the timeline needle. On those places we have the changes as well as a moment. You can see that different changes. But in between, you can see we have another two segment. This segment we'll have a 2 second duration. And you can see how we have that segment appearance. It's very tiny. You can able to see that. And you can also see that the total duration of the segment is two seconds. At the bottom, at the end, you can see that here itself. We have the complete freeze or VMs. We have the hold. If you want to hold only a few seconds like 1A2, you may use this option which is insert frame for this, we'll add 2 second phrase condition for this footage indicate a separate segment. And it will add the footage freezing condition. So this is all we have this three options in this frame hold function. Based on your requirement, you can use which one you want whenever you want to phrase, you can use this option. If you want to add any information for the editor or the junior editor or you want to do something feature. You can do this option which is frame hold in Adobe Premier Pro. 22. Scale to Frame Size: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use a different video sizes. To change that into the normal size. We're going to use the different video sizes, like we are going to have the full HD video and we're going to have a high HD video. But when you are doing editing work, you have to keep all those in a single size. So let me show you how to modify those videos sizes. Now I create or more new bin here. I'm going to create a new bin and I'm going to give a name which is Beach. And here I'm going to choose this menu been. Remember, you can add the bin with the help of this new bin option at the bottom. Or you can right-click and choose this option which is New bin. Now I enter inside this beach. When I right-click inside, again, I'm going to choose input. And you can see I have a separate folder which is C. I open. Now. I got those videos here. So after that, what I'm going to do is I'm going to create new sequence for that. So this is the sequence we have used in our previous lessons. Now I'm going to use a new sequence. So I just right-click and choose new in this new item, I'm going to choose this option which is sequence. So here I'm going to create a new sequence, and I'm going to use my digital SLR, ten ATP. Here. I'm going to choose a 25 frames. Now I choose OK. You can see I got a sequence to, but I'm going to give a name. Was given a name, it just Beach too. You can see this is a new sequence. There. You can add multiple sequence on your same project. So we had a second, so you want to just be H2. We have that sequence. You can see that now I want to load, now those video files I just drag and drop here. And you can see I have the particular sequence setting. I just come to this place. This is two. I right-click there. You can see we have those options. I come to this place which is a sequence settings. Choose this sequence settings. You can able to see we have the frame size into 1920 to 1080 pixels. This is the size of the full HD video. Now I choose, okay? But you can see when I come to this place in this particular beach, the newly won, we have different dimensions. You can see that we have on video with the full HD resolution. And other all three node has only HD resolution. So that's why we have this appearance. And in this, I'm going to choose the second footage. You can see we have HD only and third one has the SD. Third one has the full HD value. And the fourth one also having the head CT value only. Now what you need to do is I want to match all those dimensions. I had to keep all those dimensions into full HD. So what we can do C, I choose this footage first, the beginning footage. You can see that I want to crop this with this. And I just choose ripple delete function. Now what I need to do is I want to select the very first few days. You can see I was elected. After that. I right-click there. After I click there, you can see in this options, I have the option which is scale to frame size. You can see that scale to frame size. And I click that option. You can able to see, I can able to stitch the particular video to this current full HD frame. Now, I go to the Effects Control menu. In FX control model, we can able to see how we have the dimension. So I was used with the option which is scale to frame. Now we come to this place, it can able to see the difference. They come to this place. Here what I'm going to do is I'm going to scale manually. So I just come to this fx panel. I choose this scale and I'm going to reduce, I'm sorry, I'm going to increase that. You can see how I increase that. I can give the value which is 150. That is the right value for fit that with this frame. But here you can see I have only a 100. But still I can able to stitch the anterior video for the frame. So this will take some time to you and you have to come to this place and you have to do all those adjustments. But here you can see, I come to the last segment. What I'm doing is I was selecting the particular segment, right-click over there, or choose this option which is scale to frame. Within a single click. You can able to stitch that video into the complete full HD display. Now I press Control Z. I just want to give undue for those videos segments. Now you can see we have this first, second, fourth segment in hatch D only. Now I choose both 124 after choosing that, use ship Tiki, after choosing that erratic over there. And I choose the same option was this scale to frame size. Within a single click, I can able to scale all multiple video for ages into the present a sequence dimension. So this is how we use this option, which is scale to frame size. Whenever you have a different resolution or dimension, video files, you can load and you can change the dimension of the particular video using this option, which is scaled to frame in Adobe Premier Pro. 23. Customizing the Keyboard Functions: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to customize our keyword function in Adobe Premier Pro. We know we use different keywords, shortcut keys, to access different functions. Let me show you how to change that. First I go to this file menu. You can see in File menu we have different options. First I come to this Edit menu, Edit window. I had the option which is Preferences. You can see at the end we have that option. We have, you know, all those software functions here. I come to this place, I choose this gender. Choose gender. We can able to see all those A's and paste functions here. I choose appearance. With help of this appearance, you can able to set the brightness. I can see, I can able to write down the Alt key area, or if I want, I can able to add more dark values. And interactive controls, the focus indications. We can able to do all those things here the same way. Now we can able to set the audio hardware and autosave function all many times. You have to save that with a different minutes. Have the capture function, those settings for the graphics, for the media. So you have all those functions here. So with the help of these options, you can able to customize the entire user interface and it functions. Now I choose, okay, After that I come to this place. This the same edit menu. Here I have the keyboard shortcuts. Before this preferences, you can see we have the option which is keyboard shortcut. I choose that option. After choosing that option, you have the complete layout care. You can able to see that how we have different functions shortcuts. So these are the default function shortcuts you can able to see. But first, you can see we have a keyboard layout preset. We have our default Adobe Premier Pro settings. I choose there. You can see we have different keyboard appearances like we have Adobe Premier Pro CS6, we have Avid Media Composer file, and we have FCB. We just Final Cut Pro sound pint 0. If you are a user of Final Cut Pro, if you want to use the keyboard according to the same Final Cut Pro function, you can choose that. You can see a lot of options or changed based on this option, which is Final Cut Pro. In the same way, if a user of Avid Media Composer, you can choose this option and you got the custom keyboard. According to that. If you are using the previous version, solve this Adobe Premier Pro, you can use Adobe Premier Pro see is instead of CC, and we have the shortcut keys. So based on your needs, you can choose which kind of layout you want. So this will give you better function with the software. After that, we have commands. You can see we have applications, we have audio clip mixer, we have different options here, like I have fx panel. So we have these options here. If you want. You can know how those things are working for each and every option. And I'm going to choose this application. So after that, you can see when I click any one particular shortcut key or the key axis. Now we come to this place. Here you can able to see what kind of, you know, that shortcut was applied for that particular key. And if you want, you can come to this place, you can see what kind of appearance we have. And if you want to add the control, you can add. If you want add the Alt you can add. You can just click there to enable her ways. You can disable that. So this is where you have the default shortcuts functions. We can see that whenever I choose anyone, the tool, that particular key, you can able to see that particular key function here. We have all those shortcut keys, you know, like how to access the Raisa tool, how to access the ripple edit tool. You can use all those things according to your need. Now, if I want to create some customized keyboard function, we can do that. So the help of those options, I come to this place here you can able to see we have the default shortcut for all those. Now I choose this selection tool. I click here. If you want to change that into something that looks like I'm going to use some different shortcut key for that. For example, on this numbers, I'm going to set this seven for the selection tool. Just imagine what I'm doing is I was selecting the particular tool. Here. I'm going to choose the number which is seven. When I choose number seven, you can able to see, I can able to set that particular key as a shortcut key here. So it was changed and it shows you the previous value also. So now I have changed completely the same way you can able to change the shortcut of the particular key here. And if you want to remove that no, the previous number I can remove also. You can see I can able to remove that. Now it was empty. But previously know I was having that v plus v. So you can able to see we have two shortcuts for selection tool. We have the V as well as this number seven. I can remove anyone or I can use both things. Say I'm going to remove this V. Now, when I remove this V, we can able to see we have the empty space here. If you want to use this v for any other function, we can use this V shortcut key and you can able to customize that. So this is how we customize the entire keyboard appearance if you want. And I'm going to use a default value here. So I just press V and I remove this number seven. Can see now it was removed. In the same way. If you want to do any change, you can use these keyboard shortcuts. You can able to customize all those tools after all those tools. So you can see we have the menu options here or you can do the modifications particularly. You can see we have a lot of different effects there. So far, those frequently used the effects. You can set a default values and within a single click you can able to access all those things if you want to assign some other additional key with the shortcut, like we use V4 selection. If I want to use Control v instead of v, I can add those things now with the help of these options. So this is all we know we can able to use the entire customized shortcuts on the keyboard using this Adobe Premier Pro. And After customize the user interface, the shortcut keys. If you want to save that particular appearance, you can use this option which is save us. I click here. And you can give your own name. Like I'm going to give a name. I think Kadesh editing. And I'm going to choose, Okay. Now you can see I come to this keyboard layout TreeSet. Here I have my custom made, which is when editing. So whenever I need, I can load the default values or I can use this language editing, which is the default layout for me, I was created. So this is how we use this option keyboard shortcuts. We can able to create a custom keyboard appearances shortcuts using the option which is keyboard shortcuts in Adobe Premiere Pro. 24. Make New Colour Matte: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use color made in Adobe Premiere Pro. With the help of the Adobe Premier Pro, you can able to create your own custom color made using this option. Let me show you how to do that. I'm going to create new sequence for that. So I create a new sequence, going to use a DSLR 25. Here I'm going to name that sequence, which is bird. I choose. Ok. You can see we got a new sequence here. And here I'm going to load one bird video. I'm going to create new bin for that. And I'm going to give a name, a bird. Here, I'm at my bird. Going to choose that from my bird folder. You can see I have only one bird here. Now. I just want to load that bird here. Just drag and drop on this no FastTrack. And I just want to keep that my setting of that sequence. I play here. You can see how we have this bird. It has totally not. Second duration. You can see that. Now what I want to do is I want to add this bird inside the frame. I just want to create some plain background on the outside. Let us see how to do that work. So here we have the boat footage. You can see that. Now first, what I'm doing is I was selecting the particular, this video segment. And I come to this fx contour in FX controller, you can see we have the scale. I'm going to choose the value which is 80. Instead of having a 100% going to have 80 per cent. You can see that we have the space on all corners like laughed, top, right, bottom. Now after this, I just move this video segment. The second track. We have the empty track at this, the faster track. Now I come to this, been the same bird been inside this bin. I'm going to create one new thing. So I come to this new item. We can see a lot of options here. Here I'm going to use this option which is color mate. We know what is color. And this is Matt. Matt means background. If you look at the stage drama, they will have a background. I know the painting which is called matte painting, which means that painting was used as a background. So in the same way, we are going to create a solid color or color background. That's why we are using this term, which is color matte. So I use this color matte. After choosing the color mat, you can see we have the dimension here. We have the default value. We do have the same dimension for this particular sequence. And we have the time-based, which is the frame per second. We do have this option which is visceral aspect ratio. You can see by default we have the square pixels. I choose OK here, after two, so k here I'm going to choose which color I want. So what you can do is you can pick this eyedropper tool and you can choose from the image itself. So that will be the better match for the images. Again, I choose that. I'm going to choose which one I want. And I choose, Okay. And I'm going to give a name for this color met. So I'm going to give a name, orange. I choose. Okay? Now you can see I got a new color met here. I've got that here. And I just click and drag. It plays on this very faster track. After placing the FastTrack, I move my needle, the play head into this beginning. You can see how we have that color matte. I can able to extend it up to any value so we can see how we have that color matte appearance. If you want to add this kind of color Matt, you can use this option which is color matte. Now I'm going to add one more color matte here. I just right-click and choose new item. I'm going to choose the color met again. I have the same dimension. Here. I'm going to use the white and I'm going to give it the name. We just white. So you can see I got another color matte here. Now I choose both things. I just move that one layer above and load. I know this orange on the faster track again, in-between, I'm going to add this white matte. And I said that into full dimension. Now after that I choose the same weight mat. Come to the scale. Here I'm going to choose only 90. So you can see how we have the appearance. I'm going to set that then to A25. So this is all we have appearance. I don't want the uniform scaling, so I just disabled that uniform scale. And here I'm going to adjust the width manually. So what I'm going to do is I'm going to use the Eighty-five. I'm going to add a little bit less value. Like I'm going to add a T3. That's fine. You can see how we had the frame like appearance here. And we can see at anytime I come to this color met, I choose the orange, double-click there. Now I can change the color of the mat at anytime. I can also choose this eye dropper. I can choose the green if I want the tools. Okay, so now you can see I have the different appearance to compare the orange. So you can able to load your color mate. You can able to use it at anytime we can able to modify it with the help of this option, which is color met our choose a white again, I'm going to use some different color. They're going to use some light green instead of having those values. You can see how we have the frame. And if I want to add some dark, I can use the dark also. Based on your requirement, you can set how we want. You will culminate in a different color using Adobe Premier Pro. 25. Import your Image Sequence: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to input image sequence in Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new project for that. I choose new project. After choosing that new project, I'm going to choose my project name. I'm going to give a name which is particles. I'm going to import the multiple images, which has the particles to have the same location. I'm going to save this as a capture format, hij dV. After that I choose, Okay. Now I will get the new project for this image sequence. I'm going to create been west, create the bin. I choose this icon, new bin. And here I'm going to give a name. Particles. Inside this particle beam. I'm going to add all those image sequences. So I just double-click there. And here I'm going to import my image sequence. When you are creating any particular effect or created a cartoon character animation or logo animation with the transparent background. Definitely you have to save that as a less export that as an image sequence. Then only you can load that anywhere if you want to add that particular particle or any other video sequences. So here I'm going to import the video sequence or the image sequence actually. So I'm going to right-click here. And here I'm going to choose the option which is the input. When it chooses option input, you can see I got my particles. I'm going to just open an image for the preview here. You can see this is the first image. I go to. The second image. You can see the difference. And third image. So I was moving frame by frame. You can see the difference. So we have sequence of JPEG images, which has a similar particle simulation animation. You can see that this is computer-generated particle simulation animation. So I'm going to use this. I'm going to import this properly in my Adobe Premier Pro software. So now I close this. I must choose the very first image. When I choose the very first image, you can see this bottom, we have the option which is image sequence. If I choose only that image and I choose Open, I just show you, I just choose Open. Now you can see we have only one image here. But what we need is we have to input the entire sequence. To sequence, I just rewrote this first. Here I'm going to choose the same option again input. Here I'm going to choose the very first image and not any other image. And I just want to enable this option which is image sequence. Remember if you have a different name for all those images. If you don't have proper name for those images, you will never have this image sequence option enabled mode. Particularly if you have the space between the particle and the Jira one anywhere in the file name. You will never got open with the help of this image sequence, you should ensure you don't have any space between that particular filename and you have continuous name like we have particle 0001234. You can see that we didn't skip anything here. Now let's use the very first one. And this image sequence option was automatically enabled. Take this particular option. After this only I'm going to choose Open. Now, you can see the difference. I choose Open here. And here you can able to see because image sequence, I just double-click there. And you can see the difference here. I just play there. You can see we got the interior, the total amount of which are here. When you want to move frame-by-frame, we know we can use this option which is step forward one frame. You can also use the right keyboard arrow. Do this work same way. We can use left to keyboard arrow. To go back. I'm going to show you I was using this left keyboard arrow. I can able to go back step-by-step in a single frame by frame. The same way if I press up arrow, I can see I can able to move at the beginning, at the very first frame. And I choose down arrow, which means I can able to move the current timeline to the last frame. So you can use those things if you want. You can see that how it was using the forward as well as the backward frames. Here I come to this particles, you know, my common table, Project Explorer. It shows you only one thing which is the very first to file name, but you got the entire sequence. You can see that the total duration of this, the image sequence was seven seconds and four frames. You guys started with 0 and the frame rate is 21 way. You can see that also. So this is how we can able to see that. Now I come to this Properties. And you can see we have all those details. We have the image size, which has the full HD, and we had 24 frames per second. And you can see the aspect ratio also for pixels. We don't have the widescreen ratio. We have only one is to one pixel aspect ratio. We don't have any Alpha, so we have the alpha value into None. So this is how you can load the image sequence into Adobe Premier Pro. Remember I was told you about all those things. You should have the proper filename without the space. And you should have the proper dimension as well as the proper continuation for the image sequence. And this plays, you can see it looks like a single image, not, That's not a single image. I'm going to import the single image also here. Let me show you. I just choose the input, which is a very fast to frame and I just, I disabled the semester sequence. They choose Open. You can see this is a single image. You can see the difference. This is a single image here you can able to see how we have the icon, but here this is an image sequence. You can see the thumbnail difference between the single image as well as the image sequence. This is how we import the MAC sequence in Adobe Premier Pro. We are going to process this image sequence in upcoming lessons. 26. Load Images into Timeline: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to load images from our Project Explorer to timeline. In our previous lessons, we have seen that how to add those images from a project explorer. But here we are going to see the detail view about that. First I'm going to add my images in this bin folder. We already have our image sequence. So after this image sequence, I'm going to add few more images. Before that, I'm going to load my image sequence into my timeline. So I just drag and drop this image sequence into my timeline. Before that, we had to create the image sequence. We have created the image sequence, but now we need a sequence here. So I come to this Project Explorer. I'm going to create my new sequence. And I'm going to give a name which is image. So I'm going to have multiple images. I was given a name, we just images and I choose. Okay. So you got the images sequence here. Now I'm going to add my image sequence. I just drag and drop here. And you can see we have 7 second duration. Just assuming that you can see that. Now I play here. It looks like it's a single footage, but it's a combination of images. So we got that here. I was reduced quality here. Now, this is the way you can able to load the image sequence into our timeline. And we are going to load some more images into a timeline. Now, I come to my bin folder. And here I right-click here and choose input. An input, I'm going to choose images to folder. You can see I have lots of images here. I'm going to choose the image. I'm going to choose this facility image. You can see I got the image here. And now I'm going to place that in my timeline. When you are dragging and dropping that image in your timeline, you can see I just drag and drop here. So before reaching that timeline duration area, you can see when I drag and drop into this timeline area, It automatically create the default starting portion as well as integration so it can release. Now onwards, I was releasing in the track tool. I just release here. You can see we got the image. We have the video track 123, which is a V1, V2, V3, and we have audio track 123. You can see that. Now I chose this image. You can see this image exactly has five seconds duration. So when you are dragging and dropping any image from your Project Explorer, you will have a 5 second default duration for this image. Now I want to know load own mode image. You can add in this way. We have another way to add images into this Adobe Premier Pro. Now you can see I have my image just added this image using my Project Explorer. I have few more images here. First, I'm going to choose this flamingo image. I just drag. I can see how I drag. And I'm going to choose my premiere folder. And I'm going to choose my premium software. In my premium software, I can release here in this project explorer window, or I can release in this timeline also, we can see when I come to this timeline area, it was not yet released. My mouse from that folder. I can place wherever I want, as we have seen when it come to this area. In this timeline beginning area, I can able to place that from the beginning. You can see the total phi second duration. Or they can come to this area. And I can place where I want continuously majors or in this way. So I'm going to release here. When it's released there, I moved the timeline needle. You can able to see the image there. So we have two ways to add those images or video files into this Premier Pro. You can just first load into this project window and you can drag and drop to the timeline. We have another way which is you can load externally. See this image we have here, which is the pixels Jimmy Chan. We do have the same image in this particular project explorer. You can see that we have that image there. So whatever you are adding in this timeline that will automatically added in this project window also, we don't want to separately add here. So this is also a way to add the image into your timeline. You can see we had two images now. I've just added that in that video layer three. Now what I'm doing is I was expanding my image area for this, the very first image. And I'm going to choose the second image for that also, I'm going to explain the duration. Now we want to add few more images. So I come to this Project Explorer. I'm going to input here first, I'm going to just a dog, this doughnut and the three image. So it was loading all those images. You can see here I have all those images. When they add on by one, you can see this is how we have those images. But if it choose multiple images, you can see that and drag and drop here. You can see within the same layer I have continuous images. We can see that I have continuous images in the same track. The same time the particular video track for was automatically added. I press Control Z, Z. You can see that before that we don't have any video track. But after placing the continuous three images, we got the automatic track for video. So this is v4. You can see that we have those images in a continuous order. Now I just want to keep those images also as we have the previous two images. So what I can do is I can select that and I can drag and drop into the top layer phi. We can see that the track fibers can automatically add the same way I was placing this. We got the continuous, you know, those video layers. Now what I'm doing is say we're selecting all three majors and expand the total duration of the image up to five seconds. Okay, more than five seconds. You can see that. So what you can do is you can load the image in a single form in a separate layer. And also you can load that in a multiple form. You can see we have selected a multiple images and we can drag and drop. We can arrange all those things in a separate layer. So this is how we are loading those images. We can able to load image sequence. We can able to load image from our Project Explorer from here. We can also load from external folders. That image will be automatically added in the timeline as well as this project explorer. And finally, we have used multiple images. We just dragged and dropped in a single video layer, a single video track. Also, we can able to separate all those things and they can able to expand the duration of those Amy's layers. So all those images are sorted on by one below. You can see I just hide the very top layer on by one. You can able to see all those images. So this is how we can able to load those images using Adobe Premier Pro to do video editing project work. 27. Basic Transformation Attributes: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use basic image transformation in Adobe Premier Pro. We have seen how to load those images from our Project Explorer as well as our desktop folders. Let us see how to use different transform controls in Adobe Premier. Here I'm going to choose anyone image first. I'm going to choose the topmost layer image. You can see this is that layer image. And then choose that image and I come to this fx control. You can see we have a default options here. In this default option, you can see we have the particular element which is video here. And I click this option, which is the motion. So here we have all the basic transformations. What we can do for image as well as we do in Adobe Premiere Pro. Here, I can see at first I had the position with the help of this option, I can able to change the position of the current image. You can see we have a center point here at this 960 pixels, and we have central point at 540 in this y-axis. So it can able to change those things if you want. For example, if I increase this, I will get the central point from this place to my right-hand side, which means that we create the illusion that image was moving from the central point to right. You can see that enable to move that in, you know, left as a less right moment. The same way I can able to move and y-axis with the help of this option, I can increase to move down and reduced to move up. You can see that after this, I had the option which is scale. With the help of this scale option, you can able to do all those killing. It can able to reduce the image the same time you can help to increase the image. You can see that these are the things you can able to do with this scale. Now, if you want to raise it, you can use this option, which is this ID parameter. And each attribute you can see we have that option. I choose is this parameter. And in position also can see I can able to turn those things. Now we expand the scale. They expand the scale. You can able to see that we can able to reduce the scale as well as increase the scale. In scale, you can see we can able to adjust both height and width simultaneously. If you want to adjust the width or height alone, you can disable this option which is uniform scale. Now I'm going to disable this. Disabled this. You can able to see we have the scale hate and scale with this is the another option we have. If I just share, you can able to say I can able to adjust the scale height only. And I have the scale with separate option. You can see how this later too. If I adjust that I can able to adjust the width alone. So based on your need, you can choose how you want those adjustments. And if you want to adjust both height and width together, you can just enable this option uniform scale. Before that, you have to confirm the right value for both the height and width. It can lock this Uniform Scale. Now, you'll get the same value for height and width. Can see that these are the options we have inside this scale as well as scale with option. Now, I just raise it all those things. I don't want those files. Here. After this scale, I have the option which is rotation. But the help of this rotation option, I can able to rotate the current image. I just explained that area can able to see we have the value 0 as well as the tradition angle. So now I can expand the value. You can see we have the rotation in club manner, the same clockwise. And if I move that in the left-hand side, I can able to see I had the same rotation in counterclockwise. So I can able to adjust the rotation value here. Now, I just add just the value. And I'm going to reduce the scalars. Now I change the x and y position. You can see how I was changing that. I was, you know, change in this way. Now I choose the second image. Here. I'm going to do those things. So I reduce the image size. Whenever you are applying effects control values for the selected image or video footage. You can see we have the yellow colored indication here. Those icon in disabled, more in other all layers, you can see that if it wasn't a disabled mode, we have removed all those effects are we have not yet added effects on those layers. Here we have added in all those things. That's why we have the layer like this. And I'm going to move that where I want. I want to rotate that. And I'm going to move down a little bit. So in the same way, you can able to apply those effects for all those Amy, just what you have here. You can see I was adding more changes. And I'm going to choose this bird, the flamingo. And I'm going to make the rotation value for that. And I'm going to move that down. Finally, I'm going to choose that girl that was moving her from left and I was moving from bottom. So you can see I can able to do all those things. You can able to rotate, I can able to move. And again, able to scale with the help of this option. These transform controls fx motion in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now you can see I can able to add all those things there. After that. You know, what I'm going to do is I'm going to use the other options here. We have anchor point, anti Flickr filter. Now I choose the very first one, this image. I'm going to increase the scale and I'm going to place that they want. Now I'm going to adjust this options. First we have the anchor point. So I just anchor point I can able to, you know, to the anchor point adjustment from left to right. And with the help of this option, the second anchor point, I can able to adjust the anchor point position of the object from top and bottom. And after that we have the anti Flickr option. I expand this. You can see right now we have a value of 0 and we have the maximum value which is one. Now I just increase this, you know, this option, this anti Flickr filter. If you want to use this option, you can use otherwise, you can just ignore that. So these are the basic transform control options we have with this Premier Pro. Now we come to this in the Edit menu. We can see we don't have any transform controls, like how we have transform controls in other Adobe softwares. We have, you know, all those things. This is how we are doing. The transform controls for images as well as footage in Adobe Premier Pro. Now, I just reduce the scaling size and I'm going to change the position of the image like this. So we have started from this place. And I play here. We have only the particle that sequence image at the background. And we can able to place all those images with the different transform options. We have used notation, we have used for Shen and we are used to scale attribute for doing this work using Adobe Premiere Pro. 28. Opacity Adjustment: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use opacity adjustment for images and video footages in Adobe Premier Pro. First, I choose the layer or the image. What I have to do, the opacity I just meant. Choose this layer. After choosing this layer. Now I choose this effects control. In Effects Control, you can able to see and we have three tabs here. But the second tab, I have the option which is opacity. So now I enhance this option which is opacity. Opacity you can able to see we have three options here. Create ellipse must create four-point polygon mosques. And free drug is here. Now, we are going to use these options during the masking technique chapter. We are going to use this option which is opacity. Opacity, you can able to adjust the transparency of the image or video. Now, I was selected this image. You can see that I was reducing the opacity value. So with the help of this opacity value, we can able to adjust the particular layers. Transparency. If you want to reset, you can use this option which is reset parameter. With the help of these Opacity option, It's easy to adjust those images opacity value. Now I'm going to choose the second image and they reduce the opacity, like how I needed. I choose the third image also. You can see the dog image and it shows the fourth image again, the flamingo. Finally, I choose that image. There was a reduced opacity. So based on your needs, you can adjust how we want that opacity control in Adobe Premier Pro. You can apply that same opacity property for images, text, video, or any other multimedia content. What you have in this timeline in Adobe Premier Pro. We cannot use that for only audio tracks since we don't need audio track opacity. 29. Fit all Images within the Sequence Dimension: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to fit our image, what we have used in a timeline to fit with this document size. We have used this sequence size as 1080 pixels, which means 19208 to 1080,920 pixels width and 1080 pixels height. If you look at this sequence, I come to the sequence and I'm going to choose this sequence settings. I choose the sequence setting. You can see we have 092021080. This is the full HD resolution dimension. Now I choose, okay, if you look at this, each and every image, we have different dimension as well as different values. Now what I'm doing is selecting all those things. We can see when I select multiple objects here, I don't have any effects control. I just click this place. You can see I can able to expand all those things. I can not able to access those things. But if I come to this place, you can see that I just zoom in this area and I can able to access all those things. So now what I'm going to do is I'm going to reset all those properties. So I choose the very first one. And I'm going to reset those properties. What I have used, I was visiting the transformations as well as the opacity. Now, you can able to see how we have that kind of default appearance when we input at that image. Now I choose other images. If you're doing this for each and every image, it will take lot of time. We know that if we want to remove all those effects, what I have used, the effects control, I can select multiple segments and I can able to rightly, when you right-click, you can see we have a pop-up menu. Here I have the option which is to remove attributes. So this will remove all those additional attributes. What we have stated in this apex control. I click here, remove attributes. And I'm going to show you what are all the things we have with this. Remove Attributes. I was removing the motion properties, which means the scale, the x and y-axis position, all those things. I was removing this in opacity and we will also going to remove this time remapping. I will show you what is this time you are being in upcoming lessons. So if we have added these things also, it will show you all those things, but I have not used to those things. So I have used these two things. I was enabled that now I choose, Okay. So when I choose OK, you can able to see all those images lost. The opacity adjustment, what we have done, as well as the Transform controls we have used motion. So now you can able to see how we have all those images. So this is how we can able to remove all those attributes from the image or video from our timeline. Now, I want to fit my all images with the frame size of this document. So if you want to fit this document dimension, which means the sequence dimension means we have a special option here. Before that, I just remove all those image layers. Now, you can see in this My Project Explorer, I have all those images. Now I want to load all those images in a single, attract, not a multiple tracks. So what I'm doing is I was selecting all those images. I just drag and drop here. You can see I can able to place all those images here. And each, and every image has the 5 second duration. Now we can able to see how we have those images. And you can able to see that in all of those images has different dimensions. Now, what I need to do is I want to fit the particular images with my timeline, this particular sequence, appearance, which means the full HD display. So how we can do that, it's easy to do as I choose an image. You can see I have used for the image. You can do the same function for a video also. So now I will choose this image. I right-click there. And here I'm going to choose the option Scale to Frame Size. So when I choose this scale to frame size, I can able to scale the Select Layer, maybe the image or video. You can able to stitch that into the frame size of this sequence setting. I just right-click here and I do the same thing, which is a scale to frame size. You can say it can able to stretch all those things. But I don't want to break the aspect ratio. So you can see that it was in exactly the position what we need with the proper aspect ratio. Now I come to this place, I just want to stretch this image also. I was choosing multiple images here. I right-click here. And I choose this option which is scale to frame size. Within a single click, I can able to scale all those images with my frame size. You can see that this is all we are doing, all those scaling properties. So in this way, you can able to scale all those individual images to the frame size of the sequence setting using Adobe Premier Pro. 30. Set Duration of Images: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to set individual time duration for each and every image. In our last lesson, we have seen how to use those images. You can see we have high images. We have the particle for phi second duration. Now I come to those images. I just make that layer into visible. You can see this image. Just track the track to just a video to act to visible. And I just want to set the time duration for each and every image. Right now you can see we have phi second duration for each and every image and a two-sided image. You can able to see that it shows you the start, end, and duration of the image. Each and every image to have the default time duration, which is five seconds. Now, I'm going to choose the first one. After choosing this first one and right-click here, we can able to see we have the option which is speed or duration. So I choose this option. I can see that we don't have speed here because we have only static image here. So I just want to save this duration of this 5 second into ten. I choose. Okay? So when I choose OK, you can able to see we don't have the time duration extension because after that, we have lots of images here. So when I choose this image, you can see that we have the same time duration. But when I choose all those images, and rightly over there, I choose the speed of the time it took ten. Never to see. I have the time change for the last image only. We don't have them change for this or this or this. So if you want to extract the time duration for each and every beach, It's not possible with the help of another continuous images. But instead of that, what you can do use you can do a separately. Now I'm going to show you one more thing. We can see that here we have the total time duration, ten seconds, 15 seconds. So you can see that here. But I just press cancel. I press Control Z. I select all those photos. I right-click and I choose the same option, speed and duration. Here I'm going to take the lead to 15. This time what I'm doing is I choose this option which is ripple edit, shifting, Trailing Clips. Now I choose, Okay? So when I choose that, you can see that each and every image got the 15-second duration. And totally we have one minute, 1510 seconds. So if you want to do the same function, expanding the time for each and every, UH, at a time, we can use this option. You can see that how I was done that I choose, and I will choose this option which is speed duration. Here I just enable this option which is ripple edit and shifting Trailing Clips. Now I choose the same option. I chose all those images, the images I right-click there. I choose this option which is speed and duration. Here I'm going to reduce the duration of each and every image into two seconds only. And I'm going to choose the same option which is regulated. I choose, Okay, now, when I choose OK, you can able to see I choose OK here. I can able to reduce the image duration for all those images into two seconds. So we have phi images and we got the 10-second duration. Press Control Z. Now, if I do the same function without this ripple edit shifting at dealing, I'm going to show you how it will look. Going to set that into two seconds. But I just disable this option I choose, Okay? Now you can see we have the NF amount of distance like that in second duration between each and every picture. So this is all we have the option when you are doing this. But time I just want a four images. You should have this option which is ripple edit shifting, Trailing keeps. You are going to reduce or increase the duration. You should enable that. So this will adjust all those time according to your need. So now I'm going to set that to choose. Okay. You can see how good it is. It was reduced as, you know, I just read those spaces, what we have between each and every image. So this is how we are doing the time expansion or radiation for images in Adobe Premier Pro. We can do that for a single image or multiple images together. In Adobe Premier Pro. 31. Most Wanted Time Remapping: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the most important option, what we have with Adobe Premier Pro for video editing, which is time remapping. The help of this time remapping, you can able to adjust the speed of a single video from minimum to maximum or maximum to minimum at any point. So here I'm going to show you how to use the time remapping in Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new sequence for that. So I come to my project area. Here, I'm going to create a new bin. And inside the bin I'm going to give my project sequence setting, as well as my video. I'm going to give a name. Time remapping. Ben, I just enter inside and I just right-click and choose the option input. Choose the option Import. You can see I have a video here. I was adding the double-click there. You can able to see this particular video is preview. I'm showing you how we have that video. So the girl was doing karate with that boy. And now what I'm doing is I was creating a new sequence. And I need just a foolish radius lateral view. Now I'm going to give a name for the sequence. Was given a name which is fight. I choose. Okay? Now you can see we have that particular sequence timeline here. I just drag and drop my video. Just drag-and-drop into my first video track. Now you can see I just zoom in. When you're doing this editing work. If you want to have the preview, the thumbnail preview of this video track, we can double-click over this area of the video type one. And you can see we have the thumbnail preview here. And I'm going to have a preview here. You can see how we have that particular videos appearance with to have that in slow motion. And we're going to add some quick movements are, and we are going to do a lot of time remapping for this video. Now, I'm going to show you how to do that. First, I select that video. After select that video, I come to my effects console. In FX control, you can see we have a separate last option here which is time remapping. We are going to use this option to do our work. I just x, y and this arrow so that I can able to see how I have this line. So with the help of this, the adjustment line only, we are going to map on, re-map all those times what we have with this particular video. Now, I play this video. You can see in this effect scandal during this time interval, it shows you where you have the particular playhead. And here also you can able to see that we have started again. Same speed. Now I'm going to do my job. So here you can see how we have a moment. I just want to add a keyframe here. To add a keyframe, what it can do is you can come to this place wherever you want. And I'm going to click this icon. Remember when you click this icon to add or remove keyframe, this speed, the clock, the Toggle animation should be in enabled. By default. This time remapping option was in enabling condition only. But if it isn't disabled condition, you should make that into Enable. And here I'm going to add my keyframe. You can see from the beginning to here, I don't need any change. I need the same amount of the speed for the video. And from this place, I just add a keyframe from this place because that's why I was adding the keyframe. I took this area to this area. I'm going to take up to this area. I'm going to do some speed app for this video clip. So what I'm doing is I'm going to add another keyframe here. So in-between these keyframes, I'm going to add more speed for the video. If you want to expand this inner area, you can just click the particular keyframe. We can track. You can see how I was moving. Okay, that's not easy. But I was moving that. So I was just select that, select cut. Just want to remove that. And here I'm going to add one keyframe. I press this icon. Now you can see here we have the normal speed. Here. I just want to speed up this video. So after adding these two keyframes, I come to this in-between area, and we have this velocity line. I just click and drag in-between these two keyframes. You can see that just click and I move towards the top. Move towards the top, we can able to see how we have the change on the graph. And when I release the mouse, you can see I have that change was updated in between the keyframe. So I just come to the beginning, I play that video. So here we have the normal view. But here you can able to see, I can able to speed up this video. Again, I got the same slow motion. You can see that here we have the speed. And after that again, we got the slow motion. And from this version, I want to speed up this video until this value. So what I'm going to do, I'm going to add a keyframe here. And I'm going to add a keyframe at the beginning. So this could be the beginning. I add a keyframe when it was a speedup in-between those keyframes. Remember, when I add more speed using this velocity line, we will reduce the time duration of this particular video. So now you can see it has only eight minute, sorry, now it has only eight seconds and milliseconds duration. If I add just this velocity line, I just click and drag towards the top. You can see how we adjust that line in between these two keyframes. We have adjusted. And if I want to adjust more, I can do that. But we had to give enough time duration to watch that action. So I was speed up this particular video segment. And now I'm going to play this from the beginning again. You can see this is what I was trying to create and I can able to achieve that. Now after this adjustment, you can see how we have the time duration. The entire video duration was only five seconds and 18 milliseconds. So this is how this option was working, time remapping. You can remap the original time of this video footage and you can able to expand our relax the speed of this particular video in any pod, you can see that just play this. Now, what I'm thinking is in-between this area, I just want to reduce the speed of the video so I can come to this place. I can just click and drag at the bottom. And I can able to adjust the velocity. So I was adding more velocity. Now you can see I was increased the velocities. You can see how we have the moment. We have added too much amount of value. I just increase the value again. Don't worry about those graphs, those crops or that adjustment in between those keyframes. So that just create illusion. Don't worry about that. I was at just now you can see how we have that. In-between. If I want to add, just know that velocity. You can see we have a 100% velocity, again able to reduce that. And I'm going to set that into 8079 AD. And now you can see how we held the difference in or reduce the speed there. So in this way, you can able to reduce the speed of the videos in the particular area. And also you can able to increase the speed up the videos. Particularly, we are using this option which is timely mapping. We can see the condition. We have only one condition, which is we had to add the starting and end keyframe. And in-between that keyframe only, you are going to adjust the speed, whether you are going to increase or reduce the speed of the video, you are going to do only in-between that keyframes. You don't want to use the rest of the area, you will get confused, lonely. So this is how we are using this timely mapping function in Adobe Premier Pro. This is a mighty option. We have to do many of social media video editing Zai morals to create the perfect video production using Adobe Premier Pro. 32. Project #2 - Voyage images Slide Show Video: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use this voyage image slideshow using Adobe Premiere Pro. This is a second project for you in this course. It's an easy one. I'll let me show you how to do this. First, I was created a separate project for that, you can see I have the name, which is why each image slideshow creation, which is, you know, we create slideshow for a picnic or trip or whatever you call it as. So, I'm gonna create a new bin for that. I'm going to have multiple images and I2 going to use the audio background. So I'm going to create two photos here. Last one is images. And after that, I'm going to create one more folder which is sound or audio. Can I use the term BG for background vesicle? So now I just double-click this image and here I'm going to import my content. You can see I have most of the images on portrait mode, some images how the landscape mode, you can see that here we have three images and we do have this one. So we have only 60 wages, has the landscape mode. And I'm going to pick only the parotid Modi majors. Because I'm going to create that NO sequence for the mobile purpose. If we're concentrating the landscape mode, of course you can do it based on your needs. You can choose which kind of the mode you need. I'm going to choose all those images except those audio files. Just choose open. And you can see I can able to load all those images here. I choose the icon view and you can see how we have that I can view here. We have those images. Now, I'm not going to use those landscape view images. So if I just want, I can delete that from my bin folder because that's unwanted. I can use this image at the beginning, even it is now portrait mode or landscape mode that's in data. I just delete this. Yeah, that's it. I was having almost all images in portrait mode. Now I'm going to import my audio files. So I just coming to this audio bin, I just double-click and I enter inside. Here, I'm going to import those audio files. You can see I have multiple audio files. So I choose with the help of control and they choose to open. Now I got those audio files here. So let us start with that particular images. You can see how we have the images here. I'm going to create a new sequence for that. I choose a sequence. Here. I'm going to give it a name. I was given a name. It's just wide slideshow. I choose. Okay. So when I choose OK, you can see how we have that particular dimension, or Boyd was in landscape mode. But I just want this in a portrait mode. So what I'm doing is I just right-click over the sequence to sequence setting here. I'm going to change that into, you know, 1080 and all night to 0. Of course, if you want to create a custom dimension, you can do that. We can do with onus, on tissue also. That's it. Again, see how we have that. Now I just want to load the images. We can see we have so many images here. So based on your needs, you can load how we want. Like, I'm going to start with this one, just the very first one. I have all the family members here. We can see that this looks has oversized to compare my this dimension. I just tried to go over the picture and I'm going to choose the option, which is a scale to frame. When I choose that option Scale to Frame, you can see I can able to fit that within this area. In the same way. I'm going to load other images too. I'm going to drop each and every image here. So I just placed the very first image with this format. And I'm going to place the rest of the things. We can see how we have all those images. I just want to leave that feature and just want to load all images except this one. Yeah, I was already loaded that. Now you can see I was having all those images, but it was have the different dimensions. So I select all those images, right-click over all those images and they choose scale to frame size. So all those images comes under the same scale. You can see how we have those images. So each image has a 5 second duration. You can see when I choose any image, right-click and choose this option which is speed or duration. We can see it almost has 4.29, which is a 5 second duration. So we have total duration is two minutes and 14 seconds. You can see that. Let us add a few things with this slideshow by default. Now, right now you have the slideshow here. You can see that I can able to change the images each and every time. Here. I just want to change the image order. Instead of having that form. Hi, and I'm going to place my sound also. I'm going to start with this one. And I'm going to add the soundtrack. Now. I choose my audio bin. I had three audios. I'm going to have the review here. Now I'm going to have the second one preview. So based on your need, if we want to create some energetic field, you can use this kind of music. But the ways you can go for the very first one, let us have a look on the third or you also. Okay. So I'm going to use my faster you just load that into my timeline. I just want to finish that with this area. Just reduced the total duration. Snow. I will have the audio as well as the images here. I just play here. So we got these kind of darker music as well as the images. Now I select all those images. I just want to add a different transition for each and every image, the beginning and the end. So I come to my video transition. I had lot of transitions here. I can choose which one I want. I'm going to choose this one which is page term. I just want to this page turn. I can use something like I can use dissolve if I want. Let us have a single transition preview first. I'm going to add this cross dissolve. I'm going to have the preview. You can see how we have that. So I just want to scale this image as it was a cure to this image. And I go to my Effects Control. So here I'm going to choose my motion. I just increase the scale value. You can see how we can able to turn this image into a portrait image. Actually, this is a landscape image. You can see that we used according to our nato. Now I just have the preview here. Just want to add some other transition here. You can see how that transition works here. I'm going to use this film dissolve. This looks really good. This film dissolve. Now I'm going to use that particular transition for all those videos. So what I'm doing is I just scroll and I choose all those video tracks. Here. I'm going to choose this theorem dissolve. And I add that. Wow, that only here. Now what I'm doing use I rarely go over that particular option, which is film dissolve. I choose to select as default transition. And I choose all those tracks. After choosing all those clips, I come to my this, my sequence and I'm going to choose this video transition. So when I choose that within a single click, I can able to apply a transition for all those videos. So we don't want to select each and every individual or video or image. We have done that. Now I just come to this place, going to play this. This video track here, we have used multiple images. After that, I come to my Project Explorer. I'm going to create one new this color mat. I'm going to choose the right color for that. I was choosing the color from my timeline, choose my green color. I got that here. Now what I'm doing is I was moving this image just to the second track and loading this color mate or to the buster trap, you can see how we have the colormap there. Now I expand the duration of the color match up to my project work. And you can see how the background here. So for the portrait view, we have very beautiful things. Now, if I want to add some title at the beginning, I can go for FX and I can choose my, this option which just blows. I choose Browse. We have some default. The title here. I just load this title which is bold title. And I can able to customize the title as Iraqis. We can see I have the title here. Tools that ideal and I scale it first. So you can add your text here. Maybe you can add the radial of the trip. And it can go for the date here. Like, you know, I'm going to give it a name like to do something like this, right? So you can give the essential details. You can change the font color if we want. And that has its own animation. You can see that you got all In this audio track. Finally, I'm going to use my audio effects. I'm going to choose the audio transition here, which is this one. I'm going to choose this exponential fade. That's it. It was completed. And I'm just going to export this as a video. So I just save this and I come to this, my Quick Export. Here, I'm going to choose my default location where I want to export this as a video. So I was choosing my fourth chapter, and I'm going to choose Save. Now instead of this project folder, I'm going to choose Save. And I had a full HD, the solution for portrait mode. Now I choose Export. It, compose all those things. And the rendering process was totter. Yeah, It shows you a few minutes. At the beginning. It shows so much amount of time, but it will take only few minutes. So too has changed. Now, you can see it was completed, the export process was completed. I'm going to show you that I have made this export a video file. So here I have the exported video file. You can see that I have the video file has the two minute and 14 seconds duration. And the full HD video has on 28th MP in 26 MPI file size. Let us play this video. So having the periphery, the graphics animation for the text. So it's very simple. You can see we can do this work and easy way using this Adobe Premier Pro. You can just sort out all those images and you can add those effects, what you are like where the transition and other things. Finally, you are going to export this as a video. And we got the output here. So this is how we can able to convert. We can able to create the image slideshow using Adobe Premier Pro. 33. Add Rectangle and Ellipse: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use graphics in Adobe Premiere Pro. First, I'm going to show you how to use rectangle and the elliptical tool in Adobe Premiere Pro. To create those things. I'm going to create a new sequence. First. I come to my Project Explorer. Here, I'm going to create my new sequence. I'm going to give a name which is graphics. Now, I was using my DSLR. I'm going to use 30 frames instead of 25 I choose. Okay? So now I got my graphics sequence timeline here. We can see that now to add graphics in this Adobe Premier Pro, I'm going to choose this tab at the top. Or I can come to this Windows menu. You can see we have a lot of different panels here. Based on it, you will need, you can choose which one you want. Now I'm going to use this option which is graphics. You can also access the graphics or the **** up this option which is essential graphics, I click here. You can see I can able to load that particular tab here. So we got that graphics tab here. So with the help of this also, you can able to add those things. Now we come to this place, my essential graphics. You can see we had two tabs here. We have brows as let's agent. Let us see about the browse tab later. Now, I'm going to show you how to use this option which is Edit, menu, choose Edit. You can see we have only two icons here. We have a Create New Group, which is a disabled mono. And I have a new option which is New Layer. Now if I click this new layer, when I click this new layer, you can see we have text vertical text rectangle, an ellipse. I'm going to use this rectangle. Now. I choose this rectangle, and then I choose the rectangle. You can see I got a rectangle here and I got the rectangle properties at the bottom. So I come to this, my particular work area. In this program view, you can see we have the rectangle with the default dimension. I can able to do a transformations for this rectangle shape using these programs clean itself. Now I come to this area. I'm going to use the corner points to increase the width or height. I can able to use the midpoints to adjust the hate as well as the bid. You can see that in the same way. I can come to this corner. When it creates that point, you can see I can able to turn that mouse icon into GL arrow. With the help of this option, I can able to rotate this particular shape and just click and drag. You can able to see I can able to rotate that particular object. And here I have the central void. So with the help of this point, I can able to say that I need a center C. I'm going to put the center portion here. And after the diet rotate here, I'm going to reduce the feature size. And I'm going to rotate this. And you can see how we can able to rotate that. In the same vein, or you can place the central point outside the object, also able to add just that particular transformation controlled like scaling as well as rotation. So it can do all those changes with the help of this, you know, this program, the view itself. Now we come to this timeline. You can see how we have the particular shape. I can able to have the effects option here, and we have the total duration of this object. You can see we have 4 second 29 milliseconds. This is how we have this object. And when they access this object from the timeline, you can see how the Essential Graphics properties we have transform and other options. You can see that. But if I choose the same rectangle in this program view, you can see we have more options here. So we are looking like we are using some kind of software like PowerPoint or something else. That's how these synoptic exam window was working right now. Now after adding this rectangle now I'm going to choose on more tool. I'm going to use this create new layer option. And here I'm going to use this ellipse. And they choose the ellipse. Here. You can able to see I got ellipse and I can able to add a different attributes for this. I can able to scale it. I can able to rotate it. I can able to change the central point of this object. Also. You can see I can able to change the center point, like how I can able to change the center point for the rectangle. I can see that how the central point now. So in this way, you can able to create the rectangle shape or a square shape with the help of this tool, it's just a rectangle. And you can able to create circle or ellipse the help of this tool, which is elliptical tool. These are the two options we have with this Essential Graphics. With help of these objects, we can able to add more elements and more interactive inner shapes. For Premier Pro clips. 34. Graphics in Timeline: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how we have graphics in timeline. We can see we have only single layer as well as a single track in this video. But we have two objects here. You can see that when you have multiple objects in your timeline, you can see we will have this kind of appearance in this program. But still you will have the separate objects in a separate timeline. But if you are creating any number of graphics, you can see that I can able to have only one timeline track here. This is because all those shapes, what we have created was considered as a single layer. Now you can see I have all those things when you're adjusting the details about this particular, the graphics, what we have added, this all things are in a single track only. Now if I want to add another one, what I can do is I can come to this place. I can choose rectangle. And you can see I got one more new layer. So it was moving that new one. So if you have selected this track and you are adding any number of shapes, still, you are using only one time then you can see that I was having only one time in track. And when it de-select this timeline track, you can see that I was de-selected. And if I'm going to add on new graphic that will come in a separate video track. But if I was choose the previous, this track, I can able to add only in that same track. You can see I just select this one. And I'm going to choose all these three. I'm going to move that away from the center point. Here. I'm going to choose the second one. We can see that I was selected with this. Now I'm going to add one ellipse. You can see it's still, we have that object in the same, the second track. But if I de-select that here and here also, I'm going to de-select that particular track. Let's just click outside. And if I tried to create a new object now that we created in the second naught, second track, in the third track only, I click here. You can see how I'm going to choose this rectangle. Again. If you have selected the same track, you can add those Vector Graphics rectangle, an ellipse again and again in the same layer only. But if you want to use those graphics in a separate layer, you can select the existing layer here. You can able to add any number of new. You can see I can able to add new things. So this is so you can able to add a new graphics in a separate track. You cannot use the single track because if you want to animate or if you want to give some special effects for those graphics, you need all those graphics in a separate layer. But if you want to have the same graphics and we are going to use the same animation for all those graphics. We can give the single layer, which is a single track for all those shapes. And you can able to animate or an ODU any video using Adobe Premier Pro. This is how it works. You can see this is the first to track video track one, and this is video track two. And this is video track three. And this is video track for it had to be careful when you're adding those graphics us with the help of this essential graphics. This is all. We have, this option, just graphics in timeline properties. 35. Modify the Graphics: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to modify our custom made graphics using Adobe Premier Pro. Now before that, I just want to delete all those graphics. I was selected all those video tracks and it was deleted. Now I'm going to create my own graphics C. I'm going to add one rectangle that was added. And I'm going to expand the video. Yes, I can able to do that. Now, after done that work, You know, what I'm going to do is I'm going to do alignment for this particular rectangle shape. Now, to do the alignment, I come to this, the essential graphics tab. You can see here I have the option which is Arlene and transform. I'm going to do alignment option here. So I come to this place, you can see if I want to make that into horizontal center. I can click here. You can see horizontal value. I have a set rather than to center for radical. Also able to set that into center now by just moving in place here. So if I click this option, this time you can able to see how I can able to set that particular object alignment into vertical center. I click here. You can able to see in vertical alignment I have that in a central point. Now, I just want to know Arlene in horizontal also central point. So I choose this option which is horizontal center. So this is all we know we can able to align that object in horizontal as well as vertical central portion. Now, if I have multiple objects, I'm going to add one more object here. I'm going to choose ellipse. I can see I got helps you increase the size and choosing multiple objects here. So if you have multiple objects, you can use these options also. And before that, I just want a date that I'm going to use these options also, like if I want to align with the top, I can use this option. You can see I can able to align at the top. And if I want to align at the bottom, you can choose that. And if you want to align at the center, I can use this option the same way. If I want to align in the left, I can use this. And if you want to align the right, I can use this. If you want to align in the center, they can use this option in both horizontal and vertical centers. You can use these options. Now, I'm going to add on more share. I'm going to use this ellipse. I can see it was added ellipse. And I was having the ellipse like this. Now I have two objects here. You can see that I'm going to use this alignment. I choose this Olinto. You can see how I can able to align those objects. I can able to align in-between those objects, not with this this program screen. I can even within these two objects only, so I can aim it at the top or the bottom. The left-hand side or the right-hand side are at in this all in Central America Center. So you can able to use these options to align within those objects. But you can use this tool to align vertical centers as well as horizontal center. So if you want to put the graphics at the center point exactly, you can use this option Arlene and transform. You can see how we have added those up just as a central point. This is how we are doing this thing. Now after this, now what I'm going to use, we're selecting this shape. After choosing the shape. At the bottom you can see we have the appearance. So here I can able to choose which color I want for the shape. I click this fill color and I can able to select what color it was like you had. You can see this looks really beautiful. And in the same way, if I want to add a stroke, I can use this option. First. I had to enable this. So I just enable the stroke and I can able to add the stroke color. Right now we have the white. That's good. And I'm going to increase the stroke size here. So I just click and drag. You can see how we had a stroke dimension there. So in this way you can able to add the fill and stroke color for this, the shape. If you want, you can also add the shadow, but that's based on your need. You are going to use how I choose this object. You can see I'm going to change the fill color. I choose this one. Now I'm going to add only stroke and stroke. I'm going to add the shadow. I can see the slight shadow there. When it choose the object. You can see I can able to adjust the opacity of the shadow. And I can able to add a more distance if you want. You can see I can able to add more distance. And this is what the color we have. Now if we want to change the shadow color, I can come to this area. I click here. And here I'm going to choose exactly what color I need. So I was choose to know the black, pure black. You can see that. I choose. Okay, so this is all we have the shadow. Now, I'm going to reduce the opacity here. So you can able to add the fill color for the shadow. We can able to enable that if you want. You can also add the stroke. Here I don't want. You can also add the shadow values, the opacity. You can able to rotate that particular chateau in a different direction. We can see that you do have the distance between the shadow as lists the object. And you can see we have the hardness of the shadow or are they just finally, here I have the option to adjust the sharp Blood appearance of the shadow. So I have all those options. As I click here, I can use that with the help of this Premier Pro software. So after digesting all those things, I can leave it. This is how we have those shapes. I can also adjust that with the help of my onscreen values. Can see that I can use this to place any title or any other traffics in this Premiere Pro. Now after this, I choose the same option. You can see I have few more options here. Like I'm going to choose this object. After choosing this appearance, I come to this place. I click here once. So when I click there once, you can see how we have added those details. And if I want to add a minus, I can use this option which is removed. So if you want to move stroke, I can use this option. For example, I enable this. Now you can see I have small white color stroke there. They want to increase the stroke value into file. Now you can see we have a better visibility of the stroke, was making that into ten. Got it. Now I want to add one more strokes. So what I'm doing is I click this plus icon. You can see I got almost stroke here. I can able to choose which color I want for that stroke. Now, I'm going to increase the value. Choose to 15. You can see I got another stroke there. You can add multiple strokes if you want. You can see I have one more there. So if you want, you can use those option in the same way. If you want to add more shadow, I can add with the help of the option C. Here we have the default shadow, and here I have another shadow. If you want, you can add more shadows. You can also choose the color with the help of this eyedropper tool, like we have the white for the eyedropper tool. I'm going to choose eyedropper tool and I'm going to choose any color what I want. So you can able to say I never did change the color, the help of this option, which is eyedropper tool. So you can choose which color you want. And that's how we are using these parents option in Adobe Premier Pro. Now after that, I come to this, my Effects Control. In the effects control, you can able to see, I choose only this timeline. When I choose the timeline, it shows me the default options like we had Opacity, time remapping motion, graphics, all those things. But we have two more additional options here you can see that we have a vector motion instead of having the name, which is motion because we are having the vector shape. And I just expand that appearance. You can see we have the basic things for that. After that I have the shape three and shape one. When I choose the shape one, you can see this is the shape one. And we'll choose yep, three. This is the shape three. I choose a shape 1 first. Here they can able to do those basic adjustments here also, you can see that we have all those Fill Color, Stroke and shared also with the help of these also you can able to set the version of the object. I can able to change in x, x, and y-axis. I can able to scale if you want. You can see that I can do that scale function. And if I want to have uniform scale, I can enable this. By default, we will have this enabled mode and we can able to rotate that with the help of this option. I can adjust the opacity with the help of this option. We have the anchor point version if you want, you can change it. So individually, for each shape, what you have within the same video track, you can able to select that and you can never to do that just meant for that. So this is how we have the basic essential graphics, shape, modifications and attitudes in Adobe Premier Pro. To do video editing project. 36. Browse Essential Graphics: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use Essential Graphics Rosa option in Adobe Premier Pro. Now, I save this and I'm going to create new sequence for that. I'm going to choose a sequence. And this time I'm going to give a name, essential graphics. So given the name Essential Graphics, and I choose, okay, now you can see we got a new timeline. Can see we have the graphics sequence also, but this is a new chickens I was created. After this. I come to this, my essential graphics. If you don't have this one, you can go to the Windows menu and you can enable this option which is essential graphics. We have another way to access that, which is you have to just click this tab, which is graphics. So it will get the graphics user interface. You can able to use all those graphics excess. Now you can see I got, uh, some changes on the user interface. I got my toolbox here. Instead of having within the timeline, here I have my essential graphics. I choose Browse. When I choose browse, you can see we have lots of preset values here. We have different values with the name courts, as well as those graphics. Now I come to this in the browser window altar, this builds on do I have the option of just my template? Here? I have all those options. If you want to search with the help of the name, I can use this option. For example, I'm going to give a title. So I was giving the title. So when a two-sided, you can see I can able to have all those options here. And here I'm going to give a name. Transition. Yeah, I got transitions here. I choose intro so I can able to get the intro there. So if you want to search your template, you can use this option would just search. If you want to show all those things, we can delete all those texts counted what you have, and you can press enter. So when you press Enter, you can able to see all those templates, what we have with this Essential Graphics. Now, you can see we have these two options, Local Templates folder and libraries. Now way disabled this local templates folder and library. And you can see we have all those templates. This is what we have with this in order V Premier Pro. Now I choose this option Local Templates. You can see we don't have any change. But in AI enabled this Libraries. You can see, if I want, I can able to create my own library. That's why we have these options. And I come to this place. You can see in each and every place, I have those templates. You can able to see. We have the coming up next template and we have overlay template. We have the present template and we have the logo template, we have the classic credit integrated templates, and we have this laid the classic layer. You have all those name cards and everything here. You can see that we have a game based broadcast or video production elements. Here. We have the game background and game bullet list. We have gaming true. So we can able to see all those things. What we have here. After that, we have the news production content, are those essential graphics are used to create a news production. We do have some sports based graphic cell to produce graphics with the sports. So we have all options here. So with the help of this option only we are going to browse all of our template to use this user interface in Adobe Premier Pro. 37. Add Graphics Template: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to load this external essential graphics into our timeline. You can see in our previous class, we have seen how to use these options, how to navigate those preset graphics in this Adobe Premier Pro. When you are searching with the help of title, you can see here, if I type title, I can able to get all those, you know, those preset graphics related with the title. In the same way, if you move over any one particular graphics we have here, can see that each and every graphics has two icons here. So at first you have the inflammation. When it choose that information, I will get the all the inflammation about this particular graphics. You can see the duration. And we have the file size and the font we have used. Now, if you want to add keyword here, you can able to add. Then when you are looking for that particular style, we can use that keyword to search. So after that, you can see here this title also. I can able to add my custom title here if I want to get it. So after done all those things, I'm going to click this icon, which is this back arrow. After that, we have one more option here. You can see that set S favorite. When I choose this option, satisfy the rate. We can see it has a blue colored star instead of having weight color. If I have multiple, the favorite one. When you're looking for those favorite things, what I can do is I can come to the search option and then I have the same store. I just clicked this place. When you click there, I can able to load those favorite things alone. I don't want to have a look on all those things. I can have. I can focus only the favorite things, what I had choose two. So this is how we use these options. And you can see, if I don't want, I can just close that. And I can able to load all those graphics, what we have. So you can able to filter your graphics by choosing the favorite things. Now I come to the bottom and bottom we can able to see, we can able to adjust the size of the preview of the tropics. I can aim to increase if we want the same time, it can help to reduce it. You can see that the same way I can able to expand this panel if I want ionic and negative radius. So based on your space, you can able to reduce our expand according to your need. Now, here I have option to sort those graphics. With the help of this option, I can able to reason. Or I can able to have the default sort by title. So this will thought all those graphics based on the right. What we have from Albert, you can see that we're starting with the year and it was moving and it was finishing with a yes. So we have all those graphics in this debate format. And after this, the sorting as less this kind of the preview icon. Now I come to this graphics, I'm going to load any one graphic scale. For example, you can see we have a new Sonka here, was playing this video. She was talking through the microphone and she was going to have anterior with the girl so we can see how she was talking. Now I want to put a name card for this goal. So what I can do is you can see I have my playhead I place here. So here what I need to do is I just want to add one named card. So we have lots of options here to add a name card. I can see I have this lawyer third option, so I can use this Luther here. I just drag and drop in this timeline. You can see I was dropping in this timeline on this video track two. I release my mouse. Then I release my mouse the time only I can able to load my graphics. And you can able to see it shows me some of the fonts, so I'm missing. No problem. I choose, Okay? And when I play this, you can see that I got a name here. And if I want to add the name of the discussion about her or has designation or the location. I can add that. So this is how we can able to load the tropics from the essential graphics panel. You can able to move or how we I need. You can see we have very small animation here at the beginning. You can see that those rectangular we have behind the text. And we have a two texts here. You can see that we have insert a name text and I add a title text. So we can able to use both text here. And you can able to customize. And it shows you how they have added the animation. So that's a preset one. We don't want to add those animations that there was already added there. Now, I just want to add few more details here. So I come to this my brows. So again, you can see we have a lot of options here. Now I just want add one, a transition here. So we can see we had a lot of transitions. And I just, you know, at first I just want to add one. And starting into, so here I have on into. I just drag and drop here. And the process is going on. I can see it shows me two seconds, but it took more than two seconds. I will wait. Yeah. It was eighty-nine percent. Now. I got it. Now you can see I just play this. And I got this graphics there. I just had a plan to put those graphics after the animation. So I keep that intro on the same layer. Now, I said the play quality into half, knot off quarter. And I play here. Now you can able to see how I have that. The starting intro animation used from the tropics. And after that we got this screen. Banker was talking through the microphone and we are having the victim or the people who have acted through that news item. So you can see how we have added those things. This is how we can able to load those graphics from this essential graphics. We can load according to the need and the need of the particular news item or anything you have in this program view. So with the help of this Premier Pro, you can able to load all those graphics in Adobe Premier Pro for video editing process. 38. Edit Graphics Template Attributes: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to eat it, the essential graphics, what we have added with this news clipping. So I'm going to start with this name card. We call this as lawyer thoughts. So that's the technical term we use in this Lloyd third, I choose this, the entire segment, it to scientists I made and I come to this fx control. You can see, we can able to see what role the elements we have here. So we have to text elements. We have insert name here, which is this first 1 second we have added a title here. So we know we can able to click and we can able to edit those things. And after that we have the shape. You can see here I have the shape. So I just opened that shape properties. You can able to see we have fill color in the form of gradient. We do have transparent fill color. We don't have any stroke or the shadow for this. But you can able to see we have a transparent fill color. So we can able to feel the transcript or the solid color for you or objects. In other classes, we have seen only the solid colors. If you want to add that gradient color, I can use that shape, whatever I want to use. And here you can see I have the shape and choose Fill option. And I can choose which color I want. You can see that I can able to choose which color I want and I choose, okay? So this is how normally, you know, we are adding those colors. Now after this, I come to this area. I chose this eyedropper tool and I can able to choose which color I want. So this is all, we are adding those colors. And I can able to edit those things. But if you want to add a gradient color, what you have to do is let us choose the object, how to choose the same fill color. But at the top, you can able to see we have solid. So instead of having solid, I can choose this linear gradient. When it choose linear gradient, you can see I can able to set the gradient values. I can able to choose the point, and I can able to set the colors there. You can see I can here, but this is the color there. And I can save it to set the opacity, show up again, choose this opacity, stop. Here. I'm going to set the opacity value. How do I want? I can see that here also, I choose the same. I had the blue and at the top I choose Opacity point at it said that opacity value into a hunter. Now you can able to see how we have those linear gradient colors. I can add multiple colors if I want, but I just want to remove that. I don't want that. So I just click and I just want to click and drag from that particular 0.2 down to remove them. You do have the option of a radial gradient. Radial gradient, I can able to use the gradient with the form of radio instead of linear. So if you want, of course you can use those option I going to use only this option which is linear gradient now by two, so k two, so k you can able to see I have this linear gradient here. Goes, it was under process. So take some time. Now you can able to see how we have the linear gradient here. So this is all, we have those options in this field option. So the same way they used the linear gradient here. The two how the opacity I just want here at the top as well as this left side. So this is how, you know, they have created that shape. You can also create if you want. I just deleted that in the same way I can able to choose, and if I want to adjust, I can choose the fill. Here. I choose this point. Choosing that point I can able to adjust the color if you want. You can see that this point has the blue color, and this point has this I choose. Okay? So this is all you can able to customize that particular, that template using this Adobe Premier Pro. Now we come to this very faster graphics. They have the infographics here. We choose this intro graphics and here I want to do my editing work. I just play this. So here we have those graphics. I just want to do the editing process. I choose this graphics. I just double-click there. We, there you can able to see we have the tropics here. I choose this Effects Control, X control. You can able to see we have the graphic parameters. This is the option we are going to use in graphics parameters you can able to see we have text, title and overtake and those colors what we are going to use. So it can choose all those things according to your need. For example, I'm going to choose this text and the title. For the title they have given the name, we just spin. So I can able to change that if I want. I can able to change the size. And I can able to say it. What kind of font I need. And I'm going to change the color first. So I choose that into white. So we have the better visibility. Now we can able to see how I can able to use this size, as well as the font style. The font type. We can see that we do have the font styles here. So you can choose which fonts till you want for that text. The same way. You can able to adjust all those things. What we have in this effects control. We do have the text here. So I can able to choose and I can able to adjust those texts items. And I have the over tied to how the style here, so I can able to set the styles color. So based on your need, we can able to customize all those things there. After choosing those options, I come to this right-hand side. So in this Essential Graphics panel, you can able to see, I have all those details. So this text, I have the orbiter till texts which is the so I can able to customize that if they want to have the color for this over title text, I'm going to choose this in the blue. You can see that how we have and how the secondary color here. I can able to set how do I want. So we can able to see, we can able to customize the anterior graphics using these options. Those are graphics as well as these effects control in Adobe Premier Pro. 39. Graphics Transformations: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to transform the essential graphics using Adobe Premiere Pro. Now, to do that, I'm going to create a new sequence. So I choose new item or a two sequence. Here I'm going to give a name which is Transform and choose. Okay? So here I'm going to do that thing. Before that, I just come to this, my browser window and I'm going to add my graphics. You can able to see we have a lot of graphics here. I'm going to choose this game bullet list. I just drag and drop into my timeline. Can see I have the same kind of settings for my sequence. So I choose keeps settings. Now, that particular graphics was loading and it will finish in a few seconds. Yes, I got it. Now, you can able to see how we have that graphics. I just play and you can able to see we have small movements on the background, but we don't have any movement on those texts. Can able to see that. Now what I'm going to do is I'm going to do the transformations. So I choose these graphics. Here. I'm going to choose the agent, every elements I come to this effects control. You can see in a fixed control, we have all those things and clear manner. Now I come to this Edit menu choose Edit panel. You can able to see, I can able to see all those informations about the selected graphics. We do have options about that. In this option which is, um, bye, transform sequence setting. So we can see we have all those options. We have these essential graphics here. We can do those things better. I come to this area, you can see we have that title. I have the title which is matched items. So I choose the die too. And here I'm going to give the name, name of the particular match. Like I'm going to give a name. India. This is Australia. So I was just given a name. And after that, I just press my tab button. So you can able to see that was updated here. And we do have the option which is forced uppercase. So if I have any small characters here that will be automatically converted into capital letters, that's why we have heat. I just disabled that. Now. We can able to see how we have that novices. So how these changes because of this edit button only. So in this way you can able to do all those changes like, you know, I come to this place here, I can able to save the day, to save that into Friday. And I come to this next two option. It shows you force update. Yes, I have here I come to this place, I have the matches. It shows you the matches 12345. So I can able to do those adjustments here. I come to this place and I can adjust that area of that match. So right now I have three. And if you want to reduce more, I can able to show only two things. I can able to customize that into one to five. You can see how we have. Now I just want do other editing works. I come to this place which is Max text color. So I just want to change the text color, which means I come to this place and I choose which color you want. And I just want to ensure whether it was selector, right, one or not. I choose. Okay. Now you can see that color was updated here. I do have this eyedropper tool. I can pick the eyedropper tool. I can choose which color I want from this program area. I choose this white. This is a default one we have. But if you have a particular color, you can choose that. And after that, we have those words. You can able to see we have fast match, second match that match. Going to give a name. Like, you know, I'm going to give a name. I just switch up my gaps. Just type fast ODI signed. After that, I'm going to give that a data of the DoD like 234 thousand Twenty-two, 23rd. Watch. And I'm going to give the location of the node that match, going to give a name. Mumbai. This is where the magic coin to happen. And you can able to see I can able to update that content, offer that I copy that. I'm going to paste here and I'm going to change that into 26. And I'm going to change the 36th instead of, you know, 23rd. I'm going to cube the name which is pulling. And I'm going to change that first, second. So in this way you can able to customize all those things. You can able to see again, able to customize that. And I come to this bottom area after correcting all those third, fourth, fifth of the matches, we have this animation speed. So it has the animation speed. You can see that they have small animation at the background. If you want to customize that, you can able to set that emission speed how we want. And we have the direction angle also. So I can able to say it how I want at the direction of that angle. And we have the blocks. So blacks animation speed, you can able to say it. And we have animation amplitude values. If you want to flip that into horizontal, you can able to flip that. I just flipped that you can able to see I have flipped the graphics on the background. And if you want to flip from vertical also, I get able to do that. So it was loading. Now you can see again able to flip that in vertical way. We have all those things. So you can able to do all those transformations there. And at the bottom you have all those styling options. So you can see we have the color of the main color, the highlighted color, we have the title color. If you want, you can change all those things. And if you just want to hide the background, I can use this option which is height background. You can see I can able to hide the background and easy manner. We enable that. If you want to add some blurriness, you can have the option here. Right now we have the value which is 0. I'm going to increase that. We can able to see. I can able to add blur for the background so that I can able to focus those texts content. What we have there, instead of focusing the background. These are the options we have with this fx control itself. For each and every graphics you are choosing, you have different effects editing options here. We can see that how we have those things, this is how we have those options. Now, I just want to load some simple text here. Like I have. Yeah, I just have this tighter. Just drag and drop. And now I choose this simple tighter. Let's choose the simple title you can able to see in on-screen appearance also, I can able to select that. But here you can able to see in this previous the essential graphics. You can see that it is possible or not, no, because we got all those settings here. But here in this graphics, you can able to select that are developed programs green. And you can able to edit that. I know directly here. I just double-click there. So I can able to give the title here like I'm going to give a name, filling by dish. I can able to add those texts. As I record. You can see it was updated there. Now I can able to change the color, the fill color if I want to add, you can able to add the stroke color i2 can add the background color here, as well as the shadow. So this is how we can able to modify those things. Now I choose my selection tool and on-screen appearance also I can able to transform those things. So these are the options we can do with this, the essential graphics. Now, I'm going to transform here in this, my essential graphics panel. Here I have the access a little y-axis push here. You can able to see I have the center point on x-axis or y-axis. Now I come to this bottom. So here I have the scale. Can able to scale on both axes, x and y. You can see that if I want to adjust the height or the width separately, I can just unlock this. Now. You can able to see, I can able to adjust those things individually. And I can able to rotate the graphics with the help of this rotate value. Right now we have 0. I just click and drag. You can able to see how I can able to adjust that. So you can able to do all those things. I can add manual values like this, awesome. And after that we have the opacity. So the **** up up this opacity, you can able to adjust the opacity of that particular content. Finally, here we have the styles. So I come to the styles. If you want to create any style, you can able to create the two. So these are the options we have with this essential graphics. You can able to add, you can able to modify. See I'm going to add a rectangle here. I'm going to do the changes. I just want to move this below that selected object. So I choose this after created a rectangle, how I come to this graphics Meno. In this graphics, you can able to see I have the option which is our h. Here I choose Send backward. So I can able to send that selected object. At the back. I was placing the rectangle like this. And you can see how I have the rectangle. So I can able to select all those things together. I can label to move wherever I want. So this is how we can able to modify all those essential graphics, what we have with Adobe Premier Pro to do graphics works for video editing work. 40. Time of Graphics: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to do time change for those essential graphics in Adobe Premiere Pro. You can see we have this lawyer third here on left-hand side, and I have the total duration here. You can able to see that. So here I want to see that you have two options here. When I play from the beginning of that inner lawyer. Third, I just press space bar. You can see we have small animation and graphics. We can able to see, we have the gray colored area here instead of black. So that area defines up to that value. We have that intro animation for this particular lawyer. Third, and at the end you can able to see we have the weight criteria that defines the outro animation. You can see that it was getting faded. So these options are called intro and outro. They have used to here. Now what I'm going to do is see, I just keep that into normal. And I select that particular segment. I'm going to expand the total time duration. Here I come to this place and I choose and expand till this area. So you can see we got the lawyer third on the same duration. We didn't increase the lawyer that duration. Now, if we want to customize that lawyer third, intro and outro duration, I can do the same thing with the help of this option, which is responsive design time. Here you can able to see we have the default duration of that intro and outro. We have 19 milliseconds here, and we have this eight milliseconds here, 08 millisecond. So I can able to customize that. Now I come to this place, I choose that my lawyer third here I'm going to manually add the value. So I'm going to give the value which is two. And here I want to the value 0. So when I press Enter, you can see I have that lawyer, the beginning transformation up to this area. In the same way I can able to add the value for outro duration. So I choose that. And here I'm going to customize the same outro duration into 0.2. And I'm going to set that millisecond equals 0. Now you can see I got that outro duration here. From displays itself. I can to see that fairing process will be started. So this is all those options. We can able to customize that intro and outro duration. Now, if you want to customize, I choose that option with the help of my graphics panel so I can able to customize that. We can see here I have that option. I can able to customize with the help of this area. I come to the top of this, this particular graphics panel. Here I'm going to choose this area. Just click and drag. Click and drag. I can able to adjust the total duration. You can see I was increasing the value from two to 214 to 15. The same way I can able to reduce that. Here also I can able to do that. And that change was updater here. The same vegan able to adjust the intro values. And you can see how we got the change there. So this is how we use the time of the tropics in Adobe Premier Pro. We can able to expand that into any level. The same time we can able to add the intro duration as well as outro duration, but they'll pop this responsive design time. In the same way you can able to manage all those graphics time using Adobe Premier Pro. 41. Rolling the Graphics: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use role function in Adobe Premier Pro. With the help of this role function, you can able to any graphics from left to right or top to bottom. But the difference is values. Let me show you how to use those functions. Creating a new scene for this, okay, You can see that I was create a new sequence for that. The name of the sequence is role. Now I just want to add some graphics here. So before that I just want to add one video background. I'm going to use the shortcut key to input the content to the Project Explorer, which is control I. After press the controller, you can see I got the video segment here. I choose, I choose open. Just roll that video content into my timeline. And I choose keep existing settings. Here you can see I had a video. This is a lava simulation. You can able to see that after placing this now I come to my essential graphics. I'm going to add one rectangle here. Or if I choose airwaves here, you can see how we have the ellipse. Here. I'm going to choose the fill color into red. And this is how I have this shape. So we can see I can able to add the shapes like this, but you cannot scroll. You can add a role, these kinds of shifts in Premier Pro. So now I just want to add some graphics from this browser window. I'm going to add this basic title here. Just drag and drop into my timeline. You can see I got the text to here. So I got the texture here. We can see that now I just moved the texts and I just deleted the previous graphics. And you can see here we have the text. Let's just expand that till the end. And I'm going to edit the text. I just double-click there. And I'm going to give a title which is lava. Now you can see I got the text. Now I choose that, that layer content and I can place wherever I want. I'm going to use my selection tool. I'm going to scale it. Now. I have the text at the bottom. If you want to adjust any particular this role function for Essential Graphics, you must choose this timeline, this track, instead of choosing the data on program. So when I choose this track data, you can see I was selected to this track footage and you got the adoption which is role here in Edit tab. We have that option drawer. Now by just enable this option drawer. So an enable that option here you can able to see I got a small, a role like appearance. If you want to see, you can use that option. And I just scroll my mouse. You can see within the single click I can able to add that role function here. And the Preview shows that very clearly. We got the troll function. I play here. You can able to see how we have added the troll. So that was perfectly adder. You can see that when I was adding the roll function, we know that I was placed the text at this screen only. But when I enable the true texts, lava went off screen and that was started from the bottom. And at the finishing point also, I know that lava texts was in off-screen. That's because of this option. When enabled this role, this also enabled this start off screen and end off screen automatically. That's why we have that condition. But if I disabled that and I'm going to play that again, you can see it is that only I don't have any changes because I didn't set any change here. If I enable this end up screen only, we can able to see, I got that animation. That role from that my current position can see not from the bottom, from my current portion. And I got to move on towards the top area. So this is all we know you can able to say the basics, a role for any text or graphics what we have created with this Adobe Premier Pro. Now by just disable that option also, I just enabled both options. And I'm going to see how it works. This works very nice. And after this, we have four more options here. You can able to see that we have pre-roll and post role and we have ease in and ease out. Now, I'm going to adjust this value which is reasonable. So I just click here and I'm going to type the value which is 03. I was given the value of three. Play here. So still, I didn't get that particular text here only it was started at this time with just three seconds. So if you want to start from that time, you can give the time here. And I'm going to give that value now into six. And in your timeline, you can able to see when that's going to be stored. So it was six. Now this time we lead with distorted. You can see that it has more speed to compare the previous one. So if we want to add the pre-roll time duration, you can add that same way. If you want to add post-stroke time duration, you can set that. We can see the total duration is 12 seconds. Here I'm going to set that value into four. We have pre-roll time just six seconds, and postal time with just four seconds. Let's see how the text will. You have animation? Faster six seconds, we'll never have those things. And after six will have the change that movement for our last four seconds, which means for a lost means from eight to 12 second will not have the moment. And we'll have a quick moment here from the six. I can see that in the 79 onwards, a teacher there during the eight, we caught that at the top. So if you want to add this time for pre-roll and post role, we can add that here. Now I said that pre-roll and post role to 0. So this is all we know. We have the pre-roll and post for. You can set that you want to start and you can sit where you want to eat. That's why you have the option pre-roll and post role. That function will be played between the railroad and wasps all instead of playing the entire duration. Now after this we have a CNN this out. So if you want to set this easing and ESL we can able to set, I'm going to show you first, this is in our choose this, and I'm going to set that value is in, into five, not 54. I'm going to play this now. I was played. And you can see till this to seconds we have very minimum speed. And it was four. Now, I can able to see almost the complete texts. And after that, we have very smooth speed. Now I'm going to save that for h. Going to play from here. I can see at the beginning we have very small speed. But after reaching that, we have more speed. If you want the Eocene, which means at the beginning, that object will have slow acceleration, but later that will reach the maximum speed. If you want this kind of ease, you can use this option which is easy. And I said that it is 0. You will have the normals read here. You can see that. So we don't have any lag at the beginning. Throughout this duration, we have the same speed. Now I'm going to say this ease out. So I'm going to set that equal to eight seconds. And here I'm going to play. Let us see. We can see we have fast moment here. Within this three seconds, that animation was in almost complete or 60 per cent that roll moment. But after that, what happened? You can see it was slowing down and it was finishing and a small sphere. So if you want to add this episode, which means During the finishing time, you are reducing the speed and it was reducing the acceleration, and it was finishing at 0. So if you want that kind of effect, you can use this option which is ease out with the help of this ease in and ease out recovered able to set the acceleration at finishing point of the particular graphics in Adobe Premier Pro. This is all we use this option role in Adobe Premier Pro. We can able to see it start off-screen and on-screen. The same time, you know, you can able to say it, the pre-roll post or ease in, ease out all those things in this Adobe Premiere Pro. 42. Crucial Graphics Group: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use graphics group in Adobe Premiere Pro. First, I'm going to choose this graphics. I don't want this role function. I just disable that. And I'm going to place the text to here. And behind this text I'm going to add one graphics. So what I'm going to do is I'm going to add one rectangle. And I'm going to change the color of this rectangle. I want to change that from this two door brown. Now, I choose this graphics and I'm going to choose this orange or to send backward. So you got the text in front. Now I want to choose both things that texts as well as the graphics. I was choosed. In this session, She'll graphics. You can able to create a new group to have all those graphics inside. So I just create a new group with the help of this option. You can see I got the group name, which is group one. I double-click that group and it can able to see I right-click there. And I can rename that here. I'm going to rename them. So now I can just drag and drop those elements inside this group. Was added. The text as well as the shape. I can able to set that visibly in to none if you want. Now, I can select that particular traffics and you can able to move that graphics completely. So you don't want to select the individual objects and you want to talk to select those things. We can select all those things with the group itself. If you want to scale all those objects, we don't need to select each and every individual. You can select the group. Here itself we can able to do the moment SLS, the scaling function. You can see that this is one of the important option, what we need in our Adobe Premiere Pro. Because if you want to transform multiple elements, we have to select all those things. Sometimes you have to select each and every track and you have to adjust all those graphics. But here I had the group option. So I can able to group the same, similar kinds of elements. And it can able to scale with the help of these options. I can also rotate that with the help of this option, you can say that this is so we are using this grouping option in essential graphics. We can keep any number of epochs and all the objects the year. We can have the text that they're shaped. Muscle, which is the rectangle ellipse. You can keep all those, you know, the CapEx be using Adobe Premier Pro to group in this Essential Graphics panel. 43. Project #3 - YouTube Video Editing: In this project, the third project, we are going to see how to create a video editing work for YouTube. Here I have a bunch of kids are doing one project work for their classroom or something. So they are creating this. And first they are lending actually, then they're creating it. And finally we have able to see successfully they had done this work. This is what they had done through this video. And if I want to do this editing work for video that YouTube, let us see how to do that work using Adobe Premier Pro. Now, I come to my new project work. I'm going to create a new sequence here. So I choose the sequence. I'm going to create this for YouTube. So I'm going to have this in landscape mode only. I choose digital SLR. You can also choose other formats, but most of the time we use a digital SLR camera or mobile camera to shoot the video. That's why I was choosing this a DSLR ten ADP. And I choose that iframes, you know, you have better video content if you have minimum 30 frames per second. So I choose, Okay? And I got my sequence here. Actually I can rename this. Yeah, that is a better thing. I should give the name. Just YouTube video was created a sequence and I do want to create my those bins. So I just add one new bin with the name video files or video. Yeah. And I'm going to create one bin which is audio. Let us import the video first. I just choose control. So here you can see I have all those video files. I just choose open. So it will be imported within this my bin folder. And now after this, I'm going to choose my the audio folder. So it was loading. It was completed. Now I go to my next folder with just audio. So choose my project. Youtube video, not other video. Here. I'm going to choose my audio, going to import those audio files. Now, after adding this, I'm going to have the preview about this vdu. You can see I have a huge number of video files here. I just want to know whether I'm going to show all those steps for this YouTube video, or I'm going to have the shortcut, the target time duration like two minutes or one minute. So fast I had to know what is the duration of this video. So since we are doing this kind of mode duration work, you can able to fix the total duration first. Then based on the target duration, you can work for the video editing work. Like if I said, the total duration is two minutes, then I had to do editing work according to that because I'm going to show you choose all those video tracks. Just load that into my timeline. You can see it has 16 minutes duration. So I'm not sure the people watching the YouTube videos, we spend that much amount. If we are going to see this video. If they are going to learn, yes, definitely. They will have the watch servers for at least ten or 15 minutes. But if they are going to just do want to know what is going on there. Yeah. They cannot spend that much amount of time. Like I'm going to have the total duration target, which is only two minutes. Which means I had to do all those editing works based on the target only eigen not able to use all those videos at the same time. I cannot able to use all video files as well as the all parts of the video. So I had to do a lot of video editing works to do here is just delete that from my timeline. Let us have the review. And before that, when you are doing this kind of work, I'm going to select the right music, the audio for that. So I'm going to have the preview here. This is an audio track. You can see we have the total duration, which is one minute and 30 seconds. And I'm going to have the second one. This is also having on me that if I seconds going to start with the beginning, let us play the third one. This looks really nice. Play the fourth one. That was really energetic, but that has too much amount of noise. That really looks good. I can never do reduce the volume Ahmad. And that has very less amount of mice only. Let us how the review on the last audio too. I'm going to show you this one is really looks good. Yeah, I'm going to use this audio. I just drag and drop that entire audio into my audio track. You can see how some unwanted be at the beginning. They just want to reduce that. So I just got this area. I'm going to have this. That's really nice. So I'm going to use this audio track and we have lots of video files. Just going to have this icon view can see how we have those video files. So let us have the preview and let us understand how we are going to present this story, which is essential here. So I'm going to have the bigger preview here. You can see how they are starting this work. You can able to see they have a small team and they're doing this work. I'm going to have the preview. First. I choose this normal view are in this iconic view. And I'm going to have all those videos review here. So I just play this. You can see this looks like there was completed the work and they're using that for testing or demo. This could be the last video I'm going to use. And let us find the very first video. They are having a coffee kind of thing. We can use this at the beginning. So I'm just going to use that at the beginning. We can see the duration. It has more frame rate. But we're going to do all those functions, which is called editing. Yeah, we are going to do that. I'm going to have the small view, like, you know, whether we have any other video recording. They're starting projects stage. They are having something on their mobile. You can see that they are another estimate. Then they have some view about maybe the project work or the target. Just mute this track. So they are discussing about that. Maybe after that they may start the project. Yeah, that's how we are going to create the story. Now what I'm doing is I'm going to assemble other videos based on that need. So I'm going to place these videos. I'm going to add those things one by one. I can see they all together on few videos. We have individual persons also going to place this 1 first. And I'm going to focus this gate first. I placed that. And I have another view of that, Kate. But I already have one viewable know that focusing that Kate alone. So I don't want to have the another video for that. Now after that, I'm going to have the team view again. After showing that team. I'm going to show the next gate now. Like I'm going to focus the kid. Yeah, This boy. He was going to have the closer view. So you can see I was having the kid nearby in this video clip. Now I choose this kid. The close-up shot, what he was doing or they're doing. And I think that it was not focused this kid. So I'm going to focus that kid only. So I'm going to have this video. So this was focusing that kid only. Now after that, I'm going to have another group video. Yes, here they all are together. And now I'm going to show that cools work. You can see how she was doing her work. She was actually presenting here. She may complete theft. But before that, we have to show these videos for the goal. And finally, we are going to show that video. Now after that, yeah, we have focused all those people and we are going to show the teacher also. She maybe the teacher or guide. We're going to show her. I just add her first. So after that, I just want placer inside and she has, you know, closer view about the project. Then finally, what we're going to do is I'm going to show this shot. And I'm going to place this. Finally, I'm going to place this test video. We have date. We have assembled all those videos here. Now you can see I'm going to adjust the duration. So I set the speed, I just choose this ripple edit shift. I'm going to set that speed into 200. Now you can see we have real-time moment here. Since we have changed that into from a 100 to 200, we have turned that frame per second from 60 to 30. Now you can see how they are spending their time, how they may got this work. But you can see, I'm going to have this video for only one minute and 50 seconds. So we have a lot to edit here. Now I come to this place to you one leaf, few essential the seconds for each video. So I'm going to crop up to this area. I don't want that much amount of time. I just want to introduce them. That's it. Yeah, it's enough. And I'm just going to show them they are having look on something or they're mobile. And after that, that starting their work. You can see we have a lot to edit based on the need only we are going to do those things. As we talk reno the first we have focused with this kid and they are having a look on the mobile phone. Discuss and work, train the unwanted areas as that particular content to have the details. Now I, I just, I and I crop this area. So I come to the next video now. So here she was explaining those things. That's enough for this video. In the same way now you can able to crop according to the need. You can also choose from in and out of this source monitor. Now, I just want to show this with very few seconds, the close-up shot. And we have this work, the individual focusing this work. And we have this girl's, another view. She was finished here. We have created that kind of, you know, that video. And here I have the teacher who is grading this budget work maybe. And I'm going to place the next video. She's guiding. And here she was helping them to the manual work. And after that, we have this video. It looks like it was completed. And finally we are going to show them the result of this particular work. So all those peoples doing discussion about this result. So that is how we need when you are making a video for YouTube, you have to know everything. What do you have for this project? Had to make a story based on the story only that video, we'll get a better communication among all the people. So you can see I'm going to play this with my audio was at the beginning. So we have added those things. Now. Again, add effects if I want, I can able to give the Hue Saturation values. So I'm going to choose my video effects. I'm going to choose those effects as they like us. I'm going to add that if I want. I can able to all those adjustments. Here at the end, I'm going to view the video transition. I choose my video effects. Here. I'm going to choose transition, which is for them dissolve, dip to black. Because most of the time we use dip to black to add the default transition at the end of the video. Like this. This is though we know it's going to get finished. And at the beginning, yes, if you want, you can go for adding some graphics here. So I choose graphics. After choosing graphics, I'm going to choose what kind of graphics I want to add. I can go for brows. So here I'm going to pick what kind of graphics I need. Like, I'm going to choose any graphics as I'd like us. You can see I have some logo animation like this. I have some bold title. We use that in our previous project also. And I can give some titles like this also. You can simply go for editing work. You can choose this title. You can double-click out there, and you can change that particular text name here. And how you want. This is how we are doing the editing work. After completing this editing work, we're going to export this as a video. So I just clicked this Export, Quick Export. And I'm going to choose the destination very vacuous software choosing that export, I choose my destination folder. I choose Save. Now I choose Export. You can see now it was in landscape mode. I choose Export here to take few seconds, few minutes based on your computer configuration or desktop configuration. So just wait and you will get this output. So it was going to get finished. Its forthcoming later. Now I'm going to open that file. You can see here I have the YouTube video. I'm going to play this. We got all those. The important part. We have created a story, we have added a title, and we have formed a sequence as direct us. We have focused all those kids, they know. They have concentrated this boy and that second boy and the girl. We have given the proper, you know, the appearance for all those people, what they involved with this project in the screen time. We have concentrated all of them. We cannot ignore the people, you know, you can't see those on the output. So you must focus all those people. Now, after that boy, we are going to concentrate the goal. So she was doing the work here. We shows her individually know that work, the contribution towards the project. And it looks like she was done. Then later we have added the teachers and all the information. And you can see that the project was commentator. So we are not added the footage at the beginning. So this is the end of footage. We can see that she was completed her work and she was giving the demonstration. She was sharing the information may be and she was giving the information about the technical things. So we can see we have the 3D printer here. And after I've completed all those works as you are supplementing that and that was working inside the water. We have added the nice smooth transition at the end, just dip to black. So this is how we can able to do the editing work for YouTube. You can short all those videos without worrying anything. You can sort everything in this Adobe Premier Pro. We can add speed, you can able to edit, we can modify, collaborate, all those things. We can add a title, music, everything in this, my Adobe Premier Pro. And you can able to create the video editing work for YouTube. 44. Different ways to create Text from Scratch: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to create text from scratch. We're going to see what are the different forms we have to create the text. Let me start. I'm going to create a new sequence for that. Was creating the sequence, the name text. Just okay here. Now you can see we have a new timeline for this composition, which is texts. We have two ways to add the text in our area. First way, I can use my essential graphics. In my essential graphics, I have edit tab and edit job. You can able to see we have two options here. We have text and vertical text. If you want horizontally texts, which is also called normal text, you can use the very first option. And if you want the vertical text from top to bottom, you can use this option with just vertical texts. Now I'm going to use the very first option, which is also called a horizontal text. I click there. When I click there automatically you got one new texture here. And in this, you can see that in this timeline Also, I got one new object there. You can see that in this video layer one. And this is also the same conduct what we have when you added this. Now, they can able to see that in a timeline as well as my program window. Here I can able to choose if they want to eat it. I can double-click there. And here I'm going to do what I want. I'm going to give the name of the film like, you know, I'm going to give the name the file or the water. Again, add the text as you record. And I use this selector. But to help out the select tool, I can just select that particular texts and I can place where I want. Now in the same way, I can also add the vertical texts. To do that, I come to the same edit tab in the essential graphics panel. Choose this option which is new layer. Here I'm going to choose the vertical text. You can see when I choose this vertical text automatically, we got that new text here. Double-click there to select all those texts. And I'm going to type the same thing. When we take the first letter, you can see I got a normal texts there and manipulates second text. You can see I got that in vertical mode. You can see that I give a space. And I have added the complete texts, which is water. And I can use my selection tool to select and place that I want. So we have these two ways to add the text. In this program area. We can see we have both texts in the same video layer. Now I have another two ways to add these texts. I'm going to use my toolbox. In Toolbox also we have that same option. We have Type tool with just normal text tool and we have vertical type tool. So I choose Type Tool first. But here we have the difference when I choose Type Tool and I come to this area here, I can able to click where I want to add. But in essential graphics when you just text, you will automatically get the template there. But here I'm going to choose this type tool and I'm going to click where I want. I'm going to click here. And I'm going to give the name just fire. So you can see when I add the text, I got that in a new layer, not on the same layer. You can see that I got that in a new layer and I was having the type tool. And I'm going to click here again. When I click here again, you can able to see I don't have any new layer. I've got the same the previous, the fire layer. So they're only I'm going to add my second text. You can decide how you want to add those texts. And in the same way I can able to use this tool also the vertical type tool. So I choose vertical type tool and I click here, hit, I'm going to type fire. That automatically comes at this vertical order. So this is all we use both options. We use this type tool as well as the vertical type tool. And here we have text as a less vertical text. You can add the text in any form. We can use both things, but you can see we can able to create the same output using these two options in Adobe Premiere for most of the time, we will use this text tool to add the titles or the credits or whatever you want to add in the form of texts into our project, we're using Adobe Premier Pro. 45. Handle the Text in Program Window: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to candle our texts in this program screen. You can see we have this area which has 192021080 pixels. Based on the sequence settings only we will have the dimension. Here. They have the sequence which is text. I double-click there. You can see I got that in this timeline. When I right-click over there and I'm going to choose this option which is sequence setting. You can able to see how we have the particular sequence appearance. We have 1920 into the native pixels, the dimension. And I choose this, okay, Now, within this area, only we are going to use these letters. But you can see I can able to handle those texts to form. If you want. You can select multiple texts to form with the help of the shortcut keys, but you can select only within the same layer. For example, we can see here we have this horizontal as well as vertical text. And I choose this one. This two has the same layer. So you can see the difference here. This is video layer one, and this is video layer two. Now I choose this video layer two element, which is fire. And I want to select this, the vertical textiles. So what I'm doing is I've just hold the Shift key and I click there when episode the Shift key and again able to select the another object. This is possible because these two objects have the same track, which is V2. Now, I was trying to select this one. I press hold the Shift, you can right-click here. You can able to see I cannot select all those things. I can able to select this text alone. I cannot select water with this file. You can see that I can able to select only one thing. But when I choose this water, then I have one more element in the same, the video, one which is the water. So I'm going to choose this vertical text also episode the ship to you and I click here within the same track or within the same layer, we can able to select multiple objects with the help of the shortcut key, we just shift. But you cannot undo the selection with the different layers. And if you want to select, another way, we can just outside and drag your mouse and cover those areas. What you have to select this line and we'll cover all the area and all those objects. What you have covering within that boundary with gets elected. But this, for this function, we have to select the selection tool then only this is possible. This way also, you can able to select all those things, but remember, we can able to select only that particular layer contents. You can see that when I come to this layer, I can able to select the two, not the previous two. So this is all, we are selecting those texts, the content from different tracks. Now if I choose this textFile, they move and place here. You can click inside and drag to move the texts. And you have the transform control here. So I was using the corner transform control. You have four transform controls of the counter. For all those texts, you can see that we have for transform controls at the corners. And four at the middle. You can see top, bottom, left, right. So totally we have eight points. When I click the corner point and drag, you can able to see, I can able to increase that particular text size in both horizontal as well as vertical. You can also see I can able to maintain the same aspect ratio. When I was doing that work. You can able to see from this central point only that function was working. We can see that how it was working. If you want to work that option from this or the middle point, I can able to move that point and I'm going to place that I have the center point. Now I can just click and drag. You can able to see from the central point the scaling process is done. So you can able to use those corner points to scale whether you are going to increase the text or radius of texts. And with the help of those middle points are so you can able to do those things. We can able to scale and you can able to reduce. Now when I add just that, when I plus all the control, you can able to see I can able to move that center point from that midpoint. You can see that I can able to move the center point based on my most moment using this option, which is the control shortcut key. This is all, this process is done. We can able to process the text in this program review panel. Now after this, I come to the edge of the text. So you will get this Rotate icon. I can able to rotate as a record. And in this also, you have the central point plays a major role. If you place the point, this central point here, we can able to see how we can able to rotate the text and how we can able to scale the text. These are the basic options we have in this Adobe Premier Pro program window. You can able to process all those texts according to you. But you can see that how we are processing. These are the basic things. What you can do as you are doing a text to work for any video editing project using Adobe Premier Pro. 46. Add Paragraph Text in Premiere Pro: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the Arabic texts in Adobe Premier Pro when you are choosing the text tool and you are clicking here. Once you got the text. This text is called a free-form text. Let me show you how to create paragraph text in Adobe Premiere Pro. To do that, I'm going to create a new sequence. I'm going to choose new item and sequence. And I'm going to give a name paragraph. Now I choose. Okay, so here I'm going to create my paragraph text. If you want to create a paragraph text, we can use the same type two. We cannot use those tools like those bits together, text as less text tool. You can use only this tool, which is Type Tool. And after choosing the type tool, I just click and drag from my screen. We can see that I was not just click and release. When I click and release the texts come center this in a free-form text. But this time I just click and drag. So when I click and drag, you can able to see I got that red colored boundary which shows the boundary of the particular paragraph. Here I'm going to type the text. This is my paragraph. So when I add the text, you can able to see I have the boundary within the boundary area. I can able to align that complete text. Now by choose the selection tool. When it choose the selection tool, you can able to see I have the bounding box. And when I adjust the text, you can able to see I can able to adjust all those texts, what we have inside that particular paragraph. Now, again, I choose the same type tool. Here I'm going to add on text. So I was added the form, that particular frame appearance. Here I'm going to give a name which is this is my tighten the content. I was, I added the text. This is my title of the content, but you can see only the text up to this thing. Again, not able to see that word content that was not at the below. So I just expand the frame. It can able to see that what we have inside the particular frame. So you can able to expand and you can able to reduce a frame appearance if you want. In the same way you can able to reduce and increase that appearance of the text area. This is how we are using paragraph texts in Adobe Premier Pro. Whenever you are reading this paragraph text, what you are going to do is you're going to just select the type tool and just click and drag. You'll get all those the paragraph frames to add paragraph text. Sometimes you may need these paragraph texts content because when you are going to use some picture on the right hand side or left hand side. You are going to give the text information about the pitcher means you don't need to create the design work into Photoshop. And you are going to export this as a jetpack image and you're going to place it here. You can directly use the texts actually. So you can easily process all the texts, the content here. And you can able to produce the exactly Very good that particular video production using Adobe Premier Pro. 47. Text Alignment and Transformation: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use text alignment and texts transformations using Essential Graphics property. First, I'm going to select my text. So you can see here that I have a two sequences. The first one I was created this text, and second was created with this paragraph. Now you can able to see both sequences on this timeline. Right now it was in this paragraph and it will have this, this, this text. So I click here the text. I can able to load the particular sequence here. Now I'm going to use this first. I just select this text and I delete that. I don't want that. This vertical text also, I have only these two. I have the word the water and the Phi. We have only these two, and we do have those texts content in a separate layer. You can see that. Now what I'm going to do is I'm going to select my this fire text. And I'm going to paste on the same layer, which is water. So I was just selected, I was press Control X to cut. And I was elected that fire and I was pasted them. If I choose these graphics, you can able to see this is an empty layer only. I can able to select and delete that. We've got both texts in the same layer, which is this file. I can able to expand as I record, I was expanding that into 16 seconds. You can see the duration. Now after that, I choose the very first one, which is the Fatah. And after choosing that, I come to this, my essential graphics. As we have used this Arlene and transform for shapes, we can also align with the help of this island and transform for texts. Now by twos the very faster text. And I choose this option, align vertical center. So in this vertical alignment ignored the top to bottom. I can aim to align the text at the center. In the same way. I'm going to move that here. In the same way. I choose the same text. I'm going to choose this horizontal center. 72 is not less and less vertical. I can have two Exactly place at these texts into the central place of this particular sequence. Now, in the same way now I can able to align at the top if I want, and middle and bottom. So based on the need, you are going to choose where you need. And also I can able to, I'll enter the left, center, or right based on your requirement. I can also use both vertically and horizontally interceptor. So these are the things based on your need. You are going to choose, selected only one text. If I select multiple content, you can see I was selecting both these two texts. Now I'm going to choose this option resist on top. You can see I can able to Elaine only those two texts within the area. I was not targeting the main canvas area, which is the work area. So I can able to align within this area only. I'm not going to talk about the entire appearance. So this is all we are using these align options in this Adobe Premier Pro. Now how do I want is, I'm going to place it here. I'm going to place that the water at the top of this file. So after placing this, I come to this area, we know how to use this with the help of this Eigen able to align the text and x-axis. Holloway was backyard and I can also just in the y-axis, how Eric? So these are the two options we have here. And after that I have the scale. So if I want through the Uniform Scale, I can use this option. And also you can able to disable the Uniform Scale. I can able to do the horizontal axis, vertical scale using this option to how Rotate option to rotate the text, I can set the value with the keyboard also. I'm not. So I have the Alpha, which is opacity value for the same layer. So these are the basic Elaine and transform options we have for the text in Adobe Premier Pro. I do have all those options for this second textile. So I can able to add the opacity. I can able to do all those alignments scaling for this particular textile. So this is, so we are using this island and transform options for text in Adobe Premier Pro. 48. Text Appearance Adjustment: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to do text appearance adjustments in Adobe Premiere Pro. In the last lesson, we have seen how to do the other options. Let us see, first I choose this text, the water. After choosing this text, I come to this, my Essential Graphics area. You can able to do those adjustments on these areas. We can able to see we have the text properties to have lots of textiles. So you can choose which one you want. You can able to see that what are the styles we have? If you want to know how your favourite text we can choose which one. For example, I'm going to choose this one which is area. And I just want to mark that as my favorite one. If we want to mark that as a favorite one, I can choose this dot here. So that will be my favorite one. After that particular property, you can see that I can able to select my favorite text here. I'm going to choose that text, what I need as my favorite. I'm going to choose some thin forms. I'm going to choose this aerial rounded MTP t. So I have a selector and I'm going to have this bill empty. And I'm going to choose my set of other favorite fonts like Franklin. Going to choose this franklin clothing. So you can choose your favorite fonts. And if you enable this option, we just show favorites. You can able to see all those favorite alone. So you don't want to go for other all font styles. You can select your favorite only. And from that favorite you can choose which one you want. I've selected this area around it, empty p, t, and I got that style here. So in this way, you can choose your favorite font, what you need. And you can also choose the particular style that somewhere I'm going to choose area. And it shows areas you can able to see I have the normal phone here in the screen. And I come to this style. You can able to see we have narrow Italian and we do have Narrow bold. We have regular, we have all those different styles. What we have this font. So we can able to use all those tiles for your texts. I'm going to use only this regular font so we can able to change the face as well as the style using these two options. You can also save your favorite font using this door. I just disabled that. My favorite going to list all those things. So I can able to list all those things. You to have the star symbol that blue colored fill the store for all those favorite fonts. We can also mark those frequently used two bonds here with the help of this favorites. After that I have this option. So with the help of this option, you can able to change the font style right now, by default you have 100. So all those bonds will have the hunter. If you want to reduce, you can use the slider or you can use the keyboard values like I'm going to fit that value into 50. So you can see how we have the water. And I'm going to say that value into 200. So I can able to adjust through these values. And I can also, just with the help of this slider, you can see that how I was suggesting the help of the slider. So we have two ways to do this work. And after that, I have the text alignment here. You can see that I default how this left-aligned text. I can also choose center if you want, and I can also choose right if I want. So in this free-form text, you can not able to see that properly. But if I create one paragraph text here, you can able to see that I choose my type tool and I click and drag here. I'm going to create one paragraph. I'm going to type here some content. And I'm going to use my selection tool to adjust. Now, you can see I'm going to choose this alignment. And I choose these are defaulting to center. We can able to see how we have the difference between left alignment and central alignment. The same way I have right alignment. So you can set which are in one you want. After this three basic alignments, we held the Justify alignment, which means you will have left and right side without any space. The texts will be aligned in a proper manner. Now I'm going to choose this left alignment, which is left justify. When it chose this, we can able to see I got the NF space between all those those words. But the last line, you know, you have that in a left tail end, but that's why this particular alignment name is justified, lost left, which means the last line of this paragraph will be in the left amendment. But other, all those lines are ingested fail in the same way I have this center justify. So the last line would be in the center portion. And other all those lines in justification alignment, you to have that. We have full justify which is just a wave, which means you will have that just if, if our last line also, you have the right justified, which means the last line in the right alignment and other things. Those lines are in justification alignment. These are the basic four alignments we have for justification. And you do have this option which is top align and central line, and this bottom line. When I have the text, I'm going to reduce the text size. So I'm going to set that into 50. You can see that we have the text at the top and left. You can see that now I'm want to make the text into center. To do that, I'm can use this option which is centered text vertically. So you can see I have the text at the central point. Now, by default we have this top. If you want to move that text into the bottom, I can use this option which is bottom alignment. You can see that this is really good. You can align very want. We can align top or center or bottom based on your need. So these are the basic alignments we have with this text. We have seen this font face because scene, font style, font size, and the font alignment. Now after this font alignment, we have the other properties of the font arraignment, like we have this tracking. So I can able to add more space between each and every character. I can just click and drag to add. You can see that I can value the help of keyboard. You can see I have given a 0. I think that's all I add, the 5'-end blur. It's up to me based on my screen. I can able to. So I'm going to use that property here. Going to use these texts are just the water. And I'm going to give the value. We just don't think. You can see we have given very less summit of value was increased the value into 500. You can see how we can able to split that particular text. And I'm going to kill them more value, 750 goes, I'm going to give more value. So I was given the valid thousand and now I can able to have some better alignment there. You can see that I'm choosing that again. And I'm going to give them value in 2 thousand. So it can able to add those in the space between each and every character. That's why we have this option which is tracking. So I can able to choose that and I choose a value to 0 again. Now we got the appearance like this. So you can able to adjust this line spacing also. I choose this paragraph and I'm going to set that into G. Now I'm going to give more on what those dummy text alignment to center. Now I choose that particular paragraph and I'm going to choose this option which is lines. So I extend my area here, I'm going to kill the land space into 20. So you can able to see we have more space between each and every lane. That's why we have this option with just lines space. And I set that value to 0 again. Now you can see this curling option wasn't a disabled mode because here we don't have that. Again. Choose this and I go to the next one. Here I have the outline from baseline. So I choose this option and I'm going to get the value of just 20. So you can see we have an imaginary line here which is baseline, that only all those textContent was placed. When I want to move condensed from the basement, I can use this option which is an all-in from baseline. So I choose the text and I'm going to choose this option. And from the basement I'm going to choose how much amount I want to move to the top. So I'm going to give the value which is 20. So I can move that to 20 points towards the top. That's Control Z. In the same way, I can also use this tab. So I come to this and I'm going to choose this paragraph from this place I plus Tab key. You can see we have some amount of distance here, so I can able to set that how much amount I want. I'm going to set only a 100. Now. Let us see how we have the distance. You can see we have only point here. So you can able to say how much amount of taps based want with the help of this option. Now I'm going to choose phi and read. And you can see we got to fight under here. So you can able to say it if you don't want. So based on your needs, you can set how we want that particular tab. By default, I will have Hunter, I was given 400 value and I press my tap backspace. After this, you know, the basic those values. I have my other texts options. I have this text. So they'll pop this fox decks. I can able to make all those six internal folks. So it will have bit different appearance. You can able to see that we have Italian if you want, you can add and we have all caps. For example, I choose this paragraph. Here. We have all those texts into small favor to convert that all into caps, I can use this option. So I can able to turn all those texts into gaps. In the same way. If I want to keep all those very first verse in capital and other texts in a small caps. I can use this option which is a small caps. I choose small caps. I'm going to give you a proper word here. Like, I'm going to choose the word like the ball. So you can see I changed the text here. And here I'm going to choose this text to frame. I'm going to choose this option with just small caps. So when it's too small caves you can able to see, I have all those major capital letters, but the small edges are drawn into capital, but still it looks very small only not as we have the capital letters. That's why this option is called Small Caps. Can see that this is all that works. And after that, just press Control Z because I want to come back to the normal stage. Now I have a subscript superscript also, like if I want to give you that value, like I'm going to choose. No superscript, I can choose that. So I will have the superscript text to hear the same way if they want subscript, I can use the second option, which is subscript. I will have the subscript value. Based on your needs, you are going to choose how you want the superscript and subscript. And finally, you have underlined also. Remember if you selected that particular text frame and using that particular effect, you will have that effect for all those texts. What do we have inside? Like I was choosing this frame or so. Are they choose under soil? You can see I can able to have the underline for all those texts. But now what I'm going to do is I'm going to select one particular character. I'm going to choose this option which is underlain. Now you can see I have that underline for only the selected content. If you want to specify the particular content within the text frame, you can specify which content you want to do that particular text effect like underline or bold or italic. So you will hit that particular effect on that place only. So this is how we are using those options. In Adobe Premiere Pro. After all those uniformed phase alignment, I ended the font to different styles. We have the appearance here. So with the help of this appearance, so you can able to set how we want those appearances. I can just change the color of the text. I can able to change, you can see that. And I choose this word. And here also I'm going to change the particular text color. You can see that here I'm going to choose this word, which is the water. And I'm going to fill the color which is blue. So you can able to change the fill color of the object. Now we come to this Same Fill Color and you can see a house color picker mode with solid. And it can actually choose this linear gradient. So I can able to load linear colors here, the gradient colors. I can able to choose what all the colors I want there. You can see that how I was choosing those colors. And also I can able to move the pushing of those objects. So I can able to set a the solid or gradient colors. And I do have the stroke, so I can enable the stroke as we have used in our previous class. I can able to increase the stroke size. If you want to add one more stroke, you can use this option which is adding a stroke to this layer. So we can add any number of strokes as you require. You can also add the background if you want. So I choose the background and you can able to see the color there. I can able to change the color for the background. I'm going to choose a green. Can see that. And I can able to set the opacity of that particular green however I want. And also I can able to adjust the spread area here to the corner radius. You can able to set how I want those corner radius values also, you can able to sit all those things. So the help of this background option, simply if you don't want, we can disable that and you can enable it back again. You've got all those values for you. Now after that we have this shadow. We can enable the shadow. You can able to see the shadow here. I too have those shadows shootings. I have this particular opacity. I had a color. So I set the color into black. We can able to adjust that with the help of this opacity. You can see that how we have the shadow, we do have the rotation values and the shadows distance. You can see we have the distance for the shadow. We do have the split value of the shadow. And I have this option which is the blur value of the particular shadow. So we have all those properties for the text. We have to use this effectively. You know, you cannot need to move to the Photoshop to do all those effects. You've got all those things in Premier Pro itself. So effectively you can also do typographical work in Premiere itself. You don't want to use other softwares. And we can able to do editing process, the video editing process also with those topography works in Adobe Premier Pro. 49. Working with Styles: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to work with text styles in Adobe Premiere Pro. In last lesson, we have seen how to use all those texts properties, as well as appearance values in Adobe Premier Pro. Here we're going to see how to use a style. Let me show you with a few examples. I'm going to use one style sequence here. I was created the name styles for the sequence. And here I'm going to use on video. You can see I have two videos here. And I'm going to use this video. Just drag and drop here. And I choose keep existing settings. You can see how we have the bird on this issue. Now I just want to add some texture here. So what I'm going to use, I'm going to choose my vertical type tool. Here. I'm going to add a title. I just click there, and I'm going to add the title. I was given the name, which is title of the topic. And I'm going to change the text color into white. You can see that. Now I choose this selection tool. I'm going to enlarge the size of the Titan. That's it. And I'm going to reduce a little bit. That's fine. After that, I come to this place. So here I'm going to add some paragraph text. Since I'm going to add some paragraph texts, I was using the same type tool, but I'm going to just click and drag. So I created this area, this space. Now I want to reduce the font size into 25, so I can accommodate more fun here. Now, I'm going to open a Notepad file that I have my content. You can able to find that on the project work folder. So I was having that folder here. Now I just have some dummy content here from Lorem Ipsum. I just copied this. And here I'm going to paste inside my paragraph. You can see we have only limited motor content. I can able to scale the text if I want. If I need more readability. I choose this and you get, I'm going to give more value with just that. If I still I have some space, yes, going to do one more based value. So I was added there. Now, if I want to add, I can also add some text here. So I'm going to use my type tool again. I'm going to add some special text content here. So just paste and I'm going to delete few texts. I just want to put that in the code. So it was good that I will select all those texts and I'm going to increase the font size to 16. And we can see how we have the font going to have some adjustments to reduce some textContent those dummy text content. And they just want to make those double-quotes into large. So I selected that alone. And I'm going to make them into 80 or one foot. Like that has so much amount of distance from the texts. Okay. No problem for me. And here I'm going to choose that can then going to choose that style. And I'm going to choose 150. Okay, so this is how we have too much amount of space. I don't want that measure mode. I'm going to have that integrity. That that's fine. Going to have the two into 80. I'm going to move that little bit below. I don't want to touch that boat. So here we have three different text format. We have the title and we have some unique information about the bird. Maybe I still am going to reduce some dummy text content. And I just reduce the height of the text. And finally after that, I have some paragraph texts related to the particular board. Now, I have this text here. After this content, I'm going to have one more board. So I just drag and drop that bird, which is the eagle. For this bird also, I'm going to view the detail inflammation like what we have here. So I'm going to copy that and I'm going to paste here also. I'm going to put that Alan Medina texture different way. So I just copy that, all those things. And here I'm going to paste that not on the same layer. I'm going to do that in a different layer. And I'm going to place it here. So here we have some different texts. Here. I was copy and pasted them. As I'm taking different text. I don't have the same text alignment there. Now I just want to add the text style. So I come to this place. You can see we have the title here first. I'm going to create different style for the title. So to create different title first, you have to create the particular appearance for the title. So what I can use here, I have the dark background. Here, I have a bright background. So I'm going to use some color that related to the orange. And this will be visible on the dark area. Now I want to choose the particular font type. I'm going to choose a bold font. And after that, I'm going to choose the shadow. So just enable the shadow. And I said the values there, I was sitting the shadow color into black. I reduce the opacity value. You can see that. So in this way I can able to create all those styles, whatever the record for this particular title text. Now often created the one particular style of the title. Now what I'm going to do is I come to this place, which is styles in my essential graphics edit tab. In the styles, I click this arrow and choose this option which is Create style. So when it choose Create style, it asked me to give the name. I'm going to give the name title style. So I'm going to use the same title style for multiple places. Now I choose. Okay. And after that I come to this area. Here we had an older text. I choose that textile, so, and in styles, I'm going to choose the option which is titled. Choose the title cell. I can able to see I got that update here with all those shadows. So if you want to create a style, first, you have to choose the particular, that destination texts. And you have to do the, all those styles, what you are requiring, the font, face, font-style, Arlene, mind, the colors, all those things. Finally, you are going to choose this arrow and you're going to choose this button which is Create style. So this time we are going to give the name for the particular style that was saved here. And you can use that style for any texts. Remember, for any texts, for example, I choose this text and I choose this option which is titled style. You can see that I got the same style then in this paragraph. So I can use that particular style here. I felt here. So now I just load the same style again. You can see I have all those values and I'm going to do the change here. I'm going to change that into blue, The title style. And choose this. Choose that and update that. You can see. Here we have the change, but here we don't. So when I choose that again, I'm going to choose none. I'm going to choose the right style. Still you can able to see we have that old style only after changing all those, you know, that particular text style. Now what I'm doing is I come to this place and let's just create new style and I'm going to give a name, just title, style I choose. Okay? So we got on more thing which is titled style here. So this is the old one. You can see that when I click there, I got that. And this is a new one. So we can able to duplicate that kind of styles. Here. I'm going to choose that. And I'm going to choose that option, which is the second one. So you can able to say to how you want those tiles. In the same way I can able to add the title as well as the paragraph styles also. Like I was choosing this paragraph. Here I have the ideal texts. If a font size, I'm going to have a small shadow. So I just enabled the shadow. You can see I have better readability now. And now I want to save this particular style. I'm going to choose this option nine, and I'm going to choose Create style. And here I'm going to give it a name which is paragraph text. So I was having those all color text alignment, everything that was saved here. Now we come to this area and select this text. I'm going to choose the option which is paragraph text. So when I choose paragraph text, I got this style only there. And here also I come to this place, I choose this text. And I'm going to choose option which is paragraph text. So when I choose a paragraph text, I got that style. They're choose Title style. The second one I got the blue and the first one I got that particular orange color. So based on your needs, you can set how you want your style. And this is how we are using styles in Adobe Premier Pro Plus you how to set that setting. And after that, we are going to apply that particular style to the board or whatever you have that they're going to play that from the beginning. This is all we have the output with the styles just forward. And you can see that these are the options and all the styles, what we have for text and characters in Adobe Premiere Pro, you can load those tiles at any number of time. So we can able to save a lot of time in Adobe Premier Pro typographic work. You will also get the exact font, color, style, size, all those attributes, what you record for another paragraph. That is the major advantage of those styles. What we have in this Adobe Premier Pro. 50. Text Engine and Hindi Digits: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use Hindi digits and text engine in Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to use this video for that reference. Let us see. First I'm going to add my paragraph texts. Here. You can see I have a to decline text format. What we have used in India. We have a Hindi text and we have thermal. Now we come to this area. I'm going to use my text tool. I choose this type tool. Here. I'm going to click and drag to create a paragraph text. Now I want to copy and paste my text. So I come to this, my text content, like copy here. And I'm going to paste it here. The same way. I'm going to create one more paragraph on this side. Here I'm going to paste my another content. So when it copy and paste here, I choose my selection tool. I can able to see I have lots of issues with those font styles. I can see that we don't have any proper order for those texts. It's because the basic texts agent in this Adobe Premier Pro is set it up with the English language and other things. Now, I just want to turn that into the machine language setting. To do that, what I'm going to do is I'm going to select the particular paragraph text. Yes, I was selecting both biographic text. Now I come to my essential graphics panel in this session till graphics panel, I come to this. I choose anyone, Okay, I'm going to choose my Hindi. And here I'm going to choose this option which is a style and style. At the bottom you can see we have the text. In text. We have this option is just text properties. So I choose this option which is text properties, which shows you two options. Here we have text engine and texts styling. You can see by default we have this option which is European and a session. So this is option we have by default. But what we need is we had to choose this option which is South Asian and Middle Eastern. So I choose this, choose this, and I choose this. Okay? You can able to see, I got a lot of changes on my text in this particular paragraph. If you want the proper order that let us, we have using the Unicode text here. If you want that in a proper order, you can use that option. And now we're going to come to the same option. If you still want, the better the text. If you have errors, we can just enable this option which is hinges. So with the help of this Hindi digit, we can able to get all those things. I'm going to show you now. Know we don't have any change until I choose. Okay. And after choose that, okay, you can able to see I got a lot of change. So if that is right, you can leave that. Otherwise you can change it. And now if you feel any problem with that, you can simply disable that option Hindi digits. So we will get the normal values there. So if you want, you can enable those options so that way you don't want. Now, I choose this text here also, I'm going to choose the same values. So I choose this option text properties. I choose the text agent to South Asian and Middle Eastern. And I choose, Okay, now you can able to see I have the better readability, the better text here. Write texts what I have used in Unicode here. And when it rescuers, I can use this option which is Hindi digits. So when it chooses the digits, you can able to see I got the converter that all those though, the numbers into the Hindi digits. Now I just want to keep that into numbers. I don't want the digits I choose. Okay? So you've got your numbers back in the same way also here also you can see that I choose my settings. I choose kinda digit that tried to convert that into hindi digit. But now I'm going to choose this Hindi digital internet. And I choose, okay, so if you using any Indian language, either Hindi or Tamil or Canada, Malayalam. So what you can do is we can copy the Unicode font there, the text there. You don't want to copy the font. You can copy and paste the text to there. And you had to choose the particular paragraph. And it had to change the text engine option into South Asian and Middle Eastern. That is the only thing you have to do and you'll get your readable text as we use in real life. This is so we use this option, text engine option in this place, and we use text styling option, hinted digit and ligatures using this Adobe Premier Pro. 51. Font Replacement: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to replace our font, what we have used in our video editing project using Adobe Premier Pro. Now I choose this title. In the title you can able to see I used the area here of soil was used, those thin thing that was used area. And they come to this place. And here you can see we have the area lonely. Now what I'm going to do is I'm going to choose the title. And here I'm going to choose some different font. We can see we have the different phone now. And here I'm going to choose some different font for this text. I'm going to have Times New Roman. Yes, I got it. Here. I had that same. But here I'm going to choose some different formed. Yeah, so you can see we have all those font in a different way. Now, if I want to replace any font, what I have used in main, this premier sequence, I can come to this place which is traffics. So in graphics, you can able to see I have the option, we just replace fonts in projects. I choose this option, replace fonts in projects. When IT tools that you can able to see, we have the different font styles pot we have used in this sequence. I'm going to choose this option which is areal bone. So it shows you how many times we have used that. I was used only once. So it shows me one. And this area was used three times. And by Hamas 93, all those fonts shows you how many times it was used and what is the particular font. Now I want to choose the particular font and I want to replace them. So I choose that particular font and I come to this bottom area. Here we have the replays font option. Now I choose this, and here I'm going to choose which font I want. I'm going to choose something like this Berlin science FB be to have that font there. If you want, you can choose surveys, you can choose something different. So here I'm going to choose this monkey in line. And you can see, I got that here. If you want to keep that, yes, you can keep. And if you want to continue with replacing the fonts, we can able to choose what are the fonts you need? Choosing different fonts. And if I was happy with my changes, I can choose. Okay? And if you want to clear all those things, I'm going to do the same thing. So again, I can press this button which is clear. But now I don't want Claire, I just want to replace these buttons, these fonts. You don't need to replace all those fonts. What we have used. You are going to select only those fonts. What you have to replace with this project, not only with this sequence, we are going to replace this in the entire project. Now I was selected and I'm going to choose, Okay. So when I choose OK, you can able to see my God, all those changes here also, we can able to see that regard the change. So with the help of this option, this particular font replacement, I can able to select which kind of content I want. Here also, I'm going to choose this ADL. I'm going to choose some different font style. I'm going to choose this brush script. I'm going to choose, Okay. Now you can see I got the brush script appearance here also I had the Times New Roman. I too have the Times New Roman on font replacement. Here I'm going to use the Times New Roman and I'm going to choose which font should be replaced. I choose this one, and I choose replaced. So you can replace all those fonts cells using this option which is replaced fonts in projects. So we are replacing the fonts. What we have used in the entire project, not only in this sequence, we are going to change all those things in the complete project. What we are using currently in Adobe Premier Pro. 52. Sound in Audio Interface: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use audio files in Adobe Premier Pro. We are going to load audio files into a timeline. Let me show you how to do that. For that first, I just want to reorder this group. I'm going to create a new bin. In this bin, I'm going to add on those videos what I have so that it will be easy for me to manage audio files. When you look at this, I have two kinds of files. You can able to see that I have few video files with this audio icon. And video files don't have that genome that has only video content, that doesn't have any audio files. So through this, you can able to see in a waterfall the video files have both audio and video together and video alone. Now I was moved all those things inside this particular folder, which is video. Now I'm going to create one with just audio. So I'm going to create that. I press Enter, I double-click the inside. I'm going to add all those PDF files. I can able to add with the help of shortcut key Control I, or I can able to right-click there. And I'm going to choose this option which is New Item. But new item, I'm going to choose this input. And here also I can employ to load that. But we have another way which is I can just come to my, this my local folder. I'm going to use all those musics and just drag and drop to my this big area. So this is another way we can able to load all those audio files. Now we can able to see by how all those audio files I can able to reduce the preview display icon. So we have different audio files here. You can able to see that. Now I just want to have the preview. To have the preview, I'm going to just double-click this particular, the very first one which is bounced it. I'm going to double-click this audio track. And we got the preview here as we have the video file, I just expand this area. You can see we have both lifted drag at this top and right drag at the bottom. So since this audio has the studio which is dual track, it has left as less right. Now I'm going to play this. So you can able to see we have the preview of that audio and it shows you this is only the audio file that doesn't have any video. You can see that the video, you can watch this normal mode. It wasn't a dark gray mode. Now, I come to my bin folder. We can see this has been here. I just close that audio tab. I just double-click this video file. So here you can able to see we have these two icons and enable more. I can able to see this video icon as less the audio. But if you access the video alone, you can able to see we don't have any audio with this particular Rino file. In the same vein, we do have the audio file with only this icon appearance. I'm going to choose or more thing. I can able to have the preview of all those audio tracks. And I followed other old songs. I do have some songs here like I have this skip to my loo. I just want to load this song into my this video track. Before I load this my song into my video track, I'm going to explain what I have in this timeline. You can see I have a video clip for this video group doesn't have any audio. And I have another video clip here. This video group has the audio. And the third one. This also has some audio. And the fourth didn't have any audio. File, has audio. It has very mild value. We can able to hear that. We only the track here. And the seventh file. I can able to see we can able to hear the audio. And the eighth one, kid playing the drums. So here we have to fix few things like, you know, I just want to fix the video first. I choose this video segment. And I choose this option scale to frame size. Now, this is fine. And I come to this place, I choose, I choose a scale to frame size. Now, we have fixed all those problem, what we have with the same dimension. Now after that, I come to this and here I just want to remove all those audio files. I don't want if you want to separate that audio with video in this Adobe Premier Pro, we can select all those files and you can right-click there. Now after that in this pop-up menu, I'm going to choose this option which is unlinked. When I choose this unlink, it can able to see I have separated those audio tracks from my video files. So now what I can do, I can select those unwanted segments and they can able to delete that. So this is how we are detaching the audio from the video file. So now you have only video. You can see that there was playing here. The kids are playing with the different objects. They're playing. Ketose helped him with the DAG and playing with the term to know I want to load that audio content into this timeline. Load that you have two ways. We can, you can select the in-and-out from your source monitor. Or you can directly load that from you what this project explorer or been viewed directly from my this project explorer. I just click and drag here. I'm going to release that. So I'm going to play this now. So we have some months saying areas, but still we have a song, we had the background audio, and we have those video clips. This is all we are loading that audio file into our timeline. We are going to load inside our project folder and we're going to manage that with the help of the bin. And we're going to have the preview in source monitor. If you record after all completion, I just load that into my timeline. This is all we are loading all those audio content into Adobe Premier Pro. Next lesson, we're going to see how to process all those things. 53. Audio Gain: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use audio gain in Adobe Premiere Pro. In last lesson, we have seen how to use audio in this timeline. Here I'm going to use the audio gain. We have imported that audio. So I got this audio here. Now, I choose this audio, right-click over there. And whenever I click over there, you can see I have a lot of options here. Here it has the option which is Audio Gain. I choose this option, Audio Gain. Choose that we can able to see. I have four options here. And it shows you the peak amplitude is minus 0.4 dB. Now, at first you have this option of just adjust again by. So if you want to increase the gain or reduce again, you can use this option. Now, I'm going to use the value which is five. So I'm going to give the value five again here. What is the current sound here? So you can able to hear that, you know, what kind of sound we have at present. Now I'm going to increase phi disable, choose Audio Gain. I'm going to choose phi when I choose. Okay? And before that, I just want to show you this audio track. We can able to see how we have that audio track. And I'm going to increase the gain. I right-click over there and let's choose Audio Gain. Here I'm going to choose a 52, so k, when I choose a file and choose, Okay, you can able to see the difference in this audio graph. Can you able to see I was increased the volume. So I'm going to play now. You can able to hear that We got more audio value. Now I press Control Z. So this is the audio what we have by default. So now what I'm going to do is I'm going to choose the same audio track. I'm going to choose the Audio Gain. Here. I'm going to choose the value which is minus five. So not just, you know, you can able to increase the volume, you can also reduce the gain using this option minus value. I choose minus phi and choose, Okay? Now you can see the difference in this graph. I'm going to play now. If you want to adjust this kind of audio gain, you can use this option, just audio gain using this Adobe Premier Pro. Now if I choose the same option and we have four more options here, actually we have three more options. Anterior linear, we have four options. Now I choose this set, gain two. So here I'm going to say it. What kind of exact gain I need. I'm going to say minus ten. So we can see how much amount we reduced. So I press Control Z. We can able to say that also. We have normalize max peak to, if you want to normalize that to know the maximum pigs into some decimal value, they can use that. I'm going to use only this normalized maximum peak. I'm going to give the value which is minus two. And I'm going to give more value so that we can know the difference between those things. I was going to give minus eight. All those, the maximum peaks will get normalized. Now I'm going to choose the other option which is normalized all pigs. So when it's used, normalize all pigs. And I'm going to cue the value exactly what I need. 500 choose, Okay? And you can able to see most of those audio waves was thrown into that fight decibel value. By default. I press Control Z. Again. This is how we can able to use this audio gain based on your need. You are going to use this audio gain in Adobe Premiere Pro. 54. Channels of Audio: Now, in this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the channels of audio in Adobe Premier Pro. And I choose this audio track. We can see, we have both and left and right track here. You can see that L on this in a faster track and are on the second track. Now, after choosing this track, when I play this audio, here, you can able to see we have audio graph and it has two points. We can able to see that it has a 1.2nd. So when I play this audio, you can able to see we have a yes here. If you want to play a solo mode left, you can use this option. Just click here. Now I will get only the leftover green dark. I can able to see that if I want to play only the solo right mode, I can use this option. And in this audiogram also shows you how many, you know, those tracks up playing. We have played only that, the left or right track by just disable that so that we can able to hear both tracks. That audiogram shows you how we have the sound. That sound up to that green area. Yes, you have really good sound. When you reach that, that that yellow area. You have somewhat loud sound, but still it can be heritable. But if it has orange or yellow colored line, if it crossed that line, that you have some unwanted denote too much amount of science, you have to reduce it. When I increase the decibel, like the help of this audio gain, we can able to hear that volume. I'm going to keep that into five. And I play here. You can see that we have reached the maximum value. That's the warning. We cannot use that person mode of volume here. That's why we don't use too much our motto for audio volume gain. So we are using this audio graph, playing left channel alone or right channel alone. Or you can able to play together, so they help up this option. You can able to say how much, amount of loudness we have in both left as well as the right channel. Now, after this, I right-click over the same option, this audio track. And I have the option which is audio channels. I choose that audio channels. When I choose the audio channels, you can able to see at the top we have this audio channels tab. And here I have the same option, what we are using this, I'm going to have those particular left or right. So I'm going to decide how I want that setting. Left hand right, or the right and right. So we're going to see how we need. And if you want to save this preset, I can able to use this option would just save correct configuration is preset. I can give the name, like I'm going to give a name, just audio was given a name which is kits are you will get that audio format there. Then after this audio channels, now I have this timecode. In timecode you can able to see we have three options. Timecode and we have this dot with this beginning of the file. And if you want to start with the current frame, we can use this option. If you want to use the original timecode. By default, you have that option. Here I have the different frame per second time for this is only for display format. I was using the default one. And after choosing that I choose, Okay. And you can see jargon. So based on those audio channel settings, we will have the audio here in this timeline using Adobe Premier Pro. 55. Edit your Audio: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to edit audio in Adobe Premier Pro. Last lesson, we have seen how to use those channels for Adobe Premiere Pro Audio. Let us see how to edit audio here. You can see I have the video clip up to this only. After that, I don't need this audio track. Why they don't need the audio track? I can able to edit that particular audio track. I can able to cut, I can able to delete all those unnecessary areas. So now what I'm going to do is I come to this, end up this audio track. When you come to the end of the audio track as they have the video track, it can able to trim this particular complete audio track. I don't want to cut here. So I just come to this place. I click and drag. I can able to reduce the total length of this audio. I can able to show you that shows you what kind of duration we have right now for this audio track. And I was reducing up to my area. You can see I can able to reduce up to how I need. And even if I reduced in this way, I can able to expand that audio track up to the buyer I want. So you can see that how I was adjusted, I just zoomed in with the help of all Turkey. And I add just how I was perfectly pleased that audio. We can see that that was finishing here. Now, if you want to edit with the help of your tools, you can do that. I press Control Z. And you got that complete audio here. Now, with the help of my Eraser tool, I can able to cut that. I just use the eraser tool as we cut the video, I was cut the audio also. Now choose the selection tool and I delete this unwanted area. Still you can able to expand this area. You can see that I can able to expand that audio track. So that doesn't mean you are not going to get that explanatory area. Even if you are used with this Razor Tool or you have crop with the help of the timeline, doesn't matter. You can able to expand that area at anytime. That's another important thing we have with this audio. When you are doing editing work for audio better, you should reduce that video track area so that we'll get to more areas for this audio editing. Now, I just expand this audio track appearance. You can see that I can able to expand this audio track appearance. If you want to make that into default, you can double-click here this area. We can see that we've got the default appearance. And if I double-click there, I know I expand that particular audio track. Now if I just expand more, you can see that I press Alt key and scroll my mouse. And you can able to see I have the complete audio track here. I'm going to play from here. You can see I have a one white line here which shows you the volume level, which has a 0 right now. And when I play this audio, going to play this audio from here, you can see, I know I have a default audio value. If we want to reduce the audio volume, I can use this line itself. So we can see right now it was in our bow, this left channel view, this is common for both Lindlar left does illustrate channel not only for left channel, since that was in this left channel appearance, I just click and drag that particular line and move down to this area. Now I'm going to play the audio. I can able to hear nothing. Now I'm going to increase this. You can able to see how mild audio and in that view we can able to see it in this audiogram also want to increase more. I'm going to play again. So you can set how we want. I was set that value to 50 per cent. So you can set value you want, even if you want to increase directly, you can use this. I lost it. No, added more value. You can see that we have the red value. We have added too much of volume and I'm going to reduce that. So in this way now you can able to crop the audio in a timeline. You can also cut with the help of Raisa tool. And you can able to adjust all those things. We can able to adjust the volume with the help of this option, which is the volume control. We have this in all audio track. What do we have imported? Let me input or more audio track. I'm going to choose my audio, this timeline. And here I'm having a lot of audio tracks. I choose this, bounce it. I'm going to load that into my timeline. So I just click and drag and a load into my timeline. You can see I have that audio track here. So we have both tracks playing here. If you want to mute this second drug alone, I can use this option which is mu track. So you can able to hear only that song. And now I mute that song and I enable this tracker, which is the second track. We can do that with the help of all these mute option. Now I mute the background music and I enabled this song. This is all we know we're playing with audio. Now, I come to this audio track. You can see that I come to this audio track here. I'm going to crop this area. I said IQR. So this is all we know. We're cropping the audio. We are editing with the audio with the help of this razor tool. And we can able to add multiple tracks. You can able to mute when it not like us, because when you are setting up the background music or no, if you want to satisfy the head of your editing process, you can add multiple background music and you can show that demo with the help of multiple tracks. And you can able to, you know, had a dominant sound design with the help of those multiple tracks also. This is all. We are doing, a simple, basic audio editing in Adobe Premier Pro. Remember, this Adobe Premier Pro software is especially created for Video reading, but since the audio is part of this video project, we can also do these things also with Adobe Premier Pro to have the better editing user interface. Now, from this video editing, I'm going to shift my tap into this audio. Remember, we have different tabs here to have different works. So I choose audio here. When I choose Audio, you can see I have all those settings based on the audio. Now I come to this part. I'm going to expand this area. And after this, I'm going to see that come to my track area here. I'm going to play this video. So you can see I have less amount of audio for this song. So I can able to play both the background basic as well as the people who are thinking and chorus. So now what I'm going to do is I'm going to reduce one particular track volume and I'm going to increase another particular track, but I'm going to do this randomly. So what I'm going to do is come to this place. We can able to see we have both jacks here. We have the background music track, and we have that song. You can see that what I'm doing is at the beginning, I'm going to have the more volume for the background. And after that, I'm going to reduce the volume of this particular background music the same way at the beginning, I'm going to add less than motor volume for the song. And later I'm going to increase the volume of this song. In this situation, what I'm going to do is you can see I've also reducing the volume of that song. Here I was increased the particular background music. Now what I'm doing is I just doubled over that particular point. So I just selected the particular track. Now, I press hold control in my keyboard. Remember, I just press hold the Control on my keyboard. If you're using a Mac, you can use a command. And when I hold the Control or Command, you can able to see that my cursor was changed into some kind of a white arrow with the plus icon. Now I click here. So when I click there, I can able to add one audio point. So with the help of this audio point, I can able to control my audio here. So I'm going to add one more point here. Just press on the Command or Control. Now, I add one more point here and one more point here. So I was added a four points in-between the rain, wind, I'm going to reduce the volume by just click and drag the particular point. So when I play now you can able to see I have no sound almost for that particular song. Now I'm going to play this. You can able to see I have completely reduced that particular background music volume here. During these places will have only the background music. Now what I was planned is I want to rise the volume, that particular song volume from this point. So what I'm doing is I press hold the control key and I click in this point, we can able to see that I have the audio track and I'm going to add a point here also. So these are the starting and ending points. I was adding that because I don't want to affect the particular drug what we have after this point in both tracks, no, that's why I was added that. Now I add two more points here. In-between these two points, I'm going to increase the volume. Smaller. I'm going to play this. So you can able to hear and see this. You know how I was excited that with the help of these audio cue points, we can able to adjust the volume of each drag. You can add multiple points at anytime we can able to increase the volume at anytime you can help to decrease the volume. This is how we are using these points. I was added though those end points because I don't want to change the volume of this particular track after this point. So we can able to add any number of points as you require. And you can label to increase the volume or reducing the volume according to the need. I can also adjust this point, the end point, when I add just the end point, you can able to see I can able to adjust all those volume, what we have after that particular endpoint or before the particular entry point. You can see that this is how we are using those volume points, those key points, what we are using for doing audio editing. With the help of these points, you can able to do a perfect multi-track audio editing using Adobe Premier Pro itself. 56. Audio Clip Mixing: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use audio clip mixer in Adobe Premiere Pro. In last lesson, we have seen how to edit audio in Adobe Premier Pro, how to use this volume control, how to add points, which means those things are key-frames, they not obey Premier Pro. So we have seen all those things. Now I'm going to show you how to mix those audios with the help of audio mixer. And before that, I'm going to delete all those points. If you want to delete those points, those points are called key frames. So if you want to delete those keyframes, what you need to do is we have to right-click over the particular point or the particular keyframe. When you choose that particular keyframe by right-click, you can see we have lots of options here. Here I'm going to choose this option which is delete. Now, before that, we have few more options here you can able to say that. Let us see, what are those options. Right now we are in this linear mode. But when you choose this bezier, I'm going to choose this busier. We can able to see we have few more points there. We have the points called Bezier points. With the help of those Bezier points, I can able to create these kind of curves in this adjustments. You can able to see that here also I can able to do this thing. I can able to add this option which is busier. I can able to customize how I want that thing. Now I'm going to play here, let us here. You will have the gradual value, but with the CO. If you want to create these kind of curves, you can convert that particular point, you to Bezier point instead of linear. If you want to convert that back into linear, you can choose linear. You can see that those codes are gone now. Going to the same thing again here. I just lightly go over there to send directly, and I choose this option which is linear. With the help of this Bezier, you can able to create a curve. If you want to create that automatically, you can use this option which is auto bezier. So I choose that, that was created automatically based on the settings. The same way I can add the handle. So this is what that means out of Bezier. Control Z. After that, you have this option which is Continuous Bezier. So if you want continuous bezier, you can use that to sort into linear. Again, we have this hold option. If you want to hold that particular audio, which means the particular keyframe that we can use that hold. I'm going to choose linear only. I don't want to hold and I have an E, so we know what is easing on, what is these out. If you want to gradually increase that particular value, we can use this option which is the linear or busier. With the help of these easing on the Assad. At the beginning, you may have very less amount of audio from that to 50 or 70%, you will have only ten to 20% audio process. After we have. The more values, the more process between the 2675. Like when you are starting the car at the beginning, it will take some time. Maybe we'll not to second, but when it starts, after that starting point, you can able to see the car will move faster than you know, how it takes times to the beginning area that they're in the same way when you are going to stop the car and we're not going to use the same time duration to travel the car. We are going to slow down and we're going to put the break to stop the car. So that kind of moment if you need, you can use these options, just ease in and ease out. We are going to use the same concept for the audio instead of the visuals. So I choose easing. We can see we have less amount of curve here instead of having more. And here I have the more CO. Now, in the same way, if you want to choose a salad, I can choose, and I can choose this option which is out. You can able to see I have the ease of adoption. So here we will have the more. Here in this inner finishing point we have less. This is what means using elisa. Now, if you don't want all those points, you are going to remove all those points. We can choose this option which is delayed. By choosing that point, I can able to choose this option, just delete. You can able to see I was deleted those points. I just want to click exactly. Otherwise, I will get that pop-up of the timeline only. So you can see how I was delete those keyframes, the audio keyframes. Now if we have the more music and less than mod of song, you can hear that we have more messy and lesser more tough song. Now, after this, I'm going to show you how to use this audio clip mixer. They have seen how to add a keyframe and how to modify a keyframe, how to use the different keyframe values. Finally, we have seen how to delete those keyframes. Now I come to this audio clip mixer. You can see that we have that audio clip mixer here. If you can add able to see that you can come to this menu pop-up. And here you may have, otherwise you can come to the Windows menu. Here we have that option which is audio clip mixer. The shift to nine is the shortcut key. We can see that now we come to this place. Here you can able to see I have three tracks that represent the three-strikes, what we have in this Adobe Premier Pro. And in this three jacks, we have two tracks with audio. So those two tracks, how slider here you can able to see those two tracks how the slider, but here I don't have the slider because I don't have any audio there. And in these tracks we have the name just audio one on audio to I can able to modify that name here. I'm going to give a name, just saw. I press Enter. So I changed the name, the particular audio one into song. And you can say the same thing in this timeline, also, Picard that into this name. So I choose this and allowed you to, I'm going to change that into PGM, which is background music. You can able to see we have the change. If you are going to do editing for a filename and you are going to have a background music. And those environments sound and the particular person's dialogue, you can use multiple tracks according to your need. Now after this, we have these sliders. When I adjust this slider, you can able to see we have changes on these audio tracks. I was enabled this option, which is why a keyframe. I disabled that. And I'm going to tell it this point. Whenever I was suggesting this volume in this clip audio mixer, you can able to see in this timeline or so, they have less amount of volume. Like I'm going to have 0 volume for both tracks going to play. Now, you can see we don't have any volume here and I'm going to increase for the background music. You can able to hear that. I can able to reduce and I can able to increase that. The same way I was make that into a 0. I'm going to increase the volume of the song. I can able to increase both the track volumes here. Green, dark green. You can able to increase the volume and a decrease of volume with the help of these options. When you are doing the live play, we can use this option. Now, I come to this place, I just stopped playing the audio. I come to this clip, mix it again. When you look at this clip mixer, it shows you the audio level. And it has audio 123 tracks, which represent audio students A1, A2, and A3. And at the top we can able to see we have a particular volume of the particular audio. We have left and right. If you want to keep that into balance, you can use this 0 value. So now I will have both left and right have the same volume. When I play this very fast to song, I'm going to mute this with the help of this EM. I can able to mute the particular track here also, we have the same thing. We know that now I'm going to play this. You can able to hear that. Now I just want to play that in a solo mode. I press yes, yeah. So if you have multiple tracks, you can use this option disorder track. But now I was using only this track, so I don't want to use the solo mode. You can able to see that we have both left and the right track, both taxa playing here. And we have mild variation in both tracks. That's, you know, that's why we have this studio. And I can able to adjust this later also with the help of these volume levels, we can able to see that I just click and drag here. So by adjusting this volume value also, I can able to adjust the slider. You can able to see that. Now with the help of this slider, I can able to adjust the left and right volume. You're going to see listen carefully. So you can see I have only the left to volume. I don't have any right volume. Now I want to adjust the volume to right hand side. So you can see I was adjust the volume for only right? So you can able to hear the ion channel only. If you want to do these kind of different adjustments, we can use this option which is audio clip mixer. Now I press stop and I'm going to back to the beginning. And I'm going to keep this value into 0 because I don't want Anthropocene far left or right. I just want the balance audio. Now I disabled this new track. So here also we have the same kind of settings. And in audio track three also we have the same kind of settings. Why we need this audio clip mixer. You can see that name audio clip mixer. So with the help of this audio clip mixer, you can able to mix the audio in a live manner so you don't want to adjust, you don't want to add those keyframes manually. You can directly add keyframes over the help of these audio clip mixes. Let me show you how to do that. At the beginning, you know, we have seen in our previous lesson how to reduce the volume for the song and how to have the high volume for the background music. And gradually we have increased the volume for the song and we have reduced the background music volume. Now I'm going to do the same thing with the help of these audio mixer, this audio clip mixer. And I'm going to do that in a live mode. I'm not going to add this manually. Let us see how to do. They're going to play this now. I just want to keep that the volume of the particular song into 0. And I'm going to have some background music. We know what is the maximum value, so we cannot allow that track to have a red color alert. I'm going to have the maximum value. I don't even have I know they alert area, so I was good with the audio. Now, I'm going to start that live work. When you're doing the live, the beans, you are going to do the automatic keyframe process. You have to enable this option here. You can see that we have right keyframes. When I enable that in both attracts, you know, because I'm going to add those changes on both tracks. You will get the keyframe here. I'm going to show you. So I just thought to play. And I'm going to stop here. Whenever I've done that work, you can able to see how many those keyframes was automatically added with the help of Clip Mixer. But I'm going to play from the beginning again. We're going to listen that I was missed in our little amount of timing here. But in this audio track manually, you can adjust that. I can select multiple keyframes with the help of a ship tiki. And I can able to adjust that as I record. We have more points. Now. I'm going to have the same kind of quality. So since we have enabled these keyframes option this time and automatically write all those key frames when we are adjusting the particular audio volume, I'm going to continue with displays. Let us see the buttermilk she was doing this process. You can able to see we don't have any keyframes here. It was stopping this particular preview that I'm only all those key frames will be applied to this timeline. So you can able to see how many points we held. This is not possible with the manual mode. We can add these amount of winds and we cannot able to do these adjustments with the help of normal keyframes only with the audio clip mixer, this is possible. Now, generally we use this audio clip mixer to adjust the volume by playing directly. With the help of this audio mixer, you can able to do this excellent job. And after finishing those job by just a disabled this option which is right, keyframes. So I don't want to write any keyframes here right now. This is all we know. We have the audio track. You can able to hear that how the physical mixer will do the same thing with the help of those keys. We are doing the same process here with the help of this digital mixer, you can see that we have the digital buttons, all those values. With help of this audio clip mixer, you can able to mix the multiple audio tracks and the sounds environment or the noise, as well as all those sounds, what you have in a timeline for video editing project with Adobe Premier Pro. 57. Audio Track Mixer: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use audio track mixer in Adobe Premiere Pro. In last lesson, we have seen how to use this audio clip mixer, have created different keyframes there. Now I'm going to show you how to use this audio track mixer. We have that audio track mixer here in this user interface. If you don't have that in your user interface, you can go to the Windows menu. Here I have the option which is Audio Track Mixer. We can see that we have that option here. And I choose Audio here. And it shows that I can able to access this option. Now, I come to this timeline, I want to reset all those things. You can able to see I have lots of markers there. So I just want to delete all those markers. I choose this option, which is an autoimmune attributes. And I'm going to choose the audio attributes like volume, channel volume and bunny body choose. Okay. So you can see I can able to reset all those. What value I was used to hearing this audio clip mixer lesson. Now it was clear I'm going to play this. Okay, we had too much amount of nice. I just want to mute the background music and I'm going to play this song alone. That also has lots of loudness. And we're going to use the different options. You can see when I was playing that audio, you can able to see where we have lots of amount of noise. I'm going to reduce that volume level now. Going to play it again. Fine. So you can see that it almost has the same physical appearance like how we have this audio clip mixer, but it has lots of additional options. You can see that at first we have the same kind of structure here. We have the song track and we have this BG Amtrak. And I held the audio three, but I don't have any audio three there. But still you have this tract. That's why we have the track here, say empty track. And after that we have another important option that just mix. This is a master track. We have all those track controls. Now, I just disabled that mute. What I have given for the background music. After all those four tracks, at the top, you can see I have my current microphone input value. You can see that. And I just click this arrow. When I click this arrow, you can able to see we have those filter effects if you have used anything. But I don't use anything now, I'm going to use a feature. Now I have this option which is track output assignment. By default, we have the option which is mixed in all these three. After this, we have this option here we have the volume. You can see I'm going to play the reverse to track, going to reduce the volume for the background music. So here I have the song. I'm going to play it. In the same way. You can see that I'm going to adjust the volume of left and right with the help of this tuna. So you can able to see that how we have that volume. I can also add that with the help of my keyboard. I'm going to give the value 0. So you can able to see we have the GTO here. And in the same way, I can able to adjust the volume for the BGN also. Right now, I have nothing. I was not played. And they can able to adjust that. You can see that, Oh, I just need that into 0 again. If you want to adjust this left-hand side or right-hand side, particularly, you can click that character and you can see when I click that character, I got a 100% lift or a 100% right. I'm going to click here left. We don't want to add manually those values. You can simply click there. You can empty ensure they have the full volume for left or right. Now by just make that into a 0. Then after that, we have a few more options here. We have the same setup, what we have in that audio clip mixer going to play here. So I have less amount of volume going to play from the beginning. I'm going to increase the volume for bagger musical. So now I'm going to adjust this mixed volume. So when I adjust this mixed volume, you can able to hear, unable to control all those tracks what we have in this particular project. So we had to track are you, I can help to control both the tags with the help of this particular master, which just makes. So I'm going to adjust the volume, the help of the master so you can able to hear the complete volume control is there. This makes our master. Now, I come to this place when you are adjusting this master volume, that will affect all those tracks, what we are using right now with this particular option. In the same way, we have that mute and solo track and record option. You'll see about this recording in a separate lesson. The help of these in mute and solo track, you can able to set all those settings, what your IQ it. Now after this, I have the manual value enter here. I can able to give the value like 5000. So you can see how we can able to add those volume here. Now after that, I come to this place, I choose this option which is off. When it chews off, it can able to see, I don't have any control there. And when I choose Read that has the complete volume there. I have this latch. When I had a latch and they play this audio here. You can able to see I have that audio. So when I have the volume, the buttermilk, she now after this read, I have this option which is starts. So when it choose starch. And here I'm going to play from this question, I'm going to play the audio jargon. We can able to see I have the previous value only when I drag and drop still like I can able to see that the slider will move towards the origin point. You can able to see that I was just jog in place here when I stopped. It means when I released memos that went back to that original question, if you want that kind of moment, we can use this option which is starch. And I choose right? And if you want to write this particular track, I can use this option, right? And I'm going to play here. So when I stop that particular track, you can see how that particular effect. I'm going to choose that again, that same right stuff here. And I got that same option, baggages touch. So I chose read instead of choosing all those things. So this is all we use these options on Audio Track Mixer. Now, I'm going to choose this area. You can see I have this mixed value, I choose the right. And after choosing this right, I'm going to play this from the beginning. I'm going to give the less amount of volume here. Nowhere just that volume in the master. I can say that this is one, right? Mode was not in our book, and I had a 0 value. Now I'm going to take us again. How I press Stop, stop. You can see I was able to stop all those things. And I'm going to play this from the beginning. So since I was two, so the adoption of which slide, you can see those values are automatically sector that volume up and down. All those changes are applied for all those audio tracks. What we have in this particular timeline. This is why we need this audio track mixer, which is essential for Premier Pro Audio Track control. I'm going to play this now continuously. You can able to see that how was recorded. So you can able to see that all those things are perfectly controlled. I was muted, I was increased. All those functions are stored here in this, our audio track. So that is why we need this option which is audio track mixer in Adobe Premier Pro. With the help of that clip mixer, you can able to control the clip and you can able to do all those changes, what you record for the individual flips. But it will help up this audio track mixer. You can able to control the audio track what you have with this Adobe Premier Pro to do a video editing project. 58. Voice Over Record in Adobe Premiere Pro: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use voice-over record audio or how to record our audio itself using Adobe Premier Pro. Now, to create that, I'm going to create my new sequence. I'm going to give a name which is my y's. Given that name, I choose. Ok. You can see we have new track here. And I'm going to choose this icon, which is voice over record. We can choose any tag and the end of this recording, I will get that audio on that particular track. Now, you can see in this My Project Explorer, I don't have any other additional files. After recording the completed process. You will have the separate audio there. Let me show you. I'm going to click this option which is voice-over record at this audio track one. And I'm going to start the speed. Can see we have the timer here, here. So we can able to hear what I'm saying. All those things will be recorded in this Adobe Premier Pro. Now, I'm going to stop the recording and let us see how we have the recorded audio. We can see that we have the recording icon which indicates the current recording is going on. In this particular microphone. Also we can see we have red colored icon. Now I'm going to stop here. We got a complete audio here. I'm going to play here so we can able to hear what I'm saying. Since I was enabled my speaker, you can able to hear both things. My microphone volume as well as the speaker output also, you can able to hear that if you don't, how the speaker, if you don't enable the speaker, you can able to have only this microphone audio saying all those things will be recorded that creates some kind of audio effects like a colicky effects. But I was not given any effects. I was just forgot to switch off my speaker. That's why we have this issue in this Adobe Premier Pro. You can see I was recorded my audio without any disturbance or noise. Now, you can able to see I don't have any unwanted amount of sounds in this own, but you can see that I'm going to stop the recording and let us see how we have the recorded audio. You can see that we have the recording icon which indicates the Adobe Premier Pro itself. We know set the default volume, which is good for the voice recording. And we can not able to find any, you know, those red color or orange color alert because we have used they have used limited amount of that recording volume. And I can able to see that we have a noise filtration also there by default, when I double-click this audio track, you can able to see that this is really good. So this is how we are going to record our voice. If you want. If you have your own video editing project, you have edited a project. If you want to give only voiceover means it can directly edit the project work. And finally, you can give the voice over by explaining each and every step. So that's the easy thing. If you have problem with your external audio in on-location video editing or a video recording. So here I have my new audio track with just audio one dot wave. This is the recorded audio. What we have here. You can able to see we have the total duration of this particular audio, is that it 2.16. So this is how we can able to record our boys. You can able to record as you're accurate. 59. Dialogue in Essential Sound: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to do dialogue editing in Adobe Premier Pro. We're going to see also how to enhance a dialects in Adobe Premier Pro. To show that I was having on track here. I can see that it's a mono track, is bank attach. Adobe Photoshop is arrest or graphics editor developed and published by, by Adobe Incorporated for Windows and MacOS. So this is a short audio. You can see it has only 16 seconds. Now, I just want to load this into my audio track. I just click and drag and load into this audio track one. Now, when I load that, you can see how only 16 seconds duration. Now I'm going to lay that from my timeline. Hi, This is Frank attach. Adobe Photoshop is a raster graphics editor developed. You can see since it's a mono audio, you cannot have the dual track here. Now, I'm going to do those announcements first, I just increase the volume. Hometown published by Adobe Incorporated. For now, I'm going to do all those dialogue editing works. Maintenance the dialogue faster, choose the dialogue. And now I come to this, my audio tab here. After choosing the Audio tab, you can see on the right-hand side I have the essential sounds option. In this essential sounds, I'm going to choose this option which is dialogue. I choose this dialog. You can able to see beheld the icon here. To mention this is a dialog button. So I choose this dialog button. Choose dialogue. You can able to see a lot of settings to do the correction as well as I just went for this dialogue. The bottom you can able to see we have clipped volume. With the help of this clip volume, we can able to level the volume and we can increase or reduce the volume of this audio. Now I'm going to reduce it. I'm going to play here, photoshop is a raster graphics editor development. You can see that we have a live preview windows and Mac OS. It was originally created in 1988 by Thomas and John. So you can able to control this complete clip volume to help up this option which is clip volume. And if you don't want that volume, we can just mute it. Most of them we didn't do that. I can see we don't have any volume here. I just enable that again. We had the volume now by Adobe Incorporated for. These are the basic options we have at the bottom. And I come to the top of this particular option, which is dialogue. And here I have the option of just clear audio type. Just click there. When I click there, I can able to remove all those options what I have used with this dialogue. And I will have the raw audio graphics editor develops and how I choose that same dialogue again. And here at this starting itself, I have the option which is placed it in this place that I have the option default. I'm going to click here and here I have different options. So we definitely need all those options to do audio processing, particularly for whites processing. So I'm going to choose the very first one which is background Walla, Walla. Let us see how we, how they affect out and published by Adobe Incorporated for Windows. And so you can able to see the difference between this one and the previous one. Macos. So if you want that kind of background, Walla, Walla, you can use that. And we have balanced the female voice. It choose that. And I'm going to play here, Mr. graphics editor developed. So it was a change, but I'm not sure whether I had a female or male voice. So I'm going to choose the second one, which is balanced male voice you want to play here and published by Adobe incorporated. So we have the complete balanced wife's from the start to yen. And I have this cleanup noise, the dialogues. For Windows and MacOS. It was originally got accused change. When I choose this cleanup noise dialogues. And I'm going to choose this option which is from outside the building. So let us see how we had the sound. Sharp is a raster graphics editor develop that when someone was talking about from outside, will have the particular volume like this only. That's why we have this option. And I have this enough from the radio, the radio kind of effect or otherwise, a restaurant graphics editor developed and published. But you can see it was from the radio. Radio, like a normal transistor radio transmitter. Now I choose this telephone. Adobe Incorporated for Windows and MacOS. We got exactly that volume like telephone and I choose tv, going to pay that again, graphics editor developed and published by Adobe. So we got a lot of video and audio processing here. I'm going to choose this enlarged room. Enlarged room. We may have different sound appearance Incorporated for Windows and Mac OS. Definitely. We have huge, it's out there and I choose a small room is a raster graphics sex with regard to loud sounds, since it was a closed or a small drum. Now I choose is closer when someone's talking close to you. Editor developed and pump in how that sound. And I have this make a note, this tent. Pushed by Adobe and corporate or something. Sometime people talking from distance. And I have this make medium shot and over the intercom rated for Windows and we have all those different voices. Macos, it was originally created, and how the podcast was created in 1988. So we have more space to compare the normal volume. So they have all those presets. When you want, you can directly use those options. Otherwise, you can do the manual audio processing for the dialogue. I choose the default here I'm going to hear the default volume again. Shop is a raster graphics, so this is the normal default volume. I have the loudness and enable board. I just disabled that Senator developed and published by Adobe. So this will add more loudness to the Taino particular volume. And we have repair and clarity. Just disable all those things operated for anyone to use all those options. Here you can see that we have to enable that only. So I just enabled this clarity and repair and I choose this loudness also. Come to this dynamics. I'm going to play there. I'm going to show you adobe Photoshop is a raster graphics editor developed. You can see when I increase the dynamics value, I will have more dynamic wise to compare the previous one, we can say how much amount of dynamic sound you want in that particular voice. I can able to set that to an published by Adobe. And so very sensible option which is dynamics. And after that we have this re-analyze. When I click that, this software itself automatically analyze all those y's we have in this dialogue. And it will adjust all the Ripper and loudness and clarity adjustments by default using this option which is re-analyze. Now I have the option of which ECQ it's equalizer. So if you want to do those effects, we can use that option. Now I just play here graphics editor developed at, I just enabled this EQ. And here I have different, again, a different research there to see Intercom and published by Adobe and Corp.. I'm going to choose one by one. You're going to see the difference paraded for Windows and MacOS. It was originally created in 1988 bytes. So this is locked into the trunk. Thomas and John, no job is arrest or graphics editor. So I just stop and I'm going to change the mode thereafter. I'm going to play that Emily, I can able to see the preview developed and published by Adobe. Cooperated for when. If you want, you can use, you can also manually adjust these values like I'm going to choose this option which is intercom, Sharpies a restaurant. Now I'm going to adjust the volume. Your graphics editor developed and published by our, there'll be a corporate. So you can see we have the changes on the graph that affects this particular dialogue. What we have paraded for Windows like it, this is normal volume and I'm going to increase the volume. You can able to see how that affects this particular dialogues and MacOS. It was originally create. Now after this EQ, I just disabled that because I just wanted to Virginia wise Sharpies arrest or graph, I have this option which is enhance speech with the help of this enhanced chicken able to enhance those direct delivery and alter all speech area. So now I just enabled this option and as speech first. And I'm going to play here are sharp is arrest or graphics editor developed how I choose this low tone instead of height to turn published by Adobe Incorporated for vacancy the difference there, Windows and MacOS. So we have the better direct delivery in this low tone. And after this enhancer speech, at the bottom, I have the option of just create two. So it was in enabled mode by default, you can see that I choose the reverb. Now. Photoshop is arrest or graphics editor. So if you want this reverb effect, you can enable this option GBA. We looked at. By default, we have the echo like this published by a delta. This is normal audio. And I have those different preset values for this will be incorporated for Windows. And so this has small ACO and create the auditorium like effect, jockeys, arrest or grind. I'm going to choose the search graphics editor developed and published by Adobe Incorporated for. And I have this large is a bacterial Windows and Mac OS. I have outside the club. It was originally created. I have warm widespread in 1980s. So they have different types of devices. You can able to see that in creative drop is arrested graph. So for this dialogue itself, we have huge amount of options in Adobe Premier Pro. And you can able to adjust those things manually fix editor developed at going to choose this auditorium once again and published by Adobe. And I'm going to set the model. Let us see how we have the difference is arrested graphics. We can able to see I can able to add more that particular effect with this current why's rated for Windows and Mac? So this is how we have the perfect, you know, the dialogue. I just meant option, which is creative. I just disabled that. I don't want this table of values. And after that we have this clip volume and mute. We have already seen that how to use those things. So these are the options we have with this dialogue in essential sound. Now, if you have created any different adjustments and you just want to save all those things that separate the particular preset. I can come to this area. So I choose this option Save settings as a preset. And here I'm going to say it like, you know, my wife, I was saved that. And whenever it's like us, instead of choosing the default, I'm going to choose this option, which is my voice. You can see that my wife says here, I choose that I have all those settings. What I have done with this clarity, this place, which is this AMO DQ and I have this creative. All those things are centered as I record. This is how we are using this dialogue. I just meant an announcement in Adobe Premier Pro for video editing project. 60. Music, SFX, Ambiance: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use music S sub x and ambiance from essential sounds. In our last lesson, we have seen how to use this dialogue and direct announcements. Let us see other three things. Firstly, choose my track. I'm going to have the preview here. How the song, you can see that the total duration of the song is two minutes, 43 seconds, 15 milliseconds. So I'm going to play this song, was time to select the song. And now I come to this relationship sounds. Here I have the option, which is music. I'm going to choose this option music. It choose the option music. We have the same kind of those options, but we have all the dialog. Here. I have the place that for the music. I'm going to choose the very first one which is balanced background music. And I'm going to have the preview. When I choose the balanced background music, you can able to see we have the background music as well as the voice, the balanced view. And that is a lot of change on that audio waveform. You can see that I just choose the default, and you can see the difference here. So we have a change when I choose this balanced music. I have the balanced background music and we have the reset. Like if you want the balanced background music with that audio, you can use that option. Next, I choose the default again, I'm going to choose the next option which is against everything. So I choose that. We can see the difference here. When I choose that dark against a heavy thing. We can see the difference here. We have the balanced background music. When I have this balanced background music, you can see we don't have any ducking here. But when I choose this dark against everything, we have the change here. So if you want to tag against those things like this, that clip, dialogue, the background music, and the deck agonists effects than the ambiance. You can use this option. Now I'm going to play. You can see we have the sensitive value. I can have to adjust the sensitivity. And I can now adjust the dot-com want. I can able to reduce into 0. And I can be able to adjust that into minus 48. That's the most value I can able to add. We have fades in 60 milliseconds. I can able to adjust that into 50. This is a minimum value. The maximum value is 2 thousand milliseconds. If you want, you can use those options. Otherwise we can just disable this option which is ducky. We have dark against everything. Then I choose that into default again. Now I choose hard vocal ducking. These are the default presets. We have to have the dagger just men here. Now, after this preset, I ended ducking. I have the loudness. If they don't need loudness, I can just disable that. I just enable this. This has a small impact only. Then after this loudness we have the duration. I just enabled this judicious. When I enable this duration, you can see I have the docket time duration in editable mode. Previously it was not inevitable mode. You can see that now by just enable this duration, I'm going to have the total two-minute, 43 seconds and this 15 millisecond duration of this. So now I'm going to explain that into four minutes. And I'm going to press Enter. So when I add this time, this offer will turn into the four minutes duration. And let us see how we have the volume, the background music, the tone, everything. Okay, this slackers, some rendering process was played and it got this window at a wait for few seconds. You will get the result. You can see here that we didn't have the change on the tool. We have the exact tone of those group of children, so goes. But still we have the time duration was entirely different. Now I'm going to change that into three minutes instead of having four or two, which is the default duration. And I hope again you will have the rendering process. Yes. So this will render the new time duration and play the song. That entering is for you. After this process, you can see we have the total variation is three minutes, 43 seconds. So previously after change the duration, we got four minutes, 43 seconds. Let us see how we have the particular songs in a pitch. I'm going to have the preview again. So we got that same song. Now, I'm going to give the value, which is the default, one or two minutes, 43 seconds. Let us play the song again. This is an automatic preview. The whole book, this duration, you can able to change the total duration. Remember we have the same quality of the background music, the tune, but still we have different duration. We can able to expand or shorten the duration also like I'm going to give you that value one. And I'm going to have the preview. Now, notice here how we have the list duration. The rendering process is going on. And after that we'll have the same voice, same background music. But so you can able to hear all those, you know, those the song that to the background music. But still we have the fastest moment. This is all we have the original track. So this is how we can able to use this option. And you can see after this, we have few more options here, like how we have this further dialogue. We have clipped volume. You can able to set the clip volume, how we can help to reduce completely, or it can ever to increase as a record. We do have this mute property. You can see that I can able to mute and I can able to unmute this value. These are the options available in this particular option. Now, I just want to clear this style. I just clear after this music, you can see we have used all of those options in the music. I just clear that style. After this music, I had the option which is S of x. Now I choose S of x instead of x. You can able to see we have loudness. We have this creative value, and we have the same values what we got for other things, but just clipped volume and mute. So I have presets to choose this explosion first. And I'm going to play here, you can see we have the change in this particular song. We are in S sub x mod n. You can able to hear that how we have this explosion. Now, after adding that, if I don't want loudness, I can just disable that. We had a board loudness. And if I reduce I can able to do that. I can able to adjust that. And I do have few other options. Like I had the option from outside. I can see I have only the outside, that audio like view. And I choose this left side will have the audio left side only. So you can able to hear on a left only. You can also have that this audiogram. So this graph shows you have the audio and left only the same way I have from light. So I will have the audio write-only, and I have the large blue. Like how that audio will be played in a large room. To have the close-up and make distant and a medium shot. Those are the distances of the audios capacity. Like how close the person was talking to me or to someone in the screen, or the distance or the medium shot. This is what we have with this preset in S of x. After this, all options, I come back to this default. Now I choose this option which is reverb. So the reverb I can able to add more or are there different reverb values? So again, here we have different reverb values. We have heavy reverb, right now we have that. And I'm going to add just that, you know, from heavy to light reverb. So we got light to be held outside of about. So finally I have this room reverb. We can just all those values with this armor. So we have the default mode we just file. I can able to increase and decrease the value. You can able to hear that. After that we have the pan, so it wasn't enabled more. Now I just click this value which is band. I just click the text pad. When a fixed place that my mouse on the text and I click there, I got this option. You can able to see I had two options here, left and right. So you can able to pan the audio here. Been able to hear audio, and only left the same way. If I sit here, I will argue how worldly on right hand side. And if I have in between at the central point, we will have the audio on both left and right. But if I just in-between the middle and right, I will have less than more tough right channel audio and more and more top left channel a two. We can able to see, I can able to reduce the volume here. So this is all we have, this band feature. You can also add the value with the keyboard. So these are the options what we have with this sound of x, which is also called a suffix and Adobe Premier Pro. Now after this, I just click Clear. I have one more option which is ambience. So I just clicked this ambiance. Now, I just played the audio here. We have the default value here. We have, you know, all those are loudness, create two and this D view of the ducking all those values for this option which is ambiance. Here also we have the preset value, like we have four different preset values. We have focused first. This is the outcome of the focused option. I have this option also from outside. So that has the tone like outside I choose the room tone. Sounds like it wasn't a room. And finally chooses wild and t. These are the default options. We have our choose default here. And I just disabled this loudness. You can see we have loudness and I enabled that. We had the board loudness when I enable that. And I just disable that. I can just click here. When I just click here, I had two options here you can able to see that we have auto match and reset. So I can able to click here to get automatic value. Otherwise, I just enable that and it's just click here auto match. Again, see how I have that value. Now I choose this one which is reset to reset my loudness value. Just like this create view, you can see when I click Create, do I have that option? I had the same options what we have for that. So I have enabled that and just play here. The 2s, this larger bumpy and I had this wind effect going to increase the value. After that we have the stereo width, so I can able to adjust that value. And we have ducking values here. If I want to enable that I can enable and they can give all those values as I require. You can set those values and you can get a preview. So these are the options we have with Adobe Premier Pro for the music, the sound effects and ARM-based adjustments using Essential Sound. We have seen this dialogue and these three in Adobe Premier Pro for video editing work. 61. Audio Effects Amplitude, Delay and Echo: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use audio effects in Adobe Premier Pro. We have huge amount of audio of x-bar doing audio processing. Let me show you on by one. I'm going to use this audio for teaching you this audio effects fixated are developed and published by Adobe Incorporated for. So, with the help of this audio, we are going to see what are all the different audio effects we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. Now to access these audio effects. Now we are in this audio tab, and I come to this my left-hand side. Here you can see we have my audio bin and I have this audio project explorer. I just click here. In this left hand side you can able to see we have the option which is fx. Just click here. When you can not able to find this fx here, you can go to the Windows menu that you can able to see. We have the option which is fx. We took how the shortcut key for that, which is shipped seven. Now I come to this fx. In this effects, you can able to see we have different tabs here. With the help of these effects, we can able to save the presets. We can able to say the Lumetri effect, we have the Audio Effects, audio transitions, video transitions. Here I'm going to use this tab, which is audio effects. You can see we have a lot of fx here. Let us see on by one. Now what first, I'm going to use this amplitude and compression option. I just click here. And you can see we have lots of options inside this amplitude and compression. I just clicked that. But first we have the option which is amplitude. Now to update this, I'm just going to click and drag. And I'm going to release on this track. When it released on this track, you can see I got that particular effect here. Now, after applying that particular effect, what I can do is I can come to my effects controls panel. To access effects control panel. I can able to come to this Windows menu and you can able to see I have the option which is the effects control panel. So we have these effects control. But here I can add table to see that because that wasn't hidden more. I have this here. Here you can able to see I was applied that particular effect which is amplitude. Since we don't go into use this in this program window, I'm going to reduce that particular program window size. Here you can able to see that which is amplify. This is the particular video that we have applied for this. And you can see we have three options here. We have iPads and we have a stump setup, and we have channels. These are the three options we have. And after all the readings we have one more option which is individual parameters. To enable this. You can able to see we have the option which is king. Again, I'm going to expand that. Now. I'm going to have the preview Windows and MacOS. It was originally created in 19 x, so we have the same track here also, you can see that this is Banker to, so I use a spacebar to play this audio dash. Adobe for amplified this, the help of this gain value. I'm going to increase the decimal into 19 decibel. Photoshop is arrests. So you can able to hear that we have too much amount of loudness. And in the same way produce that in a minus. Again. So we have minus three, which is very, very low. We have some kind of wise, but you're going to be able to hear it properly. So we can able to set as your IQR Windows and MacOS. It was originally created in 1980. The help of these individually no parameters, so you can able to adjust the complete application using this option which is amplified. Now we had the bypass value if you want that the same in a bypass, we can use that radius little bit. Sharp is a raster graphics. And I'm going to play again, Senator developed and published. After that we have this custom setup. I choose Edit and then I choose Edit. You can see we have the custom setup graph window. So we have the decibel value here. We too have preset value here. I choose the ten decibel, boost. One decibel put us out, I know are three decibel boost sixties will vote. These other values we held by default. You don't want to enter manually, like I'm going to choose this minus ten disable. And you can see we have added one minus ten decibel value. I'm going to play now pushed by Adobe Incorporated for winter. And I'm going to increase the value with the help of this tab. Also, adjust this tab. You can see we have the same I just meant on this gain also. You can see that with the help of this option, we can able to amplify the current audio into low to high, high to low. You can able to neutralize with the help of this option which is amplified. Now after this amplifier, I just remove this. I'm going to add the next one which is Channel Mixer. So I just drag and drop that. Here. We have another way which is, you know, I have selected that track. Now I have this channel mixer and channel volume. But since we had a mono audio, we can not able to use these two things. If we have minimum stereo audio, we have two channels that I'm only you can able to use this. I will show you this later how to use the channel mixer as well as channel volume. After that we held this DSA. I just drag and drop the defect. And we got that in this fx control. Now a hero. So I have the integer parameters and we have custom setup channel map that has a use these digital pedometers. First, I'm going to play the audio now. This is bank attach. Adobe Photoshop is arrest or graphics editor developed it. It can able to see the difference. I'm going to disable this, and I'm going to play this and published by Adobe incorporated. But here I'm going to enable that again. It for Windows and MacOS. It was originally created. So we have very good difference and I'm going to adjust the threshold value here. So far, each and individual, those individual parameters go into how the subcategories. I'm going to add just that. Adobe Photoshop is arrest or graphic excited are developed. And so you can able to increase and decrease the threshold published by Adobe incorporated. And I just enabled this bypass it for Windows. After that we have this center frequency. We can able to add just that. It was originally. You can see how we have the central frequency that affects the audio by Thomas. And now again, I move this back and I'm going to increase the center frequency value. Cash. Adobe Photoshop is a raster graphics editor. So we can able to use the center frequency when attract to us. After this, we have this bandwidth, we have that default ones, this 3 thousand hertz increase that developed and published by Adobe Incorporated for when Windows and MacOS. It was originally not able to see that particular difference there. And we have this mode, and we have this option which is output siblings. So I'm going to have the preview that I was increased that output siblings only. You can see how they have the audio. Now I'm going to reduce that value. Now. Since then, the software has been going to increase more. So when you increase on some level, we can able to search on this siblings. Otherwise, it will be in the default mode, which is not. Finally we have the option which is mode. So in more you can able to see I have the basic one which is broadband, and when I increase it, I have the multiband optional. So I'm going to play this out. This is bank attach, Adobe Photoshop. This is the multiband value and a reduced now, and I'm going to save this graphics editor developed and this is broadband value. These are the two modes we have with this effect. Now I have this funny value. We have this bar audio-only. You can see we have the band value here. So if you want to pan the audio, you can able to use this. If you want to pan from left to right or right to left, you can use this option. Now after this, I just delete this DSA. I'm going to choose the option dynamics. I just drag and drop into my audio track. And we have individual parameters. You can see we have so many features here. It was started with this auto Gait Enabled threshold. So you can use all those options as we have acquired. Going to use this auto get enabled first published by Adobe. So this is the default value. I just don't want that incorporated or window. And after that we have this auto good threshold attack. So based on your needs, you can use all those values as in Mac OS. It was originally created in 19. So this is the dynamics. After the dynamics, we have this dynamics processing. So here also we have the original parameters. We have a level director. So I just come to this place lover Director going to increase the value in 88 by Thomas and John. Now, since then, we have B spline curves. So we have all those values to do the sound effects. I just meant. The software has become the industry. After this dynamics processing, we have handling data with the help of this hand limiter. I can able to do the sound of extra adjustments. Here we have a different adjustments. We have maximum amplitude, Input Boost, look ahead time, release time and link channels. So I'm going to start with this option which is maximum amplitude, going to play. It. Can you put two here, that audio increase that this is bank attach. So this is the normal value we have. And we have the input boost. Adobe Photoshop is arrest or graphics editor. So you can able to boost and NO, make it into novel, but with the help of Thomas and jump. Now after that, I have looked at a time. We can see how we have that value. Now I'm going to increase that. No. Since then, the software has been thank attach Adobe Photoshop copies, arrest or graph. I can't see much of a difference there. And we have release time, fixed editor developed and published. And we have this option which is linked channels. So these are the features we have with this hard limiter. I just direct that effect. We have multi-band composer. This is another good feature what we have with this Adobe Photoshop sound editing. We have just drag and drop this, this my audio. And we have these individual parameters. I can see we have those important options like output gain, threshold, and we have a ratio, we have attack, again, we have a release and we help gain. So we can able to see we have all those values, which is multiband values. Now I choose this remap option. So when I choose this re-map for all those sound effects, we will hit this option which is, you know, you can see that this clip effects editor. Here, we can see some default values. Like I choose this broadcast for this multi-band. And I'm going to have the preview by Adobe Incorporated for Windows. So many twos, this broadcast, which is the preset, you can able to hear that boost of that particular audio with a broadcast quality. And I'm going to choose the next one, which is classical muster. In macOS. This is classical muster. Then we have this DSL was originally created in nine, and we have jumps. So each and every particular audio track has the different features. Now I'm going to choose the next one in dance high. A, Thomas and John. No. And it uses enhanced low. And I have this option pool research. Since then. This will visit. For those things. We have heavy guitar, the software has become, and I have so many things like, you know, even I have that pop monster here. You can able to hear that how good that was Bob muster. And I'm going to choose other options also. After choosing this pop monster, we can able to adjust those values individually. Going to play this, the raster graphics editor developed and published by Adobe Incorporated for Windows and MacOS. It was originally created in 1988 by Thomas and John. Now, since then, the software has become the industry standard, not number two here that you know how we can able to adjust all those values. We can never die just again, the issue attack their lives and threshold for different values. So based on your needs, you can able to use this. But most of us and we do have this rise will cause going to add just these here. Thank attach. Adobe Photoshop is arrest or graphic. And I come to this area, I choose this and I have this. My tiger base. I'm going to have the preview again. Fix Senator, developed and published by Adobe Incorporated for Windows and MacOS. It was originally created in 1988 by Thomas and John. Now, since then, the software has become the industry. So if we have an aldose presets for this multiband compressor, this is what we have with Adobe Audition also for this multiband compressor. So whatever the audio quality or the talk, that voice quality, we can able to do all those kind of boost. And the base value I just meant with the help of this option which is multiband compressor. So we're going to use those individual properties. If you want to add just manually, you will have all those options here. Now after that, I come to this place which is to model it comports. I choose this option, this drag and drop into my audio track. And I'm going to choose this remap option. Here you can see I have placed it values and I'm going to play this audio. I just want to play this looping process by Thomas and John. Now, since then, the software has become the industry standard, not so I just want to enable this. I just want to play that again and again. Become the industry standard, not high. Okay, I cannot tell that. This is bank attach, Adobe Standard naught. Hi, this is bank attach. I can not able to say what I'm going to say when it was enabled these live play option. Now if I choose this place for base, and I'm going to play this, adobe Photoshop is a raster graphics editor. It's just an extra one by Adobe Incorporated for Windows and MacOS. It was originally. So I'm going to play the audio continuously and I'm going to show you the difference between each and every place at what we have with this to model the compressor. So I choose this are created in 1988 by Thomas and John. No. Since then become the industry probably had the volume. Hi, This is Frank attach. Adobe Photoshop is arrest or graphics editor developed and published by Adobe Incorporated for Windows and MacOS. It was originally created in 1988 by Thomas and John. No. Since then, the software has become the industry standard. So you can able to see what conducted tends to be how Adobe, but each and every SPSS graphics editor developed and published by Adobe Incorporated for Windows and Mac OS. It was originally created in 1988 by Thomas and John. Now, since then, the software, these are the options we have with this module, the compositor. These are the basic audio effects we have with this amplitude and compression. In the same vein, we have the next tab, we just delay and your Qu. So we have three options here. I have this analog delay first, just drag and place inside of this my audio clip. And he have individual parameters value. I'm going to do that. The help of this remap, I can also use this edit. It triggers like I can able to access all those bad. I can able to play and I can able to control all those things. Let us see. He's arrested, graphics editor developed and publics. So you can able to see the delay of the same audio. They're pushed by Adobe Incorporated for Windows and how I choose, please search. Going to play this in our fifties. Slap back. It was originally created in 1988. So we have different ways to delay the audio here, which is analogue delay. My son Jonathan Jones, has become the industry standard districts die. This is flanker task. Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Incorporated for Windows, MacOS. 19, 80% John. The software has become kind of districts were developed and published by Adobe Incorporated for Windows, MacOS, 1988 by Thomas and John. No, since the software industry standards, so I choose default. You can able to see we have dry out without all those features, we have delay, feedback tries and split values. I'm going to add just all those things. Right now we are in this, you know, TAP mode. Hi, this is pink attach. Adobe Photoshop. Graphics editor develops and there'll be incorporated for any I just delay value. I don't have any delay that they don't have any Windows and MacOS. It was originally created in 1988 by Thomas and John. No, I taught since then. The software has become the industry standard, not high. This is bank attach. Adobe Photoshop is a raster graphics editor developed based on your values what you are sitting here. We'll get that output for this analog delay. After this analog delay, we have the option of a delay. I'll play that effect. And you can see we have only few options here. We have delay value, just 1 second. Going to play this published by adult. Originally created, it was created by Thomas and now I'm going to choose the feedback value into ten, and that makes value into ten. Let us have the preview again. Be Photoshop is arrest or graphics editor developed and published by Adobe Incorporated for Windows and MacOS. It was originally created in 1988 by Thomas and John. Now, since then, we can able to follow that. We have only one delay with the 10% or more. If you want to adjust those delay values, the timing, and the feedback amount and mix, you can use this option, we just delay. This is a simple option. After that we have this multi-step delay. I apply that effect. You can able to see we have four delay values here. We have delay one, we have delayed to the layer three and delay for and for each delay we have this feedback and level one for the level of delay, one delay to dilatory delay. For. Finally, we have the mixed value, which is the default, how 50? Now I'm going to play this graphics that are developed. So we can able to adjust in who they want, delete, to delete three and delay for values based on your need, right? No, they had given that duration, which is the 2.5th and it was in point It's like this isn't 1.22 and on pint five seconds. So based on your need, you can adjust the timing as well as the feedback and level values. And you will get the delay of this multi delay in Adobe Premier Pro. So these are the three options what we have with this inode, delay and echo in this sound effects. Next, we're going to see how to use filters and equine Adobe Premiere for sound effects. 62. Filter EQ and Modulation: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use filter and EQ and modulations in sound effects. I'm going to use this audio, this talk for this example. There are many variations of passages have Lorem Ipsum, so let us use this audio for learning this sound effects. Now if I choose this option, the third option in audio effect, which is filter and EQ. I choose that. And here you can able to see we have so many options in filter NICU, I'm going to choose the very first one and just drag and drop here. Now I got that option bypass here. I have three options here. I have bypass, I have cutoff, and I have a q value. Now I'm going to choose this, the cutoff value. We have slider to adjust H value. So by adding that effect itself, we have this effect. Now if I increase this cut-off value, you can see how that affect the audio of I'm going to reduce that even slightly blue. So this is how we know this cutoff of x, this audio. I'm going to play this from beginning. There are many variations of passages at Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority has suffered alteration. My injective humor or randomized words which can able to hear that how we have changes for this cutoff properties. Now by just want to reset this cutoff value, and I'm going to use this Q value. So this is all we have the changes for this value. Now I'm going to adjust the hue value. Okay, unable to see how we have the change. Since this toggle Animation option was enabled. That how a lot of changes there. We just want to disable that humor or randomized words which don't look even slightly cleavable. There are many variations of pathogens have Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority have suffered alteration in some form. Good humor or random. So this is how we use this option band boss. Just delete that and after the bandpass we have the base option. So I'm going to update the base here. We have only the boost value. I'm going to boost the base with the help of this option is worth switched out, look even slightly believable. They're going to reduce as well as increase the boost value. Let us have the difference switched out look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages have Lorem Ipsum available, so you can able to see the difference, so they have the highest most value there. I just want us to chop that again, the post value. And I'm going to have the value here. But the majority has suffered. So we can able to hear that how that boost the base value of the audio print alteration. So when you have a light wise that you had to boost the wives, the base value to show that, you know that voice was a bottom one, you can use this option which is boost in some form. Now I reduce that same option in some form, but by injected humor or random words, which don't look even slightly believable. Now after that base, I delete that effect. I'm going to choose this f of two filters. Here we have the individual parameters and the editable options. I choose edit here. And I'm going to have the preview bar to play this in all continuously. And I'm going to use the preset values here. And I'm going to adjust this graph also shows how the change, there are many variations of passages have Laura were to play from this inner effects control or meet some available, but the majority has. They've been able to hear this is C major triad value. We have this FFT by choose the second one. But the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized worse, which don't look slightly. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum available to assist. You already have suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized words which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of pet Lorem Ipsum available. I'll choose default. The bottom we can able to see we have the scale property. We do have the linear option if you want, you can use, if you want to create some spline curves, you can just enable that. And I had the odd wants to value also, we can able to see how once values. So you can use a default value is there or you can use the Advanced values. I will just close that and remove this filter. I'm going to use the next filter, which is in a graphic equalizer ten band. It's the equalizer. We have three different degrees. So you can see that this equalizers are doing the same function, but we have three variations here. We have ten by 102031. Now I'm going to use ten bond first and just drag and drop there. And I'm going to use this option which says when I choose Edit, you can see we have ten bands here to adjust the volume. And I'm going to play this first. But the majority has suffered alter it. When he was playing this bus, I had to set the preset and you can able to see what are the options we have the preset. Then I will adjust each and every, you know, the band. I'm going to show you how it works. Patient in some form by injected humor or randomized words which don't quite believable. There are many variations of pottage in a blizzard. We have the changes on this band. Let, let us see passages have Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority have suffered altercation in some form by injected humor or randomized switched. Don't mind eating slightly. Believe there are many variations of pass, it will need some available. You already have suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized worse, which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages have Lorem Ipsum available. So we have here all those things. I believe we have these values. Now I choose default and I'm going to just manually, I'm going to play that and I'm going to just manually. I have the gain here and I'm going to have all those values I can able to add all those values at the bottom itself. Let us see how we have the genius level. But the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized worse which don't look even slightly believable. There are no this, for this option also, I just want to switch off those integer parameters values. I just want to disable all those points we have created. Because that creates a lot of keyframes and that disturbs when it was explained all those EQ values. We definitely don't want all those keyframes. Now, I come to this place, can see we do have the value for this bypass. Now I'm going to adjust those values. So you can able to see that many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected. You can see when I just busted three bands, that response is huge for the base of that particular wise humor or random. Now I'm going to increase the d 200 per cent words which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum. So you can see this multiband has no those value to add just the base of the particular audio, but enough for us to second, third points. Now I'm going to keep all those things into the default. So I choose the default option once got all those things, default value. I don't have any key-frame, but I just wanted to show now I come to this place, I'm going to adjust the end points. I'm going to play the audio available. But the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injecting this, you know, in fact that particular voice quality, the trace value. And I just want to increase that into a 100 per cent humor or randomized. So you can able to see the detail of the y's. So if you want this amount of audio with the detailed wise, you can just keep that value into a 100%. So that's how this multiband works. And we have the intermediate values in between the base to trace the middle. We have the same kind of effects for all those equalizer. But only thing, the difference what we have this, if we want to adjust in order, you can use that instead of ten. And if you want to adjust in low value, we can use this option equal as a ten. Otherwise, we have the same options for all equalizers. I'm going to add this. Nickel has 30 and I'm going to choose Edit. You can able to see we have the same way and we have the same kinds of presets. Since we have 30 bond here, we'll have some more options here. We don't have any other thing with the help of these different between this graphic equalizers, we have more bands and we have more variation on the sound. After this graphic equalizers, I have this hike bus with the help of cake boss. I can able to give cutoff value for the audio or even slightly believable. So we have high-pass and low-pass. We have notch filter. Just add notch filter and I'll choose Edit option. I'm going to play this audio again. There are many variations of passages to how my displays that value here. I don't want to enable this. You can see that we have this enabled board. Just disabled that. And I'm going to use this 100 hertz elimination. And I'm going to have the preview is have Lorem Ipsum available. But the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized words which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages have lower meet some available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected. Can also add just manually when it secure. So you can use. Those points. And you can able to set how we want those things. You can able to play that good humor or randomized words which don't. So this is a notch filter and we have parametric equalizer. I just apply that and I choose aided by default for adding those effects, you will have this bypass the effect option enabled mode. Just want to disable that. I just, I don't want to add that bypass the keyframes. I'm going to play that now. Look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages have lower meet some available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some rare to have those parametric equalizer. And we have this scientific filter. I apply that and I choose Edit. Here I'm going to have the review I just wanted disabled this bypass first. I'm going to have the preview first with a preset on form by injected humor or randomized worse, which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages have lower meet some available, but the majority has this order. Filters we have with this filters and EQ, we have the same kind of filters here also. After this field does an EQ, we had a modulation. If you want to do the modulation change with the audio, you can use this option. We have three major options here. You can able to see that what I'm going to choose this chorus, I just drag and drop here, and I choose Edit option. We can see we have four properties for this. Plead with intensity and transients. So I'm going to use the preset first. Before that I'm going to play the audio separate alteration in some form, objective humor or randomized words. It looks like we have a robotic kind of volume that audio. But this is called the chorus. And I'm going to say it is a different cost values here. Let us have the preview which dealt with even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages have lower meet soon available, but the majority has suffered duration in some form by injected humor or randomized words, which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized worse, which don't look. So I can able to sit in all those values, those sliders even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum. I'm going to choose the chorus available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized worse, which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages of lower meet some available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form. So this is how this works. We had a pure flanger. I just applied that. I choose edit. It had the same kind of bad. I just want to disable this. Now I have a preset by injected humor or randomized worse, which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized words. So we can able to adjust all those values which don't look even slightly believable. So these are the options we have with this planter, right? Finally, we have faced with this modulation filters. So I choose Edit and just disable that bypass. And we help places. Let us see what are the pieces we have. There are many variations of passages. Have Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority had suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized worse, which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passage. Just have Lorem Ipsum available. So we have the face with the different values. These are the options we have with this enough filters and EQ and modulation in audio effects. 63. Noise Reduction: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to remove noise from the audio using Adobe Premier Pro. To create that, I have the audio file here. Now I'm going to create a new sequence for that. Going to create a new sequence. And I'm going to give a name which is noise. Of course, noise reduction. Now I'm going to remove those noises. What I have with this audio, which is nice audio. First we have the preview about that audio file that we can see. We have left and right track particular layer in a normal object, not as a background. So you can able to see, I know we have a little amount of noise with this audio button. And I'm going to play at the end. You can able to hear that we have a Z noise there. So I'm going to edit those things with the help of my audio FX. Now I load that audio file, just drag and drop that into my audio track one. Now I just double-click that, expand that audio track. We can see those white colored bottom area that shows it has the noise. Now I open my Effects, I'm going to choose my audio effects. In audio effects, we have the special option here, which is noise reduction. So with the help of this noise reduction options, we can able to remove all those noise what we have with this audio. First you can see we have the option which is Automatic Click remover. When you're recording your system screen with the help of any software. When you are doing any project work or any regarding work, we may use the mouse click. So if you want to remove all those mouse clicks from that audio track, you can use this option which is Automatic Click remover. So now I just drag and drop that here. This will automatically know demo all those, you know, those clicks, what you have, the mostly what you have with this audio. Now I come to this fx panel, you can see we have automatic clicker remover and I have the option. I just click at it. I just want to disable this bypass and we have the shoulder and then O complexity value. I'm going to choose this, my default value. Also, we have three ways to reduce that. If you have heavy mouse-click, the sowed, we can use this option can be reduction. And if you have only a little amount, you can use light reaction. And if you feel like, you know, we have the median or mode that could click, I can use this medium production. So based on your needs, you can choose which one you want and you can choose, Okay? Now, you will have the change here. If you have the mouse click, this function will remove almost all those mouse clicks what we have with this particular audio track. So this is why we use this option which is Automatic Click remover. Now I remove that. I'm going to use the next one, the hammer. Just drag and drop here. Now I'm going to play this audio. Same kind of transform here. So this will remove the column once you have this audio track. Choose Edit. And you can see we have the preset values here. I have thousand hertz response, and I have other different responses. I'm going to play this audio anyway. But this is anterior different. This is content aware scale from left to right and say like, Oh, it turns from the back so we can able to see the difference there. I'm going to choose this 2000s. Doesn't turn the head nods around itself. We have mild variation with this or D hammer. So with the help of this D hammer, you can able to remove all those things. Now I just want to make these keyframes into clear. Removed The Decameron. After that we have d noise. So I just drag and drop the defect on this audio track. The noise will remove all those default noises. What you have with this anterior audio, this will analyze all those audio area and it will remove, I choose this edit option. It shows you here also we have a three different values there. We have preset, how the default and heavy, nice introduction and liced note section. Now I'm going to choose this heavy noise reduction. And when I choose that, I have 80 per cent value. And I'm going to choose the same option, going to have the preview. Now, you can see we have the huge scenes without you. You can see the subject, the person was maintaining the same dimension. We don't have any change for him. So I'm going to play from here is click here, content aware scale. So that reduces that noise what we have with this particular audio track, I'm going to increase the gain value. And I'm going to have the preview. Now you can see it looks like same kind of transform here. Somewhat. This can able to produce the good result. We can use this option or de-noise to remove the noise. Now, we have one more option at the end, which is developed. With the help of this option. I'm going to add that first. We can able to do the reverb setting for this reverb. I'm going to choose which kind of river by how? If I have more reverb, I can choose the heavy. I can able to use that. So this is how we are using all these noise reduction process in Adobe Premier Pro. We have the decent result for these nice deduction. But if you want the perfect audio production, that noise reduction when you make woofer or the software which is Adobe Audition. These are the options we have to do a nice selection with Adobe Premier Pro itself. 64. Reverb and Special: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use a reverb audio effects in Adobe Premier Pro. Here I'm going to use this reverb. You can see we have three options here. We have these three options to do all those river valleys to work. I'm going to use the first one. I just click and drag. When I update this convolution reverb, I can see I have the option, I choose Edit tab. Now I'm going to play this with the police said and adjustments. There are many variations of passages, so you can able to see how that affect the voice. I'm going to choose a different presets. Lorem Ipsum available. But the majority has suffered alteration in some form. Or rationalize words which don't move even slightly believable. There are many variations as judges have suffered alteration in some form by objective humor or randomized words which don't believe are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor. So these are the values we have with this convolution reverb. Now I'm going to adjust the manual values. Variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum available can see that he has suffered alteration. Some form I injected or randomized words would be believable. There are many variants of passages were nice and tall, but really has suffered all Ginny in some form. But humor or slightly ugly passages of Laura, Nice and available. So it can create that perfect Epic. Do live with the help of this option convolution reverb. Now I'm going to use the next effect, which is studio Reverb. So I choose and I play here. I'm going to have the preview first, going to show you that or randomized work. No, I'm going to set the present values which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized words which dealt look even slightly believable there. But the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injective humor or randomized words which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages of Laura. See what are the effects and all we have with this room size decay and we have a reflection. We have heck frequency, low frequency, all those things with this output level. So I can able to adjust all those things manually available. But the majority have suffered alteration in some form by injecting were randomized words which don't move even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages that will relieve some available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injecting humor or ran into my own words which dealt with, these are the options we have in the studio Reverb. Finally, in this reverb, I have the option of it just sat on to develop. So I just apply that. I choose Edit. We can see how we have that set on default settings. I'm going to play this with the pleaser can able to see how we have the volume, keeps him available. But the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injective humor or randomized words which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages at Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected. Oh, I'm going to adjust these values here. Input, reverb, setting and output did humor or randomized words which don't look, No, I have those key frames. I don't want those keyframes. I just want to delete all those things. Now I'm going to play here. I don't want enable those things. You can see how will we have the volume here by default? I just about Lou here. This is the room size. Be how the impulse, the different values. Lorem Ipsum available. But the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized words which dealt with even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum of them had suffered alteration in some form by injected Q. So these are the options we have with this surrounded reverb in Adobe Premier Pro. After this, the reverb option, the reverb sound effects may have the option which is special. In special you can able to see we have different sound effects. You're going to see on by one. We're going to start with this ambitious. So Nick, I'm going to drag and drop that. But we need a dual-channel there. I will show you that with dual-channel. And we have distortion, going to edit that the distortion or meet some available. But the majority has. I'm going to use a place that values and I'm going to adjust those values. Suffered alteration in some form. Randomized worse, which don't look too loud. I'm going to choose those things. The other options also. But even slightly believable, there are many passages of Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority had suffered alteration in some form by injecting. Yeah, you can see how we have all those features with this distortion. Just delete that filter and I'm going to use the next one. So we are left with the right and right with the left. I can able to use that when Lee, because if you have a dual-channel and I'm going to use this key does sweet. Yeah, for that also, I have the same options, just mono. I'm going to use Edit. I'm going to use the preview now. And before that I just want to disable this. That disturbs me lot. Or randomized words which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized words which don't. So after this, you know, get us with just delete that. I wow, this, invert. How they invert values. Patients have passages have lower meets him available. But then after this invert, I choose the next one which is loudness master and rider. First I'm going to add this loudness master. And I choose the edit value. Can I just disabled this? I'm going to play this again. You already have suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized words, which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages have Lorem Ipsum, we can able to adjust the loudness master regarding to the YouTube, spotify, Netflix cinnabar, and Apple Podcast also. So these are the options we have with this loudness master. And we have loudness rider to have the similar kind of effects here. I didn't read a format in available, but the majority have suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized words which dealt with even slightly believable. So after that, the loudness ladder, I have more strain. If we want to mastering the audio, you can use this option. I'm going to edit this. Without that bypass. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum. Going to use this. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority have suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized words which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum available. So we can adjust all those values with the help of mastering. And we have this bunny Missoni. We need a dual-channel. They have this swap channels also. And we have local enhancer. So I'm going to use this. You already have suffered alteration in some, this has a high tones. Going to set that within a low tone form by injected hand, we have the music. This is a music category option, humor. So these are the options we have with this reverb and spatial audio filters in Adobe Premiere Pro. 65. Stereo Imagery Time and Pitch: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use this stdio imagery and time and pitch filters in this effects of audio. I'm going to use this stereo imagery first. You can see we have only one option here, but we need a multi-channel for this. Now I move to the next one, which is time and which I choose this option, time and pitch option. And I'm going to choose pitch shifter. I apply that to my audio. Now you can see I have the channel values here. I choose Edit. You can able to see we have the preset values and these adjustments, I just disabled the pipers. I'm going to have the preview and I'm going to play the presets. There are many variations of passages have Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor or randomized worse, which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of path. I'm going to adjust those as semitones and sends messages have Lorem Ipsum available. But the majority, I just don't want to erase all those keyframes. I'm going to adjust this 3D had suffered alteration in some form by injected humor. Randomized words which don't look even slightly believable. There are many variations of passages of Lorem Ipsum available, but the majority have suffered alteration in some form. Nobody chose this position into low, medium, high. They can choose which order I want. I injected humor. Like I said, the overlapping value and other settings by injecting humor or randomized worse, which this is a pitch shifter. After that, we have three basic options in this sound effects. We have balanced mute and volume. If you want to build a proper balance on left and right-hand channels, you can use this. And we had a mute property. So if you want to mute the audio, you can just drag and drop that. And you got this option. We have the mute or unmute one. So you can use that according to urinate, you can see we can able to mute that audio. Sima de la going to set that value here. So we can able to mute with the help of this mute effects. We need this mute because every time we don't want to erase your audio, sometimes you just want to mute that particular area audio. That's why we need this mute. And we had the volume at the end. So I just update this volume. We can able to adjust the level of the volume in decibels. Judy has suffered alteration in some form by injected humor, which don't look even slightly. So we have huge amount of decibels in minus S plus to do the volume I just meant in this Adobe Premier Pro. So these are the all audio effects what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro for audio editing, for video production purpose. 66. Applying Audio Transitions: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use audio transitions in Adobe Premier Pro. To do that, first, I'm going to create a new sequence. I'm going to create the sequence with the name tourism choose. Okay? And here I'm going to place my video files. So I'm going to create a new bin with the name video. So after that, I just entered inside here, I'm going to input all those video files. I'm going to choose my default folder that I have, my owl video files. Let's just choose all those video files. Can see these video files or from the Thailand that dualism just open that we have for video files there, okay, we have five variables there. Now I just want to load that. I just drag and drop. Here. You can see all those video files have the audio as well as the video. Now I'm going to have the preview here. We have the very first video with just the night video and how the daytime video and the falls. And we have Data Explorer on the street. So this is what we have here. Now I'm going to have a small arrangement. So I'm going to have these two videos at first. And after that I'm going to have this data in video. So it just move that up after the two. And I have the two walls, waterfalls video. Finally, I'm going to use this nightlife. I'm going to place, yeah. Let us have the preview first. So you can able to hear the different audios here. The waterfall and the nightlife. Now I choose this waterfall video. I right-click over there. And I'm going to choose to frame size. Now, everything is fine. Now I'm going to use my audio transitions to access that. I'm going to choose this audio user interface. So you will have all those things there. After that, I come to my effects panel. In effects panel you can see we have different effects that I'm going to choose the option which is audio transitions. I choose this audio transition. So you can see we have one category here. I just enable that. You can see we have three options inside. So we have constant gain, constant power, and we have this exponential phase. So now I'm going to choose the very first one, constant gain. Now to add this audio transition passage, elect all those video segments. I right-click over there and a 2s unlink Option. Then early it's easy to add those audio transitions since these segments or audio files now, we don't have link video files. So after this, I'm going to choose my audio transition. Going to start with the beginning. Here I'm going to add the audio transition. You can see I have the first option which is constant gain. So just drag that particular audio transition and I'm going to release the beginning of this audio sequence. Now I just do them in that area. You can see how we have that audio transition. We have that audio transition up to 1 second. And I'm going to play this audio gain was, you know, constantly gain. That's why this option is called constant gain. Just delete this. I'm going to choose the second one, which is constant power. So I just drag and place here. They have the same duration. So these do the same thing, but it has a difference with that constant power. And we have this exponential fade. I just drag and drop that effect here. You can see that I'm going to have the preview. It gradually increase that particular that audio or parents. Now, at the beginning I was used with this option and that increase the audio from the beginning. Now I'm going to use the same option at the end of the video. So I come to this place. You can see that here I'm going to use a. Let us see how it works. I just drag and drop the same option here. And here I'm going to play that gradually reduce that particular audio frequency. So this is how this works. This understands, okay, where I'm going to add this particular transition at the beginning or the end. When he was adding that same option at the beginning. That reduces the volume a 100% at the beginning and gradually increase that are limited to a 100%. But if I add the same audio transition at the end that gradually reduce the audio of this particular track into 0 from a 100. I can see that it gradually reduce the audio. Can see that in this audio gram and how it was reducing the audio. This is how we use this audio transitions for our audio files. We can able to add those audio transition at the beginning and end of each audio. You can see that adding that particular effect multiple times at the beginning and the end. Finally, I'm going to add that here. Now I got the successful audio transitions. This is all we know we can able to add audio transitions for Adobe Premier project. Video editing works. 67. Applying Graphics Template Transition: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use other graphics, essential graphics video transition using Premier Pro. So to show that, I just want to delete this default transition. Now, I have empty space here. You can see that I've asked having only this audio transition. I'm going to add that, you know, my essential graphics video transition. Add that first. I just don't want to clear the previous transition. Yes, I was done that even if you have that, that will never affect our graphics transition. Now I come to this, my graphics tab can see in this graphics mode, I can able to access all those graphics what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. And in this, I come to the bottom. Just scroll my mouse. Scroll my mouse. You can see we have a lot of graphics, the predefined graphics there. And we do have the option which is transition. You can able to see that. I can able to find that if the help of this search. So I was typed that which is transition. You can able to see I have these options. I can able to use any one transition here. I just choose this option which is sports transition. To apply this, I just drag this transition from that place and drop here where irregular. You can see I can able to place on this video clip. When I released there you can able to see it was loading the template and that particular graphics items, what you have with that particular transition. Now, we've got the particular transition here. You can see that. But you have only the black back on there. Now, instead of releasing the particular transition over the video, I'm going to release the transition over that about the particular video segments. So when I was doing that, you can able to see I have these appearance. So when that particular transition was loading, you can able to see all those people. And after that, I'm going to hide all those people. This is a frame change. Just click and drag and place where I record within a single frame. You can able to change all those the video from one to two. So at the beginning of the transition we have the video one. And at the end of this function will have only the video too. This is how this particular transition works. Actually, we are using this to hide those the cut area with the help of this particular Essential Graphics. Now I choose this transition. When I choose this transition, you can see in my essential graphics I have those valid changes options. I can able to change those values according to my need. Like, I'm going to choose this highlight color. I'm going to read. You can see that how that was changed. And I'm going to choose these secondary color, going to choose dark red. And you can see that I have completely changed this particular, you know, the color values. I do have the Flip option. If you want to flip, I can use that. And I do have this inner play backward. So if you want to play that from backward, I can use that. You can see that how it was playing. In backward pushing. We have the same transitions. So this is how we are adding that The Essential Graphics transition for any video segment. Since this was in already there, since it was the predefined from the essential graphics, it may take some time to load and it will have more files, say's to compare our previous, the default transition. So what we have for video and audio, this is how we are using this video transitions. Of course. You can also make your own custom transition. You can load that here with the help of this Adobe Premier Pro and used for the default less than normal transitions in Adobe Premier Pro. 68. Edit Graphic Transition: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use another game transition here and how to edit the transition using this Premier Pro. Now by just did it this transition, I'm going to use this option which is the gaming transition. I just drag and drop here. I'm going to place that at the center point. And you can able to see it was loaded. This transition was based in a perfect Pushing. I just drag and play that particular transition. We can able to see all those cube shapes loader. And when it cross that's clean. At this point, I will have that particular change. So I just add little more moment. Here we go. The change, you can see that this was perfectly done by proper placement. Now after this, I choose the particular transition. They come to my effects control interface controller. You can able to see we have the transition here and I have the graphics parameters. You can see that I have the styling, which is the main color, add a secondary color. So I can choose which color I want for main and secondary. Going to choose this yellow. Here, I'm going to choose my gray. I was too dark gray. So these are the two colors I was used to here. You can see how I was changed that. And after that I choose the same transition. I have horizontal flip, vertical plane. With the help of this, I can able to flip how I want in both horizontal and vertical direction. You can see that based on your requirement, you can able to say it how you want. And after that we have the option which is time remapping. So I can able to change if I want, I can able to add just those time. And I can able to adjust this the x, y positions. This will be considered as the video clip only because this is not a, you know, kind of transition what we have with this Premier Pro by default. This also will be considered as a kind of video, but we are having those alpha channels and we are using that effectively assets antigen. That's how it works. This is not a real transition like how we use those transition in this fx panel. All those, they affects what we are using with these effects control for video clips and the images in Adobe Premier Pro will be also applicable for this kind of, you know, that essential graphics transitions, what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. 69. Applying Video Effect: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to add a video effects for our timeline videos using Adobe Premier Pro. To do that. First, I want to change my user interface appearance. So you can see I have so many different user interface setups here. I'm going to choose this fx setup. When I choose effects setup, we can see that user interface was changed according to that. Now I got my video effects. In this right hand side, you can see we have fx panel. In the effects panel, we have the separate option, which is Video Effects. See that we do have all those things like we have a video transition and audio transitions. And in between that we have this option which is a video of x. Now let's use video effects. You can see we have so many video effects here. I'm going to add one video effects, like I'm going to choose Distort. And here I have a lot of video effects. I'm going to choose one option like I'm going to choose this magnify to apply this video effect. What I'm going to do is we know how to add this particular video clip. You can see I have two video clips here. I have people who playing tennis game. So this is the first video segment. And this is the second video segment. We have two video segments for this lesson. Now we want to add that magnified video segment with this video. And I just drag and drop that effect into this, my video segment that we can see here, I have a small variation after loading the video of it because the change there, I hope you can see that. Let's Control Z. Now I'm going to add one more video effect. I'm going to use the color corrections. We can say that I'm going to use the concept which is tint to apply that. We have two ways to operate this video effect. First way, we can just drag and drop that effect on the particular clip. Second, we have one more easy way, which is you can double-click the particular video effect. Now I double-click this particular video effect. When it double-click there, you can see I can able to apply that particular area effect for the selected clip. Now I choose the second clip, and I'm going to choose the same option, which is tint. I just drag and drop instead of DoubleClick. You can see I can able to turn that particular video into the gray scale. So this is all we are adding those video effects in Adobe Premiere Pro for videos. You can add any number of VFX for a single Clayton. It does not take you out to worry about. Now, we can able to use only one video effect for a single video. So you can use any number of video effects and you can able to achieve that particular, you know, the effects are the particular output, what you require for your video editing project in Adobe Premier Pro. 70. Customize Video Effects: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to customize the video effects, but we have added with the help of effects panel how to do the changes, what you record for the particular effector. Here you can see I have my current footage. I was added video effect, which is tint. And you got that video that turn into the gray scale video. We have added that for both video segments. The first 1, second 1. Now I choose a second loan and go to this. My effects controls. When I access this effects control, I can able to do all those modifications. What are accurate with my video effect? You can see I have a basic options like we have video motion, rotation and opacity, and the time remapping options. We know how to use those things. Now I'm going to use the option which is tint. So this is the effect I was added for this video. When you look at this video effect, you can able to see are the starting point. We have three options here. We have create ellipse mask and create four-point polygon mask. And we have this free drug, busier mosques. If you want to create the masking appearance using this Adobe Premier Pro, we can use these options. Now after that, we have three more options here. Here you can able to see at first we have the option which is map black to be the helper. This option, you can able to set what color you want to replace. This background, black and the dark gray tones. Like I'm going to choose some dark color here. Choose the color. Here. I'm going to choose some dark red. And it chews that. You can see, I can able to replace the particular dark black color, this cartoon. Now I'm going to choose the second one, which is map white to, I choose the same color. Here. I'm going to choose some bright color. Going to choose this one. When I choose these two, we can able to see I got the complete two tones on my video clip. I can able to play this. So we don't have any other particular tone on this clip. Even if you want to add more darkness to that particular clip segment, that particular color, you can add it. You can see that how that was turned into the particular color, not only to convert that particular image as a gray scale, you can also select those two colors, what you record for adding this particular effect. So this is how we are using these effects control to adjust the filter effects, which means are the same a video effects. Now, I just have this option which is eyedropper tool. I can able to mention which color tone I recreated from the pitcher. I can choose whichever I want. You can see that. You can also choose in this way. I was just completely the negative colors. You can choose those colors as the vector. And you will get the output like this. Now, after these two option Map Black to map Y2, I have one more option which is our mind to train. With the help of this amount titin, we can able to adjust the tint value with original video for taste color. Now you can see I have the value which is a 100%. I cannot increase more than a 100 per cent. But if I reduce this value, I was reducing the value 0. You can see that we have the original footage appears. And if I increase the value, we will get those map black two and map white to features in the same frame. This is so we use those effects control options in Adobe Premiere Pro. If you feel like, if you want to add just those video effects, you want to raise it all those values. What do you have used in this effects control? We can come to the end of the particular video effects. And you have those option which is reset meter. If you were to visit these all values at a time, I can come to the particular video effects heading. And you can see I have the reset parameter option. So I can choose this option to reset the anterior effect. I don't want to adjust each and every option. So I click here. You can see I can able to adjust all those. Map black to map white to an amount to tint. This is all we use, this fx control in Adobe Premier Pro. We can able to customize our entail the video effects. What do we have used for video editing project in Adobe Premier Pro. 71. Presets – Bevel Edges and Blurs: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use preset effects in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now, before that, I just want to reset all those video of x. What we have added for this video footages. I have used a tint for both videos. I'm going to reset all those video settings. Now. I just want to remove those video effects. To remove the multiple videos, videos of x, we can simply press Control E, a, if you want to select all those the video clips, what you have in the timeline, you can just click and drag from outside to select those video clips. Right-click over the same the video clips. I'm going to choose the option which is a remote attributes at the top. I choose this remove attributes. You can see it shows me it has lots of options. Like I'm going to reset it emits, remove those attributes like I'm going to remove the Motion Opacity time remapping. And I'm going to remove this one which is tint. This is a video effect. If you want to remove the effect alone, you can disable all those things so that if you have any motion or opacity, I just meant oh, there it will be there only. But if you want to reset all those things so you can choose this option. It may be enabled by default if you have there, I choose. Okay. Now we can able to say, I was resected all those values. Now I'm going to use my presets. So I'm going to use this particular video. I've selected this and I come to this effects panel. In the effects panel you can see at the first option, which is pleased that we are going to use those options. First. In presets, we can see we have so many effects. First, I'm going to use this option which is bevel edges. I just explained that category. Here we have two options. We have beveled edges thick and beveled edges thin. First I'm going to use this bevel edges thick. I'm good apply that effect. I just drag and placed into this video clip. When I added that, you can see I got one bevel appearance here. We have two, light side and dark side. We have the adjustment for this bevel on my effects controls. We can see that from this area I have the adjustment for the effects. But first I have this h thickness. So we have the default value. If you want to increase, we can increase that bevel size. You can see that how I was increased the bubble size. If we want to reduce, I can reduce that more than what we have in a default value. Now I'm going to have the preview. You can see how we have that particular bevel appearance. We have added that only for the second video. This is all we have the bevel appearance. Now I'm going to reduce more like this. And after this h thickness, I had an option which is light angle. So with the help of this light Daniel, I can able to change from that. I was getting the light for this video, for this bevel appearance also, like I'm going to adjust this angle. Can say that unable to change the direction of the light from bottom to top or top to bottom. I can able to set any of the resistive value for this light angle. You can adjust here or you can manually add with this tab. So after adjusting all those things, next I have the light color. Here. You can able to see that we have a white color light. Now I want to change the light color. I can use my eyedropper tool if I want to pick that from my user interface. But I'm going to choose that manually. So I come to this color picker area. I click there. In this color picker, I'm going to choose which light I want. Like, I'm going to choose this yellow color. And I'm going to choose o, k. Choose OK. You can see that I have the yellow color light instead of white and I have those shadows or no, according to that you can see here also we have the influence of the light. So this is how we choose this light, what you need. And you can able to adjust those values, the highlights and the right angles. So after this, we have one more important property which is light intensity. They help up this light intensity. I can able to adjust the light intensity. You can see that by default we have some value which is 0.3. I'm going to expand that. I can use this slider. So I was increasing that. You can able to see how, you know, brighter those light areas for the Belleville Areas. And if I want to reduce our workforce, I can do that. I can reduce less than the particular default value, which is 0.3. Then you got this kind of look. If you want to apply this kind of a bevel and edges, the thick appearance, I can use this option, beveled edges. I can change any light Iraqi where like I can choose the snow, and I can also choose the blue light. So based on your needs, you can choose which led to record for. This video effector, so this is called bevel edge thick. Now I remove this. To remove that video effect. I can select that particular video effect directly using this effects control. And you can simply press Delete key so that you can able to remove that particular DVD affect what you have selected. In effect Central. Now I choose the next one which is bevel edge thin. I apply that effect to this video. Now you can see I had the same kind of in a bubble, but in thin value, not thick value. You can see that at the top and bottom we can see that. And I'm going to increase the value if I can able to adjust all those details. What we have for bevel, It's thick. So these are the two options we have with this h, the bevel edge. If you want a very thin effect, by default, we can directly add the second one. If you want to normal, which is a thick one, we can use the first one. So after this bevel and ages, I have the next two tab for a preset we just blurs in place. You can see we have two options. We have fast blur in and fast blur out. Now I'm going to use this one which is fast Berlin. I just drag and drop into this video. Let's say. And you can see here I have particular effect name which is fast blur, that I have two category values. We have blurriness and we have the value for I just meant, and we have velocity values. Now I'm going to adjust the blurriness value. You can see in this particular the timeline area, we have the default value for this particular Foster Ian. So I'm going to show you how it works. The beginning, you can see that we have the blur here. This blood was happened because of the default values it was added. At the beginning. You can see that we have the blood value, which is the 127. And this, the Toggle animation was enabled mode. Now after that, we can see that velocity also. It has an O minus 126 value. Now I move this towards right hand side. You can see how it was changed. The blend is value into 0.1 from 127. And we got the original video back. You can see that changes over the velocity. So we have more velocity there. I can able to see we have minus six to three velocity. Now we have 126. So this is the normal condition video. What? This is what happens when you add the particular blurriness. But you can adjust that later if you'd like. I'm going to place it here. Now I'm going to adjust the blurriness value. First, I just add only 1.10. When I do that, I automatically add a keyframe here. You can see that now I place the play head here, and I'm going to increase the value 100. So you can see that I can able to add the keyframe and I can able to adjust the blur at anytime I was like. So this is option which is fast blurring. We have if you don't want to do any changes after the beginning, at the same time, you need the blur at the beginning immune. So we can use this option which is fast blood in the press Control Z. So when you have added that effect alone, you will have the effect like this. And now I'm going to add on more effect for the same video footage, which is this particular stain, this video, I'm going to use the second particular video effect which is fast blur out. I just drag and release that effect on the same footage. When I released that, you can see within the same footage I had two effects. I have Fast Blur in and fast blur out. In fast flow route. You can able to see this is a fast Lorraine. We have that effect timeline, that keyframes here. At the bottom you can see that we have faster route. So at the beginning it shows the blurred because of Fosbury. And at the end you are going to get the blur that's because of fast blur out. Can see that. Here also we have the same reasons, dream options, what we have with this first plugin. Now, I'm going to choose the first bloodline. Apart from those blur values, you can see we have a few more options there. I have the blur dimension here. I have two types of dimensions. Here I have a horizontal and vertical. So by default, we have these horizontal and vertical. If you want the blur for horizontal alone, I can choose Horizontal. You can see how we have the value for the blur in this horizontal value. And you got the output like this. If you want that in the vertical only, I can just vertical. So you can see how we have the blur. If I want to repeat it ages, I can enable this option. Repeat age. And I play here. So these are the values we have with this fast blur in and fast blur out. With this video effect. I can use those video effects are going to need. So these are the two categories we have with this Adobe Premier Pro for video editing project, which is double edges and blurs. 72. Convolution Kernel Effects: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the preset category, which is convolution kernel effects in Adobe Premiere Pro. In last lesson, we have seen how to use the preset bevel edges and blows. Let us see this convolution kernel here. To use that first, I choose the particular video effect. I'm going to choose the very first my video segment. And I'm going to choose my fx panel, panel. I'm going to choose this convolution kernel. So in this convolution kernel, you can see we have a lot of options. I'm going to use the very first one. So I just double-click there are just drag and drop to this first video. Double-click there. When it double-click there, I can able to apply their particular effect for this. And it shows me the preset option, the properties, which is the name, and it shows me the scale. We have three types here. Anchor point, an anchor to out wind. And I have the scale. So by default I have the scale and I have the default. The description, which is the same name what we have with the preset. Now, this convolution kernel blur, the very first one. I'm going to choose and drag and drop that into my very first video. In this video, you can see we have the values which is started with m 1112. And we have to this 33, we can see that we too have the offset value, scale value, and we have the process Alpha. Now I'm going to adjust the 11 value first. We can see for each and every those values, we have the slider and we have the value 0. Now, for this m 11, I have the maximum value, which is that the minimum value which is minus 30. Now I'm going to increase that. So when I increase there, we can able to see we have the blur. But more than that we have the more lighting like how I need. And I can also adjust that in minus. We can see that the hallway just that. Now I come to this scenario and I'm going to adjust the value. So I can able to set this preset to adjust my blood value with this light. You can see how I was adding those light adjustments. So I have that off to this, that is three. I have those adjustments in minus that E2 plus 30 values. After those, I just went, I have the offset value. So you can see the offset values and very different from those the M adjustments. So I have the opposite value we just started with minus 32,768 and the maximum value is 32,767. Now I'm going to increase that. You can see how the powerful or illness can see that. I'm going to have that in neutral value. And after that we have the scale, the help of the scalar. So I can able to add more scale for the convolution effect. This is too much amount of value. I'm going to reset this. And we call that effect back. I'm going to increase the value from this scale six to seven. We can see how I can able to add more darkness. Now I'm going to reduce the value. Choosing File. I'm going to choose two. And I'm going to choose a 0. You can see how the **** the 0. Let's use a one, going to get the value in minus ten. And you can see again, I got the low light. I'm going to just minus one. Yeah, we don't have that from the one only we have the lights. And if I move on minus or plus after that, you know, those values, I don't have anything there. And i2 have this option with just enough process Alpha. If we want to pass this Alpha, I can just enable that. The race I can just enable or disable mode based on evenly. So these are the options we have with this convolution in this first tab. Now if I delete that, I'm going to obey the second one. Just drag and drop that. There also we have the same value. So the help of these options and you can able to set how you want those lights. And I remove that one, I'm going to add the third one, which is the same option but not the particular effect was embolus. So I just drag and add that. When I add that, you can able to see I have the embolus like appearance. Here. I'm going to adjust those values. You can see how we have that lighting there was adding the value 321. So in this two only you have the normal view. And I can able to say to know all those values there, How do I need and I to have the offset value. So the help of the offset value, I can able to adjust that particular value like how I want it to have the scale of the particular property. So this is no convolution kernel rainbows. Then after that we have the find it just option. So we can able to see, we can able to find those edges on this particular video clip. You can able to see that when I play that, you can able to find all those edges. And when you are doing that, it can definitely go for the adjustment as you require. And you can see how we have that. This is find edges. And I have Gaussian blur. I had a blur here. Now I'm going to adjust the value. I have a mild amount of blur disabled that it can able to see the difference. Then after that we have the Gaussian sharpen. Able to show those area of pixels. I can able to adjust based on my knee. You can see how sharp we have, those are edges there. So this is convolution kernel, Gaussian sharpen. After that we have this light examples. I update that. We have a tiny amount of light there. We can able to increase that based on our need. After that, I have the sharpen, sharpen edges and sharp and more. So these are the three more options we have. We have the sharp one that's sharpen those edges of this particular video. We have the sharpen edges. This add more sharper edge just for those fixer areas, what we have on those edges, you can see how this was differ from the corner sharper. So this is the sharpen edges. And alter that at final, we have the option of just convolution kernel sharpen mole. Now we add that and you can able to see we have the values there. I can able to add just that according to my need to adjust the light, going to adjust the other values. So this is how we have it, this convolution kernel, sharp and more. These are the options we have with this convolution kernel, f x according to you or need, you can use what are the options you are needed with this convolution kernel effects in Adobe Premier Pro. 73. Lens Distortion Mosaics and Solarizes: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use other different effects, like how to use this lens distortion demo, how to use these mosaics, and how to use these solar isis. Let us start with this lens distraction removal. I choose that option. You can see we have two options here. We have EGI and we have GoPro. So you can choose a character. You will need to start with this DJI. Here I have four, are different. Those profiles have inspired one, don't to vision, vision plus and phantom three. So I'm going to choose the Inspire first. Since this is a full HD sequence, I'm going to use this 1080. Just tag and update that particular effect here. When I add that effect, you can able to see that I got that particular effect on my effects controls. It has a few features like you can see that it has curvature feature which has minus two value. And disabled this, you can able to see the difference here. We have a few Co, are those the right analysis reference side of the image? So this is the default one. I just enable that. And we do have this no vertical descent training and we have those other options. Now I'm going to adjust the very first one. I'm going to just set it to 0. So this is what the normal value. And I'm going to increase that value from 0. Case that you can able to see I can able to correct that Lane's appearance based on my data. We can see that go into more. This is a maximum value. And when I play there, I have that lens correction here that will create that appearance. What a record. If you have this kind of lens I just meant in the original video, we can able to adjust that by using, by minusing these values. And I add a 0, I will have the default value like this. If I increase the value in minus, you can see how we have that appearance. I just think up to the handler. We can see that how I can able to make that curvature. So I'm going to adjust that into him less than minus 50. So you can able to see how that create the CO, that lens distraction. So this is how we use this option. And we have this vertical de-centering going to adjust that. You can able to see how we have the changes there. If you want, you can adjust and you can use like this. Of course they are not twins. I can do these kinds of adjustments. I can see that I too have this option which is vertical prism of x. If I want to create, I can create that. I was used to that effect where only the past video segment. After that we have this horizontal prison effects. If you want, you can use that. We have this full alpha channel if you want, you can disable that. That finally, we have the option which is fill color. We can see those are the three areas. We had a white background. I can customize the color what I record here. I choose this particular place, which is color picker. And I can choose which color I want. You can see that I can able to fill that color there. We do have this eyedropper tool. I can mention from where I want to get the color. We can see that I got the color from there. So this is how this option was working, this lens distraction. We do have the same kind of settings for these, the GoPro values also, I'm choosing this ten ATP, I know super view. Just update that. And you can see how we have the adjustment there. To have the similar kind of adjustments. You can see that. So these are the options we have with this lens distortion removal in Adobe Premier Pro. Now after this, I just removed that affect. You guys know about this effect now. Now I choose the next option the most. So I just enabled this. We can see we have two options which just mostly in animals like out. So it creates kind of transition, video effect. I'm going to add this mosaic in now. So I just drag and release that in by this first video segment released that you can see in my fx panel, I have those keyframes which indicates. We have some effects at the beginning. And you can able to see the values here. We have the effect which is morphic, a mistake in and I have horizontal block, vertical blocks. You can see all those adjustments also like we have this velocity of those values. So I just move the playhead to the beginning. So we have this appearance at the beginning. Now I just play this frame-by-frame. You can see how that mosaic appearance was. Work. For those frames. We have completed one total duration. So in this 1 second that was crossed 24 frames. You know, when it was completed that 1 second, we got to the nominal picture. You can see that this effect is called mosaic in. And if you want to adjust this effect based on your need, you can adjust the CO here. You can see that how we can able to adjust the co, how much amount of the value you want to add. Here also, I can able to adjust that. Like how I need. You can see how I can able to adjust the horizontal values. So I have this appearance to have the option which is vertical blocks. Here. I'm both having that in Arizona way. Here I have those values and the vertical way, you can see that these are the options we have with this mosaic in. Now in the same way, if I want to apply that same mosaic, that effect in form of out at the end. I can able to add that. To do that, I was using the same option here you can see that mosaics, but this time I'm going to choose this mosaic out. And I'm going to choose that drag-and-drop on the very first video segment. At the end, you can see I have that mosaic out of variance. This is how this option was working here with this mosaic, you can see that how we have that Mozi again at the beginning of the video. And after that, you know, at the end of the video also we got that effect. You can see that the indel, so you can able to customize that effect with the help of these horizontal velocity line. So this is mosaic in and mosaic out in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now, after this move x in and mosaics out, we have solarized, says this is another option that we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to use that same option here. So it works as same as this mosaics in and out. I'm going to use these solar arrays in the beginning. I had that effect. You can see that here how this option, we can see in this order, N, I had threshold value and velocity. We have a 100% threshold value. And the velocity into this minus 100 played that. You can see it was changing. The value threshold was changed. And we got this video like this. Now I'm going to apply this solarized out. And then we can able to see I had that effect. So this is how these solarized in-and-out was working here also, you can able to adjust, although the velocity points using this fx controller in order to be Premier Pro. So these are those three options, which is Lin's destruction, removal, mosaics, and solar isis in Adobe Premier Pro to do a video effects for video editing project. 74. Twirls in Action: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the video effects place at which is tools in Adobe Premiere Pro. I'm going to use this video for that lesson. Let us see. First I choose this video segment. After that, I come to the effects panel. Here I have the option in this preset which is twelfths. I just External Tools tab. You can see we have two options here to fill in and out. So I'm going to add this drill in first. I just drop that in this video. Now you can see in my effects panel, I have the twill in particular video effect that I have different properties. You can see that we have the angle and I have 12 center. I too have all those. The dog will animation of Sunday naval war. I just don't want to disable that. I just don't want to enable those actions whenever. I just think those on the values on this video phi. So I just want to breast cancer. Okay, no problem. When I do that, I have two areas, those keyframes. So I don't want to erase. When I move my play head to the first frame, we can see that I had a trill appearance. This is because of the preset value. What we have here. You guys know that we are seeing about all those presets, what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. So twiddles or denote this trill in-and-out, are also pleased that we have this trill in effect. At the beginning of the video segment. I'm going to play this. You can able to see how we can able to treat that video with the help of this option. Now, I choose the very first frame again. Here I can able to adjust the angle, the trill radius, and the center portion. Now I'm going to change the center, pushing first in both x-axis or y-axis. So I'm going to adjust that in x-axis. You can see that how we can able to change that central portion. We have the center portion here. I'm going to set that in this 200. So when I apply that to enter value, you can see I have the central point on this x-axis, 200 pixels value. So when I play this, we'll have this effect. You can see that. But if I want to reset that, I can use this button which is reset perimeter. I2 can able to adjust that on the y-axis. I just reset the value. I have the 1024,034 value. Now we can see I was playing from the beginning. We have that particular adjustment orthocenter. Now in this way, x is also able to adjust the center point. We can able to see that how I can able to adjust that on the y-axis, I to adjust the parameter. This is what we use in centers attribute. Then we have angle and we have this trilled radius. Now I'm going to adjust this trail angle. Just Sri Lanka I can able to add more circles or I can able to reduce a circle. So you can see that how we can able to adjust those values. And I was reduced that value. Now we have the epic like this. The same way I can increase or reduce the radius value. You can see I can adjust the radius based on my knee. I can able to adjust how I want that radius value. And I'm going to play here. So you can see that how we have played that option, how we have changed that trilled radius. So this is o, this trail in future was working with this explicit. Now I'm going to add this trail out for the same video segment. I just choose that particular video effects. I just drag and drop inside this video. Remember we have to drop that on this timeline video only, not on this program screen. So when I add this, you can see in this trail in I was completer. I got that effect which is out there Also I have those properties, angle, twill, radius and the center point. So you can see I was moving playhead at the end. And we have the defect there, the end here I can able to adjust those values. How do I need? You can see that. I can able to adjust how I want that at the finishing point, you can see that if I want, I can increase or if you want I can reduce that. I can able to adjust the radius value of the thrill. And I can also adjust this center point on x-axis, y-axis. This is though we have this future which is trill in and out on this fx preset for Adobe Premier Pro video editing project works. 75. Lumetri Presets – Cinematic: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use this lumetri presets in Adobe Premier Pro. Last previous lessons, we have seen how to use those presets. We have seen those Beverly just blurs the mosaics, drills, all those options. And now we're going to start this Lumetri, please that this limited place it. I'm going to choose this option, the very first tab, which is cinematic. When I choose the cinematic, I just expand the tab. You can able to see what are all the different effects we have for those cinematic appearances. And it has the preview here. It shows you the thumbnail preview of the particular video. We can see that how that affects the primary colors, those RGB and other colors in this film strip. Now you can see this is the purview of this to Stripe. And we have the cinema scope, we have the city scope, and we have this nice space also. We have all those effects here. You can see that you can scroll and see that all those things. Now I come to this. These are presets. Let us see what are the options we have with this NO cinematic reset, which is lumetri presets in Adobe Premier Pro. Now I'm going to apply the very first effect. I'm going to use this video segment to know about all those cinematic limited presets. So this has the total duration of a seven seconds and 21 frames. I'm going to expand the duration by Zoom in the timeline. And we don't expand the duration actually, let's expand the timeline view. So now what I'm doing is I'm going to add the particular effect which is to Stripe. I just drag and drop that in this video segment. Add that. Here on this effects panel, you can see we have that lumetri color to stripe that I have a different corrections. You can see that we have huge amount of corrections there. I was having the very first option, which is basic correction. I just expand that in this basic collection itself, you can see we have LUT value, just a input. And if we want to choose any one particular LUT value, I can directly add with that. I can choose the Alexa or IRA or the pen tool. We can choose whichever you want. And that has the change on this video, you can see that how the change that LUT profile. If you don't want to do that, I can choose this none, and I can do all those things manually here. Now you can see, I just want to add to this options. I just want to enable that by default, we have that night to mode and we have after that input you'll T means LUT. We have this white balance. I can see, I just do this the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to choose the most greatest area of this video footage. Now, here may have the most lightest area. When you choose that, you will have that white balance automatically on this video segment. But if I choose something else, like I was choosing this eyedropper tool, I choose this place and you can see how we have the white balance in different value. So it had to choose the right question to have the right the white balance for this video footage. If you forget to do this when you are doing the recording, the video recording process here, you can able to do this. After this white balance, we have the temperature and the tint values. I can able to adjust the temperature. Right now we have minus 11.6. I can able to increase that. We can see we have more temperature there. And I can also add the values and minus, which will create the list somewhat of temperature. I just don't want to reset that. This is the default value. We do have the option which is tint. It has a default value. I can able to add more tint if I want. The same time agonist to reduce that. This is the tint property we have with this white balance. Now after that we have the tune. So in tone, you can see I have exposure contrast highlights, shadows, whites and blacks unable to adjust all those various tones. What we have with this frame, not only with this frame, with this video footage. So I just add just that, those exposure value if I want. And we have the contrast. So you can adjust the contrast. We do have the option of it just highlights. So you can able to add more values for those highlighted areas. You can see that we have adding more highlights. The need to have the shadows to adjust those the dark areas of this video footage. You can see how that affect those dark areas are dark pixels. And after that I have this whites. I can never to concentrate only the whites. I can able to adjust those values. And I help blacks to adjust only those black details. If you want to reset all those, I can use this option which is reset the same way if I want to add the auto values, which means automatic values, I can use this option which is R2. So you can see we have default values out there which is set by this. R2 is just press reset because I just want to know the other options also. Now after that, I have this option which is saturation. Saturation. I just expand that particular option. If I reduce the saturation value, we know that we can able to remove the colors on this video segment. We can see that how we have that video footage. Now by how that value into counter percent, this is the normal condition of the video segment. Now, I just increase the value. If you feel like we have less than a month of those the color values on all over the video footage, we may use this option saturation and you can able to increase the value. You can see that how we have the vibrant colors. Now, you can use this saturated feature to adjust that particular saturation of desaturation. Then after that we have the creative details like we have these intensity and we do have this lock feature. I can choose whichever I want. You can see that we have a huge amount of, those are different profiles here in this look. I can choose which look I want. All those looks. Pretty good, pretty professional appearance we have with those beautiful look at values. So after this, you know, this creative looks, I have the intensity I can able to adjust the adding intensity. You can choose what kind of light you need enough with this intensity feature. You can see that how that adjust the intensity of that particular video footage. These are the options we have, then we have the adjustments. You can see that v2, how those adjustments like failure to fill him like appearance, like how you want. And we have the sharpen details. If you want to sharpen those edges, I can use that future. I have the vibrance. Vibrance are the basic features. We have to add more vibrant color for the video footage, so I increase the value. You can see how beautiful we have those values. And when it is set, you can able to see how normal this video, we do have the option which is saturation. So we can able to adjust the future of desaturation. And we have the shadow tint and highlighted. So if you want to adjust those highlight with the help of any one value, like color, you can use this option. So I just choose the highlight tint with this, this L0. And you can able to see how we have that. We can adjust the balance of that particular color value here. And we do have the shadow tint. I can choose which color I need for this shadow, I can choose whichever I want. You can see I was to read. If I choose blue, I will have this appearance. You can also choose this shadow tint and highlight tint. We can also adjust the tint balance between that Shadow Tint as less highlight it. Then after that, we have this curse, the curve. I just went out all those details. We can able to do that, you know, all those things with the help of these curves. We can also do those adjustments with the help of these values. I can able to concentrate any one channel here. Like if I want, I just only the red I can able to adjust that. We can able to concentrate on that only. Or if I want to concentrate a green or blue alone, I can choose that also. Now after that, we have this color wheel. So you can see that we can able to add the influence if they want. This is a hue saturation values. And we have the hue Luma, all those color corrections options. And finally we have the color wheel match, so we can able to add those values. And we have the hue saturation light. And we do have the options with that dignity. So we can choose all those options according to you are there. We can able to set the values and those details for this video footage. So these are the options we have with this huge amount of option, which is lumetri color to strip. We do have those same properties for the rest of the values with the default adjustments. Now I'm going to show you that. I just remove that and I'm going to add this one which is a cinema scope, a 100. So I just add that effect. You can see how we have those values. We do have those basic corrections. For this series Space Center. We can see all those Hue, Saturation light and by three and we have color will match. So we have all those properties for this also. But we had the default value there. And be to have this as a new space, a 100 fade him. And we can see how all those options, hello Sydney space 25. So you can see that the default value that we can just directly use those values if you want. You can see how we're adding those values from the place that you can use those values. And if you want, you can also customize. You can able to add any one effect and you can able to customize all those features what we have with this Lumetri Color, this cinematic feature in effects preset. So these are the options we have with this effects preset. Cinematic Lumetri place that alone. So we are going to see about all other features in upcoming lessons. 76. Filmstocks and Monochrome: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the other two lumetri presets, which is stocks and monochrome. When I choose film stocks, you can see we have all those, you know, the place that values here on this thumbnail view. We too have five profiles here. We have a Fiji EteRNA, true 50 d, which is the model of that particular the camera, the detail. We have, the other value of those camera digits. Also, if you want to use those profiles, I can use that. Just drag and drop that effect and invite this fx preset. We can see we have the change on this program window. If I disabled that, you can able to see the difference how we have. And we do have all those the presets, what we have used to power the cinematic Lumetri presets. We have all those details. We can see that we have the basic corrections Input LUT, white balance, all those features here. And after this basic actions, we have this create two values. You can see that after the creative we have the curves. So you can able to do the curve adjustments in the form of graph with a hue saturation and hue and values. So you can able to do all those things there with the help, of course. Then after the coast, we have this color wheel match. So you can able to match those shadows, mid tones and highlights details. We can able to do all those corrections on by one. You can see that how we are doing those works. We can able to blend all those three different tones for shadow highlights and midtones. After that we have the hue saturation light, which is HSL secondary. So we have the hue value. I can adjust that. You can see how we are addressing those details. And I can able to choose a particular channel if they want. And based on the channel details, I can able to adjust those values. And we do have the option which is key. So I can able to save the key color what I record. I can also remove the color if they don't want. You can choose and I can choose here. These are the features we have this HSL secondary and after that we have this dignity. So these are the options we use for this film stroke. And we can see here on this review itself, you have all those details. How will, how the different the film stock preset appearance? Just add the second one. You can see how we have the change and just press Control Z. I add the third one that has, that we teach our patients. The fourth one, the fifth one. So these are the inner film stock appearance features. We have this preset, which is formative research. Them stock. I choose the next one which is a monochrome. So when it choose monochrome, I will have a singular color tone here. We can see, here we have only Grayscale tune with the different values. We have started with this monochrome faded. I was adding that effect here. You can see we have that monochrome faded. When I choose this basic corrections. You can see we don't have any big difference there, but I just this contrast and exposure and shadow, I can able to adjust this monochrome as a huge particular adjustment. I'm going to adjust the shadows first. You can see how that create the very big impact on this, this video segments. And I'm going to adjust the contrast. You can see that how they, how they affect these are those adjustments off the exposure that contrast what we have with this effect. Now after that, we do have a few more important options like v2 have curves. The curves you can able to create another perfect. I just meant what you'd like care as a gray scale or monochrome colors. You can see that how cute this one to compare the previous one. And you have that ineffective way. You can see the details and all those movements, those in the face, the eyes and leaves and details better in the course of this, we can able to adjust those monochrome details for the Lumetri color, which is monochrome faded. Now I add the second one, further claim handler. This is another effect which create the faded old film like appearance. We didn't have any scratches, but still you can able to feel that it looks like it was a fade, fade at the one on the physical film. I will choose this fader filling 150, which has more details on the Fade value. And we have this film 50, which has the Fade value, but in 50% only, which means the 50.1. Then after that I have this monochrome normal contrast. So you can see we have a better contrast here to compare the previous dose options. We have monochrome bunch. We got the perfect, the contrast here. And we have the strong fader. Here. We have the strong fade appearance for this vdu. So these are the options we have with this monochrome. And we have also seen how to use that Phillips truck. That particular Lumetri presets in Adobe Premier Pro. 77. SpeedLooks and Technical: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the two different presets, which is split logs and technical in Lumetri Presets, Adobe Premier Pro, going to start with this speed blocks. So I just expand that. You can see we have different profiles there. When I choose that, I know we have the cameras like Alexa already, the Blackmagic camera and cinema camera. We have the cannot own d Phi D7 D. So we have different profiles, the color tones here, and we do have a universal, the different details there. Let us see how we have the difference is there. We can see we have a lot of the preset, those values there. We too have the thumbnail view. Now I come to this place, you can see we have those presets, thumbnail view. If I don't want, I can just disable that. You will not have the thumbnail view. But if I enable this dynamic Lumetri Presets preview, I can add the same kind of frame what I have used in the timeline on this preview. Now, I know in this speed logs, I choose the camera. In camera fast. I choose this Alexa, sorry. We can see in Alexa or eat. So we have different profile for the different models. We do have the different color adjustments here. You can able to see that we have this SL blue cold and we have this ASL Blue Day, which has a huge amount of difference. Just upload this and it can able to see how we have the difference here. So this is how we can able to choose the different preset values. I can double-click here to see how we have that effect. If we double-click Another effect again, you can see I can able to overload those effects. So I just don't want to delete the previous effect I was used. Then only I can able to load the next one, but double-click that particular effect. I can able to access that on this fx control. So I don't want to drag and drop to this timeline anymore. I can see that we have different profiles. When I choose that, I had that particular profile was selected on the thumbnail preview also. Now after this Alexa. Alexa has a black magic cinema mode. So I can choose which mode I want. And I can also drag and drop or double-click on the particular effect. These are the different categories. What we have with this Blackmagic camera model. We have all those different lightings and I have the cannon 1D. You can see how we have that in a Canon. I can see that had different values here. We have the Canon 5D also. We can see the differences that GoPro values. I have this 3,200 Kelvin and fight those nutrients are clubbing. I have all those details. I have after this GoPro, I have the new icon or the model also. How many count 800. You can see the color reproduction. This knot looks good, but still if you want that, that profile, color profile from the NIC card, I can choose that. After that I have this red. So if you want to add the camera or details, you can see how all those stages here. I can able to add that for the selected a video here. These are the features we have with this speed logs in fast time. In a short time I can able to adjust that particular color log and according to my need. And after that, finally, after the zeta, you have the common tab which is universal. So there we have the Universal that color correction values. What is a common for the genital cameras in the real world? These are the speed lock options we have for different various cameras in this Adobe Premier Pro. Now after that we have one more option which is universal. Now after that I have one more option which is technical. So technically you can see we have a full two large size, full to legal or illegal in eight bit too, I'll wait ten bit. So based on the particular bid value, will have the different the color variations on those or video footages. Like if I have eight bit, I will have some kind of color profile there. But if I have 12 bit that I will have more color values, more color variations. Compare this eight bit. So if you want to load the full, this legal range of different bit values are full range different values. You can use this option which is technical in this preset. You can see when I have this full rage, I have more vibrant colors to compare this full to legal range. We have the better color reproduction here. So these are the features. Those are technical presets we have with the Lumetri presets in Adobe Premiere Pro for video editing projects. 78. Applying Video Transitions: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use video transitions in Adobe Premiere Pro. In last lesson, we have seen how to use audio transitions. Let us see how to use video transition here. I'm going to use the same example file. Now I just close this may essential sounds. So I'll have more space on my timeline. I can see in our previous class we have applied those audio transitions. We still have there. Now I come to this, my effects. In effects, you can see I have a different tabs here. Here I'm going to choose my video to antigens. You can see that Dawson at the end. I just know this. Now I'm going to choose this option which is a dissolve. So you can see we have a lot of video effects. In this way, a lot of video transitions. I'm going to choose this dissolve first. I'm going to use my, this additive dissolve. I just select that. Now I just drag from my, you know, these effects panel. Now I'm going to release in-between these two videos, you can see where I'm going to release. I just come to this timeline. I can able to see here we have two videos together. So I just select that particular video transition. I drag and release in-between both video files. You can see that I was not releasing before or after. I'm going to release in-between these video files, we can able to see the cursor change how we held the appearance that I release my mouse here. When I release my mouse, it shows me insufficient media. The transition will contain repeated a frame. Okay. All right. Now you can see I just zoom in. Here we have our video transition. Just expand my area. So it was a giant both video clips, not like the audio file because we have the audio transition for separate files. We have to add individually. But here we are using the same visual transition that connects two videos. You can see that I have very fast video here. And I'll have another video here. In-between, I will have this video transition that will connect both videos together. Let me play here. You can see that how that can affect both video files. That option which is additive, dissolve, dissolve the interior condition. So we can able to use this video transition like this. Now, I'm going to the beginning. Here, I'm going to add on video transition, like I'm going to use the, another one which is dip to black. You can see I have the option of just dip to black. Most of the time we use this at the beginning of the video or at the end of the intro video, I just drag and place that video tension here. Since we are adding this at the beginning, Yeah, this is fine. We can able to add. We don't need two videos here. I just released here. So you can see when I released in this particular video track, that complete video was turn it to black. And now I'm going to play here. So that video was slowly shows the original pixels, 100 pixels, pixels here. So this is how we are using this dip to black the same way you can also use dip to white, like if we are going to use this dip to black at the end of the video. And you are going to use dip to white at the beginning. You can use it. I just select that particular video transition and delete that. I'm going to use dip to white. So it was working in the same way how we use the dip to black. You can see I had a white and from the white, I will have the video. So you can able to add a different video transitions. And we can able to add that at the beginning and the end. And in-between those video segments also like, I'm going to add my additive dissolve here also in-between these two videos. And okay, fine. Here also I'm going to add the same video effect. And heroes, I'm going to use the same video effect. Now. I will have the transition. All those places. Can see that. No, I just want to expand that scale to frame. And we got that change, the transition. Finally, I'm going to add a dip to black. So this is the easy way you can able to apply those video transitions at the beginning and the end. And it between those video clippings and Adobe Premier Pro, we can able to use any video transitions in Adobe Premier Pro. But according to the need only we are going to use, since we have a lot of video transitions, you're going to use all those things. Are anything in the video effect based on the need of the theme of your video or the project. You can utilize those video transitions in Adobe Premier Pro. 79. Exploring Various Video Transitions: In this lesson, I'm going to show you what are the different other video transitions we have with Adobe Premier Pro. Once if you know all those video transitions, it will be easy thing to choose the right video transition for video editing project. So now I'm going to press Control Z. I was, you know, use those video transitions. And I just removed those transition for this segment. This segment and the inner process. I'm going to use my other ways, this video transitions, let us see. In our video transitions, you can able to see we have a different tab here. We have 3D motion. These are immensely video, Irish, page peel, slide, wipe, Zoom. So all those video transitions are traditional video transitions. We have four different of vdu editing work. Now I'm going to start with this one which is steady motion. In 3D motion, we have two options. We have cube spin and flip over. Now I'm going to choose this option which is cube spin. I just drag and apply for this just released here. Now I'm going to see how we have the video transition here. I just want to suggest the audio. Yes, I was motor. Now I'm going to have the preview. So you can see how we have that denote cube spin. If you want to create this kind of spin appearance, you can use this option which is cube spin in 3D motion. You can see that. Now I'm going to use the next video transition. I chose this flip over. And I just want to choose this flip over. I just drag. And here I'm going to release. That's it, We got it. Now I'm going to have the preview from this version. You can see I was moving my playhead. So you can able to see how I can able to flip the video. And when that was flavored. After donated degree, we got the next video footage. This is how this option works. Flip over. So these are the two options we have with this 3D motion in video transmission. We go to the next category which is dissolved. So this is all category will have all those transitions like this will show the video was dissolved with another vdu or the black or white. It's now I'm going to choose this attic to dissolve. We know we have seen this. How to join both videos with the help of this Arctic to dissolve. Now I choose this cross dissolve. Just apply that effect here. And I'm going to play this. Let us see how we have that cross dissolve tension. You can see that this is cross dissolve. After this, I press Control Z, I'm going to the next one. Dip to black and dip to white. I've seen both dip to black and white, you know, in our previous lesson. Now I move to the next one which is film dissolve. So I'm going to apply that here. Let us see how we have the T-cell. So we have the tesol with that. The next video segment here. We have only mild variation to compare the cross dissolve and addictive disorders. Now I remove that. I'm going to use my next transition. The next one is Morph cut. Just drag and place here. And I'm going to move my play head. You can see it was analyzing the background. And after the tunnel is over, you will get this morph cut. That video will change from one to another. So still it was analyzing, it was going on. It will morph all those content, what you have in our previous video as well as this video. Let us have the preview here. You can see how the more, you know that previous picture into current feature. That's so, so most turn it to the waterfall based on the color changes, the variations, what you have. And those are the yellow colors or turn it to green areas. You can see that this is called market we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. I'll show you about this market as a separate lesson when I was using this transition for doing a visual effects. So after this market, I just delete that. I have the next one which is not addictive dissolve. I apply that effect here. Now. I have the effect here. We didn't add addict to process, which means those bright areas. They simply added the transition here, which is non-additive dissolve. So these are the options we have with this dissolves category. Now, I know I was moving to the next category, which is immersive video. This is a third category. We use this for doing VR based works. You can able to see that we have via Chrome or leak and gradient y. So we are going to use that for all those things. Let us check with our present. We do this like your GPU acceleration. Yes, I'll show you that in a separate that particular category, special lessons and advanced lessons. Now I come to the next one, which is Irish. So we have four Irish tabs here. I choose this Irish box I just dragged into play here. So you can able to see this is one of the traditional transition Irish. It was open from the center since this name of this dangerousness box. They move that reverse will have an effect like this. This is Iris box. Then we have this iris cross. So I'll get the clauses between this video, the next video, I can see that this is Iris cross. We go to the next one which is Iris diamond. And I'm going to move the transition. This create the diamond-shaped antigen from the center. You can see that after this, you know, in this category finally we have Iris round. So now I apply that. And you will have the round shape from the center. You can see that this is how this iris function work. If you want to create some simple transitions with the help of this Adobe Premier Pro, you can use this Irish tab. Come to the next category, which is page bill. If you want to create a page peel appearance, we can use this. You have two options here we have PHP page turn. So now I choose this page. We'll first, I just drag and apply here. And I'm going to move my transition. So you have the page feel appearance. You can see that that page was built from the left to top corner. So if you want to this kind of page field transition, you can use this option. Then we have this page turn. So with the help of this page turns or digital, I was applying that. We can able to create the pH turn effect using Adobe Premier Pro can see that how it creates that peach tone transition. So these are the two categories we have with this page bill transitions. Now after that we have this slide wipe. And so of course these are the very basic traditional transition they have. I choose slide and a 2s band slide. First. In this category, we have the very first category which is landslide. You can see on that slide was banded together. Create that new video segment. This is band slide. Then we have centers split. I was adding that. This will be gated split from the center. You can see there was a splitter from center. Now I'm going to use the next one. I choose this push. Push. We create the push from the left to right. Of course, we can change directions, power, all those video transition, what we have used, we'll see that in upcoming lessons. So this is called. Now after that I had a slide. I played that this is all slide was working. You can able to see that slide was moving from left to right. So this is slide. After that I have this split. I just move this. So you can see it was a splitter from the central point. And after that I had to wipe. So we can able to wipe that video from the screen. This is called Weibo. Just go on. That's what that means, y. So these are the transitions we have with this slide category. And we have y. This is a separate option we have. This cannot work like how we have this slide wipe, this tap, this category was entirely different. I'm going to show you with this band wipe. I just applied that. I'm going to show you so you can able to see how that band wipe works. I choose this bond dose. So this will have the effect like how barn doors are open. From the center. You can see that in previous slide, we have seen. The previous video, which means we have two videos here. So this first video was mood splitter and mood from the center. But here we have the difference. You must see that in this band tos, people at the door was open, like how that band door was open. That video was that only you can see that it was getting cropped only. That video was not mood. You can see that person was still on the same location and the soma and other things. So that's the difference between a slide and then we have this checker. Why? All those things are different transitions? I love this traditional transition we have and checkerboard. So we will have huge number of transitions there. And we have clockwise. Of course, everyone will allow this. Clockwise. I have gradient by two, so I really have, you know, some gradient colors. If I want, I can choose the image also. I can set the softness like how I want. And I can set okay. So that image will be applied here. If I use the image, you can see how smooth this option is, the gradient pipe. Then I have this inset. So this is inset, insert, insert. And I have this paint splatter. So we will have the splattered paint like appearance. You can see that splatter paint like appearance. And we have this pinwheel. Can see that this is really beautiful. And we have radial wipe. That's good. We have random blocks. This will create a random blocks over this. Between two videos. We have random by two. We have spiral boxes. And we have this VNET and blinks. Then witch vibe. You must know all those transitions. Each and every transition was important when you're doing a video editing work. You can see that those transitions can able to produce the correct mode for the storytelling. That's why these tangents are more important. So these are the transitions we have with the vibe. And finally, I have this option which is a zoom. So I just have only one option here. I choose this class and I apply that to my video. You can see how I can able to zoom that. This Zoom will have the handler per cent in-between both videos. And it was started with the previous video and ends with next video. These are the video transitions we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. All these are different A8 category video transitions will help you to produce the effect of video editing project using Adobe Premier Pro. Remember, I was already told you, you cannot use all those video transitions in your project. Based on the demoed only you are going to use those transitions, like how that transition for your video editing team or the particular video editing work. 80. What is Default Transition Why it is: In this lesson, I'm going to show you what is default transition in Adobe Premier Pro. We're also going to see why we need this default transitions in Adobe Premiere Pro. Let me show you with this example. I wasn't removed all those video as well as audio transitions from these sequences. You can see that they have five video clips. We have this 12345. So all those video clips are related to the toilet tourism. We have seen that. Now I'm going to use the option which is the default transition. You can able to see that we have different audio as well as video transitions here. So here we have a huge amount of video transitions. And here I have a huge amount of audio transitions. You can see that with the help of these options, we can able to add transition like how I need on those video clippings. Now, when I was doing editing work, if I record one particular transition for multiple times or most of the times, I can set that particular transition as a default transition. For example, if I choose this one constant roller, I can set that particular transition into default transition. And whenever I was using the shortcut key or applying the default transition, I'll get the exact same particular transition effect over that particular video clips or audio clip. We can able to sit the particular default transition for both audio as well as video. That kind of transition is called default transition. So with the help of this, why we need this transition? Because when you are doing edited work, you are doing a lot of shortcut. Use age, and you can use the shortcut key to apply the default transition when a truck yours so that you can able to avoid in order to visit this fx panel and open this particular transition, just video transition or audio transition. And you are going to find all those things like how various aid. Then finally, I'm going to use the transition. I just click and drag and drop inside this video clip. That is how we are using those video transition or audio transition with Adobe Premier Pro. The help of the single click, I can able to add the video transition with the help of this Premier Pro timeline, which is called the default transition. We can also use the default transition for audio itself. That's why these default a transition is much useful for video editing with Premier project video editing works. Let us see how to use this default transition in Adobe Premier Pro in upcoming lesson. 81. Apply Default Transition for Selection: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to set up the default transition and how to use the default transition for video and audio tracks. In Adobe Premiere Pro. You are going to use these video clippings from the Thailand tourism for this lesson. We have used the same, you know, those video lessons for the previous lesson also. Now, I'm going to choose one video segment. You can see I was selected here. After that I come to this sequence Meno. When I choose a sequence where you can able to see I had two options here, which is a play video transition, a play audio transition. Then I have one more option which is a play default transition to the selection. I can able to use those things. First, I select this audio or video sequence, anyone's segments. Now, when you are selecting that particular sequence, we can see when I move my cursor over any one, a job, this particular video clip, you will have the same. You can see that I have when you caught that t, you just click there so that we will have the red mark like this. So this will be common for both audio or video track. So after you got this mark only you are going to choose the minimum which is sequence. So in sequence, you can able to see I had two options, which is a play video transition and a play default transition to selection. So now I'm going to apply this before I play this first, I'm going to set which one is my default transition. So I come to my audio transition first, and I'm going to choose the third option, which is exponential fade. Now I right-click over their right to go with that particular audio. The transition, you can see I have the option which is set selected as a default transition. So now I choose that option, I'm going to choose that option I can able to set this particular, you know, the audio filter, this particular audio transition as a default transition for audio. The same way I come to this video transition. And in this video transition, I'm going to set my default transition for the video track. Here I'm going to choose my default one way to choose this option, which is Iris diamond. So I just want to show you how it works. That's why I choose this in the same way. Right-click here. And I'm going to choose this option which is set selected as a default transition. This is how we are doing the default transition setting using this fx panel in Premier Pro outer sector that now I come to this area. We have placed the cursor here. I'm going to choose the sequence Meno. Here I'm going to choose the option which is a play video transition. We can able to see that I was selected only this video segment. So I have only this upload video transition in enabled mode. I can also use this applied default transition. If I want to apply that for only that particular video sequence, I will choose this option and choose, Okay. It shows that you can able to see, I can able to add the transition in-between both clips. You can able to see that here I have the transition and we got that particular diamond Irish transition here. How I come to this place, I click here and I'm going to choose the same option. You can use the shortcut key, which is Control D. You can see that you don't want to come to this sequence memory each and every time. You don't have to click that and you don't want to click the same option which is now play video transition. You can come to this place and you can press the shortcut key, which is Control D. So when you press Control D, you can able to apply that default video transition here. You can able to see that. And here also I'm going to do the same thing. I press Control D. So this is all we are using this default video transition in Adobe Premier Pro. You can see that we have the same transition all over the places. This is all we are using. This default transition for the video files are just delete those default transitions. And I'm going to use the option which is a play default transition for selection. So I will select these three segments. Now I come to this sequence, Meno. I'm going to choose this option which is a plain default transition to selection. Choose, okay? When I choose that you can able to see I have multiple video transitions here. So within a single click, I can able to apply the multiple transitions for multiple video segments using this option which is select, this apply default transition to selection. We can see the difference. We have a Play video transition. The shortcut is Control D. And here I'm going to use these four shifted D. So in this way, you can able to apply this quick that particular default transition for the video track. The same way we have said that particular default transition for audio also, we can see we have used with this option. Now I choose the audio track and outer choosing this audio track, I come to this sequence model. Before that I select exactly how I want, and I come to the sequence menu here, I'm going to choose the option which is a play audio transition. Can see that I can able to apply the audio transition here. It works perfectly. This is all we can able to use that audio transition. In the same way. I can able to also use this option, which is a play default transition to selection. So you can able to update the audio transition here. For this selected area. They can able to select multiple areas, like how I was selecting here, you can see that I was selected multiple audios now by twos, sequence and apply default transition to selection. You can able to see that I have the same transition for all those video clips. So this is how we use this option default audio transition as well as default video transitions is not to be Premier Pro. Now we have another quick way to access this default transition, which is we have used the shortcut, of course, I now I come to this place. I'm going to add the transition here, which is the default transition. I click there and I just right-click over the same location. Whenever I click over there, I can able to apply that default transition here. So I choose this no update default transition. Going to use that same also for this audio transitions. Say that this is how we are using this audio transition, as well as the video transition, which is the default video and audio transitions in Adobe Premier Pro for video editing project. 82. Transition Adjustments in Timeline: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use video transition adjustment in timeline. We have seen how to use those video and audio transitions. How to apply those things, how to use the default video as less audio transitions. So here I'm going to show you how to adjust those transitions here in this timeline. Now, you can see how these video as well as audio transitions. I'm going to add those audio transitions manually here. Since an interpreter at those things with the help of the default audio transitions. Now, after adding these transitions, you can see we have very less amount of duration for each transition effect. I'm going to play here. And before that I just want to mute my audio track. I'm going to play here. Play there. You can able to see we have very short duration for this transition. Now, what I'm going to do is I just want to increase the duration of this transition. To increase the duration of the transitions, we have easy way which is I just come to this place, that antigen area. I just click there and you click there. You can able to see, you can able to see the total duration of the particular transition and where it starts and where it ends. Now, what I can do is I come to this place. You can see that I come to this place before and after the transition. When you are in-between those video content, we can see that we have those the trim area for the cursor. But when you come to this, this transitions beginning and the end, we can able to see we have the same kind of icon, but it has a small rectangle with cross lines. It has different colors. So this indicates here we are going to adjust particular transition, not a video clip. So now we come to this place, I just click and drag. We can able to see, I can able to expand the particular transition itself. You can see that I can able to increase the total duration of the transition. Now, I'm going to play from here. We can able to see we have that same kind of transition, but now we have increased the daughter duration of the transition. And this is what the result of that particular transition. This is how it works. This option, which is the video transition. In the same way I can able to use the transition effect. I come to the bottom area for this audio transition, I just click and drag. I can able to expand how I need. And now I'm going to unmute my Track, going to play here. You can able to hear that we have increased the total duration of the transition. So this is how this works. So with the help of this timeline itself, we can able to increase and decrease the transition duration. You can able to see that when you are doing that work. You can see now why was this selected my transition. I'm going to adjust this. When I de-selected the transitional, I just click and drag from any one corner you can able to see, you can able to adjust on both directions. Can see that. Now de-selected, I just click and drag. You can see how it works. But I selected that. I just click and drag. You can able to see how I was suggesting that it has lot of difference. The help of the timeline itself, we can able to adjust all those transitions, both audio transitions and video transitions in this Adobe Premier Pro. 83. Adjust Transition Effect Properties: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to adjust this audio and video transition with the help of fx controller. So now I'm going to use audio transitions. And also I'm going to say it on a video transition, going to apply my default video transition here. Yes, I was up late. And you can able to see we have the default video transition. Now I choose that transition and I make go to this effects control. When I choose this effects controls panel, you can see we have the current particular video transition, which is this dimension. I was selected that particular transition, that's why we have the transition name there, which is Iris diamond. And we have the total duration of this particular transition. You can say that they want, I can aim to increase here. You can see I can able to increase the total duration of the particular transition. Going to make that into file. We have the total duration of the particular transition, which is 55 minutes at the beginning for this video. No seconds. And after that we have to adopt seconds duration for this second video. So this is how we have the particular video transition. Now after that, I have the option here. You can able to see that for each and every transition, we will have the particular property which is alignment. When it chooses alignment, you can able to see we have four different options here. By default, we have the particular diamond from the central point. We can able to see that that comes out from the center point. Now if I choose the Dutch lesion here I have the option of which is custom start. And I'm going to choose this center at Kurt. I'm going to choose this is what we have. And after that I choose the next one starts at gut. So you can see how we have the transition. At the end of that particular video, we don't have any transition. And at the end, you can able to see that video was solved. And from that portion, we have that new video transition. If you want to create this kind of freezing appearance for the previous video. And we're going to add the transition with the next video. You can use the option which is start at cut. Now I choose this in that cut. So here we will have those moments. You can see that first video, we have all those modes. But if you look at the second video inside, we don't have any change there. So after complete the play of the judge and only you will have the moment on the second video. You can see that. So after completion of the last video only, we had the movement or the second video. If you want this kind of appearance also, you can choose with the help of this option which is ended kit. I have the center at cat. That cat means we'll have that, the change at the center point. You can see till this, I don't have any movement. On the second video, we can see that the lady was doing nothing. You or freeze mode. After the central point, you will have the change started to work. But this previous video will be phrased. You can see that all those people are in their location only. So this is how this option works, which is centered at cats. These are the options, the alignment options we help with this particular transition. We have the same kind of different alignment options for each and every video transitions in Adobe Premier Pro. Now after that, here I have options. We've been able to see I have two options here which is stored. And in this E represents the very first video, and this represent the second video on this transition. Now I come to this store, we can see the start is 0. Now, I've selected the transition. I just click and drag and expand the value of the particular transient value from the start. When this transition was tortured, that type itself, we will have that amount of value. You can also use the slider to adjust that. At the end, if you don't want the other person to video two, you just want to show this amount of video. I can set that you have all those changes, but not for 100%. For that 72% only. You can see that we have that for 72% only after that we got removed that particular transition. So this is how we can able to adjust the start and end position of the transitions using these two options. By default in all those things, they will be in that particular portion only which is 0. Now, in this first video, which is here you can see we have small circular appearance. So with the help of this option, I can able to set where I want that particular central point of the transition, the diamond. Now I'm going to place here. And you can see where I have the diamond. I can able to start that transition from that position. I can able to place where I want. Can see that wherever I like your I can able to add that from there. Like I'm going to start with this place. From the somos. You can see that that's teed foot. So you can able to customize the entire video transition with the help of these options. We do have the border width. If you want to add a border, we can see we don't have any bottle here. You can see that if you want to add any border, we can just increase the value first. I was increased the value now I have the border, the black color border. You can able to change that into any color, was added a white. Now, you can able to see the bottom right. I can able to see the border. And I can able to choose the custom color with the help of this eyedropper. I can choose the color from my video segment, which will be the app to one. You can see that this is how I can able to customize my video transition in this fx control. And after that I have the reverse option. So if I want to play the same option in reverse mode, I can use that option which is reverse. Can see that I was having the same process but in reverse mode. And we have the anterior raise quality like how you need that quality. I was having that in default mode, going to have the same thing there. So these are the options we have here. And here you can able to see we have a and B. If you want, the actual shows us there. I can just click there and you can able to see how we have the preview at the source. So these are the options we have with this video transitions effects control. Now I choose anyone audio transition. I choose this one. We can able to see that we have those options here for audio transition. You can able to adjust according to you. What neat. Now, here I have the video transitions duration. I choose Video Transition and you can able to see where we have that change, the transition. This one is the transition. If you want. You can also increase here or you can able to reduce their you can able to do all those things. And that will be updated with this timeline. You can see that these are the video or transition and audio transition effects control what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. For each transition, you will have the unique individual, those no value adjustments in this fx controls in Adobe Premier Pro. 84. Replacing Existing Transitions: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to replace the existing transition using Adobe Premier Pro. This is the most easiest way we have this Adobe Premier Pro. Let me show you. In our previous lesson, I showed you how to use this, you know, this transition and how to adjust those things with the help of effect control. Now I just want to replace that with the help of my, another transition. Like I'm going to choose my 3D motion here. I'm going to choose this cube spin. I just drag and a play that when you want to replace the transition, this is the easy thing. I'm going to show you how to do that. Before that, I just come to this mine this recent transition. I just right-click there. And when he rightly there, you can able to see we have two options out there. I can able to set all those adjustments, whatever the bacteria for a single transition. And after that, I can right-click over there and I can choose this option which is set transition duration. So with the help of this afternoon, I can able to set the total duration. I just click here. You can able to say it how much time I record. I was doing the same thing here and it'll puff disruption, It's just the best control. And I to have the option which is clear. When you clear this, again, you had to go to this transitions. We have to choose the transition, you have to apply that. And you had to do all those things. Instead of that, what I'm going to do is I just select my current transition and I'm going to browse the one I'm going to use for replacement. After choosing that I just tag in particular in the video transition and drop over the same transition what we have in the timeline. So when you do that, we can say the time duration for this new transition, but it will be replaced with a new one. So I'm going to play here. Can you able to see that I was replaced my transition successfully, but still I can able to maintain the same time duration for this new transition. So this is how we are using this option, which is replacement of transition using Adobe Premier Pro. Now I choose this option and I come to this fx control. You can see we have different values here. You can see that tau, we have that. Here I have one Play button. So with the help of this play button, I can able to have the privilege of the particular transition here. I'm going to click here. You can able to see that how I can able to do the transition with the help of the first video and second video. So this is how we are doing this transition replacement in Adobe Premier Pro. 85. Applying Graphics Template Transition: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use other graphics, essential graphics video transition using Premier Pro. So to show that, I just want to delete this default transition. Now, I have empty space here. You can see that I've asked having only this audio transition. I'm going to add that, you know, my essential graphics video transition. Add that first. I just don't want to clear the previous transition. Yes, I was done that even if you have that, that will never affect our graphics transition. Now I come to this, my graphics tab can see in this graphics mode, I can able to access all those graphics what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. And in this, I come to the bottom. Just scroll my mouse. Scroll my mouse. You can see we have a lot of graphics, the predefined graphics there. And we do have the option which is transition. You can able to see that. I can able to find that if the help of this search. So I was typed that which is transition. You can able to see I have these options. I can able to use any one transition here. I just choose this option which is sports transition. To apply this, I just drag this transition from that place and drop here where irregular. You can see I can able to place on this video clip. When I released there you can able to see it was loading the template and that particular graphics items, what you have with that particular transition. Now, we've got the particular transition here. You can see that. But you have only the black back on there. Now, instead of releasing the particular transition over the video, I'm going to release the transition over that about the particular video segments. So when I was doing that, you can able to see I have these appearance. So when that particular transition was loading, you can able to see all those people. And after that, I'm going to hide all those people. This is a frame change. Just click and drag and place where I record within a single frame. You can able to change all those the video from one to two. So at the beginning of the transition we have the video one. And at the end of this function will have only the video too. This is how this particular transition works. Actually, we are using this to hide those the cut area with the help of this particular Essential Graphics. Now I choose this transition. When I choose this transition, you can see in my essential graphics I have those valid changes options. I can able to change those values according to my need. Like, I'm going to choose this highlight color. I'm going to read. You can see that how that was changed. And I'm going to choose these secondary color, going to choose dark red. And you can see that I have completely changed this particular, you know, the color values. I do have the Flip option. If you want to flip, I can use that. And I do have this inner play backward. So if you want to play that from backward, I can use that. You can see that how it was playing. In backward pushing. We have the same transitions. So this is how we are adding that The Essential Graphics transition for any video segment. Since this was in already there, since it was the predefined from the essential graphics, it may take some time to load and it will have more files, say's to compare our previous, the default transition. So what we have for video and audio, this is how we are using this video transitions. Of course. You can also make your own custom transition. You can load that here with the help of this Adobe Premier Pro and used for the default less than normal transitions in Adobe Premier Pro. 86. Edit Graphic Transition: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use another game transition here and how to edit the transition using this Premier Pro. Now by just did it this transition, I'm going to use this option which is the gaming transition. I just drag and drop here. I'm going to place that at the center point. And you can able to see it was loaded. This transition was based in a perfect Pushing. I just drag and play that particular transition. We can able to see all those cube shapes loader. And when it cross that's clean. At this point, I will have that particular change. So I just add little more moment. Here we go. The change, you can see that this was perfectly done by proper placement. Now after this, I choose the particular transition. They come to my effects control interface controller. You can able to see we have the transition here and I have the graphics parameters. You can see that I have the styling, which is the main color, add a secondary color. So I can choose which color I want for main and secondary. Going to choose this yellow. Here, I'm going to choose my gray. I was too dark gray. So these are the two colors I was used to here. You can see how I was changed that. And after that I choose the same transition. I have horizontal flip, vertical plane. With the help of this, I can able to flip how I want in both horizontal and vertical direction. You can see that based on your requirement, you can able to say it how you want. And after that we have the option which is time remapping. So I can able to change if I want, I can able to add just those time. And I can able to adjust this the x, y positions. This will be considered as the video clip only because this is not a, you know, kind of transition what we have with this Premier Pro by default. This also will be considered as a kind of video, but we are having those alpha channels and we are using that effectively assets antigen. That's how it works. This is not a real transition like how we use those transition in this fx panel. All those, they affects what we are using with these effects control for video clips and the images in Adobe Premier Pro will be also applicable for this kind of, you know, that essential graphics transitions, what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. 87. Applying Video Effect: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to add a video effects for our timeline videos using Adobe Premier Pro. To do that. First, I want to change my user interface appearance. So you can see I have so many different user interface setups here. I'm going to choose this fx setup. When I choose effects setup, we can see that user interface was changed according to that. Now I got my video effects. In this right hand side, you can see we have fx panel. In the effects panel, we have the separate option, which is Video Effects. See that we do have all those things like we have a video transition and audio transitions. And in between that we have this option which is a video of x. Now let's use video effects. You can see we have so many video effects here. I'm going to add one video effects, like I'm going to choose Distort. And here I have a lot of video effects. I'm going to choose one option like I'm going to choose this magnify to apply this video effect. What I'm going to do is we know how to add this particular video clip. You can see I have two video clips here. I have people who playing tennis game. So this is the first video segment. And this is the second video segment. We have two video segments for this lesson. Now we want to add that magnified video segment with this video. And I just drag and drop that effect into this, my video segment that we can see here, I have a small variation after loading the video of it because the change there, I hope you can see that. Let's Control Z. Now I'm going to add one more video effect. I'm going to use the color corrections. We can say that I'm going to use the concept which is tint to apply that. We have two ways to operate this video effect. First way, we can just drag and drop that effect on the particular clip. Second, we have one more easy way, which is you can double-click the particular video effect. Now I double-click this particular video effect. When it double-click there, you can see I can able to apply that particular area effect for the selected clip. Now I choose the second clip, and I'm going to choose the same option, which is tint. I just drag and drop instead of DoubleClick. You can see I can able to turn that particular video into the gray scale. So this is all we are adding those video effects in Adobe Premiere Pro for videos. You can add any number of VFX for a single Clayton. It does not take you out to worry about. Now, we can able to use only one video effect for a single video. So you can use any number of video effects and you can able to achieve that particular, you know, the effects are the particular output, what you require for your video editing project in Adobe Premier Pro. 88. Customize Video Effects: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to customize the video effects, but we have added with the help of effects panel how to do the changes, what you record for the particular effector. Here you can see I have my current footage. I was added video effect, which is tint. And you got that video that turn into the gray scale video. We have added that for both video segments. The first 1, second 1. Now I choose a second loan and go to this. My effects controls. When I access this effects control, I can able to do all those modifications. What are accurate with my video effect? You can see I have a basic options like we have video motion, rotation and opacity, and the time remapping options. We know how to use those things. Now I'm going to use the option which is tint. So this is the effect I was added for this video. When you look at this video effect, you can able to see are the starting point. We have three options here. We have create ellipse mask and create four-point polygon mask. And we have this free drug, busier mosques. If you want to create the masking appearance using this Adobe Premier Pro, we can use these options. Now after that, we have three more options here. Here you can able to see at first we have the option which is map black to be the helper. This option, you can able to set what color you want to replace. This background, black and the dark gray tones. Like I'm going to choose some dark color here. Choose the color. Here. I'm going to choose some dark red. And it chews that. You can see, I can able to replace the particular dark black color, this cartoon. Now I'm going to choose the second one, which is map white to, I choose the same color. Here. I'm going to choose some bright color. Going to choose this one. When I choose these two, we can able to see I got the complete two tones on my video clip. I can able to play this. So we don't have any other particular tone on this clip. Even if you want to add more darkness to that particular clip segment, that particular color, you can add it. You can see that how that was turned into the particular color, not only to convert that particular image as a gray scale, you can also select those two colors, what you record for adding this particular effect. So this is how we are using these effects control to adjust the filter effects, which means are the same a video effects. Now, I just have this option which is eyedropper tool. I can able to mention which color tone I recreated from the pitcher. I can choose whichever I want. You can see that. You can also choose in this way. I was just completely the negative colors. You can choose those colors as the vector. And you will get the output like this. Now, after these two option Map Black to map Y2, I have one more option which is our mind to train. With the help of this amount titin, we can able to adjust the tint value with original video for taste color. Now you can see I have the value which is a 100%. I cannot increase more than a 100 per cent. But if I reduce this value, I was reducing the value 0. You can see that we have the original footage appears. And if I increase the value, we will get those map black two and map white to features in the same frame. This is so we use those effects control options in Adobe Premiere Pro. If you feel like, if you want to add just those video effects, you want to raise it all those values. What do you have used in this effects control? We can come to the end of the particular video effects. And you have those option which is reset meter. If you were to visit these all values at a time, I can come to the particular video effects heading. And you can see I have the reset parameter option. So I can choose this option to reset the anterior effect. I don't want to adjust each and every option. So I click here. You can see I can able to adjust all those. Map black to map white to an amount to tint. This is all we use, this fx control in Adobe Premier Pro. We can able to customize our entail the video effects. What do we have used for video editing project in Adobe Premier Pro. 89. Presets – Bevel Edges and Blurs: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use preset effects in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now, before that, I just want to reset all those video of x. What we have added for this video footages. I have used a tint for both videos. I'm going to reset all those video settings. Now. I just want to remove those video effects. To remove the multiple videos, videos of x, we can simply press Control E, a, if you want to select all those the video clips, what you have in the timeline, you can just click and drag from outside to select those video clips. Right-click over the same the video clips. I'm going to choose the option which is a remote attributes at the top. I choose this remove attributes. You can see it shows me it has lots of options. Like I'm going to reset it emits, remove those attributes like I'm going to remove the Motion Opacity time remapping. And I'm going to remove this one which is tint. This is a video effect. If you want to remove the effect alone, you can disable all those things so that if you have any motion or opacity, I just meant oh, there it will be there only. But if you want to reset all those things so you can choose this option. It may be enabled by default if you have there, I choose. Okay. Now we can able to say, I was resected all those values. Now I'm going to use my presets. So I'm going to use this particular video. I've selected this and I come to this effects panel. In the effects panel you can see at the first option, which is pleased that we are going to use those options. First. In presets, we can see we have so many effects. First, I'm going to use this option which is bevel edges. I just explained that category. Here we have two options. We have beveled edges thick and beveled edges thin. First I'm going to use this bevel edges thick. I'm good apply that effect. I just drag and placed into this video clip. When I added that, you can see I got one bevel appearance here. We have two, light side and dark side. We have the adjustment for this bevel on my effects controls. We can see that from this area I have the adjustment for the effects. But first I have this h thickness. So we have the default value. If you want to increase, we can increase that bevel size. You can see that how I was increased the bubble size. If we want to reduce, I can reduce that more than what we have in a default value. Now I'm going to have the preview. You can see how we have that particular bevel appearance. We have added that only for the second video. This is all we have the bevel appearance. Now I'm going to reduce more like this. And after this h thickness, I had an option which is light angle. So with the help of this light Daniel, I can able to change from that. I was getting the light for this video, for this bevel appearance also, like I'm going to adjust this angle. Can say that unable to change the direction of the light from bottom to top or top to bottom. I can able to set any of the resistive value for this light angle. You can adjust here or you can manually add with this tab. So after adjusting all those things, next I have the light color. Here. You can able to see that we have a white color light. Now I want to change the light color. I can use my eyedropper tool if I want to pick that from my user interface. But I'm going to choose that manually. So I come to this color picker area. I click there. In this color picker, I'm going to choose which light I want. Like, I'm going to choose this yellow color. And I'm going to choose o, k. Choose OK. You can see that I have the yellow color light instead of white and I have those shadows or no, according to that you can see here also we have the influence of the light. So this is how we choose this light, what you need. And you can able to adjust those values, the highlights and the right angles. So after this, we have one more important property which is light intensity. They help up this light intensity. I can able to adjust the light intensity. You can see that by default we have some value which is 0.3. I'm going to expand that. I can use this slider. So I was increasing that. You can able to see how, you know, brighter those light areas for the Belleville Areas. And if I want to reduce our workforce, I can do that. I can reduce less than the particular default value, which is 0.3. Then you got this kind of look. If you want to apply this kind of a bevel and edges, the thick appearance, I can use this option, beveled edges. I can change any light Iraqi where like I can choose the snow, and I can also choose the blue light. So based on your needs, you can choose which led to record for. This video effector, so this is called bevel edge thick. Now I remove this. To remove that video effect. I can select that particular video effect directly using this effects control. And you can simply press Delete key so that you can able to remove that particular DVD affect what you have selected. In effect Central. Now I choose the next one which is bevel edge thin. I apply that effect to this video. Now you can see I had the same kind of in a bubble, but in thin value, not thick value. You can see that at the top and bottom we can see that. And I'm going to increase the value if I can able to adjust all those details. What we have for bevel, It's thick. So these are the two options we have with this h, the bevel edge. If you want a very thin effect, by default, we can directly add the second one. If you want to normal, which is a thick one, we can use the first one. So after this bevel and ages, I have the next two tab for a preset we just blurs in place. You can see we have two options. We have fast blur in and fast blur out. Now I'm going to use this one which is fast Berlin. I just drag and drop into this video. Let's say. And you can see here I have particular effect name which is fast blur, that I have two category values. We have blurriness and we have the value for I just meant, and we have velocity values. Now I'm going to adjust the blurriness value. You can see in this particular the timeline area, we have the default value for this particular Foster Ian. So I'm going to show you how it works. The beginning, you can see that we have the blur here. This blood was happened because of the default values it was added. At the beginning. You can see that we have the blood value, which is the 127. And this, the Toggle animation was enabled mode. Now after that, we can see that velocity also. It has an O minus 126 value. Now I move this towards right hand side. You can see how it was changed. The blend is value into 0.1 from 127. And we got the original video back. You can see that changes over the velocity. So we have more velocity there. I can able to see we have minus six to three velocity. Now we have 126. So this is the normal condition video. What? This is what happens when you add the particular blurriness. But you can adjust that later if you'd like. I'm going to place it here. Now I'm going to adjust the blurriness value. First, I just add only 1.10. When I do that, I automatically add a keyframe here. You can see that now I place the play head here, and I'm going to increase the value 100. So you can see that I can able to add the keyframe and I can able to adjust the blur at anytime I was like. So this is option which is fast blurring. We have if you don't want to do any changes after the beginning, at the same time, you need the blur at the beginning immune. So we can use this option which is fast blood in the press Control Z. So when you have added that effect alone, you will have the effect like this. And now I'm going to add on more effect for the same video footage, which is this particular stain, this video, I'm going to use the second particular video effect which is fast blur out. I just drag and release that effect on the same footage. When I released that, you can see within the same footage I had two effects. I have Fast Blur in and fast blur out. In fast flow route. You can able to see this is a fast Lorraine. We have that effect timeline, that keyframes here. At the bottom you can see that we have faster route. So at the beginning it shows the blurred because of Fosbury. And at the end you are going to get the blur that's because of fast blur out. Can see that. Here also we have the same reasons, dream options, what we have with this first plugin. Now, I'm going to choose the first bloodline. Apart from those blur values, you can see we have a few more options there. I have the blur dimension here. I have two types of dimensions. Here I have a horizontal and vertical. So by default, we have these horizontal and vertical. If you want the blur for horizontal alone, I can choose Horizontal. You can see how we have the value for the blur in this horizontal value. And you got the output like this. If you want that in the vertical only, I can just vertical. So you can see how we have the blur. If I want to repeat it ages, I can enable this option. Repeat age. And I play here. So these are the values we have with this fast blur in and fast blur out. With this video effect. I can use those video effects are going to need. So these are the two categories we have with this Adobe Premier Pro for video editing project, which is double edges and blurs. 90. Convolution Kernel Effects: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the preset category, which is convolution kernel effects in Adobe Premiere Pro. In last lesson, we have seen how to use the preset bevel edges and blows. Let us see this convolution kernel here. To use that first, I choose the particular video effect. I'm going to choose the very first my video segment. And I'm going to choose my fx panel, panel. I'm going to choose this convolution kernel. So in this convolution kernel, you can see we have a lot of options. I'm going to use the very first one. So I just double-click there are just drag and drop to this first video. Double-click there. When it double-click there, I can able to apply their particular effect for this. And it shows me the preset option, the properties, which is the name, and it shows me the scale. We have three types here. Anchor point, an anchor to out wind. And I have the scale. So by default I have the scale and I have the default. The description, which is the same name what we have with the preset. Now, this convolution kernel blur, the very first one. I'm going to choose and drag and drop that into my very first video. In this video, you can see we have the values which is started with m 1112. And we have to this 33, we can see that we too have the offset value, scale value, and we have the process Alpha. Now I'm going to adjust the 11 value first. We can see for each and every those values, we have the slider and we have the value 0. Now, for this m 11, I have the maximum value, which is that the minimum value which is minus 30. Now I'm going to increase that. So when I increase there, we can able to see we have the blur. But more than that we have the more lighting like how I need. And I can also adjust that in minus. We can see that the hallway just that. Now I come to this scenario and I'm going to adjust the value. So I can able to set this preset to adjust my blood value with this light. You can see how I was adding those light adjustments. So I have that off to this, that is three. I have those adjustments in minus that E2 plus 30 values. After those, I just went, I have the offset value. So you can see the offset values and very different from those the M adjustments. So I have the opposite value we just started with minus 32,768 and the maximum value is 32,767. Now I'm going to increase that. You can see how the powerful or illness can see that. I'm going to have that in neutral value. And after that we have the scale, the help of the scalar. So I can able to add more scale for the convolution effect. This is too much amount of value. I'm going to reset this. And we call that effect back. I'm going to increase the value from this scale six to seven. We can see how I can able to add more darkness. Now I'm going to reduce the value. Choosing File. I'm going to choose two. And I'm going to choose a 0. You can see how the **** the 0. Let's use a one, going to get the value in minus ten. And you can see again, I got the low light. I'm going to just minus one. Yeah, we don't have that from the one only we have the lights. And if I move on minus or plus after that, you know, those values, I don't have anything there. And i2 have this option with just enough process Alpha. If we want to pass this Alpha, I can just enable that. The race I can just enable or disable mode based on evenly. So these are the options we have with this convolution in this first tab. Now if I delete that, I'm going to obey the second one. Just drag and drop that. There also we have the same value. So the help of these options and you can able to set how you want those lights. And I remove that one, I'm going to add the third one, which is the same option but not the particular effect was embolus. So I just drag and add that. When I add that, you can able to see I have the embolus like appearance. Here. I'm going to adjust those values. You can see how we have that lighting there was adding the value 321. So in this two only you have the normal view. And I can able to say to know all those values there, How do I need and I to have the offset value. So the help of the offset value, I can able to adjust that particular value like how I want it to have the scale of the particular property. So this is no convolution kernel rainbows. Then after that we have the find it just option. So we can able to see, we can able to find those edges on this particular video clip. You can able to see that when I play that, you can able to find all those edges. And when you are doing that, it can definitely go for the adjustment as you require. And you can see how we have that. This is find edges. And I have Gaussian blur. I had a blur here. Now I'm going to adjust the value. I have a mild amount of blur disabled that it can able to see the difference. Then after that we have the Gaussian sharpen. Able to show those area of pixels. I can able to adjust based on my knee. You can see how sharp we have, those are edges there. So this is convolution kernel, Gaussian sharpen. After that we have this light examples. I update that. We have a tiny amount of light there. We can able to increase that based on our need. After that, I have the sharpen, sharpen edges and sharp and more. So these are the three more options we have. We have the sharp one that's sharpen those edges of this particular video. We have the sharpen edges. This add more sharper edge just for those fixer areas, what we have on those edges, you can see how this was differ from the corner sharper. So this is the sharpen edges. And alter that at final, we have the option of just convolution kernel sharpen mole. Now we add that and you can able to see we have the values there. I can able to add just that according to my need to adjust the light, going to adjust the other values. So this is how we have it, this convolution kernel, sharp and more. These are the options we have with this convolution kernel, f x according to you or need, you can use what are the options you are needed with this convolution kernel effects in Adobe Premier Pro. 91. Lens Distortion Mosaics and Solarizes: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use other different effects, like how to use this lens distortion demo, how to use these mosaics, and how to use these solar isis. Let us start with this lens distraction removal. I choose that option. You can see we have two options here. We have EGI and we have GoPro. So you can choose a character. You will need to start with this DJI. Here I have four, are different. Those profiles have inspired one, don't to vision, vision plus and phantom three. So I'm going to choose the Inspire first. Since this is a full HD sequence, I'm going to use this 1080. Just tag and update that particular effect here. When I add that effect, you can able to see that I got that particular effect on my effects controls. It has a few features like you can see that it has curvature feature which has minus two value. And disabled this, you can able to see the difference here. We have a few Co, are those the right analysis reference side of the image? So this is the default one. I just enable that. And we do have this no vertical descent training and we have those other options. Now I'm going to adjust the very first one. I'm going to just set it to 0. So this is what the normal value. And I'm going to increase that value from 0. Case that you can able to see I can able to correct that Lane's appearance based on my data. We can see that go into more. This is a maximum value. And when I play there, I have that lens correction here that will create that appearance. What a record. If you have this kind of lens I just meant in the original video, we can able to adjust that by using, by minusing these values. And I add a 0, I will have the default value like this. If I increase the value in minus, you can see how we have that appearance. I just think up to the handler. We can see that how I can able to make that curvature. So I'm going to adjust that into him less than minus 50. So you can able to see how that create the CO, that lens distraction. So this is how we use this option. And we have this vertical de-centering going to adjust that. You can able to see how we have the changes there. If you want, you can adjust and you can use like this. Of course they are not twins. I can do these kinds of adjustments. I can see that I too have this option which is vertical prism of x. If I want to create, I can create that. I was used to that effect where only the past video segment. After that we have this horizontal prison effects. If you want, you can use that. We have this full alpha channel if you want, you can disable that. That finally, we have the option which is fill color. We can see those are the three areas. We had a white background. I can customize the color what I record here. I choose this particular place, which is color picker. And I can choose which color I want. You can see that I can able to fill that color there. We do have this eyedropper tool. I can mention from where I want to get the color. We can see that I got the color from there. So this is how this option was working, this lens distraction. We do have the same kind of settings for these, the GoPro values also, I'm choosing this ten ATP, I know super view. Just update that. And you can see how we have the adjustment there. To have the similar kind of adjustments. You can see that. So these are the options we have with this lens distortion removal in Adobe Premier Pro. Now after this, I just removed that affect. You guys know about this effect now. Now I choose the next option the most. So I just enabled this. We can see we have two options which just mostly in animals like out. So it creates kind of transition, video effect. I'm going to add this mosaic in now. So I just drag and release that in by this first video segment released that you can see in my fx panel, I have those keyframes which indicates. We have some effects at the beginning. And you can able to see the values here. We have the effect which is morphic, a mistake in and I have horizontal block, vertical blocks. You can see all those adjustments also like we have this velocity of those values. So I just move the playhead to the beginning. So we have this appearance at the beginning. Now I just play this frame-by-frame. You can see how that mosaic appearance was. Work. For those frames. We have completed one total duration. So in this 1 second that was crossed 24 frames. You know, when it was completed that 1 second, we got to the nominal picture. You can see that this effect is called mosaic in. And if you want to adjust this effect based on your need, you can adjust the CO here. You can see that how we can able to adjust the co, how much amount of the value you want to add. Here also, I can able to adjust that. Like how I need. You can see how I can able to adjust the horizontal values. So I have this appearance to have the option which is vertical blocks. Here. I'm both having that in Arizona way. Here I have those values and the vertical way, you can see that these are the options we have with this mosaic in. Now in the same way, if I want to apply that same mosaic, that effect in form of out at the end. I can able to add that. To do that, I was using the same option here you can see that mosaics, but this time I'm going to choose this mosaic out. And I'm going to choose that drag-and-drop on the very first video segment. At the end, you can see I have that mosaic out of variance. This is how this option was working here with this mosaic, you can see that how we have that Mozi again at the beginning of the video. And after that, you know, at the end of the video also we got that effect. You can see that the indel, so you can able to customize that effect with the help of these horizontal velocity line. So this is mosaic in and mosaic out in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now, after this move x in and mosaics out, we have solarized, says this is another option that we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to use that same option here. So it works as same as this mosaics in and out. I'm going to use these solar arrays in the beginning. I had that effect. You can see that here how this option, we can see in this order, N, I had threshold value and velocity. We have a 100% threshold value. And the velocity into this minus 100 played that. You can see it was changing. The value threshold was changed. And we got this video like this. Now I'm going to apply this solarized out. And then we can able to see I had that effect. So this is how these solarized in-and-out was working here also, you can able to adjust, although the velocity points using this fx controller in order to be Premier Pro. So these are those three options, which is Lin's destruction, removal, mosaics, and solar isis in Adobe Premier Pro to do a video effects for video editing project. 92. Twirls in Action: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the video effects preset, which is tools in Adobe Premiere Pro. I'm going to use this video for that lesson. Let us see. First I choose this video segment. After that, I come to the effects panel. Here I have the option in this place that we just twelfths. I just External Tools tab. You can see we have two options here to fill in and out. So I'm going to add this trail ain't first, just drop that in this video. Now, we can say in my this fx panel, I have to fill in particular video effect that I have different properties. You can see that we have the angle and I have twill center. I too have all those. The Toggle animation of Sunday naval war. I just don't want to disable that. I just don't want to enable those actions whenever. I just think those are the values on this video file. So I just want to breast cancer. Okay, no problem. When I do that, I have two areas, those keyframes. So I don't want to erase. When I move my play head to the first frame, we can see that I had a trill appearance. So this is because of the preset value. What we have here. You guys know that we are seeing about all those presets. What we have with this Adobe Premier Pro Tools or this tool in-and-out are also Preset. We have this trill in effect at the beginning of the video segment. Now I'm going to play this. You can able to see how we can able to treat that video with the help of this option. Now, I choose the very first frame again. Here I can able to adjust the angle, the trill radius, and the center portion. Now I'm going to change the center, pushing first in both x-axis or y-axis. So I'm going to adjust that in x-axis. You can see that, hello, I can able to change that central portion. We have the center portion here going to set that in this 200. So when I apply the 200 value, you can see I have the central point on this x-axis, 200 pixels value. So when I play this, we'll have this effect. You can see that. But if I want to reset that, I can use this button which is reset perimeter. I2 can able to adjust that on the y-axis. I just reset the value. I have the 1024,024 value. Now we can see I was playing from the beginning. We have that particular adjustment orthocenter. Now in this way, x is also able to adjust the center point. We can able to see that how I can able to adjust that on the y-axis, I to adjust the parameter. This is what we use in a twiddles centers attribute. Then we had two angle and we have this trilled radius. Now I'm going to adjust this trail angle. Just Sri Lanka, I can able to add more circles. I can able to reduce a circle. So you can see that how we can able to adjust those values. And I was reduced that value. Now we have the epic like this. The same way I can increase or reduce the radius value. You can see I can adjust the radius. So based on my knee, I can able to adjust how I want that radius value. And I'm going to play here. So you can see that how we have played that option, how we have changed the trill radius. So this is o, this trail in future was working with this explicit. Now I'm going to add this trail out for the same video segment. I just choose that particular video effects. I just drag and drop inside this video. Remember we have to drop that on this timeline video only, not on this program screen. So when I add this, you can see in this trail in I was completer, I got that effect. We just drill out that also I have those properties, angle, twill, radius and the center point. So you can see I was moving playhead at the end. We have that effect then the end. Here I can able to adjust those values. How do I need? We can see that. I can able to adjust how I want that at the finishing point, you can see that if I want, I can increase or if you want, I can reduce that. I can able to adjust the radius value of the trail. And I can also adjust this center to center point on x and y-axis. 93. Lumetri Presets – Cinematic: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use this lumetri presets in Adobe Premier Pro. Last previous lessons, we have seen how to use those presets. We have seen those Beverly just blurs the mosaics, drills, all those options. And now we're going to start this Lumetri, please that this limited place it. I'm going to choose this option, the very first tab, which is cinematic. When I choose the cinematic, I just expand the tab. You can able to see what are all the different effects we have for those cinematic appearances. And it has the preview here. It shows you the thumbnail preview of the particular video. We can see that how that affects the primary colors, those RGB and other colors in this film strip. Now you can see this is the purview of this to Stripe. And we have the cinema scope, we have the city scope, and we have this nice space also. We have all those effects here. You can see that you can scroll and see that all those things. Now I come to this. These are presets. Let us see what are the options we have with this NO cinematic reset, which is lumetri presets in Adobe Premier Pro. Now I'm going to apply the very first effect. I'm going to use this video segment to know about all those cinematic limited presets. So this has the total duration of a seven seconds and 21 frames. I'm going to expand the duration by Zoom in the timeline. And we don't expand the duration actually, let's expand the timeline view. So now what I'm doing is I'm going to add the particular effect which is to Stripe. I just drag and drop that in this video segment. Add that. Here on this effects panel, you can see we have that lumetri color to stripe that I have a different corrections. You can see that we have huge amount of corrections there. I was having the very first option, which is basic correction. I just expand that in this basic collection itself, you can see we have LUT value, just a input. And if we want to choose any one particular LUT value, I can directly add with that. I can choose the Alexa or IRA or the pen tool. We can choose whichever you want. And that has the change on this video, you can see that how the change that LUT profile. If you don't want to do that, I can choose this none, and I can do all those things manually here. Now you can see, I just want to add to this options. I just want to enable that by default, we have that night to mode and we have after that input you'll T means LUT. We have this white balance. I can see, I just do this the eyedropper tool. And I'm going to choose the most greatest area of this video footage. Now, here may have the most lightest area. When you choose that, you will have that white balance automatically on this video segment. But if I choose something else, like I was choosing this eyedropper tool, I choose this place and you can see how we have the white balance in different value. So it had to choose the right question to have the right the white balance for this video footage. If you forget to do this when you are doing the recording, the video recording process here, you can able to do this. After this white balance, we have the temperature and the tint values. I can able to adjust the temperature. Right now we have minus 11.6. I can able to increase that. We can see we have more temperature there. And I can also add the values and minus, which will create the list somewhat of temperature. I just don't want to reset that. This is the default value. We do have the option which is tint. It has a default value. I can able to add more tint if I want. The same time agonist to reduce that. This is the tint property we have with this white balance. Now after that we have the tune. So in tone, you can see I have exposure contrast highlights, shadows, whites and blacks unable to adjust all those various tones. What we have with this frame, not only with this frame, with this video footage. So I just add just that, those exposure value if I want. And we have the contrast. So you can adjust the contrast. We do have the option of it just highlights. So you can able to add more values for those highlighted areas. You can see that we have adding more highlights. The need to have the shadows to adjust those the dark areas of this video footage. You can see how that affect those dark areas are dark pixels. And after that I have this whites. I can never to concentrate only the whites. I can able to adjust those values. And I help blacks to adjust only those black details. If you want to reset all those, I can use this option which is reset the same way if I want to add the auto values, which means automatic values, I can use this option which is R2. So you can see we have default values out there which is set by this. R2 is just press reset because I just want to know the other options also. Now after that, I have this option which is saturation. Saturation. I just expand that particular option. If I reduce the saturation value, we know that we can able to remove the colors on this video segment. We can see that how we have that video footage. Now by how that value into counter percent, this is the normal condition of the video segment. Now, I just increase the value. If you feel like we have less than a month of those the color values on all over the video footage, we may use this option saturation and you can able to increase the value. You can see that how we have the vibrant colors. Now, you can use this saturated feature to adjust that particular saturation of desaturation. Then after that we have the creative details like we have these intensity and we do have this lock feature. I can choose whichever I want. You can see that we have a huge amount of, those are different profiles here in this look. I can choose which look I want. All those looks. Pretty good, pretty professional appearance we have with those beautiful look at values. So after this, you know, this creative looks, I have the intensity I can able to adjust the adding intensity. You can choose what kind of light you need enough with this intensity feature. You can see that how that adjust the intensity of that particular video footage. These are the options we have, then we have the adjustments. You can see that v2, how those adjustments like failure to fill him like appearance, like how you want. And we have the sharpen details. If you want to sharpen those edges, I can use that future. I have the vibrance. Vibrance are the basic features. We have to add more vibrant color for the video footage, so I increase the value. You can see how beautiful we have those values. And when it is set, you can able to see how normal this video, we do have the option which is saturation. So we can able to adjust the future of desaturation. And we have the shadow tint and highlighted. So if you want to adjust those highlight with the help of any one value, like color, you can use this option. So I just choose the highlight tint with this, this L0. And you can able to see how we have that. We can adjust the balance of that particular color value here. And we do have the shadow tint. I can choose which color I need for this shadow, I can choose whichever I want. You can see I was to read. If I choose blue, I will have this appearance. You can also choose this shadow tint and highlight tint. We can also adjust the tint balance between that Shadow Tint as less highlight it. Then after that, we have this curse, the curve. I just went out all those details. We can able to do that, you know, all those things with the help of these curves. We can also do those adjustments with the help of these values. I can able to concentrate any one channel here. Like if I want, I just only the red I can able to adjust that. We can able to concentrate on that only. Or if I want to concentrate a green or blue alone, I can choose that also. Now after that, we have this color wheel. So you can see that we can able to add the influence if they want. This is a hue saturation values. And we have the hue Luma, all those color corrections options. And finally we have the color wheel match, so we can able to add those values. And we have the hue saturation light. And we do have the options with that dignity. So we can choose all those options according to you are there. We can able to set the values and those details for this video footage. So these are the options we have with this huge amount of option, which is lumetri color to strip. We do have those same properties for the rest of the values with the default adjustments. Now I'm going to show you that. I just remove that and I'm going to add this one which is a cinema scope, a 100. So I just add that effect. You can see how we have those values. We do have those basic corrections. For this series Space Center. We can see all those Hue, Saturation light and by three and we have color will match. So we have all those properties for this also. But we had the default value there. And be to have this as a new space, a 100 fade him. And we can see how all those options, hello Sydney space 25. So you can see that the default value that we can just directly use those values if you want. You can see how we're adding those values from the place that you can use those values. And if you want, you can also customize. You can able to add any one effect and you can able to customize all those features what we have with this Lumetri Color, this cinematic feature in effects preset. So these are the options we have with this effects preset. Cinematic Lumetri place that alone. So we are going to see about all other features in upcoming lessons. 94. Filmstocks and Monochrome: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the other two lumetri presets, which is stocks and monochrome. When I choose film stocks, you can see we have all those, you know, the place that values here on this thumbnail view. We too have five profiles here. We have a Fiji EteRNA, true 50 d, which is the model of that particular the camera, the detail. We have, the other value of those camera digits. Also, if you want to use those profiles, I can use that. Just drag and drop that effect and invite this fx preset. We can see we have the change on this program window. If I disabled that, you can able to see the difference how we have. And we do have all those the presets, what we have used to power the cinematic Lumetri presets. We have all those details. We can see that we have the basic corrections Input LUT, white balance, all those features here. And after this basic actions, we have this create two values. You can see that after the creative we have the curves. So you can able to do the curve adjustments in the form of graph with a hue saturation and hue and values. So you can able to do all those things there with the help, of course. Then after the coast, we have this color wheel match. So you can able to match those shadows, mid tones and highlights details. We can able to do all those corrections on by one. You can see that how we are doing those works. We can able to blend all those three different tones for shadow highlights and midtones. After that we have the hue saturation light, which is HSL secondary. So we have the hue value. I can adjust that. You can see how we are addressing those details. And I can able to choose a particular channel if they want. And based on the channel details, I can able to adjust those values. And we do have the option which is key. So I can able to save the key color what I record. I can also remove the color if they don't want. You can choose and I can choose here. These are the features we have this HSL secondary and after that we have this dignity. So these are the options we use for this film stroke. And we can see here on this review itself, you have all those details. How will, how the different the film stock preset appearance? Just add the second one. You can see how we have the change and just press Control Z. I add the third one that has, that we teach our patients. The fourth one, the fifth one. So these are the inner film stock appearance features. We have this preset, which is formative research. Them stock. I choose the next one which is a monochrome. So when it choose monochrome, I will have a singular color tone here. We can see, here we have only Grayscale tune with the different values. We have started with this monochrome faded. I was adding that effect here. You can see we have that monochrome faded. When I choose this basic corrections. You can see we don't have any big difference there, but I just this contrast and exposure and shadow, I can able to adjust this monochrome as a huge particular adjustment. I'm going to adjust the shadows first. You can see how that create the very big impact on this, this video segments. And I'm going to adjust the contrast. You can see that how they, how they affect these are those adjustments off the exposure that contrast what we have with this effect. Now after that, we do have a few more important options like v2 have curves. The curves you can able to create another perfect. I just meant what you'd like care as a gray scale or monochrome colors. You can see that how cute this one to compare the previous one. And you have that ineffective way. You can see the details and all those movements, those in the face, the eyes and leaves and details better in the course of this, we can able to adjust those monochrome details for the Lumetri color, which is monochrome faded. Now I add the second one, further claim handler. This is another effect which create the faded old film like appearance. We didn't have any scratches, but still you can able to feel that it looks like it was a fade, fade at the one on the physical film. I will choose this fader filling 150, which has more details on the Fade value. And we have this film 50, which has the Fade value, but in 50% only, which means the 50.1. Then after that I have this monochrome normal contrast. So you can see we have a better contrast here to compare the previous dose options. We have monochrome bunch. We got the perfect, the contrast here. And we have the strong fader. Here. We have the strong fade appearance for this vdu. So these are the options we have with this monochrome. And we have also seen how to use that Phillips truck. That particular Lumetri presets in Adobe Premier Pro. 95. SpeedLooks and Technical: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the two different presets, which is split logs and technical in Lumetri Presets, Adobe Premier Pro, going to start with this speed blocks. So I just expand that. You can see we have different profiles there. When I choose that, I know we have the cameras like Alexa already, the Blackmagic camera and cinema camera. We have the cannot own d Phi D7 D. So we have different profiles, the color tones here, and we do have a universal, the different details there. Let us see how we have the difference is there. We can see we have a lot of the preset, those values there. We too have the thumbnail view. Now I come to this place, you can see we have those presets, thumbnail view. If I don't want, I can just disable that. You will not have the thumbnail view. But if I enable this dynamic Lumetri Presets preview, I can add the same kind of frame what I have used in the timeline on this preview. Now, I know in this speed logs, I choose the camera. In camera fast. I choose this Alexa, sorry. We can see in Alexa or eat. So we have different profile for the different models. We do have the different color adjustments here. You can able to see that we have this SL blue cold and we have this ASL Blue Day, which has a huge amount of difference. Just upload this and it can able to see how we have the difference here. So this is how we can able to choose the different preset values. I can double-click here to see how we have that effect. If we double-click Another effect again, you can see I can able to overload those effects. So I just don't want to delete the previous effect I was used. Then only I can able to load the next one, but double-click that particular effect. I can able to access that on this fx control. So I don't want to drag and drop to this timeline anymore. I can see that we have different profiles. When I choose that, I had that particular profile was selected on the thumbnail preview also. Now after this Alexa. Alexa has a black magic cinema mode. So I can choose which mode I want. And I can also drag and drop or double-click on the particular effect. These are the different categories. What we have with this Blackmagic camera model. We have all those different lightings and I have the cannon 1D. You can see how we have that in a Canon. I can see that had different values here. We have the Canon 5D also. We can see the differences that GoPro values. I have this 3,200 Kelvin and fight those nutrients are clubbing. I have all those details. I have after this GoPro, I have the new icon or the model also. How many count 800. You can see the color reproduction. This knot looks good, but still if you want that, that profile, color profile from the NIC card, I can choose that. After that I have this red. So if you want to add the camera or details, you can see how all those stages here. I can able to add that for the selected a video here. These are the features we have with this speed logs in fast time. In a short time I can able to adjust that particular color log and according to my need. And after that, finally, after the zeta, you have the common tab which is universal. So there we have the Universal that color correction values. What is a common for the genital cameras in the real world? These are the speed lock options we have for different various cameras in this Adobe Premier Pro. Now after that we have one more option which is universal. Now after that I have one more option which is technical. So technically you can see we have a full two large size, full to legal or illegal in eight bit too, I'll wait ten bit. So based on the particular bid value, will have the different the color variations on those or video footages. Like if I have eight bit, I will have some kind of color profile there. But if I have 12 bit that I will have more color values, more color variations. Compare this eight bit. So if you want to load the full, this legal range of different bit values are full range different values. You can use this option which is technical in this preset. You can see when I have this full rage, I have more vibrant colors to compare this full to legal range. We have the better color reproduction here. So these are the features. Those are technical presets we have with the Lumetri presets in Adobe Premiere Pro for video editing projects. 96. Essential Adjustments: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the advanced video effects. In our previous section, we have seen how to use those presets and the Lumetri presets in Adobe Premier Pro. So let us have a look on those essential or the odd ones. Toes video effects in this section. In this class, I'm going to show you how to use these Video Effects category which is adjustment. I'm going to use this video for that. You can see we have this video. I just want to use this adjustments, FX adjustments. You can see we have four options. We have this extract effect, levels, lighting effect, and we broke camp. So first I'm going to choose this extract. I just applied that I just drag and drop here. When they apply extract, you can able to see I can able to extract all those color from the image. So here in this fx panel you can able to see that I have the black input value and white input level and we have the softness also. This is the default value we have for this extract feature in Adobe Premier Pro. Now I just want to adjust these values. I just said that black input level into 0 first. So when I said that black input level to 0, you can see how we have the black values. I just increased gradually. You can able to see how I can able to add those details for the black. The same way. If I increase more than this, I will have all those pixels in black. So I don't want to increase that way. I was using the limited away. And now I have the white input level point. So I have this in O9 to do that analysis. The default value for this. Hi, I just said you can able to see how I can able to adjust the white point value. And we have the softness. By default, we have the value which is 25. I can able to adjust that like how I want that softness value. So when I reduce it into g row, you can see we don't have any softness over the black and white. And I play here. We can see how we have the video. So this is all we have the video. If you want in this condition, you can use this option. Otherwise, you can add more softness. You can see that when I increase the softness value, I have more retail for this grayscale image. Now I'm going to adjust the white point. You can set how you want that video segment. This option is called extract. This particular video effects and Adobe Premier Pro. I just deleted that. Ready. You can see how we had the original footage. Now after this extract effect. Next in this video effects, we have levels. So you can see we had lovers. I just drag and drop here. When I add the levels here you can see we have huge amount of those level adjustments. We started with RGB. We can see we have common adjustments for the RGB, black input, white input, output, wait output, and gammas. These five values are common for this RGB colors. Individually also we have the read journals, all those five values. And individually also we have the read journals, all those five value like black input, white input, black output, wait output, and gamma values. For green also we have those same five values. And for blue also we have the same five values. So you have lot of advantage to adjust each and every color tone in this channel. Let us see how we are going to use that. I'm going to use the black I just point commonly. You can able to see how I can able to adjust that here. And I just this reset parameter, I just wanted to set that. Then I have this input value in this level, which is white. I can able to adjust the white point. And here also I can able to set that into default. And we have black output point. So we know what is Black output point. Let's just choose that effect again. I'm going to add those effects like I'm going to use this back output point. I have the white output point. Then we have the gamma value based don't even need. You can set what kind of values for this particular video clip. You can add all those things. You can see that. And how the RGB adjustments. I must use all those five here. Now, I'm going to use the individual channels here. First, I'm going to concentrate this red channel with black input and white input. Black out and wait out, then comma value. So I'm going to start with this black input. I'm going to adjust that. You can see I can able to influence the rate. And that gives the output in the form of that opposite color channels. You can see that we have the same value. If I increase the value of the red and I can able to neutralize if I give you the minus value. This is how we have this black white. It has a weight point. You can able to see that, how we can able to adjust that. And I have this output point. We have black output point, and we have the white output wind. And finally we have the gamma value. So we can able to concentrate all those tones here. This is all. We have this red color channels based black, white input and black, white output and gamma values. Now I just want to reset all those values. I come to this place, this at effect. You can see we got the default value the same way I can able to adjust those green channel points. We have five points here. I'm going to adjust the green channel points. You can see how that affects the Xeon under the other colors, like mentioned out here. So we can able to use those green channel details here, including the Goma values. And I'm going to reset this effect the same way I have this, the blue channel detail also. You can able to adjust all those details here with the help of this option, which is levels. So you have the effect like this. But I'm going to reset this effect and you will get the original appearance. This is the original appearance we got with this footage. And so this is how these levels was working with Adobe Premier Pro. This extract and levels, we have this lighting effect. So I just drag and drop that here. So when you add lighting effect, you can able to see, I can able to add the artificial light over the particular video footage. So I can able to add how I want the light over the footage. After adding that light on this, this my timeline, you can see in my program preview, I have that particular goal, video with light. Now I choose the video segment and in my source, this particular effects preset, you can see that in MA effects control, I have the lighting effect. I choose that effect. In this preview we can able to see, I can able to see all those points here. So I just make the preview into ten per cent. And you can able to see what are the points I have going to make the data 25. So you can see I have different points here. At the center. I have the center point. So with the help of that, I can able to move the light. You can see that I can able to move the entire light with the help of this point. And after that I have the transform controls. So I can able to say how I need the particular light. You can able to see. I can able to reduce and stretch the light appearance. I can able to increase the lights. Sweat value. These are the options I have with this program privy itself. So here itself I can able to adjust, I can able to rotate if I want. I can able to see that. I can able to adjust all those things. And when I click outside, you can able to see I can able to rotate and I can able to place how I want that lighting effect. And when I play this video, you can able to see how good that is going to play this. You can see that we have the particular spotlight over the coal face. Now I choose the Effects, Controls, lighting effect. Here I have a light one to five, and the details about the light, let us have the details about the light first, and we'll say about those light one to five. So here you can see we had a white light. I can able to choose the color and I can able to choose which one I want. I'm going to choose this. Yellow I choose, Okay? Now you can able to see I got the yellow color here. So in the same way you can able to choose which color you want for this. You can also use this eyedropper, and you can choose which color you want. So based on that color, we will have those color values. You can see that how you want those colors we can able to sit. And after I said that color, I have this ambient intensity. You can see how much intensity we have. Those areas. I had 20 now I'm going to add just that might radius at first, you can see the ambiance color value now one, and we don't have nothing here. Now I want to increase that. It just click and drag. So we have the more ambiance color value for the outer area. So these are the options we have with this ambient intensity. And I'm going to keep that default value, then we have surface gloss. So if you want some surface glossy appearance, I can use that. I can able to adjust that. We have this surface material. If you want some self-paced material, appearance, we can use that. You can see now we have some surface material like appearance. We have the exposure value. We can set how you want the exposure detail. We have the different values here for the bump layer. So we can set if you have multiple layers here. I have only one track now. So we can see how that track was influenced. The current attract. I was elected to that video track one only, let's say we have the same particular effect here. And if I don't need that, I can choose none. Then after that I have this bump channel. I can able to choose which color channel I want, red, green, blue. And I can able to adjust the bump. Hate. These are the options we have with this stuff, the adjustments. Then we have light 12 phi, as I told you, I'm going to show with this light one, I just expand that and you can able to see how we have that light. This latest spotlight, this is the right one. Now I just changed the directional light. So you can see how the directional light, how the output, I will choose this into Omni light. So you can see how we had omni light. I can place where I want that Omni light that I need. I can place that. Now. We can see that we have the better lighting appearance here, since we have no light on these areas, this could be the better one can choose which lead do you want from these two directional omnidirectional and spotlight. And it can able to choose that particular color, what you record. As you record, you can choose what you need. And we have this center portion of that particular point. You can see I can able to move that anywhere else. I record. I have that y-axis value also. Then finally, I have this option major radius. I can able to spread the value of the particular we know that light. Or I can able to reduce it. You can see I can able to set all those intensity of the light also. So these are the options we have, our radius essence intensity. So based on your needs, you can choose what are the things you want. Now if I close this light one, I expand this light too. You can see this light too was in non mode, which means it was not there right now, when I want this light 2345, I can able to enable them to do that. We are going to do very simple thing which is, we're going to choose which light you want on the light and other lights. So I'm going to choose the Omni only. You can see I got on more light here. I'm going to say it where I want that light. I'm going to move that here. And I'm going to reduce the intensity, point radius, the radius. You can able to see that the light to bear. I can able to set how I want the radius density. This is light too. You can able to set all those values as they have done for light one. And in the same way if you want, we can add light three also. You can see that enolate three was in disabled more now, since we are not want to use them, you can use up to five highlights with the help of this option, which is lighting effects. So these are the options we have with the lighting effect in Adobe Premiere Pro. Based on your need, you can use this lighting effect. Now, I just want to remove this lighting effect. You can remove the interior lighting effort if you don't want our you have another villages. We can simply disable this option of it. Just toggle the on-off, switch it off that particular effect at anytime I can able to search on that. So I don't want to remove that. If I remove that, I can able to create the same thing again, that's not possible to do with this few amount of time. But if you simply disabled, we can enable that at any time. So that's why I was just disabled that. I'm going to use the next particular video affecting this adjustment, which is program. So I just draw up and place it on this timeline. You can see we have a common are these pro camp values. It has a brightness, contrast, hue and saturation adjustments. And we have split present. Let us start with this brightest. I just increase the brightness. You can see this is all we can able to exist the brightness. And if I move that in, you can see that I can able to reduce the brightness also. So this is how we use this option, which is brightness and contrast. So right now I have 100, 100%. I can able to increase that if I want. I can able to reduce that. This is contrast, the gentleman we have this with this Adobe Premier Pro. After my, my dear students, I have this queue here. So the help of the skew, we can able to change the Q value of each and every pixels. Those are watching this video, you can see that we have a change on all those pixels. Can see that based on the color wheel colors, we have the changes here. This is how this q plus work here. I can able to see that I just expand this hue. And I can able to sit in that particular color values based on the color wheel, just having 360 colors, which means we have 360 degree values there. So this is hue. Now I just want to reset and we have the saturation. You can able to increase saturation like this. You can see we have more vibrant colors here. Now, if I did something like this, and we too have the option which is saturation. So you have huge amount of color change here you can see that this is the original video. You will definitely hate this if you have added this effect. This looks really wonderful. So you can able to do all those basic adjustments using this fx, which is, no, I just meant in this Adobe Premier Pro. So after this finally we have are more option which is split screen. And if you want to split screen here you can able to enable that. You can able to see this is the original video appearance. And we have this on the particular effects appearance now by just increase the split percentage, right now we have 5050. And if I want to adjust, you can see how we have the change for this color change with this basic option which is broke up. So these are the options we have with this, you know, the adjustment in video effects for doing different video effects in Adobe Premiere Pro. 97. Blur and Sharpen: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the next advance FX filter. What we have this Adobe Premier Pro, which is blur and sharpen. I'm going to use the same video to explain all those features. Let us expand this Blur and Sharpen. Sharpen you can able to see we have six major effects. We're starting with this camera blur and we have directional question gloves. We have reduced interlaced Flickr, sharpen, unsharp mask. Let us start with this camera blur. I just drag and a play that I can see when I played that particular camera blur future. They had the blur on the screen and it has the default value of just quantify. We can say that in this effects properties. So with the help of these effects control, you can able to adjust the two. Now I'm going to adjust the tint to ten. You can see how we have this camera blur going to increase that. This is all we have that particular appearance. Now, we have the slider also, if you want, we can able to adjust. If you want to create this kind of, you know, the camera zoom blur like appearance before getting focus will have the object appearance like this only if you are using the insert just went on the camera. This camera blur we have with this Adobe Premier Pro, I just delete that particular camera blur. I'm going to choose the next one which is directional blur. I just drag and drop that. Here. In this my Effects panel, which is fx controller. You can see I had two options here. I have the direction and I have this blurred length. We expand the direction. You can see at 360 degree. I can set any direction for this blur, like I'm going to choose in this way. So we'll have the blur towards the right-hand side. I just increase this value. You can see how we have that appearance. Now I'm going to change the direction it can able to see how we can able to change the direction. So this is how we can able to customize the direction of the particular blur value using this option, which is directional blur. That name itself has the meaning about how this affects going to work with this Adobe Premier Pro, which is directional blur. So you can able to set what direction to record for the blur. Now, I just delete this effect. We're going to show you how to use the third option, which is Gaussian blur. Now I just drag and drop that Gaussian Blur. You can see in discussion blood we have the blurriness and other radius. First I'm going to adjust this blurriness. So I have 0, I'm going to add just that. You can see I have read that Blair, I don't have any directions there. Now, after adding those blur values, I have blurred dimension here. You can see I have three-dimensions here, which is the default one is Arizona and vertical. And we have horizontal. You can see I have a blur in horizontal way won't be in the same way. You can also choose vertical. So I will get the blur on the vertical direction only. But if I choose this horizontal and vertical, I will have the default value, which is I'll have the normal blood like appearance. We have the blur on both horizontal and vertical appearance. We can see that these are the options we have with this dimension. Now if I want to repeat edge pixels, I can just enable this, which is Repeat Edge Pixels. Otherwise you will have those black colored areas. If outline, you can see I just expand that, just Repeat Edge Pixels. Now we don't have any blocks over the particular area of just the boundary. So this is repeat edge pixels in this Adobe Premier Pro. So after these three blur effects, the camera blur, directional blur, the Kushan blur, I have reduced interlace Flickr. I'm going to apply that future. When I add that, you can see I have the softness value. I can adjust the softness value that create the small, tiny, those blurred appearance. You can see that if you want, you can use this option which is reduce interlaced trachea. Then I have the sharpen, I just drag and play that. You will have some kind of sharp appearance here. Now I'm going to zoom it and you're going to see how we are going to get changed. You can see right now we don't have much amount of change. But when I increase this sharpen amount, you can see I have the most sharp pixels. Did you see that? Now I'm going to increase, okay, before that I'm going to hide these, this particular sharpen effect. So I just click this fx icon. You can see that this is the original video we have used. But after adding the sharpen and added the value which is 79, we have the result like this. This is really good and this is what I need when I was watching the movie on the screen. I need more details of those characters as well as the objects, what we are seeing on the screen that will give a lot of inflammation and connection towards the story as well as audience. So this is what we need, which is sharper pneumonia. If you give the lower value, like can see that I was given too much amount of value that which is solvent. And you have the disturbance, we have noises. So try to use limited amount of that particular sharpen as well. Now, this is 0 and I'm going to use handler. This looks really good. You can see that this view also we have a lot of changes. So this is sharpen when you have created any video with the small amount of blur, definitely you can go for this, just sharpen and this will help you to create the more focused the video like appearance using this Adobe Premier Pro. Now after this Sharpen, I just tell it the sharpen. I'm going to choose the next particular video effect, which is unsharp mask. Now I apply that first and you can see, I'm going to zoom this. I have 100 per cent. Right now you can able to see we have very mild disease. I don't know whether you can able to understand or not. But let us have the value. I just meant we had the amount which is 50. I'm going to increase that more. I'm going to add just this toggle effects on off. I'm going to switch off. We can see we have a clear, you know, the change there. Now I'm going to add the more values, which is 215. And you have better That's sharpened appearance without the advent of strokes. This original footage, you can see that this is what we have after adding the sharper. Then we have the radius SLS threshold values. So I'm going to increase the particular radius value. When I increase the radius value, you can see from the ages, it increase the radius, the spread area of the particular effect which is unsharpened mosque. We help threshold value two so you can able to adjust how you want the particular threshold value, like I'm going to choose ten. Wait to have only 1, add that in minus if A1. And this is 0, going to choose 0.5. So this is a heart if we have only 10. So I can, I just ask a vacua and I can able to adjust the radius value. I'm going to set that into to, to use looks like too much amount for this, Just one. And you can see here we have a clear video. And if I remove this unsharp mask, you can see we have Smart Blur there. This is what we have with this unsure mark. And these are the adjustments of the blur and sharpen options what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro Video FX for video editing work. You can see all those things are cool effects what we have, particularly those under sharpen unsharp mask. And we held the particular options like the cashier and blur in this Adobe Premier Pro. 98. Distort your Footage: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use this dot video ethics in Adobe Premier Pro. We can see this thought has lots of different video effects. We have started with this coordinate plane. I'm going to drag that particular corner pin effect. And I'm going to use this video. I just drag and drop to this particular video footage. Now we can see we don't have any difference out there. But in my effects until you can see we had that particular effect, which is Corner Pin. We have different values here. We can see we have two parameters for upper and two parameters per lawyer. That upper left adjustment values like No, I'm going to add just this very first one. When I adjust that, you can see I have that particular picture like that was pinned with this upper left corner. You can see that if I add that in place, you can see how we had just met. But if I move that in a minus, you can see that has that looks like that was pinned with that particular corner which is left upper. Can also add the value in minus or plus. Now, After the best parameter I come to the second parameter. Here I'm going to adjust the y-axis. So you can able to adjust both x-axis and y-axis here. Then after that, I come to this place, which is upper right. You can set how you want that upper right. And I'm going to set the lower left and lower right. So based on your needs, you can set how you want to pin that particular video appearance. I can set that pin on this place because it was created the stitch like this. I can able to adjust how they want. However spin that that particular video there. This is what this corner pin. You don't want to use all those values at a time, but based on your data, you can use that like if I want to add that particular corner pin, appearance Bar, lawyer write-only for this place. I can use this alone. You can see that we can able to distract the image as we need. This option is cornered when Adobe Premier Pro. Now I'm going to use the next one. The next one is lens distortion. With the help of this lens distortion, we can able to adjust the camera lens. Focus means that particular lens distraction appearance. I was added that now I come to my effects onto your video, you can see you don't have much amount of difference after adding that particular effect. Because we don't have the p-value here, we have all those value into 0. Now we want to adjust this very first one, which is curvature. So I just, I just saw value. So then I just have value. We can able to see how I can able to create that Euler angle kind of appearance if I want. So I was having the value on 0. When I increase the value, we can able to see I have this kind of appearance. So I can able to create that lens correction like how that camera lens was having a different values when you are taking the photograph. Now, if I increase the value of 200, you can see how we have that value. And I can not able to move more than a 100, just the highest value for this curvature. Now, I just want to reduce that. And I just want to add the value on minus. So I just add the value on minus. You can see how we have the particular video footage. We almost have the wide-angle lens appearance here. The help of this curvature you can able to create that cow how you want. When I add more values on this curvature in minus, you can see how we have that appearance. This is all we have that appearance for this curvature alone. So you can use according to your need, I just want to use that into 0 because I just want to explain other things also. Now I choose this vertical decentering. You can see how that works. I can put a dissenter that particular video footage in a vertical way. And I can able to increase that more values. So I was used to a 100%. Now, you can see how we have that video appearance. And I'm going to increase the denim minus, I can see how we have those same, you know, a 100% minus value for this video footage. They looks like that characters on filling stuck on you. So this is how we have that appearance. Remember, you have the empty space here. So whenever you have that empty space, when you are adjusting those video footages, you can fill that empty space with anyone color. At the bottom you can see we have the field color. It has a white now, but I can change that. I just click here. And I'm going to use the color what I like. I'm going to choose this one and I use this eyedropper tool. I can also choose the colors from this video for days like I can choose from those flowers. Are those green areas are the skin tone. I can choose anywhere from that particular video. That will be up to one for this particular design. Like that video footage, I'm going to choose a green. That green also serves its purpose. I can able to add this color. All those colors are already have that video footage. If you add something like this, that will never not work. So we can see that this is awkward as well as the unwanted color, what we have there. Even if you have black at the background. Somewhat this is okay that black and white. But otherwise, we should not add some different colors that that's not occurred with this video footage. So I can use any color like this. Now, after this, I make this vertical decentering into 0. I'm come to this horizontal decentering. So I'm getting the same effect on the horizontal direction. So it can see how we have that particular effect. That's really nice. That's up to you that you are going to use those values. But you should know we have all those features. So whenever you need those effects, when you are making a VDU, Show that shot in a different effect to convey the story. Based on that Monday, we are going to use all those video effects. Since we have these video of x in my premium, doesn't mean you have to use all those video events in your video project. If the project demands that effect, you can use that, but you have to know what are the all effects we have with this video or this Adobe Premier Pro? Otherwise, you may have the chance to miss those effects. Which again helps you to better that particular screenplay for the video project. That's why learning all those video effects are much important. Now I come to this fourth one, vertical prism effect. So this has this appearance. If you want the same thing on vertical way, I can use this. And we have horizontal prism appearance. It has some kind of appearance here. You can see that I'm going to adjust now. We can see how we had that prism appearance. These are the features of this my lens distortion under this dot filter. Based on this, you can use here you can see we had a field alpha. Just disable that. The syllabus that you can able to see that we have only alpha channel, which is the transparent pixels. Now I can able to export this if I want as a transparent the video footage. I don't want that, I just want a color. That's why we have this. So this is how we use this lens distraction in this distort filter. Now I choose is magnified. You can see I can able to magnify the particular place with the help of this magnifier option. So in this fx controller can see that I have tools to this magnify. And we have the point here I can able to choose which point I had to magnify. I'm going to choose is phase. After placing the particular point there, I come to this magnify effect control. Here I can see at first I had the shape. So it has a circle shape. Now you can see that it has a circle shape. Now I just want to change the shape. So I choose this into square. You can see now I have the square. So based on your needs, you can choose which one you want. And we held a circle center point in X axis. You can decide where you want that point on x and y-axis. Now we have the magnification. You can see from the original footage it has 50 more percentage, which is on 50 here. Now I'm going to choose 300. So I had a more magnification. You can see that I can able to say it how I want, and I had a more magnification. This is what that magnification value. And we have the link. And if we want to set any link with this feature, this video, we can use that. We have the size of this, the lens. So we have the magnifier, that lens size into a 100. I can able to increase that as a red color. So now you have the better magnification. You can see that they play the video. So this is wonderful. Okay, So this is what this magnifier feature to have the Feather option. If you feel like, you know, we won't add some furthest over the edges to be taxed as soft corners, the boundary. I can use this further. I just increased the value. You can see that how we have the soft corners, soft those boundary areas. So this is called enough weather. And just want to keep that into 0. It to have the opacity. If you want to reduce opacity, yes, I can do that. And if I want, I can increase that. I have the scaling future. I has a standard. And if I want some soft. I can use a soft. If I had some scatter, I can use the scatter to substandard you to have the blending mode. So if you want, you can use what kind of blending mode or director. Now, I choose this one which is normal. And after that I have the resist layer. If you want to resize the layer, we can use that option. So these are the features of this magnify distort effect in Adobe Premier Pro. Now, I just remove that effect. I'm going to use the next one which is middle. Just drag and drop that here. And here you can see we don't have any change in this picture because I was not added that particular model. Perfect, right now, I was just added but I didn't add any value here. Now, when you add any video effect, if you click that particular video effect on the effects control, we can able to see we have that particular, that particular FX point. So I can able to move that point and I can able to place where I want that point. You can see that I can able to place a point anywhere I required. We have used this during this magnetic field is a vector. Also. We have used that. We set it where we need that particular magnification. So in the same vein, whenever you are adding any video effects, we can customize the location of the particular effect. Here. I have this middle, so you can see that it has a middle kind of appearance. So now after this customization and are going to see, I'm going to adjust the values. So here I had two parameters ahead of flexion center and angle. So I can able to say it, I need the flexion center. We can also just said with the help of the mouth, you can see that we can also adjust the help of this reflection centered parameter. Now after that I have this deflection angle. So you can able to change the angle if you want. You can see I'm going to give the value 90, which has 90 degree. And I'm going to adjust this y-axis value. Now I'm going to play this video. You can see how we had that. It has some kind of reflection like appearance. You can see that this is what a reflection that mirror that particular video effect in Adobe Premier Pro. Whenever you record this kind of effects, you can use this option we just made her. After this. I'm going to choose the middle of it. I just remove that. I'm going to choose the next one which is offset. I played that. So here also, you can choose that offset effect. And I'm going to add just know that a shift center to value. You can see I can able to offset that particular video footage like how I want. You can see that point. And I took how this no blend with the original value. So I increase that. You can see how we have that offset value. So this is the offset value, the offset voltage, and this is not the bottom. You have the blend with original feature. We can able to blend that offset value with the original if you want. You can see that I can able to have both things here. The offset of video footage as well as the background, which is the original. So this is opposite in Adobe Premier Pro. Now I choose is rolling shutter repair. And I was afraid that I choose that here. I'm going to adjust this rolling shutter rate. And I'm going to add just a distraction direction. And how we want those things. Here. I have this pixel motion details. I'm going to play here. Okay, This was very slow. Take lot of time to apply those effects. That works. So after this rolling shutter repair, I'm going to use this paradise sphere is we create the sphere like appearance from the video footage. Right now. We don't have any radius you can see. And when choose this PLAs of x, we had a point, the center point here. And after that I just increase this radius value from 0 to a 100. Can see I was increasing more. I can see I can reduce that as America was creating the appearance like this. We just want to add that value up to my video footage dimension. So now you can see we have this parish effect. I'm coming to this place and I'm going to play before we had the video footage like this. And after spirits, you can see we have a sphere like appearance. So you can able to add a sphere like appearance within the video. I can also adjust the center point, like how I want. You can see that I can able to adjust the center point, the help of this x axis parameter. I can also adjust this y-axis barometer. You can see that this has a smear like appearance. And that works beautifully. This is what that means as we rise. We are making this beer out of this video footage. Now I have the transform. I just drag and drop that. We have the basic transformations controls through the video effects. So I can able to set the position and the uniform scale if we want. We know that what is uniform scale? And I have this Q. So if we want to skew the particular image, I can able to do that with the help of this Q value. And I have the Skew Axis. So you can able to set how you want the Skew Axis there. They said that into 0, I have the rotation. So you can able to rotate that how we want to have the opacity which is a transparency. I can sit how we want from 0 to a 100. And I held the shutter angle, how I want different values also, we know how to use this transform. And we do have one more option here. We just transform that has also the same values. Now they choose the next one which is Turbulent Displace. I just drag and drop that effect here. We can see how we had the turbulence here, going to play this. And we have a turbulence over that video footage. You can see almost all those video footage area has the turbulence. Now I have the effect here. We can see there are tools that, and I'm going to place where I want that center point. So based on that, we have the different turbulence here, like how we had a water waves on the video footage. Right? Now, I am going to adjust those values. So I come to this, my Effects Control. Here. I have the amount and I to have the displacement. So you can choose what kind of displacement unit. We have lots of values here. You can see that. So based on your need, you can choose which one you want. And after the displacement I have the amount. So if you want only a less amount of displacement, I can give lesser mode. You can see we have that. But in a very tiny manner. If I want more, I can do more values. And I can also move around more and more values. You can see that how we have that particular effect. And I do have the size of that particular or displacement. I can able to adjust that. Here you can see I'm going to add a tiny values. This is all we have that displacement value adjustments. So this is size. I'm going to have it in 200. So I'm going to have that value into 50. Then we have the offset value. We have that x and y-axis app set. We have this complexity. You can able to adjust the complexity as I record. And we have the evolution. You can set how we want that value and evolution also. So these are the few more options like we have the coalition option. We have been all horizontal, vertical. We can able to pin how you record that pin value here. You can see that in left hand side we can able to pin, but in right top, bottom we don't have the pin. If I choose the right on these items, it will have the pin, which means we'll never have those appearances. But another Ali it, yes, we will have that if I choose spin are so all those areas will be pinned. We'll never have that black area on the video. And B to how this anti-aliasing, for the best, we can choose low or high. According to veneer. These are the turbulent displays options we have with this video footage, video effects controls. Now I choose this tree. We add this, we know how to use this, we have already used this before. In other lessons. You can able to triple the video footage in both directions, in both clockwise or anticlockwise. So based on your need, you can use it whether if you want or not. She looks like a snake here. But I just use that value into 0. We do have the twill radius. So you can go into add the value and you're going to adjust the radius amount of the tool. We have the central point of the twill, like you can set how we want that. You want that particular on the x and the y-axis. This is true. We used this radius also, and this is true for you. Now I choose Warp Stabilizer. I add that, that analyze, that, know that friends would just list the background. This is stabilized. If you have any unwanted turbulence during the video recording. You can see on my left-hand side, it analyze the video frames like what we have there. And it shows you it has analyzed the background, which is the step one. It shows you how many frames that was managing. You can see that out of 444 frames, it was in 2101214, we almost have 50 per cent. So if you want to use the stipulation process, you can use this option which is warp stabilizer. I'll just press Cancel. Just want to delete this. After that. Finally, I'm going to use this particular video effect which is available. I add that you can see we have the veil on my video footage. I to how the painting process. I choose all ages. I don't want that view on the edges. I don't want to show the background. Now to that I come to the wave type. You can see we have different video types. Right now. We have this sign and I choose this no squire. So if you want to sum square, you can see that we have the square appearance like how we have the different dimension in Doctor Strange multiverse manners. And I'm going to choose this triangle. So we'll have the triangle based on those. Avail. And I have this saw-tooth. We have different wave appearances here. Based on your needs, you can choose which one you want. I'm going to choose this square. And I'm going to add other settings for the wave, the wave height. You can see how we can able to arrange the different height for the wave to how the whale. This is a nice feature. You can see that I have the wave speed also like how on-off faster I want that wave here. In this video footage, you can see that. And I'm going to reduce that into 25. I don't want that no value here. Just want to move that no veil in a slow manner. Okay, so I added in a different parameter. I too have the wave's speed here. I can able to adjust the wave speed. Distraction. You can see, ah, I can able to adjust the direction also. I can able to adjust this base if you want. I can able to change all those values with the help of this option, which is fx control. So these are the different video a of x we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. Based on your need, you can use all those distract video effects, video editing project. 99. Generate Artificial Elements: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use artificial elements in Adobe Premier Pro. We are going to generate different appearances, different effects using our FX palette. I'm going to use these three videos. You can see I have video one and I'll have video two. And I have one more video, which is video three. So I'm going to use these three videos here. I'm going to speed up the second video since it has more frames speed, going to make that into 150. Now, I'm going to have the normal speed. You can see that how we have to note that girl's actions. So let us start. I'll just select this very first footage. Now I come to my effects. In our previous lesson, we have seen how to use this Distort filters. But here I'm going to use this one which is generate. You can see I have four options here. I have the four color grading, lens flare, lighting, and ramp. Let us start with this for color grading, I'm going to choose my Effects Control. You can see I don't have any effect here. I just applied this very first one for color grading. Just drag and drop or insight in this particular effect. When I add that, you can see in my program window, you can able to see the complete change with the particular video clip. We cannot able to see that video clip here. Instead that we have four colors here. We have blue, yellow, green, and this magenta. In this four colors. You can see we have this four colors in a blended a value. And we can able to adjust the colors here with the help of those Effects Controls. Now I choose this four color gradient in FX control. When I choose that, you can see I can able to select all those different four colors points. And I can able to place where I want. It can able to see this. This is one of the important thing, what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. You can decide where you need to put those colors, like if you want, you can also create this kind of combination. So based on your need, you are going to decide how we want that color combinations here. So we can able to place all those things in this fx panel. Also, you can see that we have the 0.1.2.344. Those things are representing this lighting appearances of this color gradient. So I can able to adjust the 0.1 with the help of the x coordinates as well as the way coordinates. The same way I can able to adjust the 0.2.3.4. Now after that, I have this color values. So by default I have this. If I want, I can change it. Like I'm going to change that into red. So this is cool. And I choose this point which is the 0.3. I'm going to choose that into L0. And I have the blue here and I have the green. So in this way you can able to change all those colors, what you record on the particular position. After that. You can also choose that color. The help of eyedropper tool like how we use this in our previous lessons. Now, after this workstation and colors away, just close that tab and now I open this data, just bend this blend. You can able to decide how much amount you want to blend these colors with the original video. Now we have 100%, I'm going to reduce that. We don't have much amount of difference. What I want to increase, you can able to see how we can able to blend that. They're after that, that blending, well, you can see that here we have the blending values. So here I have less amount of Blender value. And here we have the pure colors. And after that we had the jitter values. I can able to adjust the jitter has a record and I have the opacity. So this is another important option we have with this, I can able to adjust the opacity as I lecture. You can see how we had the opacity here. And also this opacity, we had a blending mode. So you can say it in what more do you can blend that four colors gradient with the original video. Like I'm going to choose normal, this is normal. And I'm going to choose this opacity. I just meant many did that blending mode into normal. Choose the opacity adjustments. We can able to see, I can able to adjust the opacity of the color alone. Now, I make the opacity to 0 for that four color gradient. And you can see the complete video here. When I increase this, you can able to see I can able to have those colors according to my value. And we to have digital value and the blender value of the gradient here. Now, I just want to keep this into a 100%. Yes, I got it. And I choose different blending modes, like I choose Add. So that has different values with the background video. You can see that how that works with this ad. And I choose Multiply. Yeah, that's really cool. And we have the screen, you can see that we have overlay. This is another fantastic option. Will blend all those colors with a background video. And we have soft light, hard light. And here also, after applying this blending mode, you can take this opacity if you want. And we have Color Dodge and we have these colored bone. We do have darker and lighter. So all those blending modes you can use according to your need, you can choose whichever you want. Can see that how beautiful all those things. Finally, we have the luminosity. So these are the features we have with this option, which is four color gradient in gender it. Now I hope you have understand this very well. Now I removed that effect and we have the original video after the radio. Second we have this lens flare. So if you want to add some artificial lens flare or if you want to generate a lens flare, you can use this option. Just drag an ad here. When I add them. Now after adding that particular lens flare, you can see we got the preview here. Now they choose the lens flare on my effects control. I can able to change the position. You can see in this particular video footage, we have the Sun on this left-hand side, not on the right-hand side. You can see that how we have the sunlight over the cool hair. So you should place that Lens Flare Probably if you want to use it. If you placed here, it will be like a crazy video. So I just placed here that lens flare. I can able to adjust where I want. Then after that, you know, in this effects controls you can see we have a lens flare, x and y coordinates. I can able to place where I want and we have fled brightness. So you can see that now if I place that lens here, you can able to see how bright that particular lens right now, if I increase that more than 100%, you can see how we can able to add more light. I'm going to place here, but we don't have the number of distance there. But still I'm going to show that there. If I reduce it, we can see that makes the color variation here. You can able to see how that lenses then it was their only. And now I choose that footage, I increase the value. You have this kind of inner loop. Now I can able to say like that lens is really brighten and that has influenced with the video. So I'm going to have this with an 80 means own 58 value only. Now after this brightness value, I come to this lens type. So we had the lens type, we have 5308 mm Zoom. And we have this. Note that if I am now I'm going to choose the second one. I can see how it looks. And I'm going to choose the third 105, Your mom. So these are the three different lens flares we have. I'm going to use this. Then after that we have blend with original option. So we have 0 present value. Let's just give this into a 100 per cent. Now you can see nothing. When I reduce that from a 100. We can able to see I can able to blend that the original footage. So these are the options. We have. The lens flare. Whenever you record, you can use it to offer the lens flare, I'm going to use the next degenerate feature, which is lighting. With the help of this lighting unable to create artificial light, artificial lighting appearance using Adobe Premier Pro. Now, I'm going to use this video for that. We can see how we have this video with a dark background. So let us see how we are going to add this lighting effect. I just add that effect with this video segment. I add that you can see, I got the light here. It looks really good. Now I'm going to use it for another video segment. I just want to delete this particular effect. To delete this effect, you can see I have the same video segment. And we can see in this particular timeline, we have the Effects tab. It shows the green color because we have added a effect. I'm going to use this video here. So here I'm going to add that particular lighting effect. Let us see. I just add that particular effect that this I can see I can able to produce that lighting appearance. I'm going to choose the lighting effects in my effects console. We can see we had a starting point and end point. So now what I am doing is I was placing the starting point here and I'm going to place my end point on another place. It at this point or this point. It's up to you, like how you want to generate that effect. You can do that. Now I'm going to create this point to play. You can see we have some tearful lighting appearance. I'm going to do rest of the things now. So I just select that particular effect. We can see we have the starting and the end point here. The starting x and y. And we have the x and y. You can see that we held segments, which is a seven right now. We can see that. And if I want to reduce, I can do that. And if you want to increase or two that you can see that how I can able to increase that, we can use up to 25. Let us play this video again. So it looks like electric shock point of thing, but it's lighting, right? And after this, I have this amplitude. So you have the ten, which is the value I was increasing here. From the term. I can adjust the amplitude value, how the detail level, which is two right now. So you can see we have more detail now to compare the previous thing. So if you want to add some serious lighting, you can use this. And I use the detailed level. We can see that the detail level is eight. I was used to hear the full value and I have the detail amplitude values. So we can either use flatter or it's up to you. You can decide what kind of serious lightning we have. And we have a branching. We have the default value of the branching into 0.2. I can adjust that like up to one. And we have the z branching values. We have the branch angle from don t. So I can set how we want. And we had a branch segment length. How you can add that length of the branch. And after that, you know, the length of the branch, we have the brand segments. So you can decide how much segments you need with the branches. And after this, the segment branch, I can able to say it. The other all details like we can implicit the branch segments ranch with the speed of that particular lighting. Or it's too complicated, I just want to reduce that values. Yes. So we can able to set the speed however you want. And we have stability. You can see we have fixed end point here. And if you don't want, it can just jump that. We have the vid can see how we have the width of the particular lighting appearance. So if you feel like you want to add some hard lightning, can use that. So that's why we have this width. And if you want a variation with the way that you can use this, you can see we have different variations here. You can feel it. I have the colors of this lightning. I have inside and out. So we can say what colors you recover. You don't want to use the default color when you are creative or you need something new. I can able to produce like this. I can also choose this signal from my light. You can able to see how I was going to use. And I'm going to use my light color. This is all we have. The defect. Can see that you can also choose to read if you want. It's your car. You are going to decide how we want those colors. Like how those lighting was entirely different in those different movies with the same character like electro say, for different colors, you can set how we want based on your requirement. And we have the pull force. We can able to get the full force going to do this first, I know those values, what I have used. And I'm going to use the rest of the things. Because you guys want to know how all things works. Just want to show you. Just want to keep this color. I just want to keep that starting and ending point here. Point to use this level from this pole to that wall. And now I'm going to adjust this full force. We can see how we have the full force values. I can see the difference. Now. We have this pole direction. I can decide that you want on 360 degrees. You can see that we have a random speed. So if we want to add the random seed, I can use this. And we have the blending mode with the backbone. So we have only limited house clean, which is most essential. And we have the ad. If you want to simulate, we can enable this to return if you want. So these are the options we have with this lighting in Adobe Premier Pro. So you can able to generate your own lighting as you record with this option, which is generated by just delete this lighting, I'm going to use the fourth one, which is fam for ramp. I'm going to use this video. I just drag and drop here. After adding that, you can see I have the flat grayscale gradient. I had a black and white and gray in-between those black and white. Now, we can see here I have the starting and end of the ramp. I can choose the RAM and you can see the starting at the end. I can place where I want to start the blending values and very wanted to finish. You can see that here the blending process was started. Here it was completed and before and after we have the same black as well as white. Now I just want to reset that. And we have that in a default version. You can change the color if you want. Like, if I want to add some blue there, I can use the blue in the same way you want to choose. So middle purple. I can choose that. This is all you can able to change the colors on the lab. You can see starting and the end. We have the lamp, the lamp shape. So this is a linear. If you want the radial, we can see, we can choose it. And I can able to select the ramp scatter value. I can increase as accurate. And we have the blend with the original feature. Right now we have the 0 of the blending value with the original video. And if you want to blend, I can able to increase the value. And it blends it perfectly blended. With that video. What we have, we can increase the value if we want more, the blending values. And you can use less than mode if you want to blend in lesser mode. You can see we have the percentage off particular ramp colors will blend it with the background video. Going to now blend with twenty-five percent age. You can see that I have a t percent H. So you can able to blend in a different way using this option which is ramp. So these are the options what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro and generate values. We can able to see all those four options in this generate video effects are highly essential when you are creating a different video effects using Adobe Premier Pro. 100. Noise and Gain: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the video effects, which is nice, nice and gain. It's a category. So if you want to add the noise, some artificial noise for the video, we can use this option noise. It's a very simple option. Let us see how to use that in Adobe Premier Pro. Now I come to this, my Effects panel. I can see that in my fx panel I have the option which is nice and gain. Here I'm going to use the option which is nice. So I just drag and add that in this second video. When I add that, you can see I don't have any difference here on this screen. Now after that, I come to my effects panel. In my effects controls, you can see I have three options. I'm going to choose the first option, which is amount of noise. Now I'm going to increase that from 0. When I add that into 70%. We can see I have a lot of noise here. I'm going to show you that with my full display value. And I'm going to show that a 100%. You can see how we have that noise going choose 400% though, you have a better view about those noises. What we have here. So this is how that particular video we'll get noise when you use this effect, which is nice. Now, I'm going to reduce that into 70% to 10%. We can see how we have the noise and I'm going to make that into a 0. So this is the original footage. So we can able to see the difference between the, the video footage without noise and the noise. Now I'm going to add the same 70 value again. You can see in this noise, I had lots of colors. So if I just want, you know, those colors in this particular video noise, I can simply enable this option, which means it was already enabled mode, which is nice type. It shows you use color noise. I don't want colorized right now. So if you don't want the color noise, we can just disable that. Now you can able to see I have only black and white, even I don't have the gray. They're going to have the pitcher that particular video. It has the appearance like this. But if I enable the video that use color noise, you can see I have a lot of color noise is out there. This is how this works. This particular option, use this, use color noise. Now after that, I come to this place. The second option which is clipped result values. Now I just disabled that. You can see that was added in our highest amount of noise on the picture. That doesn't have any values, just the dark areas. I'm going to just disable that. You can see that how we have that effect. And if they just have that clip result values in disabled mode. And I have this use colors noise also in a disabled board. You can see how we have the video. So this is how we have this noise. If you just enable this do options, and if you don't want that color now, I can disable that. And it will have the noises. I can increase that up to a 100% from 0. So this is what this noise effects in Adobe Premier Pro. 101. Perspective Adjustment: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the perspective adjustments in Adobe Premiere Pro. I have two options here. I helped basic 3D and drop shadow. Let us see how to use these two effects. To use this, I'm going to choose the very first video segment. I'm going to apply this option which is basic 3D. I just drag and drop that effect with this video. And I got that FX control here. After adding the defect in this video segment, you can see in my program window, I don't have any change or difference. Let us see how we are going to adjust those basic effects control values. So I come to this place and here I have the option of just y. So I'm going to adjust this viral value. You can see when I adjust this, I have changed on this picture. So I can able to set how I want this y variable in this. So it creates some cool 3D like appearance. So you can able to see that if you want to create this kind of appearance, you can use this option, which is why, well, now I just want to adjust the tilt. I can also adjust the image distance here. Let us adjust this image distance first. So you can able to make it close in our keep that in a distance with the help of this option, which is distance two. And I have the option with just tilt. So I can able to tilt in a different angle. You can see that how we can able to tilt that video using this option, which is tilt. So these are the three basic options we have with this basic 3D. We have survival, and we have tilt. And we have the distance between the frame as well as the particular video footage. So these are three important options. What do we have this basic 3D? Then after that, we had two more options here. You can see that, right? No, it wasn't disabled mode. The first word is a specular highlight, and second one is trivial. I just enabled the very first one. When I enable that you can see the highlighted areas we have. The more bright colors are prints at the same kind of white on those areas. And the second one is having the preview of the particular frame only. This is a wireframe view. So if you want to see only the wireframe view, you don't want to see other details. You can use this option which is this preview draw, a preview wireframe. So now I just disabled that. This is how I want to adjust this video using this option which is Adobe Premier Pro, basic 3D effect. Now, after this basic 3D, I just remove that. I'm going to see the next one, next year vector which is drop shadow. You can see I had a drop shadow here. So with the help of this drop shadow, you can add drop shadow for the video footage. Let me show you how to use that. I'm going to use my second video footage just to move that, to upload the video footage. Here I have that. Now what I'm going to do is I'm going to reduce the motions and the scaling value. And I'm going to place that where I want. Like you can see, I was selecting the particular scale property. And I'm going to move that where I want to taste that changing the pushing of the particular object. And I can just adjust the scale value. You can see that. So now for this particular video, I'm going to add the effect which is drop shadow. So I just choose the particular video footage and I'm going to add the drop shadow there. When they add the drop shadow that I have a small amount of drop shadow. And I'm going to adjust the value. I'm going to keep the opacity to a 100%. I'm going to set the distance from 0 means, means 5 minutes. From that, I was increasing the value. We can see that shadow wasp comes out of that particular image. Now I'm going to reduce the opacity value that you see that I have the beautiful shadow there. With the help of this drop shadow option, I can able to add shadow for any layer or shape using this Adobe Premier Pro. I can able to set the color, the opacity, and the distance. This is much important one. And you can see that if you want to change the color of the particular shadow at anytime I can able to change it, like I'm going to change that to red. So you can see the red. But most of the time we have the black shadow only. That's why I have this black. By default only, you have the same color, which is black. Now, I just want some soft edges on this shadow. Here. I can able to see that option just softness, going to make some values for that from 0. I just increase that up to my value which is 200. And you can see how beautiful we have the shadow. I just want to reduce the distance. And you can see how beautiful that is. This is how we have the shadow property in Adobe Premier Pro with video effects. Now I just have one more option here which is shared only. So if I click there, you can able to see I have the shadow alone. I don't have the original content for that layer what I have. So these are the options. These two options are available with respect to f x in Adobe Premiere Pro to do video editing work. 102. Various Stylize Effects: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use various stylish effect in Adobe Premier Pro. So this has lot of advanced options, dot pdf x what B is accurate to do video production. Let us see. I'm going to use this video for that. The complete explanation about those effects, what we have with this stylish. Now after selecting this video footage, I come to my stylish filters. You can see we have different video effects here. I have the Alpha Lock glue. So if you have the Alpha background, just transparent background, you can use that one there. Now, I have the second one which is brushstrokes. I just apply the brush strokes there. Before that. I just want to keep this video into 200 per cent. And I'm going to scroll this. I just want to show you the details. And I just want to show you how that going to change This brush strokes to this video. So I choose this brush strokes and they apply that effect here. You can see how that influences the particular video footage. So it has some brushstrokes painting like appearance. I can able to convert in this way the help of this option, which is brushstrokes. Now we come to this apex control. You can see I have this video footage. I have different values here. I have stroke angle, brush size, stroke length, density, and randomness. How I'm going to adjust the stroke angle first. I can able to adjust the angle as you require. You can see that the direction was changed based on my requirement. You can able to change the angle. You can also change the brush size. So right now it was to increase the value to five. You can see we have more brush sizes to compare the previous one. I'm just going to play here. Yeah, this will play no slowly because that has lots of details in this eaten every frame. So this is a brush size I can reduce if I want. The two is the default value we have that. This is brush size and we have the stroke length. When I had the illustration to ten, you can see I have the effects like this. And I'm going to adjust the stroke length now. So now I have the length of the stroke into 40. I can keep that into a 100 if you want. I will have the most stroke length. If I want, I add more values and we have stroke density. So this is one by default. I can adjust that based on my requirement. So I have to, this is the highest value. So here also I can able to adjust to use the highest value. We can see that how we have that appearance. And after we know this is true randomness and density, I have the points surface appearance. So we have four different options here. Paint on the original image, paint on transparent, white, and black. I choose transparent. Like if you have some transparent, because it's out there, you can feel that with this option. Now I choose this third one. We just paint on white. So these four options, cuz different results for you on the screen. You can see that how we have those appearances here. If you want to blend those effects with the original video footage, you can use this option would just blend with the original. So these are the options we have with this second particular stylish effect, which is brushstrokes. Just delete that I and it will take few seconds. Based on your system configuration. You can remove that from this version of video footage. Now I'm going to add the third effect with just colored in both. So I can able to add some emboss effect by adjusting the colors of the video. Like I have four different options in this color rainbows. I have direction, relief, contrast and blend with original. We know what is blend with original for all those video effects. I'm going to set the relief value from 12. I'm going to multiple that. So if I said more relief value, you can able to see that particular, that depth will be more to compare the previous one. I can increase that as a record. Now I'm going to play this video. You can see how we have the depth of those colors and color differences. Now, I'm going to adjust the contrast value. When I increase the contract's value, I have more contrast to compare the previous one. So by default we have the a 100th value, but you can able to change that as you record. I can also reduce if you want. You can see I have 0 contrast and what is the result? Its original footage. So I can able to add according to my knee. So it's 46 contrast. And I have more contrast. It will create. More depth for the Color Emboss at after this, I have the direction. So here you can able to sit in which direction I want that, that embossing 3D appearance. So these are the options we have with this color in both Video Effects in Adobe Premier Pro. Now after that I have find edges. So when I add that find edges, that effect will find all those colored variation edges on this particular video footage. You can see how it was worked with this particular video footage. We do have the option to blend this original video. Can see that how we can able to blend that. This is called the find edges in Adobe Premier Pro. After that, I had the mosaic. I applied that. When I update that, I had most likely appearance here. Now I come to this, my effects controls. I'm going to adjust those blocks on horizontal or vertical. You can see I have the option here which is sharp colors. So I just enabled that any, anybody that I have some warm as the extrinsic or less what we have with that video footage. So let us see how I'm going to adjust those horizontal and vertical blocks. I'm going to set the horizontal and vertical into 5050. So I'm going to play now, this is how we have that videos, 5050 blocks. I'm going to set the data 150 now. Still, we can able to find that videos appearance. If you want to create this kind of effects, you can use this option which is most like. Now after that I had this post twice. If you want to create some posts realized, that particular video footage appearance, I can use this, this is level seven. I'm going to reduce that into two. You can see how we have I can aim to increase as I record. This is posterize. After that I have replicate. So if you want to replicate the particular video footage into multiple, I can use this option. You can see right now I have four, which means I have to replicants in original SLS article. In this, my effects controls, you can see that I had two, which means to horizontal and vertical replication. Now I'm going to set that into ten. We have ten horizontal and vertical applications. So you can able to set how we want, how many replications you want based on your requirement, you can do that. I can also say that in 200, so this is minimum value, which is two. I can not give more than two. So this option is called replicate video effects. We have this Adobe Premier Pro stylish tab. Now after this replicate, I come to this roughen edges. I just add that effect and we have some rough edges. I just disabled that effect. We can see how we have those ages. We can able to find those rough edges there. Now. We have different appearances here. But before choosing those different appearances, let us increase the value then only we can able to see the differences. So I'm going to increase the border value here. You can see we had a better border now. And I choose how I want the edge sharpness. We want sharp, I can keep that into shore and I have no factual influence. Like how I want. I can say that this is the maximum value, which is 1.5 scale. So I can able to scale that based on my knee. Can see that. And we have stitch width. And Jorge, I can adjust the stage width and height. And I do have the color of the age. I can choose what we're after choosing those things. Now I'm going to use the option which is those H type. We have a rough and we had a fun color. So I can choose which color I want there. So this is often color. You can see that color out there. And I have cut, I have this spooky. I have this RAS gene. So you can choose which style you want for this. So these are the options we have this H color I will choose that are fun. And after this I have the offset value. You can see how we had the offset of that particular. I do have the complexity. You can see we have now complex those edges and evolution. We have the parameters for this evolution. I can able to add a cycle evolution. I can able to add the value of the cycle. And randomSeed, I can able to fit all those things. So these are the properties, attributes may help for the vdu effects in this particular category, which is stylish. Now I just remove this rough edges. Finally, I had the option which is strobe light. So I just add that. Here I have the color of the stroke. I'm going to set that into yellow, which will create enormous amount of different scholars there. I had a blend with the original option I can set according to my need. I can aim to say that's trouble tradition. And they can able to say it. That all shriveled period in seconds also, like you can see how I had that struggle at the beginning. You're going to see that first. If you want to create this, you can use this option with just strobe light. Now, I'm going to choose some different color here. Instead of having that yellow. You can see that how we had that struggle. I can able to set different duration if we want, like if I were setter for pine seven, which is the duration. So we have added more, maybe I said that into one. That was added 0.5. So we can able to add all those things with the help of these options. You can also set the stroke value of this internal operate on color only two makes less transparent. That's up to you only. Now after that I have this Sobel operator. I have different modes here. I can choose which one you want, and I have the random speed. So you can add some random speed for that also. So these are the options we have with this video effect. Since I was added in the random speed, which means the random seed, I had a more effective to combat the previous occasions. So these are the options in a strobe light. We have with this particular option, just style is that we have successfully completed the stylist option for video editing, which is a video effects creation using Adobe Premiere Pro. 103. The Magical Time: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use this time video effect in Adobe Premier Pro. We can see we have this video of x here, which is time, and it has four different options. Inside, we have the video effects, we just echo the **** pixel motion blur. We have Posterize Time and time. Let us start with this echo. Going to use this, the vertical form video here. Just want to add this effect here. And before that I choose this video footage. I'm going to choose this motion. I just want to scale this. Now. You will have the better view of both the schools. This PDF which let us start with this echo. Now I'm going to use this echo. I just drag and drop here. Now after this, I choose this video footage. Right now, you can see we didn't have much amount of differences, but it can able to find the small amount of change on that girl's body. You can see that we have small amount of that audio echo like appearance on video effect. In audio, we have the echo, which means some kind of a delayed. The audio with a mild wise are the mild zone will becomes after the original track. Here also we have the same kind of appearance. So you can able to see that when they disabled that particular effect, which is echo, we can see how the original footage, but I enable that. You can see I have one more new area there. So this is what that means. Echo effect with Adobe Premier Pro. Now, I'm going to adjust these values. You can see in my effects control, I have five options here. How echo time number of echoes, starting in density, and how dk and I have the echo operator which has different options. I'm going to start with this echo time. Now you can see I have some value which is 0.03 here, going to increase that into 93. It can able to see the difference between the echo time. So this is the original footage and we have huge amount of difference out there. So this is what that means in no time. You can see that beautifully. We can able to adjust. Even I can able to adjust that, you know, the value of just one. So we'll have the more distance from the original goals feature, that video frame. You can see that this is the echo time. And after that we have the echo number of acres. And before that I'm going to use this option which is a sighting intensity. So here I'm going to just this value into 0.5. Now you can see how much amount of intensity we have this illustrating. I'm going to have the Tinder 7.5. No, I just want to have 0.5 only. Now we can able to see how we have that particular, you know, that effect with this goal, which is echo. Right now, we have only one echo here. If I want to add multiple echos, I can do that. So this is the echo, what we have right now. And I'm going to increase that here. So from one, I'm going to choose the two. So we have more of a code that you can see. We have two aqueous and I'm going to set that into three. So you can able to see I have three different echos there. Now I said this in density as usual, which is one, this is the default value. And we have the option which is taking means when the echo will be enough finished In this video, I can set how I just wanted to finish that echo here. I'm going to set that value to 0.1. And it has very less amount. And when I play that, we didn't have that much amount of the disability, I'm going to increase that into a file. Well, that definitely a guild, the disturbance for the overall footage. I'm going to adjust this echo operator. You can say that I have ADD, I choose maximum now, so now you have the better the display off the echo. What we have with this video footage I had three ago here. You can see I will have the three-year cohere and I have the time decay, which is different. I just said that into default. I'm going to move this. You can see we have different eco values for the goal. I had three equals. If I have one, we can see we have one. And if I have three, I can able to use no three equals i2. How the cooperator like add and we have this maximum. To have this minimum. You can able to see how we have the minimum amount of that that echo was blended with that original footage. We have only own echo and I'm going to increase that. File. Now, we can feel that she is like Doctor Strange having multiple levels light. So I'm going to set that into now, the decay into two. Now, we can add only three equals, that is the maximum value. You can able to see how that works with this goal. Now I choose the screen, which is the cooperator. We have composite in black. So instead of the black will have the composition. And in France we have. And finally, I have the option which is blended. You can use this minimum if you want to see all those echoes properly. And if you want to add only one Eco, you can do that. And you can see how we have that FAFSA using this theorem. Adobe Premier Pro, this is echo what we have this Adobe Premier Pro. Then after that, I'm going to use the next option in this time category fx, which is pixel motion blur. So I apply that here. Otter are playing that effect. I come to this, my Effects Control. And here I have those inflammations about the effects controls, changes, attitudes about pixel motion blur. So we have four options here. We have shuttle control, shutter angle samples and details. I'm going to choose automatic, manual. And after that, you can see we can not able to access those things. I'm going to adjust the vector details after changing the shutter control into automatic. You can see I can not able to access this shutter angle and samples. I can able to adjust only this vector details. But if I choose manual, I can able to access all those things. I can able to adjust the shutter angle, the shutter samples for this pixel motion blur. Now after that, I come to the third one which is posterize time. So I'll play that. We can see I have the same moments here. But after changing this posterize time frame, it's 24. Now, going to change that into 12. Let us see how we have that. You can see we have only 12 frames in appearance here. Now I'm going to change that into six. And you will have the entirely different that the time effect here. You can see that it looks like it has only six frames. So this is what this posterize time work. Now I'm going to do that in 23. So this is definitely not the time. So it's definitely not the stop motion animation. It's not a time-lapse video. It's just a video. We have used the option which is posterize time. So with the help of that, we can able to change that into kind of time that a stop motion animation feel using this option. Now in that same way, you can see I have 24 frames per second. This is the default one for this video footage. Now I'm going to increase this value. So I was choosing 50 and I'm going to play that. So in that way also we have the smooth play. I'm going to save that into 120. Now, this is the maximum value which is 99. Let us play here. So we didn't have that much amount of difference after the 34. But when you have less than 24, you can able to see a lot of differences with this poster I sent. This is posterize time, ladies and gentlemen, for you. And after that we have this time, what I just add this time, you can see lots of values here. We have at this time in this previous default values going to play this, you can able to see I have some stragglers still not able to find so much amount of differences. I have some kind of changes. We can see that when I move that video footage, I have some time distances here. And let us work with this. I'm going to work with other options here. First, you can see I was up late time warp, and I have lots of options here. It has motion blur. We have this, the tuning values here, and we have the source clip details. I have some other options. I'm going to start with this one which is method. Here I have three options. I have whole frames, frame mix and pixel motion. So you can choose which one you want to. By default, you will have this pixel motion. And I have the adjustment time, which is based on speed and source frame. So this is the default one which is speed. Now after that I had the speed here, which is 50. Choose source frame. You can able to see I have the source frame here. Based on the need, you can choose which one you want. So I choose 50 and I'm going to change that into ten. Now I'm going to play here. So facilities flow. Better. Function. I just want to set the preview into quarter for my reference. You can see how that particular time was working here. This is excellent. Can see that this is all we have this option which is speed. I'm going to set the team to handle it. So we got that here under the help of normal values. So you can able to use this time who opt to say it that into what kind of speed you need for here, we can expand that area as C right here. Now I have only ten. You can see that how you have the result. This is beautiful when you are changing the total time of this particular video footage. And you have the exact frames, what your trachea when you are recording that with a different time frames using that camera or any other device. This is speed. After that speed, I'm going to just add the values. I have this internal 5050 value here for the time. You can see how we have the result. Now, I'm going to this next category which is tuning. In tuning, we have the vector details. We have the tone t, which is the value. I can able to adjust that up to a 100. So I will have more vector digits there. I do have the smoothening values, which is Global 500 for another global as well as the local. And it has modelling. The details here. You can see how that change. Particular video footage is quality. So this is what we have with this tuning. I also have the error threshold, the block size. So you can able to adjust all those values as u vector. Now after this tuning, we have this whitening. I can able to add the red and green and blue weightings details. I can able to add based on my data. After adding all those inner tuning details, I come to this next tab, which is motion blur. So we can see in motion, but I have different values. I have the motion blur in disabled mode. If I want, I can increase and I can set all those details. After that I have the matte layer, which is we can use any one layer content lesson mat. Right now I have only one video in this video footage one, I don't have anything on video two or three. But if you need, you can set this matte layer as a video two or three, it's up to you based on your needs, you can do that. Then also I have this matte channel. By default, I have this Alpha. But if we want inverted all for our luminance. Luminance I can use according to my need. After that I have walked layer. So if I want, I can use this word players and show that Matt for condo or backward. Finally, I have this full source of crops. We want to crop the source. I can do that from left, right, bottom, and top. So based on your need, you're going to do how you want those cropping functions. You can see how we can able to adjust that. These are the options we have with this time warp in this Adobe Premier Pro. So these four options, the ACO, pixel motion blur, this posterize, time and time warp are fantastic options we have with this autonomy Premier Pro for a Changing the time and the time effect in Adobe Premier Pro video, clip and editing projects. 104. Transform Effects: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use Transform video effects in Adobe Premier Pro. We know with the help of those option, which is like our motion and opacity time remapping. We had lots of options that the effects control itself. But still you have a separate effects in this particular Adobe Premier Pro, which is transform. So with the help of this transform option, you can able to add different transform options for this video clip, you can see I have the transform. Here. You can see that I have that different types like auto re-frame. I have cropped. Let us see how all those the Transform options on by 1. First I'm going to choose this option which is Otto reframe. So I just drag and drop that into my video footage. Here. We don't have any difference right now. But I'm going to do the rest of the things. First I'm going to choose this option will just slow motion. And I'm going to make the preview. And second I'm going to read that in the default 1. Third, I'm going to choose this fast motion. You can see we don't have any difference out there. It does have that in a default value. And I have that just position. And I have that in the two values I had reframe of cerebrum scale. We're going to choose this analyst first. Tools analyze, yes, Plus done. And they can able to change that adjustment off the position, the frame, that reference frame value. I can change all those values according to my need. You can see I can able to re-frame that particular skill. And it can able to reframe the offset value. As I lecture. Again, able to adjust the position and the slow motion as irregular. So these are the basic options we have with this auto re-frame. Now by just delete that, I'm going to use the next video effects with just crop. The help of this crop, you can able to crop this particular video footage. I'm going to start with the top. You can see I can able to crop the top area of the video footage. I do have the option at the bottom. So you can able to give the default the same value if you want. Like I'm going to use a ten here, ten here. So we have the very good cropping here. Now, I'm going to crop on left and right. If you want, you can use those are options. It was not necessary to use all those values. Remember, we are using those values and percentage only. So if you want, you can use otherwise we can just keep that into 0, that underwater segments. So this is the graph function, what we have. Then we have the option which is Zoom. If you want to stitch that into this inner star, again, we can use this often Zoom. Sometimes you may record this. That's why we have this ups and Zoom. And you to have the option which is h further. If you want some further edges, we can use this. Right now we have the value which is 0. We can able to see it, the feather age and they can able to modify want. This option is cropped whenever you are rescued this, we can use that. When I choose a crop, you can see I can able to adjust the defect on the screen itself. You can see that here itself I have the transform control of that effect. I can adjust that. I can able to scale in x-axis and y-axis. And also I can able to adjust that together. So these are the options. What we have with this crop function is just an added, I just want to remove that. So this is a second option we have that we have h further. So I just add that and I'm going to adjust the amount. You can see we have only one feature which is ammonia. So many I just saw mode. You will have that further on the edges of the video. Won't adjust it. You can see I have the Feather value there. So if you want to create this kind of feather values, you can use this option which is H, whether we don't have any other parameter here. Now I'm going to add the next one which is horizontal flip. If you want to have the horizontal flip, we can use it. You don't have any parameter here. We can see this creates the entire different field when you have the same footage and horizontal to compare the vertical, you can see that this horizontal flip has more professional look to compare that vesicle in the flip. So this is horizontal flip gentlemen, for you. And we have the vertical flip. Ladies and gentlemen, we have the ticker flip here. So if you want to turn that particular video into vertical appearance, you can use this option. You can see this is very simple. We don't have to adjust any value. We're just dragging and dropping and we are getting that effect in this Adobe Premier Pro. So these are the options we have with this Adobe Premier Pro for transform that video into different options using FX transform. 105. Transition Utility and Video: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use this transition, affect how to use this eternity and V2 in Adobe Premiere Pro. This, we are completing those video effects, what we have in advance in Adobe Premiere Pro. Let us start this transition. We know what is transition in our previous classes, we have seen that how to use the transition effect using Adobe Premier Pro. We have audio and video transitions. You can see we have separate tab, just transition here we have different transitions. But here I have another option with just transition. I just explained. You can see I have three options here. I have black dissolve, gradient y, and linear wipe. Now I'm going to choose this block to sell. I double-click there so that it can able to apply that particularly affect on the selector of footage. Now, you can see in my left-hand side, effects control, I have blocked dissolve. Here. I have no five-hour meters. I have the transition completion. Right now it does 0. They just add the value. You can able to see how the transition effect, I can able to customize that in a percentage. This will be appear on my video for the country as places. If you know how to use these animate option, they can able to use this to animate. And we can able to control that entirely for the video footage. That was an advantage when you are using this transition effects in reducing this video transition. You can not able to add that in-between those video footages. But with this transition effects, we can able to add those transitioning anywhere within the video clip installed or made or wherever you want. That is advantage why we have this transition in your particular fx, which is video. Now, I'm not going to animate here upcoming session only we are going to say how to animate, but let us see what are the options we have in this transition. In our projects, we are going to see how to use this transition animation. Here I'm going to explain about these transitions. What we have. We can see I added the transition, the completion is 26. I'm going to increase that ten to 30. Can see how we have that values here. I'm going to set that on the view into 200. You can see how we have those values. Now I'm going to increase the black width. So I'm going to increase it from one. I'm going to set that into ten. You can see, I can able to stretch that into this. You can see that how we help turn that into you, that ten value I'm going to choose for t. You can see how we have that value here. So this is how we can able to customize the NTA transient using this option, which is a transition video effect. So we can able to add this transition completion. And we are going to add Blog height also. If we want to add just the height, I can adjust that. You can see how we have that transition. And I'm going to adjust more like I'm going to have 30 yet, I'm going to have 70. So you can see how we have that transition, those blocks. And I to have the feather. If we want to add some feathered effect between those shapes I can able to add. You can see how we have that feather on those areas. So these are the options we have with this block, the cell. If you want a soft just, you can enable that, otherwise you can just disable that. So these are the options what we have with this block, this is all in transition. This is the first one. Went to remove this. And I'm going to add the second one which is gradient. So I just double-click there to add that. When you wrongly add it twice, we can remove any one thing. Yeah, it was removed that how the gradient way, with the help of this gradient wipe, I can able to add that vibe perfect, with the help of this, going to add this transition. You can able to see I was added the gradient value, add that into 20 per cent. Now you can able to see how the transition effect here, and I'm going to set that to 14. So you can able to set hub. You want you to have the oxygen with just transition softness. So right now it was a 0. You can see we have hard edges like appearance, going to set that into 50. So when I set 50, I have some soft edges. You can see that clearly. If I have 100%, I will have more soft edges. So to avoid the soft edge boundary, we have the value which is 0. Now we can able to feel that the transition, which is the gradient pipe going to change that into 60. You can see more if you have multiple layer video content or you can choose the transition gradient layers, whichever you want, you can choose what you record. What is just none. I'm not going to add anything, or I'm going to choose the same video, which is a V1. So this is how we use this option gradient layer. And we do have the gradient placement. You can set how you want the gradient adjustment for this. Particular gradient pipe. So these are the options we have with this gradient wipe transition. Now I had the third one which is linear wipe. I just double-click to play here. And I was up later. Now I'm going to say the transition completion. You can see how we have the transition. And I can able to customize it with the help of this transition completion. And they can also set the WIP angle. You can see how I have the angle. So I can use this angle to set the proper white bangle to have the further. So with the help of this feather, I can able to set the feather between the transition and the video footage. You can see that how I was editing this feather. So these are the options we have with this transition which is linear wipe. These three options will be useful for anywhere in this video footage at the beginning or the end, or the middle. And even if this transition can use, for many places like if you have more duration video footage, I can also use this for multiple times within the middle and other places also. So these are the transitions what we have with this video effects, not under this innovative attention. Now after that I had utility. So utility you can see we have seen neon converter. So if you want to create some utilities, neon converter like this, you can use this option. And you can see we have the conversion type here. I have logged linear, so this is the default one to have log to log. You can see that we have learned to like and how we have the appearance. I too have locked block so you can utilize which one is regular. It may use this linear to log. You can see how the change was made with the help of this utility software. It's just this utility see on converter. Now after that I have this 10-bit black point. I can able to see it how I want the black point here. And I have this internal black point. I can able to set the black point value. I too have 10-bit white wine values. I can able to save the white wine value and internal weight value. These are the ten bit black point and they want a white wine values for both. I know that in and the internals. So after that we have the gamma value. So we can able to save the gamma value as the record. And you can see how we have those values. And after the comma value, I have the highlights rollout can see how I can able to adjust that. So these are the options. We have this neon converter in this utility. After this utility we have the option which is video. So you can see I have is GER confirm and I have simple texts. So I can use this SGR conform to do this brightness, contrast and softness. I just meant. We can see that how I was suggesting that this soft need to after this STR conform. I have simple text. If you want to add a very simple text here, it looks like a caption, but this is not a caption. If you want to add very simple text within your video footage, you can use this option which is a simple test. So you can see we have added a text and I got that particular simple text control on this effects controls. We can see we have different parameters here. We start with this edit text. I click here and I can able to change the text what you have inside. I'm going to type like this is my first simple texts. And you can see he called the text. We can able to edit that text and we can able to change the position as you record. We can see that we can able to adjust that with the help of this option. And we too have the justification in left or right or center. Based on your needs, you can choose where you need the justification. And we have the size. You can see the default 15 size, setting that into 30. You can see how we have the text. I can able to reduce this less than 15. This is a, we have the text. So this is a font size of this particular frame, not only fancies, but also for the no, the background black area after the opacity. So you can see, I can able to set the opacity value of the same video footage, that particular simple text. We can see how dark we have this opacity. Now I was reduced to that. So these are the simple text options they have with this video, eternity. And these are all the video of x, what we have with Adobe Premier Pro to do various video editing projects. You can use all those different video effects are going to burn it. Remember, you have to concentrate only the theme of the project. And according to that project only you're going to use all those utilities you should not use. Like we have the video effects in Adobe Premiere Pro, we have two must, we must use all those video vaccine or project. That is not a proper way. You had to use those V of x according to your project demands 1D. So these are the video effects we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. 106. Project #4 - Song Editing Work: Hey everyone, welcome to the project. For this project, we are going to see how to do editing for a song. If you have a dance vdu or any other moments, you have that body movements with the turns ratio. We can able to create a song using that video files. So here I'm going to show you how to do the song editing using Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to create a new bin for adding my audio as well as video files. So I'm going to give you the name, which is songs. And I'm going to own more bin, which is video files. So in this video files, I'm going to load my video content. I have my project folder, I have video files here. You can see I have a lot of video files. All those video files having the dance movements. Few video files have the slow motion moment. You can see that. So we can able to turn that into fast, or you can use that as you have the slow motion according to your audio. Now, I'm going to play this. You can see how we have different moments here. Few videos have the slow motion movement and the other videos have the normal movement. You can see that you're going to edit all those things. And we're going to create a same kind of appearance for all those videos, what we have, this song video editing project. Now I'm going to load all those videos so I can select all those things I can just drag and I can come to my project file. Here, I'm going to place inside this bin folder, which is video files. So all those files are getting loaded. I got all those files here. Now I go to my songs folder. I double-click there. And here I'm going to place my songs. So I have a list of audio files here. I just add that we can choose which one is during the video editing process. So I just placed all those audio files here only we are going to do. We're going to select what we need. Now, after adding all those things, I make the view into list. Let us have the preview on the songs first, I played this, and I'm going to play the very first song, which is bite me. This looks very powerful according to those moments of those are goals or the dawn song. So this is fine and I'm going to check the next song. Well, when you are doing editing work for any song, you can able to edit the video files. So here we have the force moment. We can hear that. So far. This also we can able to do editing work with the same kind of video footage is what? Let us check the third audio. So this is also fine. I'm going to check the fourth one. Vine that is also good. This is beautiful. I'm going to check the next one. Okay, so this is fine, but we can't use this just to want to remove this from the list. I deleted that. And I'm going to play this dreaming on. Here. We can use those goods are slow motion moments also. The first month or so, but that sound is much louder. Of course, they can do all that. Just mine, say no without a Premier Pro. Let us hear the last track also. Not require these two tracks. A really good catch shot in the box and dreaming on. Let us do the edit for this. Chat in the box first. And after that we can see how to do the same video footage editing work for this particular track which is swimming. Because they don't, both tracks initiate with the different, the energy that has set out to do that. Suppose I'm going to load this cast shadow on the box. Just want to create the sequence before that. Yeah, I create the sequence. I'm going to give a name, which is the song Reno song editing work. I'm going to use the same DSLR value I choose. Okay? And here I'm going to use the song we just got shot in the box. I placed it on audio track one. This tracker has one minute and 47 seconds duration, but I don't think those video files how that measurement of duration, let us add according to the duration of this video files going to play this. So this is a fast-track we have in the list. You can see we have the slow motion v to u. And here we have the close-up shot off the goals. And we too have only two goals. Here. We have the four goals. Again for girls, this a mid shot, and this is mid short. This is a close-up shot. But we have only one goal. And here we have, you know, they're created a sequence and they're doing their performance. So we can start with Team. This is also slow motion. I'm going to plan how I want. So I'm going to start with this. Okay? So we have all those songs. Yeah, here I'm going to start there facing the public. So I'm going to place this track first. Of course, that was their movements are very slow. Of course the frame rate is the reason. Yeah, we'll correct that. So this is the first clip I'm going to use because you can see they are standing and they start to dance. This is a fast track I'm going to use. And after that, I'm going to place the next track. Before adding the next track. I had to know where we are finished their particular step. And based on that, we can need to decide the camera angle and other all the things. So I'm going to use the same kind of shot what we have here. I'm going to use this footage because you can see this is also the mid shot. We have. We will do editing port. And after this mid shot, I'm going to place the next shot, which is the no closer to the particular the previous shot. Yeah. We can place this one. This is the third footage. And I'm going to place the next one. I'm going to place this one. Yeah. Before that, I'm going to use some more video. Going to use this video track. So after this clip, I'm going to place the other plaintiffs going to use this tool. And I'm going to use the single goal video. Yes, we have to do editing with this. But I was placed. Then we have only few footages. We have this footage. And before that I had to add these two goals shot. This shot, which is the app to one. And after that I'm going to place these two. And I'm going to place this single goal. And I'm going to place this footage. You can see what are the footages we have used. So after this footage, I just want that's goes splitted video. Yeah. This one. So after adding that, this is also the same footage. Let's just delete that. And finally, we are going to add. 14 th we almost added our footages. We had nine footage. Is there? No. This is the nine and we have on food, more food H, which is this one. So I just placed here. So we will edit according to the need. Both are the same thing. We just want to keep this footage at the end. Let us edit according to our needs. So I was placed all those footages. I just mute that track and I'm going to check, you know, what kind of speed we have. For all those videos. I just expand my timeline area. And I'm going to place the head at the beginning. You can see this footage has a very slow movement. So I'm going to add the speed. I just meant. It just needed 200% and I choose regulated function. Now, I'm going to play this again. So here you can see how they finish the step. They are given that pulls. This is the beginning of this video. I'm going to cut here. So you lose my eraser tool and cut here. I'm going to use this small piece at the end of my footage is just do ripple delete. I'm going to place that segment here at the end. So here I'm going to play this. You have to edit according to the audio only. So I just play the audio. After completing this one beat. I just put one card, just want to know where I want to place my not the fastest segment video. So here I'm going to add on market. Here I'm going to put on code. You can see we have slow motion video there. So I'm going to increase the duration. Speed. Choose, Okay. Now we'll have first moment. So up to this, I'm going to add on Kurt. Hit, I'm good. I don't cut here. I'm going to run cat here, I'm going to add one. Here. I'm going to add on cut. Instead of adding those curves, you can also use the marker. If you pass young, we know we can able to add the Margaret also. Since I have only one track, I was at the cut. Other ways whether we can go for the marker. Now I just want to remove this marker. I'm going to add one cut for the audio. Here. I'm going to add on that. Okay, I'm going to finish it. You can see how one minute and don't eat second duration for this 24 second duration. And after that, I don't want that audio track. I just want to delete that. I'm hearing all I had to do all those first moments. First, just mute the audio track. Let's just play this. Here. We had a fast moment here also, I have the first moment. Here, I want the first moment, so I add the speed, 200 per cent. And here also I want to add the speed. Now before that, I just want to place all those video segments. Apart from this. You can see how we have each and every footage. I just want to start this. Yes, I want to start with this. And I was started here. I want to finish with this area. What I'm doing is I'm going to trim the beginning area. Just want to finish here. Just unmute this audio track. I just want to trim more. So I was saying that I placed here. Now after that, here I want to add the second step. So I was choosing the right one. I'm going to use this one. The moments that perfect. Let's think about this. I just want to note trim but this area, yeah, I was done that. After that we have that next to beat. I want to add the next moment. I can add this. Yes, because he has very good speed. Yeah, I just have that video till this area interrupt that get this place is perfect. So I would just want to finish with this for the next video footage. Yeah. I just placed that. This is perfect. I just want to expand up to this. So what I'm doing is I was increasing a little bit. Let's be a little bit harder to wonder. I make that into 117. I just want to select that speed and a disabled this the notability. I said that you do 175. Now you can see, let me help perfectly added the duration. Then after that, I'm going to have the next note, the music. Here. I don't need a so much amount of energy we can able to hear that. So what I'm going to do is I'm going to place my video footage. What is right for that place? Yes. I'm going to use this one. No. I can place this one. I have only these two. So we have some ray moments here. I just want to trim this. Yeah. Till this area I'm going to trim. No, not yet. Here I'm going to start. And hereafter I'm going to place on more that kind of slow motion track. So we have this one, the same two goals doing the same performance here. I can see we had two beats here. Yeah, I still do edit. Then we'll do all those effects. What it demands are vacuous. Here, it's finished. Just want to trim. And from this place we have different audio tracks. So I'm going to place the next one. I'm going to use this group moment, but I just want to increase the speed. So I'm going to add 200%. Let us play this again, able to have that video track. After that, I had to change that. For the second moment. For this, I need a different steps. I can use this one. I'm going to speed up this first. Now. I'm going to trim according to my need. For this year. I'm going to play this. I think that video was already have very good speed and renal damage or motor speed. So good. I want to trim. And we have few more moments here. You can keep that till this I want so I just want to reduce the speed. It didn't meet 145. No, I just want to reduce 143. I think. Perfect. Then after that, I'm going to add the next moment, what it occurs. So here I'm going to add the moment. Here we have only one goal. And we do have this track, this video track, you know. Yeah, but it was very slow. I'm going to increase speed. And we have lots of things to edit here. Not sure whether you can see this or not. You can see here only they're starting to dance. They just want to delete the unwanted area. I can trim that. You can see. Here I was placed that in the previous segment. I'm going to add a little more. Sweet. I just meant not 14041. This is fine. Here. I'm going to adjust the speed. I had to wonder, I'm going to have 175. No, 150. I'm quite small. Yeah. So here I'm going to use the light a moment. Where do use this footage? I'm going to speed up this into 200. All right, I'm going to use this course video. With this. I'm going to finish it. I trim this. Again. I've been able to see how we have done this work. I'm going to play this from the beginning. So it can able to see how we have edited that. Here we have one fine era, which is you can see that we have that goods movement. Here. They are waiting for the inspection during that dance choreography. Here only they're starting to move their shoulders. I just want to trim the beginning area and I just want to adjust the speed up the cliff. I just don't want to reduce the speed more than that. Now I'm going to place inside. I just want to make sure I was having no gap. This is all we are doing, this editing work for any song sequence. Now after this, here you can see I have the dance moment. Here. I want to add one. You can see here I want to add one Curt. And what I'm doing is I just add one cut for the video here. And you know, what I'm doing is I just want to show the next segment as a different video. To do that, I was selecting the next segment and it may fx panel, I'm going to choose flip and flip it. I'm going to choose the horizontal. You can see here we have the changes based on the beat. We had the change. We're used the same video footage, but we have done a very simple option which is horizontal flip. Now I'm going to play the next video segment. So after this, I'm going to add one cat after the completion of the first beat. And here also I'm going to do the same thing for the second beat. I'm going to use this horizontal flip. So let us see. That creates the illusion like both the beats are how the different video footage us. But we have the same video footage, but we just added one thing which is horizontal clip. Now we come to the next video segment. Here also I'm going to do the same thing. I just add to add one cut. Using this race that tool. And I'm going to add the horizontal flip for the second segment. You can see here we have some slow moment. We may give some different video effects here. Like I'm going to choose the ghost effect. So I choose coasting and I add that Epic here. Let us have the ghost moment like appearance. You can see, no, that's not suitable for this. And here only we are seeing this slow motion down for the first time in this video. So I think we don't want this ghosting for this segment. I go to the next video segment. So what I'm going to do is I'm going to add one cut here. And for the next segment I'm going to flip horizontally. So far, the second segment, the second beat, I'll flip this video. Same way here also, I can do that work. So I choose razor tool. For the second segment, I'm going to add horizontal flip. Even a bit vacuous. You can go forward with Zoom. I was two. So this vdu I scale up that, you know, as I was regulated, I can move on the x-axis and y-axis. We'll have the different video feed, can see that here also I'm going to do the thing. So here I'm going to increase the scale value here. So we have the difference here. Then I'm going to play this. So here I'm going to add one cut. And I'm going to have the same flip which is horizontal flip. You can use that every time, but when it records, you can go for that. Yeah. Hello. So I'm going to add hello. So I'm going to add one cut. So I have four segments here. Was choosing the second, fourth segment using shipped tiki. And I apply that epic, which is horizontal plane. So on both segments we have flipped appearance here. That's what I'm going to add on that. For the second segment, I'm going to use a zoom. So I choose the second segment in the effects controls. I'm going to scale it and plays as it occurs. Since it's a full HD video, we will cover how much amount of issue with the quality. It's a single shot that looks very look very good in nature. So I didn't want to change anything there. So here also I can do that same thing. I can add a cut, and I can choose the second segment. I can either zoom in or flipping horizontally way. So I just want to scale H, and I just want to move x like this. So we have only few videos, like we have only ten videos, but still we can able to produce this much amount of video appearances. Now I'm going to use some different effects. So here I'm going to use that epic which is cost. After adding this ghosting. We'll have a moment like this. That's fine for that location. And here I'm going to add the same ghosting. Let's see how we had a look. That looks really good. So with this, I was finished that work. Now, after I've done all those things, done all those things. Now, if you want to do any other work like color correction or other things there. So you can go for that for all those things. So after finishing all those things, I just save and I'm going to export this video. So I choose Quick Export. And I'm going to choose where I want to save the video file. I was choosing my project folder. I'm going to choose sale. So after choosing that destination, I'm going to choose Export. Export process was started. You can see how much variation we have. We have one minute and 24 seconds. It will be finished in a few seconds. So because they know here we have the same kind of those uniforms. We have less than mod of color changes or color difference on each and every frame. So that's why, you know, it take only few minutes. If you have the same kind of on and off minutes with each and every shot has a different location colors. Definitely, it will take lot of time. So based on the color values of each and every frame, only, that rendering process will take the time for export the video. So here we have only few seconds loved. When it finished. We are going to listen that video output with audio. So let us see how we have that. I was really excited to hear that I know the music as well as the moments. What we have used. We have done lot of things. Let us see. It's going to get finished. Finish. Now I'm going to open the video. So right now I was in my project folder. This is that video. Let us have the view first and we'll talk about the output. Again, z I'm going to play from the beginning. So we have done that apart from the ghosting effect, or that all places have the normal video like local late whenever you are doing editing work. This is the important thing. When the audience see the video. They should never feel like all those moments are separate videos. And they put it all the things together. They should not have that kind of feel. When they watch this video. They have to feel like this is a single shot. That's how they have to feel when you done the editing work for the song. We can see we have done in that way. Making the synchronization with audio that music is much, much essential for editing this song. Using Adobe Premiere Pro or any other software. You have to follow the song that audio based on the total you are going to eat all those video files. That is the proper way with the help of this, the audio based on the audio only you are going to do all those video editing for the song using Adobe Premier Pro. 107. Video Clip inside the Specific Shape: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the basic masking technique in Adobe Premier Pro. We are going to see how to add one video clip inside the custom shape or the previous shape, what we have created using Photoshop or Adobe Premier Pro itself. Let me show you. First, I'm going to add one video footage here. I'm going to have two video footages here. First I add one video footage. Keep my sequence settings. You can able to see we have a desert. The video footage. It has a aerial view. You can see that. Now after that, I'm going to load or more video footage here. I can see what is that? We have the same kind of camera moment here in this jungle also. Now I'm going to use this video. You can see I have the video. I had two video files here. In faster try. I had the desert. And in second track I have this jungle video. Now what I'm going to do is I'm going to use one shape of us given you this shape, you can see the name of this particular picture. A PNG transparent, which is a shape I just drag and a play here. You can able to see this is a camel. And I expand that particular your pitchers area. You can see that. And I just want to increase the speed of this video. You can see I have only a 100. I was changing that into 150, and I reduce the duration of the video. So now you can see I have this video footage on the track one and this video footage on the track two. And we have a camel here. You can use any color for the shape. I must use black. You can use white or black or red. So that color doesn't matter here. In this kind of this mouse, we are going to use. The shape should be there. That was the condition. Now, after adding this, you know, these two video footages and the shape. Now I'm going to choose this video footage. After choosing this video footage in my apex panel, you can see I have the tab which is keying. This king tab has lots of video effects. You can see that on those video effects, I choose the option which is Track Matte key. So I just drag that, just click drag and I play here. You can also double-click there if we want to apply that particular video footage that Track Matte key. Yes, I was applied here. Now you can see on this program screen, I don't have any difference. But in my effects controls, you can see I've got a new option here which is Track Matte key. In this Track Matte key, you can see we have a mat and we have this composite using, and we have this reverse condition. Here. What I'm going to do is I'm going to choose this. My track. We can see actually I was changed that I have from track one, star from track two. Now why I selected all those video footages and I moved one step down from the video footage 123, I have all those tasks. Now, this video, these are the jungle video whilst in attract too, I was out at that particular time. This means, or the Track Matte key for this video. Now, I choose these composite using. You can see that we have this matte alpha and in mat, I'm going to choose the option which is video three. So a Choose a Video three. When I choose Video three, you can able to see the shape of the video. We have used the shape. Have you used a feature instead of using the shape, but still, you can add that particular as a mat of this particular option which is Track Matte key. So now if I play here, you can see how we have that video footage view. So this is how we can able to add the basic shape mosque condition using this Adobe Premier Pro. I hope you have understand very well. I remember I was adding that effect on this option, which is the second track video, which is the gentle video. And in third track, we have the shape that camels sheep. And after adding the third track, KML shape, I choose the second video footage, you just a second track video footage. I was adding Track Matte key. And in that Matt future, I choose the track which is video three. If I have a different shape one video for, I can choose a video for also, but I don't have any shape here. So I just want to remove this track also the trackball. So you will never get confused. Here you can see we have on each factory. So this is the option with the help of this Track Matte key. You can able to add any shape inside this. I have one more option here. You can see that we just reverse it, choose reverse. You can see how we have the difference. So we have these two videos. You can see that we have the background video on the foreground video, and they have the same safe, but it wasn't a reverse order. You can see that inside also, we have the moment on that, the desert video. Since this was a bit faster, you cannot easy to understand what is going on there. This is Track Matte key with the help of this, I can able to do this kind of masking kind of appearance using this Adobe Premier Pro, which is not essential to enable this reverse condition. But when you track your hours, you can enable that. And you can able to achieve this effect with this Adobe Premier Pro. 108. Add Rectangle and Ellipse Mask: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the rectangle and elliptical basic masking techniques in Adobe Premier Pro. We had those techniques with Adobe Premier Pro itself. You don't want any different files to have that kind of masking appearance. Let me show you how to use that. First, I'm going to create a new sequence. And I'm going to give a name Rectangle. So let's give it a name rectangle and elliptical mosque. And we got the new sequence here you can see that we have rectangle and elliptical mosque, the new sequence. Now in my video files, you can see I have multiple videos. I'm going to have one more video here. So let us have this one. I just drag and drop that into my track. I can able to see how we have that particular video. Now I want to load on more video. I'm going to use this. I just drag and drop that. So you can see we have two video footages. In video track two, we have with this video for days. And in video track one, we have this video footage, video for ages. Now, what I'm doing is you can see I was elected the second video footage, which is video track two. And I'm going to use my Effects Control, X control. You can see in this Opacity option, I have three options. I have the first one which is create ellipse mosque. And I have the second option which is create four-point polygon mosque. In my previous lessons, I was told you I will about these three options in upcoming lessons right here, we're going to see how to use the pasta to tools. I'm going to use this option which is create elliptical mosque. Remember we had two video layers. In this bottom layer I have my false video footage, and here I have the water current. You can see that now I choose the second video track. I'm going to choose this option which is create elliptical mosque. I just click there. And when I click there, within a single click, you can able to see I got the mosque here on this review. So in my program we can see that I have a mask. I'm going to play here. And you can see how we have those two content there. Now in this mosque, you can able to see I had lots of adjustments value here. Like with the help of this option, I can able to expand the ellipse. You can see that I end with the help of this option. I can able to expand the further appearance of this mosque. You can see that I have three points here with the help of the very first circle from outside. I can able to add a feather appearance with this mask. Then I can able to reduce that if I want. I have a second option. Just expand that. With the help of the second option, I can able to scale the mosque area. You can see that how I was scale the mask area. We are creating something like, you know, how the doctor stage was making a photo. And third, we are creating this point, add more further. And we're going to use this so I can place it anywhere I want. And I can also set what kind of mosque I need. So these are the options we have with this elliptical mosque. You can just hold the Alt key and you can select any 1. We can see we got the Bezier points. I can able to adjust the Bezier points as it was speculated. You can see that we got all those V-shaped points. And I was really seeing my Alt key. When I click normally there, I can able to move that. But when I press hold the Alt key, I can able to convert that particular mouse. I can interconvert Point Tool. Now I click here once you can able to see, I can able to remove all those curves, I can able to turn those codes into normal. Anchor point, which is a straight point. Can see that. The same way if I want the coast, again, I can resolve the Alt key and I click there. I got those points there, which is the Bezier points. You can see that this is how we are using this elliptical mask tool using Adobe Premier Pro, we can able to add first, you can just click there to add that particular mask and you can label to customize the anterior elliptical moss using Adobe Premier Pro. Now I just want to delete that mask. To do that, you can see in this my FX controller. I just lightly go over the particular effect, what are added. And you can see I was having the option which is clear. Just click that layer. You can see I can able to remove that mosque here from the second video footage. Just go up the second, which is the first video footage. I'm going to use the second option, which is create four-point polygon mask. I click here. When you click there within a single click, you can able to see I got the four-point polygon mosque here also I can able to customize that particular points. Like how I want. We can see that how we can able to customize that particular point. And we do have the same options here. Further, we can able to spread the values. You can also do the same thing with the help of the mask option here in this fx control, you can see we have the mask path option here, and we have the mosque further. You can see by default we have the ten and we have the mosque opacity. So I can able to adjust all those with the help of this optional. So let me show you. I just come to this mask path first. So you can able to track how we want. Just press Stop. If you want to add though those keys I can able to add, just remove that. So this is the mosque and we have mask feather. You can see how we have those ages. I just zoom this and we'll see how we have those ages. We have the 10% value going to make the reader 0. We can see how sharp that mosque the boundaries are. Now I'm going to choose that into 50. And we have the cool appearance. You can see that we can able to add this kind of mask efficient shell. I can also add that further into a 100%. This is the maximum value it blend with the background video. We can see that it blends with the background video. So you can not able to see no so much amount of difference. Or, you know, it's not easy to understand if you have this kind of those values. I was selecting that same second and I choose this mosque on my Effects Control. So I just make that mosque whether into 0 again. Now after that, I had the mosque opacity. I can able to set the opacity of the mosque. You can see that how the mask expansion I can able to expand the help of this mosque spanked option. I can see I can able to reduce or increase the points. After that I have the inverted option. So if I want to invert like how I was inverted during the previous lesson, I can use this option which is inverter. So I click here, you can able to see that how I can able to invert. If you have two tracks, video, then only you know, it's possible. If you have only one track, you may not understand what is going on there. So you must have two video tracks as I was showing you. This is how we are using this option which is rectangle mosque, which is a four-point mask I to have the opacity. Are you able to adjust this? We can see how I can able to adjust the overall opacity for this video. I have blend mode. So you can set what kind of blend mode your IQR. You can see that how we are having the blend mode feature here using Adobe Premier Pro. Just normal now, these are the options. We have to add a different shape mosque using Adobe Premier Pro. We have used this create ellipse mask and create four-point polygon mosque to create a perfect mosque appearances. 109. Alpha Adjustment, Color Key Effect: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use Alpha I just meant, and color key options in Adobe Premier Pro, we use these two options to do color adjustment that creates the alpha values in terms of keying. Let me show you how to use these two options. First, I'm going to show you how to use Alpha I just met in Adobe Premier Pro. To explain this, you definitely need the Alpha background video footage or image. Remember, in our previous class, we have seen how to use the alpha image. So I'm going to use this shape. Remember that this is a camel. Since that has the black color, you can see that shape. So I just drag and drop that into this video track two. So in my video track one, we can able to say I had a landscape. And in my video track to how the camel just want to expand the duration of the Campbell. You can see how we have that camera here. If you have any transparent video footage, also the image sequence, we can use that instead of this camera. Now, I was using this gamble and I'm going to apply the effect which is alpha adjustment. You can see in my epic central, I had the option. I have the king tab here. In this keying FX, I had the option which is alpha adjustment. That's the very first one. I just choose that and I apply that into my second track, which is the alpha content. You can see this image has the alpha background. So I just apply that into this particular content. After that, I come to my effects controls. You can see in my effects control, I have alpha adjustment has four values here. So it has opacity. This is the first one. We know how to use that. So with the help of this opacity, we can able to set the transparency of that particular footage. Yeah, we can able to do that. After this opacity, we have three more options. Ignore Alpha, invert Alpha, and Moscow only. Now I'm going to use this option which is ignored Alpha. So when I choose ignore all four, you're going to see I can able to ignore the entail alpha channel and I just remove that. Now I'm going to choose the second one which is invert Alpha. So when I choose invert Alpha, you can able to see this is all for area here we have, but when I choose invert Alpha, it shows like this is, this field area is kind of Alpha area. This is option is called invert Alpha. And third, we had the option which is mosque only. I just enable this option which is mosque only. When enable this option which is mosque only, we can able to see only the mosque, the content area using this option. Now I choose inverse alpha. You can able to see how we have that particular inverse content on that selected area itself. So when you have both things on selector, you will have the stuff, the area which has a white, which means we have inverted the solver. And we do have the option which is mosque only. Now, if I enable this one, you can see neuron alpha. We can actually ignore all those things. So these are the three options we have for this alpha just met using Adobe Premier Pro. Whenever a trick us, you can use that if you want a mosque only. If you want to add inverted appearance, we can use these options. Now after this, I'm going to choose the next one. Going to explain you what is color key. This is one of the most important thing. What we have this Adobe Premier Pro and fx. So let me remove this alpha adjustment first. I2 going to remove this camel Alpha background. Now I'm going to apply this color key effect using Adobe Premier Pro. For this video footage, you can see I have a video footage here. I'm going to update this option which is colored key effect. I just drag and drop that color key here. When it dropped the color key, you can able to see, I don't have any change on my screen, but in my effects controls for this video footage, I have options. So you can see there. If you want to remove the color key, you can just select that and even able to tell it that. You can see how I was director those things. And if we want to add, I can just drag and I can able to please the end. You've got the color key there. So in this, you can see that they have the color key property. In color key, we do have four important options. First one, we had a key color. If you want to select any one particular color, you can choose with the help of this color picker or using this eyedropper tool. Of course most of the time, we will use eyedropper tool only. I choose eyedropper tool. Here I'm going to choose which color you want to remove, like we just imagined. I'm going to remove this blue color from the sky. I choose blue color. Then I choose the blue color. You can able to see it was the start of the process. It was removed few areas from that particular selected area. Now, I just want to adjust the tolerance value. When I adjust the tolerance value from that particular point that has selected with the help of this eyedropper tool. I've been able to expand my functional area. So I just increase the value from 0. We can able to see how I can able to expand my functional area of this color key. The help of this color key, you can remove any color what we have with this video footage. So it works for all those frames. So what you have, just imagine, I just play this video. You can able to see I don't have any blue glass on the sky for all frames, not only for the current frame. So this is how this option works using this Adobe Premier Pro. Now I take this into this, my second track and I'm going to add one more video footage at the bottom. Like I'm going to choose my video from video files. Video files I a lot of videos. I'm going to use this one or this one. You just imagine I'm going to add one video for this year. Yeah. You just imagine I'm going to add this one. I just drag and drop here. And you can able to see how we have that appearance. If you want to add, if you want to remove those one particular color from this video footage, you can use the option which is color key. Now, I just want to reset this. So I just reset this color key. We got back that video footage. So I choose the key color, and here I'm going to choose a green instead of that blue. I will select the green. And you can see we got the green as a green color. So this key color will have the color selection. Now I'm going to adjust the color tolerance. So we can able to see from the green, I can able to spread this electric color area. I can able to select those all green colored pixel areas was completely removed, all those unwanted area, all those areas having the green tones. Now, what I'm going to do, just move on to the second video footage. I have one video at the last. I just drag and drop that into my very fast track. Now you can see it looks really normal. We don't have issue with this chi because that has a different color from that green color. But this looks like a single video, but definitely not. We have created a very simple composition. This is the particular that layer, what we have with that, the green color, the color layer. And I'm going to adjust the color key value here. Now, we choose that layer. I had a color tolerance value which is 174. I'm going to reduce that. We're going to reduce that creates some kind of grasses like appearance on this issue. This looks really cool. This is because of that color variation, what we have. And I can help reduce more. We can see how beautiful this is. We have created this such a wonderful work using this option which is color key. So it removes the color, but it has a reason. You can see that how we have a wonderful conversation here. So with the help of this, the color key, we can able to remove any one particular color from the entire video footage. You can also use that to create this kind of composition. You can see this is a two video, but it looks like a single video because of that particular option, which is color key. Now I'm going to give you one more example how to use this color key now Adobe Premiere Pro. Let's save this. Now, I'm going to create one new sequence. The name of the sequence is color key. Here I'm going to use video footage. So I had a lot of video footages here. I'm going to use input few color key-based video for ages. So I'm going to create a new bin for that. I was given the name, which is key. Here. I'm going to input that. Here you can see I have few video footage, is having the color key base function, input all those things. And I'm going to have the preview. So let us start with this one. Just drag and drop that into my track. Two. You can see I have the green color area on this laptop. Now I'm going to choose my bin folder. I'm going to load on more separate video footage, like I'm going to use this one. So I just drag and drop that in a faster track. Now, we're going to choose a second track with that laptop with the green screen. I'm going to apply that effect, which is color key. So after applying that, I come to my effects control. I choose my this tool which is eyedropper. And I'm going to select this green color from my laptop. Now I increase the color tolerance. You can able to see I can able to remove that complete green color from that video footage. This is why they are having that kind of green screen on the mobile or laptop. You can see that how good that was. It's easy to replace the video footage inside. You can see that. Okay, I'll actually share they had the moment, you can able to synchronize the moment of using the other options. So if you want to change the video footage function when the person was touching that laptop pad. We can able to do that. It can help to load another video content here, like I'm going to show you. Now. You can see that person was touched. And I'm going to load on more video here. This is a very cool one. You can see how this is functioning. If you want to create this kind of composition work. Most of the time we are using this option which is colored. The color gives wonderful option. We have created different works here, created this kind of works using this color key and b to use that. To create this option. We can see how beautiful this composition was. We have created this entirely with the help of the option color key in Adobe Premier Pro. 110. Create Freeform Shape mask using Pen Tool: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to create our custom shape mask using Adobe Premier Pro. We can able to use this custom shape wonderfully using Adobe Premier Pro. Let me show you. I'm going to create a new video sequence for that. I'm going to queue or the name which is composite. Or I'm going to give a name comp, Yeah, that's enough. They choose. Okay. So here I'm going to create a different kind of my mask. I'm going to be read custom mosque here. So let us start with my layer. I'm going to add on video first. So I have different videos here. We can able to see that. So here I'm going to use this desert video. Just drag and drop that on my second track, which is video track two. You can see that I was having that on second track, not on the fast track. Now, after adding that track, what I'm going to do, you can see I was choosing my effects controls for this video footage. And here I have the option which is free drug busier. With the help of this redraw this here, you can able to create custom shape mosque using Adobe Premier Pro. This is the coolest thing you are seeing in our life. Let us see. I choose this option, which is this particular tool. When I choose the tool, you can see automatically got the option here. I don't want any further, so I keep that into a 0. Now I just click only once here on This video footage. And you can see I was adding 1 here again. And I drag my mouse. And I just want to create some space between the road. So I just click here and I want to add some distance. I was adding the code like this. Now I press hold the Alt key or right-click here. And let us have the state 0.1 year Also I need a CO. Here also, I was creating the course. So after creating those things and we will adjust the bot, how will be required? Then we can go for rest of the works. I just want to cover all those areas. Now you can see when finish variance daughter, I've got this mosque. So we had the background with the transparent area. This is not a black, this is actually a transparent one. Now what I'm going to do is I was selecting those individual points and I was adjusting those curves. I just press Alt key to access those Bezier points. Can see I was accessing the help of those Bezier points. Are just those goals. Episode Alt key again. And create those Bezier points. I like your hair. So you can able to create how we want. Those costs was created according to my need. And after created all those things. Now we can see how we have the mosque. So after this, what I'm going to do is I was adding my own more video footage here. You can see I have this video footage. I was applying that on my FastTrack. We can see I have the previous that mosque video on second track. Here it was adding this faster track. So when I add that in the FastTrack and I played this video, you can see how we have that feel. It looks like we have the throat in-between those ocean areas. We have the core there was moving in towards this right to left. So after adding those things, now what I'm going to do is I'm going to choose this particular video footage, which is that mosque, the video footage. And I'm going to choose my apex control. In this fx control, I'm going to set the Feather value. You can see I made that into a 0. Here. I'm going to give the value which is 20. When I give the value 20, which is able to spread that Feather value with this the road. I can also increase if I want, like, I'm going to increase this value into 50. And you can see how we have the load. This is what is the feather. Now we're gonna make that into a 0. I have the option here to expand this mosque. So I press ten. You can able to see I can able to expand the same way I can able to reduce their with the help of minus ten. You can see I can able to list the particular value here. And this is all we have, this mosque in this whale so I can able to reduce this mosque area. This is how we are using this option using Adobe Premier Pro. You can see we have customized the interior shape mosque. We have created those curves, those state lines. And we have created the Bezier points with the help of this paint tool used to alter key also to create this kind of custom shape mosque. This is all we are going to use. Now, I'm going to show you one more example to show how we can able to create these kinds of works. We'll see that in our project lesson off this current chapter. 111. Luma Key in Premiere Pro: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use luma Key in Adobe Premier Pro. With the help of this Luma Key, you can able to use multiple layers, which means multiple tracks. And you can label to create a fantastic output. Let me show you with this video example. I have this video footage. I can see it has a shorter duration of this 14 seconds. And just playing that video segment. Now, I'm going to use the Luma Key. Before using the Luma Key, I just want to duplicate this layer. You can see I'm just going to duplicate this track. To duplicate the content of this track, what I can do use, I can just press hold the Alt key. I can click and drag. So this is a kind of duplication process, like how we use this Adobe Photoshop or Illustrator to obligation. What you're doing is you are just press hold the Alt key and select the particular track or multiple tracks. Click and drag into my another video track, and you've got that new track. So now we have two video tracks. The video track 12 both have the same content. I just hide the particular video track one and make that visible of video track to choose that particular second video track. And I'm going to apply the effect which is Luma Key, that has that option in this key category. Choose the Luma Key and a drag and drop that into my second track. So when you add that, you can see I got the facial appearance in this program screen. When it come to my effects controls, you can see I have only two options here. We have the shield and we have cut off. The threshold values are the click counter person. You can see that what we have this color tone. When I make the di dt is 0, we have this appearance. This is threshold and we have cutoff value I just increase that. Are gonna be able to see how we have the cutoff value. Now, wonder percent threshold and I do know cutoff. I just meant, you can see how we had the appearance. This is what that means. Luma Key in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now you can see I have done all those thing in the very second layer, the very first layer invisible. Now I just enabled this very first layer. And you can see how we have that video footage has entirely different look. Now I choose the first video footage and I'm going to queue some other adjustments. Like I'm going to use my Blur and I'm going to use my directional blur. I just apply that into this particular video footage. So here I have in this direction or plot, I had two options. I can able to set the direction and I can able to set the length of the blur. You can see that I can ever say the length of the blood also. And now I just make that they wanted to visible. You can see how we have that kind of, you know, the blur, glow like appearance in this areas. So we used that in a different way. I was giving the value which is 80 here. I have more that kind of shiny appearance. So we have added that directional blur additionally with the Luma Key. And the result is awesome. You can see I change the values for the Luma Key now. And how good that was. I too can able to adjust the threshold values that have lots of infection that changes with this video footage. This is how this luma queue works. You can use it individually or you can add some other additional filter of x with Luma Key to create these kind of effects using Adobe Premier Pro. 112. Ultra Key for Keying Function: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the proportional chromo key method or green screen removal using Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to add one sequence here. I've just created a sequence which is ultra key. And here I'm going to add my video footages. I have that in my this cabin been going to add a video footage. So this is the video footage I'm going to deal. You can see we have some color variation or the background. Here I have the bright colors here I have some light colors. She do have the shadow at the backside. You can see that this has been challenging. Let us see how to work this. And I'm going to use one, the video background. So after King, I will have this video footage. I'm going to drag that and place here first on this video track one. And you can see how we have that cool video. I just move that into the second track and the FastTrack, I load this video footage. You can see what I have in this faster track. We have the waters like appearance. So I will have this water, you know, that moving over the class in the faster track. And in the second track, I have the goal with the green screen. Let us see how to do this work. After choosing that second track, which is the green-screen work, I come to my effects panel. Here I come to the option in this keying, which is ultra key. So with the help of this affects only we are going to do the professional chroma keying or green-screen the model using Adobe Premier Pro. So I just drag and drop that into this video footage. Now I choose my Effects Control. By default. You can see we don't have any change out there. But in this ultra key, you can able to see those masking functions. So during this the king process, this should process if you feel like if you have any microphone or the studio background on left or right hand side. That time first we can able to use these masking functions. Thereafter you can able to start to do this ultra key settings. Now, we don't have those kind of things on left or right hand side. So I don't want to do that. I'm directly going to do this king versus. Here you can see I have the output. I have three options here, which is the composite Alpha channel, color channel. It should be in the campus site. Then it has settings. The settings should be the default instead of having relaxed or aggressive or custom. So it should be default. And thought I have the color key, so I can able to choose which key, you know, I had to select and remove from this background or the video footage. Now I choose this color and I can select the particular color what I want. Or I can use this eyedropper tool. I can select an obituary want to remove from this video footage? Remember, when you are using this eyedropper tool, it's most important thing, which is you have to select the colors from the goals nearby, please. We can add the select colors from the outside area like this or the corner because you need the king process over the girls ages. That is the important thing you are having with this green-screen removal. That is a challenging one. That's why you are choosing this eyedropper tool and pick the color you want to remove from nearby the girls background, not on the goals shirt. So nearby the gold background. When you choose that, you know, that almost done all those works. I just clicked there. I press Control Z. Instead of that. If I choose this corner, we can able to see I have small issues out there. So what I have done is I choose the eyedropper tool and choose nearby the area. By this single click itself, we have done almost half of the work. So then it play here. You can able to see we don't have that much amount of the green color background issue. We have the real footage like appearance here. Now after adding this, what I'm doing is I was a selector that video footage is. After that. I am coming to this place. You can see in this, after this key color, I have four more options here. I have Matte Generation, matte cleanup. After that I have spilled suppression, and I have color correction. So you can have those additional settings for complete this chroma keying or green-screen revolt. Firstly choose this map generation. So with the help of this Eigen able to set the transparency of those areas where we have the close loop with this object. We can see how that works. I can see that by default it has a 45. Based on your need. If you want, you can expand the value or reduce the value. Then we have highlight. This is the ten value. If you want, you can add just the highlight values from ten to something else. And we have the shadows. We can see how that changed the value of the shadows on that particular green-screen. So this highlight and shadow and the transparency tolerance, all those things are about that green-screen only. We have pedestal, the value. So we can see it looks a 100% diarrhea. That's because of these settings, what we have by default. So after this mat generation, the default, I just meant if you want, you can customize that. And after that, I go to the next one which is matte cleanup. So if you feel if we have some unwanted of those things over the map, just the background, you can use this option. You can see I have four options here. I have to look at how software, contrast and midpoint. I can able to adjust all those values. You can see I can able to increase the choke if we want to have more clean edges. But that affect the appearance. You can see that to affect the fine details what we have the girls. And I just want to give that into 0. And I have the soft tone value. If you want to add some soft edges, you can do that. How the contrast on dosage, and I have the midpoint. So these are the nomad cleaning options. And I said that into default. After that I spill suppression. So the help of this spill suppression, I can able to desaturate the selected area of the curve. We can see how we can able to do that. I can help to reduce or I can have to increase. So when I increase, it can able to desaturate the goal. And I have the range. So it can able to say it how we need the range for the goal. And I have this spill and I had LUMO. So if you want, you can adjust that also. I hope you can able to see the difference there. I just zoom here and here you can able to see how that LUMO in effect, that it just when you are using this inner chromo key and the spill to this range. So these are the default options. I was sitting there after this spill suppression. I have color correction. So you can see I'm going to set that into feet. I have saturation hue and luminance. So fast I'm going to set the saturation. We know what is saturation. So if I increase, I will have more colors are those details. And if a radius, I will remove all those colors. So default, I have this a 100. And if I want, I can increase the colors. So you will have some vibrant colors there, you can see that. And I keep that into 100. I too have a Q. So if I want to change those colors, you can use the queue. So I'll have the change on all those colors according to the color wheels appearance. This is called Q. And we do have a luminance option. So I can able to say the luminance value as you can see how that change the pitchers provenance. So these are the options we have with this ultra key function. We can able to do a professional chromo skiing using this option. We can able to see we have a very good background and we do have the complicated. But still we can able to produce very good king process or green screen removal process using Adobe Premier Pro. 113. Project #5 - Multi Characters Clone Editing: Welcome to the project file. In this project, I'm going to show you how to create the multi character or, you know, the deal clone character using Adobe Premier Pro. I was created a new project for that. Now I'm going to input, my video's going to create a bin. I'm going to have multiple video files. So I just press control a. Here you can see I have lots of video files. I had to set up files. You can see the goal, the same girl, green, but also we have another girl with green met as less normal background. So I'm going to use these video files and I choose Open. Now you can see this bin folder which is video files. How are those video for? Now? I'm going to load on video. I'm going to load this video just so you know, the goal was using the mobile phone. I want to create a sequence. Before that. Create a sequence, I'm going to choose new item sequence. And here I'm going to create my IDS alert and ATP 30 frame per second. And I was giving the name of just multi character clone editing. After given the name I choose. Okay, now I got the sequence here. I enter my video files. Here I'm going to load my first video. I'm going to use this video. Okay, all those videos or selector, I'm going to use this video. I just drag and drop here. Remember, when you are doing this kind of multi character editing work, you must shoot according to that. Otherwise it's not easy to do this multi character clone work. Now, you can see in this video, I had a girl. She was using her mobile. And I'm going to have one more video here. I was having some green map-based videos. You can see that I'm going to have this goal video. I just drag and drop here. I can see the same girl was here. And here also. You can see that the two have the same girl on this P2. I'm going to use this and it'll be for that. You can see where we have this goal, where she has the ice. Can see in this video, she has a face towards the center on this left-hand side and right-hand side. So most of the area I know we have towards center as less right-hand side. So I'm going to use this calls video footage on right hand side. But here also we have the same goal on the right-hand side to a wide. This is true of us deselect this girl. And I'm going to my effects and effects. What I'm going to do is I'm going to flip this video. So I just type flips in this video effects type flip, I had the two option you can see I have Flip Horizontal and Vertical. I choose horizontal and a place. That effect in this particular very first video. Now we can see how we have the goal. This is what a record. After that I come to the second footage. Now you can see I just want to place the same footage over the very first one. After that, I'm going to know give the chroma key effect for this. To apply this chromo key, I'm going to choose the effects here. I'm going to type the key fx, which is ultra key. I'll turkeys are not the best to, you know, Keying function we can use to do a chromic effect using Adobe Premier Pro. So I just add that effect here. And after that, I come to my effects controls, MAX control. I'm going to use this ultra key values. First, I'm going to choose the key color. Remember, we had to choose the key color from nearby that skin only. So now you can see how we have that particular key value. And after that I come to my emotions, I'm going to adjust the x portion. You can see how we have the exposition here. We do have unwanted shadows here. So I'm going to add just those things. After creator that moment. What I'm going to do is I'm going to adjust the mat generation matte cleanup values. Let us come to this matte cleanup value. And I'm going to adjust those values this often. The contrast I just like how I want. And I have the midpoint values. So here I'm going to adjust this color correction if you want. Again, see how we had the color for this goal. And here also you can see that now I come to this queue. I just want to queue some blue ways to tone. Instead of that. I can't do that here. So I'm going to do that with the other effects. Now I'm going to use my this other Spill suppression. It can able to apply to saturate as a vacuous. I can apply the range. And here also in this mad generation, I can able to adjust those values. The transparency of the footage, the highlights, shadows and everything. After this, I applied this my free drug busier clipping mask. I'm going to click here. And I draw one mask around this goal. This will help me to create the perfect mosque effect. I can able to avoid those black areas, what we have unwanted way. So you can see I was Creator the mosque, and after that, I choose this key color. Okay, So we have created only the mask for this ultra key, but I don't want that like that. I just want to add a mosque for the whole object. So I come to the opacity here, I'm going to add the mosque. I use my rectangle tool. We already add the king. So with the help of this multipoint, I'm going to add my king function. You can see how we have the results. This is all we have it. And you have to remove those unwanted things from the mosque, not on the moss. That particular, you know, Keying process. So I choose ultra key again. Here I have the map generation and transparency, everything. You can see how we have the transparency values here. I'm going to increase that. Yes, after increasing that, I'm going to adjust the shadow values. So when I adjust the shadow value, you can see we got clear all those things. Now I had to do two more things. First, I was doing the cropping function on this timeline, Yes, I was done that. Second, you can see we have the scale difference between this girl and the same goals and other footage. What I'm doing is I was selecting this green mad footage and I come to my motion effects. Here, I'm going to scale that core. I just increase the scaling value from 100 to 120. You can see how we have that goal now. And after that, I moved on x-axis. Now, I just want to reduce that into 110. Yeah, maybe one gene. So this is how we do this work. And I can also give some more, I just meant on this x-axis. Now I'm going to play this from the beginning. We had the same girl, both of them using mobile-phone. This, so we do the dual roles. Well, in movies, they are doing this kind of tool draw. Suddenly. They'll do that one character in original footage and another character was in a green mat. Maybe that was chartered in the same lighting on the same location of where they are shooting the video. This is all. It is possible. We can easily do this. And I'm going to do one more thing to finish this work, which is hard to do color correction for this goal. So to do that, I come to my presets. I'm going to add the color character, which is one of the easy thing, which is fast collect vector. I was type forced. You can see I have the false color selector here. Just apply that on this my green met footage. So here we have the very big wheel. I can adjust the color according to your need. If I move towards this side, you can see how we have the gold color. So you can set how we want based on the need. You can set how I need their goals. Color tone. So in this video, we need the gold color tone like this. In this way. This is why we need that goal. We can also choose the weight balanced color value based on even need. I can see how we do that. You can select that from this goal itself. So after adjusting those values, now, I'm going to export this particular work as a video. So I'm going to export this in a quick way. I choose Quick Export. After this, I'm going to choose where I want to save this file. I choose the destination. You can see I selected my project folder and a to C. Now before that, I'm going to give the name for that video. I was given the same name, which is multi character clone editing. I save and I'm going to choose Export. So the export process was daughter. We can see we have only 15 seconds duration. Remember, whenever you are seeing this dual character rule in a movie, you will see that character work for few seconds only because this kind of visual effects will take a lot of money for the producer. The one frame visual effects itself may cost 1000 thousand, five hundred thousand, seven hundred. In Hollywood. According to the Indian money, they are almost spin 4 thousand rupees for one frame. Which means here we have 30 frames per second. Remember, the second we are using that iframe, which means second. We have that the pitches for one pitcher. If you are spending for those domains, for 1 second, you are going to spend on lag and 20 thousand, that is what it cost. That's why, you know, in few seconds only are a fraction of second only. You're going to see those multi character on the same frame for the final movie output. Otherwise, they will have the different shots to show those multi characters by editing different phases. So this is all we are doing this work. Now I'm going to show you the video. Let us see. Here I have a video output. You can see I have the video here. We're going to play this. So we can see how we had that. We do, you know how some are just meant to do on the edges. But you can see how we have that video output. So you can see we have the both roles in all the characters on the same screen. You can shoot according to your need and that will match exactly how you want on the live screen. So this is all we are doing. This kind of a dual character works using Adobe Premier Pro. Now I was given you one more example video. You can see I have the goal here. C was listening something, she was doing something. We can do the same kind of work with this also. So it can keep both goals. Let me show you how to do that. I will save this as a multi character clone that is a protein sequence name. I'm going to create almost sequence here. Just choose the file name, the sequence them into two. So here what I'm going to do is I'm going to load one video for the background. This video will act as a background. It has 18 seconds duration. You can see that. Now I'm going to place that own goals video here. You can see how we have the goal video. And I'm going to place another girl's video here. We have this goal, also, the same goal. But she was doing something instead of doing some action. So I'm going to place this video only. And I just have all those three video files. I'm going to use the ultra key. So I choose Ultra on this, my FX. And I'm going to apply that on the very first video. So I choose the very first video, which is this one. I just drag and drop that. And after that, I come to my effects controls. Here I'm going to choose this ultra key, key color. I'm going to choose the colonial be the goal. Now, you can see she was very clear here. And we can see through this video, how are we? She has those moments. So according to that, you know, what I'm going to do is I'm going to choose this opacity. And I'm going to use this four-point polygon mosque or this freeze-dried busier mosque. I just start with this place. So after all of these mosque area, I will never deal those green MAD values. So you can see how we have done that. So after that, I just create the moment for this goal, the very first footage. So I move x-axis movement towards this left-hand side. Now are going to create the same moment for this girl. So she should be on the right-hand side. To do that. I first create the movement. Yes, I was done that. Now I'm going to apply these King. I'm going to use the same ultra key for that. And before that I just want to crop this. Yes, I was done. I was adding the same ultra key for the second video track. I choose that particular eye dropper tool and I click near weather cool. Now you can see how we have the goal here also, I'm going to do the same thing. I choose, the opacity, the pencil tool, which is the pen tool. Here. I'm going to crop it. I'm going to add a mosque here. Because apart from this area, that goal will never move. So this is though we are doing this work. Now here I can add just like how I want. I'm going to play from the beginning here almost, you know, we had the same height. But for this video, I'm going to choose the mask. And I'm going to adjust the bottom area. Then only I can show the anterior view. Right? So it was finished. And I'm going to play this video. When you look at this gold or silver starter from the left-hand side. And most of the MC has and look towards the left-hand side only. So I'm going to change, which means I'm going to flip this girl. I choose that girl and I'm going to choose flip horizontal. Now, she will have the view on this side. I'm going to play this again. You can see how we have the output now. Actually, we have to show the hands of these girls. So I had to edit that particular mosque. And here also I got some hand movement. So just play. And they want to ensure that occurred on the hand was mode on this left-hand side. But here we have the issue. So I choose the second goal, that mask. I just want to add more points here. So what I'm doing is I was adding more points. I just expanded that area. Now. We don't have issue. When she was moving her hands. We will not face any issues that we faced the issue again, I'm going to add on point and I add just that. Now it was completer. I just save this and I'm going to export and quick manner. So I was two, so the same folder choose Export. Yeah, This is also having the same minimum. The solution which is 17 seconds, finished in a few seconds. And we're going to see the output. So it's going to get finished. It was completed. Let us see how we have the result. So here I have the video. I'm going to play this. You can see we don't have issue with the hand. We have the same people on both sides. So if you are planning your shoot perfectly with the green mat, and you are talking about those dialogues and giving proper intervals on that dialogue as well as all those things. It's very simple to do this dual roles on screen, you can see that anyone can do this. You only need is you need to create a proper footage and just need a proper plan. That's it. So this is how we can able to do the dual character or even more dual character. You can add multi character cloning work using Adobe Premiere Pro. 114. Set Animation for Images: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to create animations in Adobe Premier Pro. When you're doing editing with Adobe Premier Pro, most of the time we use different animations for the text or the visuals in Adobe Premier Pro. Without animation, you will have the static of this only on those video projects. Let us see how to create animations using Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to use new sequence for that. So I create a new sequence. I'm going to cue the name for that, which is animation. So I'm going to give the name, which is animation. And you can see I was created the sequence. I'm going to rename that into image animation. Let's see how to create the animation for the images in Adobe Premiere Pro. Before, you know, are going to see that, you know, animations that does add one image on this timeline. Now, I'm going to have lots of images. You can see here I have a lot of images in my image, just bin folder. And I'm going to choose one image. We can see I have this image, I just double-click there. So this is just an image, not a video file. I just drag and drop that on my timeline. I'm going to place that on my video track two. I can able to expand that duration of the particular footage, which means the image. Now you can see I have a single background for this image. If you can not able to use a software like Photoshop to remove those backgrounds. Here. If you have this kind of background, you can use video effects like I'm going to use my video back here. So I'm going to use my video effect, which is color key. We know how to use that. I come to this my king. And here I'm going to use the color key. After adding that, I come to my effects controls. In my effects control, I choose that particular footage. We can able to see I have the color key. So I choose eyedropper tool to set background color and I increase the tolerance. This is the easy way now you can able to remove those background color from this video footage or the image. Now I got the transparent background. You can see that. Now I'm just want to create the animation for this flight. It can able to see where the flight was moving. It was moving from left to right. So I just want to create the same kinda funny vision for this. Now, to create the animation, I know we have only few things. If you've done that, it's easy to create animation here. Let us see how to create this animation. Now I just want to select this flight first. So when you want to select this flight, we can come to this fx control. In this effects controls we can able to see we have different tabs. So to control the color, we have this color key. We used the effects from these effects model. And we have the motion. I chose the motion. You can see we got the bounding box here. With the help of that bounding box, I can able to move the object value you want. You can see that it's easy to do that work the same time I can able to do the transformation here. So without accessing those options, what we have here in this, the effects panel, we can able to do all those functions. You can able to move. We can ever know bad you need x and y coordinates. And we can able to transform that with the help of this option. So you can see how good it is. And I come to this area and able to reduce, you can able to increase the size. So let me place this flight here first. You can see that I have the flight and this is the beginning. I just played this thing. We have to watch a mode of duration for this particular image. Now I just have that the second duration here. I'm going to have only 15 seconds. So let us see. Now I play this video. So when I play this, I can see I don't have anything bigger. I have that object outside this particular program view. So what I'm going to do now is right now I was in 0 time. And I just want to create the movement from left to right. So to create that, I just want to use the option which is animation to make those values, those moments. I'm going to use this option which is toggle animation. You can see in my effects panel, we have the small clock-like appearance. It looks like counterclockwise stopwatch. But with the help of this only we are going to create all those animations using Adobe Premier Pro. Now, you can see by default all those clocks are in disabled board. We can click there if you want to enable. See I just click here. When I click there, you can see on my apex panel, I got one small diamond shape here. And here also I will have a blue colored diamond shape, which means, you know, we are right now what the keyframe, this diamond shape object is called keyframe. Right now we are on the keyframe. Now. After some time, I was moving the mouse, that timeline play head into ten seconds. So in ten seconds where I need the flight, That's what I'm going to set. I choose the motion. And here I'm going to move the flight from left to right. Remember first I was placed where I want. Then thereafter I just move the particular object. So automatically I can able to add the keyframe here. You can see here I got a keyframe. And when they move the playhead now, you can see I was created animation. So this is very simple. We have seen that I press Control Z. So again, I'm going to tell you from the beginning you should carefully watch this. So I was placed my flight here. I was at 0 time. Now I just do only one thing, which is I just search on this toggle animation. So I got the beginning keyframe here. And I just decide where I want that particular second keyframe. The keyframe is the place where you can able to do all those changes. Or if you did any change, the keyframe will be automatically added. So that is the condition we have with this kind of editing or compositing software. So you can come here first. And now I can able to add a keyframe manually if I want. For example, if I want to add it manually, I can click here on this place. You can see that I have a button that just add or remove keyframe. I click there. When I click them manually, I got a keyframe there. Then now what I can do is I can choose a particular motion option and I can create that moment, whatever secure. This is one way. The other way is our showed you at first. So we got very first keyframe. Now what I'm doing is in ten seconds or somewhat time, I was placing the playhead, then I just move the object. I was doing nothing else. Just move objects. So the keyframe will be automatically added. So now if I play from the beginning, you can see how we had that moment, right? That's very smooth. And we can able to produce a superb animation using this Adobe Premier Pro. You can see where I have the keyframe. So till that keyframe, I will have the moment. And after that, no, we got the static condition if you want to move the keyframe, yes, you can do that. Say for example, I just select this keyframe. You can see when I want to select the key frame, I can click there. And that keyframe, we'll turn it to blue. Now by just click and move to my right-hand side. I place at the end, which means the 15th second. What happened now is this duration will be automatically adjust by this particular option, which is motion. So we can see that we have. And last frame, what I'm doing is I just want to have that frame. And I just want to give some more movement. You can see that how the light. So I just play this from the beginning. We can see how that flight was moving from one place to another. So this is how we can able to create animation using Adobe Premiere Pro. You can use all those features here. We have used only the portion, but instead of that, you can use the scale. You can able to use the rotation. Let us see how to use those things. We can able to create some funny animation here. Like right now, we have the normal flight moment here. So now what I'm going to do is you just imagine this flight was moving from Russia to grain are open to Russia. Just imagine that I was making some funny moment here. So what is going on? Is there no, I just want to adjust the scale here. At first. I just just enable this option which is toggled animation. So I got one keyframe at the beginning. You can see that at the end, I'm going to have one more keyframe. So what I'm doing is at the end, I just add the keyframe manually. You can see that I was added a keyframe manually. And at first, I just choose that object. And I just want to reduce the scale. I can see I was reducing the scale into ten. So at first keyframe, I will have that particular value, which is ten. And now I go to the next keyframe. If you want to go to the next theorem, you can use this option also. You can see that it's easy. You can have to move that manually. You just click here and you will be the next keyframe on next to give him you can see I have T2 0.6 to make that into Saudi fine. Now you will have the scale animation also. You can see that at beginning I have only ten for this scale. But when I moved that, you can see I was enabled that animation was just toggle animation. And you can able to animate the scale also. Now in the same way, I'm going to enable own More option, which is rotation. And this will be the most funniest part. You can see right now I don't have any keyframes there. But, you know, fast I had a keyframe. And in-between here what I'm going to do, I just want to change the rotation value. So I just come to this place. And here I want to change the rotation value. We can see that keyframe was added automatically when it was changed, that particular rotation value. And again, I'm going to displace and I'm going to have some teens. And here I'm going to have the normal value, which means that there is 60. So this is how you will have the animation. You can see that how we have that animation, we got 15 seconds duration and you call the animation like this. So this is just for, you know, teach you how those things work. I was told you how to use this position, scale and rotation for creating this kind of animation. You can see we have 15 seconds duration. And you can also able to see that how it was created. That particular, you know, that keyframes we can add manually or, you know, when you adjust the values by placing the playhead on different places somewhere else. And I can able to do the value change and the keyframes will be automatic ladder. So in this way, you can able to create unique as well as beautiful animations using Adobe Premier Pro, far fewer video editing project. Now I just want to do ONE more thing with this animation. I just want to reduce the duration. Reduce the duration. You can able to see I got that. The few frames only. So I can not able to reduce the total duration. If we want to reduce the entire animation, I can do that. For that, what I'm going to do is I just right-click over this place to select all. So all those keyframes will be selected. Now, if I want to reduce the moment I can use again and again plays very water. You can see that how we are using that. So this is how we can able to create these kinds of animations using this Adobe Premier Pro. Now I just want to place on video or the background. So I just wanted to check which one is that video. I'm going to use this video and just drag and drop that video here. And I just want to play this now. Let us see how we have the changes. So I just play here. You can see how we have those moments. This is definitely fake. We have created, but you can able to create those kind of animation using Adobe Premier Pro. Now I just want to remove those are rotation as well as the scale animation. I just want to have the animation from left to right. Let us see how we have the movement. So I just want to switch up the scale as well as the rotation. But when you switch up the particular field, like I just click here the rotation, and it shows you the wanting. You will delete the existing keyframes. So if you want to continue, yes, you can press Okay. Yes, I just want to remove that. I just want to remove that particular those rotation values. Insert if you don't want all those animations, you can just disable that option which is motion. So if you just disabled, you have that static object there. But if you definitely want to remove the particular effect, that time only you are going to click that same place again, we just toggle animation and you are going to keep loss. You are all key-frames. That's fine. I just press Okay. And they can see, I just want to remove the scale also. Now you will have the moment like this. Okay? I just want to change the rotation value. I said that into default. Both end. And I just want to make the scale into small. You can see how we had a moment here. And if I add anyone that flight sound with this video, I will definitely have the real video like feel when you have this animation. So that is the advantage what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. You can able to create, you can able to animate anything with Adobe Premiere Pro for video editing project. 115. Add animation for Text and Graphics: Hey everyone. In this lesson I'm going to show you how to animate shapes and text in Adobe Premier Pro. Of course, we are going to use the same way how we have animated the images. Let me explain with this some other examples for this one, I'm going to use a video footage here, has created a separate scene which is, you know, other sequence which is shape an animation. So I'm going to use a shape text animation sequence here. I choose my video files. Here I'm going to use one video that has the year. I just drag and drop that here. You can see how we had that particular video. So we have 16 seconds video. Now what I need is I just want to add one particular video footage here. I just wanted to add text and shape. So let us see how to add that first. First what I'm going to do is I'm going to add those details. I'm going to add the shape here. To add the shape. I had two ways. We know with the help of these are text type tool. I can add the text, our IRR, specular, or I can go to the graphics. So in graphics, we have those options to add graphics in our area. So I come to the graphics and I come to the edit. Here I'm going to add a shape, so I choose new layer. I'm going to choose this rectangle first. So I got a new rectangle here. I use my tool, which is the selection tool. I'm going to adjust the shape, how I want to use this shape here. And you can see how we have this shape here. Now what I'm going to do is I'm going to adjust the particular shape color. So I come to this fill, I'm going to say it, what color I was like, Where does that that into white? And I'm going to say it, the transparency color. So I know I have a 100%. I said that into 90, I had to reduce more. I said that into 70. Now you can see how we have that particular shape here. This looks really good. And after placing this, I come to this, my Effects Control here also, I have all those options to adjust these appearance and other things. You can see we almost have the same options here. So we can say that I know all those things. Now after placing this, I know I just do want to add some text over the particular shape. So here I just want to place the text which is discover. And after that I just want to place one more big text here which is able to do that. I just want to choose this tool, which is type tool. And I click here. I can able to add text here, going to type discovery or discovered. I was to type the text is just discover. And I'm going to scale it. And I'm going to place where I want. Now when it plays that, I'm going to use a pink color, which is black. We can use black if you want some contrast colors. Or you can also use the dark blue if you want. You can see that that color also will have the proper difference with the background. I was used to that. Now to add on more texts, I come to my Type tool again. I click here. I got almost texts. Here. I'm going to add the name, which is I was adding that in caps. And I'm going to adjust the value here. I'm going to change the text color to white. So you can see how we have a good contrast with this slide was turn that into white. I can change the font family as I record. We have so many fonts styles with the Adobe Premier Pro. I choose this one. And I just want to reduce the size of the word discover as well as that shape. Choose both things with the help of inner shape tiki and a reduced. Without you. That's it. I just want to release my mouse. I just want to move on place here. This is why, you know, I just want to place this shape here and reduce the shape. Appearance. So after we know placing that, that shape on the background, as well as the texts. Now I just want to animate the shape as well as the texts. Let us add one more change here. For the shape. I'm going to use the blue color for the text. I'm going to use the white, which will be no better. One, will have no better contrast there. Let us see how to animate those things. Now, I just want to keep this area, the texts discovered and shape in a different layer, which means the different video track. Then only we can able to do the animation for those parameters. That's why I need to do that work. Let us see how to use that. Just come to this place. We can see we have 16 second duration for this animation. Means that moment, I just reduced that into some eight seconds. That's enough for me. Now what I'm doing, yes, I expand the total duration of all those elements. Now we just want to add animation. So last I just want to add the animation for the particular, the background shape. To add the animation for the background shape, I choose the background shape. You can see here we have the total duration, which is 8.05 times. I just wanted to start with this shape. So I have choose that shape. And here I just want to add the animation for which property I'm going to use. I'm going to use the transform first instead of having the appearance. So I come to this place. Here you can see we have the transform controls for this particular shape. And I'm going to enable the position here as well as the rotation. I'm not going to use the rotation. I just want to use the opacity. You can see right now it was 70. I too have some animation with opacity, so I just added that keyframe for both things. I was just enabled this position as less opacity. Now, in the beginning, I can set in what dimension I want. And I'm going to say it, the playhead at the end, where I want to finish that animation. Here, I just want to finish in a two seconds. If you want to exact playhead version, you can set here. So you can see I will settle there. And here I just want to add the value. I can change the values. That means by default, you will have the animation keyframe there. I'm going to change the opacity into 71 instead of having that into 70. So we've got the animation keyframe for the opacity and for the position. What I'm going to do is I'm just going to have a small moment. You can see that I'm not going to any heavy movement. That's it. We have created that. But, you know, I come to the first keyframe, can see you can use this option, go to previous keyframe and next keyframe. So I come to the first keyframe. Here I make the opacity to 0. We can see that now I had a moment as well as and I just want to keep the position of the particular object on the beginning, on left-hand side. And show that our next keyframe. I just want to place that on proper position here. So you got the moment as well as the particular opacity. You can say that. So I got both parameters there. Now after that, what I'm going to do is I'm going to do the animation, are the text animation here. I got that particular shape animation. Now, you can keep all those multimedia elements, different layers if you want. If you have all those things in a different layer, it's easy to create a dose or emissions. Like I just have this text. Just copy all the texts. And here I'm going to paste on Moreno new text. I just click here. I was having a different layer now. And I'm going to paste there that I'm going to the animation instead of doing that in the same layer. So I choose the selection tool. Now, I just delete the previous text here. And I'm going to place this text there. You can see there was placed that in a character Portia. After that, I know I choose this text which is just a complete texts, or they press Control X to cut the text. I know I just don't want to paste the text. So I choose the type tool. I click here and paste that. And I'm just going to adjust the shape size. Now I have that in a separate layer, not on the same layer. So when you create all those elements in a separate layer, it's easy to do all those animations. So after the shape or dimension only, I just want to add the text and as well as that particular title. So first we have that the shape or emission. And after that shape animation, you just want to add the word animation. Thereafter only I just want to add the yet on the screen. First we will have the shape animation and I will have the text animation, which is that particular texts which is discovered. I end, I just want to know all those things perfectly. Now, I choose the texts which is discovered. And I can choose any animation I want, and you can stick with that particular elements. I can choose any shape. I can get any animation fault that I'm going to use, that movement from right-hand side. So let us see how to do that. I was in this very frustrating for this shape. Now what I'm doing is I was come to this, this text which is discover. And I said that emission for position. And I just want to add a keyframe. Yes, I got it. Now I just move the playhead and I just want to add a keyframe. Now I come to the first keyframe. And I said the text moment on right hand side. And I just want to add keyframe for opacity also. So I just add a keyframe for opacity. So I choose the text. Okay, I was added all of those in a different position. So okay, fine. That's it. I just don't want to add other properties. So I just want to add the opacity animation. We are at the beginning here. Now, I just just enable this option which is opacity. Got a keyframe there. Now I make the opacity value to 0. And I come to this plays into the playhead. I just increase the opacity to a 100. So we do have the moment and text animation. You can see that. Now after this discovery, I just want to add an emission for the text here. So I come to this place for the Earth also. I just want to enable those features for animation, like how you want to animate. I just want to give very smooth animation for this text, which is Earth. So it just want to give a small amount of scale as well as the opacity animation. I don't want to cube any motions for the text, which is now what I'm going to do is I just touched on the scale as well as the opacity. And just want to make sure where you are right now. So I should be on the very first keyframe. So we can see I was on the very first frame now. And now I just want to add those things which is scale and opacity. Yes, I was added. And I come to this place. And I just want to finish the animation here. That also I just want to keep him. I was adder. Now we come to the beginning and then I want to change those values, right? So I just want to scale it. And I just want to adjust the opacity value. Yeah, I was making that into 0. Gradually will have the scalar. So that's the opacity animation. You can see that. And you can see after each and every animation was completed, you will have the next two object animation. If you don't want to wait for each and every animation when that object was animation is going on, that time itself, you have to start the text animation means, yes, you are most welcome. You can just to shorten the total time duration of the animation, we can move all those objects quick before you reach all those are emissions. Now, you can see I just play this. So you've got all those animations together. This is what the people will expect from the title animation. Now, I just choose all those, you know, that those elements, what you have here. Apart from that we do is choose all those elements. And I can able to move all those things. This is how you can able to create the animation for the shapes and text in Adobe Premiere Pro, you can able to do the custom animation as you record for video editing project. 116. Animate Video Effects: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to animate our video effects using Adobe Premier Pro. You can able to animate all those video effects what you have with Adobe Premier Pro. Let us see how to do that. So now I turn my user interface into a Effects Window mode. After that, I come to my sequence, which is Video Effects animation. I'm going to import on video footage. So I just have this video footage. I just load that into my video track one. Now I choose my effects controls. We can see how we have the VDO moment. So we have a small frame numbers. We just want to make the duration of that spirit into 150. So this is a tip speed. Now, I'm going to use a NOR different options here. Like we have so many options, We know that I'm going to use my extract light chain. Let's start with this blur. So you can see we have lots of blood options. I just add this Gaussian blur. And I just increased the value. So when I increase the value, you can see how a mode, we have the blur here. We can choose horizontal or vertical. Yeah, that's right. So I'm going to have that blur into 150. You can see how we have the particular video footage. And you can see in this my FX contour, I just search on this option which is blessedness. So when I enable this, yeah, I was started the animation process. I was toggled. I was given the value we just record at the beginning. Now, I just move this into few seconds, like how many duration now I just want, like I just want this for two seconds. So what I'm doing is I was giving the value here, which is 2 second. So the player to us move it into the particular location, which is two seconds. Now here what I'm going to do is I'm going to adjust the value. So the keyframe will be automatically added here. Just make that into 0. You can say I was made that it is 0. And in-between that animation was gradually added. You can see that that looks really beautiful. This is how we know it can able to add any video effects that we can able to animate with the help of this option is just toggle animation. Now I just removed that effect. I'm going to use few more effects from my distort. So we have a lot of options here in this chart. I'm going to use this Speyer eyes. We know how to use that. We can able to adjust the radius value. So what I am doing this at the beginning, I was increasing the radius value. You can see how we have that radius value here. And I just enable this, the Toggle animation. And after two seconds, yeah, exactly. I just want to keep that into normal. So I just adjust the value to 0 and you go to the keyframe there. From this to this, we will have the moment. This is a very simple process. In most of the advertisement, like some kind of those are cold or the throat infection advertisements, they will create this kind of a simple animation for making that race meant the communication. So this is what is the effects animation. I can add few more options here, like I have a trill here. I had a lot of options, so we know how to use those options here I have these color bars, I have that color replaced. Now we come to this stylish. So here I have lot of options. So I'm going to use the mosaic. So we'll have a mosaic here. Now. I'm going to add this enabled, this horizontal asymptotes, vertical blocks. And I just increase the time duration, two seconds. And then I just want to keep all those values into 0. So we can see how we had that. Actually you had to increase that. So I come to the next keyframe. So I make that into a particular block and has that little block. Well, I think this both values. So you can see how we have that animation. So you can able to do all those animations with the help of this option. Now again, I'm going to remove this mosaic effect. We are seeing so many effects here. We have seen those options. What we have with this. I can also add a few more options. Like I'm going to use the Lumetri colors. I just once I come to this place, I choose this lumetri presets. Here I have a lot of presets. We can able to turn the video into different effects. And I can also add few more effects like unable to change the shape of the anterior. The particular video footage. I can also adjust the time using these effects control animation. So we have so many options here, like we have colored symbols and we have this replicate. This is one of the easy, as it is no good feature we have with this. Right now. We have two that multiple process time. And I can place this in this time. I just add this count here. I just want to keep that into one. And here I just want to have many. So if I move, we can see how we have the animation. So you can able to add such a beautiful animation like this here. So we got very good thing here. I'm going to choose a few more options like choosing the channel. Just apply that. And we have the channel values here. I can able to adjust which channel they want to access. So these are the options. We have. This option which is fx animation. It can basically animate any effect what you have, you know, you got started with this adjustment. And we have channels, we have the distort. So we do have the option which is generated. We can able to generate a different events like this lightning. Like I was grading this lightning here. Like I'm going to have the lightning on those areas. Like when he was moving his hands. I just want to show some lighting there. So I'm going to have some lighting appearance here. So I can able to say it. The positions, like I just want to add the starting and the end to frame. And I just want to animate that here. So I just add a keyframe on those locations. Now I just adjust the starting and ending frame. You can see how I adjust that. On the second keyframe. You can see how we can able to adjust the frames animation here. After that, I just want to switch off. So we can able to, you know, either you can able to make the, all those values into non-zero. So this is how we can able to add any effect for the selected a video. Two different animation which is based on the Toggle animation using Adobe Premier Pro. 117. Interpolation Controls for Animation: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use interpolation for animation using Adobe Premier Pro. With help of this interpolation or attribute, you can able to do a lot of different animation features. We can able to do lots of effects using this option which is interpolation. Let me show you with this example. Here I have this, you know, the globe video and how this flight video, which is the picture. So now I just want to load that on the same location. So you can see I was used to tracks and video track one, I have that ear that was rotating. You can see that in video track two, I have this flight. Now. I just want to do the basic things what I was wearing to remove the background. I just want to use color key. You can use ultra key. I'm going to use a color key only. So I choose color key and they update here. And I'll choose the color what I want to remove the tolerance value. So from the screen I can aim to remove that color. As you can see now, this is just an imaginary work. So if you have any rocket engine kind of images, definitely you can go for that. And I was using this. Now after adding this, I just want to flip the flight towards the left hand side. So to do that, I'm going to use the option which is flip horizontal. I'm going to type flip. You can see in transplant, we have that, we know since we have learned all those effects, what are the effects we have and what they can do. It's easy to use all those effects when you're like You're. So I'm going to use this horizontal flip. I just add, now you can see I've got the flight like this. So we get two ways. You can either flip the flight. Here I have the issue, like I have the text here. So I just wanted to press Control Z. So I'm going to add that flip for this background video. I just add that further background video. You can see this is how I flipped because I just want to create the movement towards right-hand side. Now. We can see how we have that rotation. That's it. So I was added that horizontal flip for that video. Now, after that I choose that flight image. I'm going to choose more video here, which is 3D. So I'm going to use this option which is basic 3D. We know what we can do with this. We can able to create the survival appearance. We can able to add a tint if it occurs. So I was added nobody in the effects control, you can say I had the basic 3D for this flight, and I'm going to adjust this Bible. Now you can see how we have that appearance. This is really good. This is what I need. Now, after adding that, I just collapse that particular effect, which is color key as less basic theory. And I come to my, this, my Transform controls. So I have the motion here. Now. I just want to set the center point from this to this. Okay, So we have the interior, that flight footage. I said the particular flight footage. Basic 3D value again, like this. And I'm going to increase the scale more. So I'm going to have one for t, which is the value. And I'm going to, you know, I just asked why. Well, again, yeah, This is what I need. But you know, at the beginning, I need this dislocation. Fine. So you can see I was having the flight on this left-hand side. Now I want to create the movement towards this side and say the earth was, you know, rotation. You can see that it was rotating there. And I want to create the moment here to create a movement. You know what I'm going to do? I'm going to set my, you know, the very first keyframe. So far. This scale as well as version I'm going to set the key-frames. First. I said that for this position. Second, I said that for scale, after adding those two keyframes for scale and position at the beginning, I just want to place my play head where I want. I just need five seconds animation. So I was placing here. And I'm going to add two more keyframes. You can see I just use this option. Add keyframe. Yes, I got to get him here. Now on that location, what I'm going to do is I'm going to change the position. You can see I select that particular object. I moved that. And now I'm going to use the scale attribute. So I was reducing the scale. You can see how I have that. And I know I was moving here. So I was finished my animation. This is how we have done previously. Now, when I held the real-time play, you can see how we have the moment there. We have a gradual movement with their moment, we have that transformation also. So that's why you have a small illusion like that. You have more speed to compare the beginning. Right here, it looks like it was moving faster, but it was moving at the same speed. But since I was reduced the size of this particular flight, it creates the delusion. Fine. It was created five seconds animation. We can say that. Now what I'm going to do is I'm going to adjust the particular path you have here. This is the starting point. You can say that the relative us to frame and in-between. You can see in this particular question and this last particular question, I can able to adjust the starting and ending position of the object. We can say that I was addressing and playing to adjust that path. And after that, I come to this position attribute. Let's choose very fast to frame. Then it shows very fast to frame. You can able to see how I was accessing that particular frames property. I was choosing the very first particular frame. I can also choose the last frame if I want. It's easy for us. Now they come in between. So I come to this place and I just want to change the position of this shape. So I just click and drag. And I click and drag. You can able to see I got the CO that was created automatically. I was not done anything. I was just click and drag because I just want to add one more keyframe for that moment. But you can see we got a curve here. I need to have the Bezier points here. You can see that we have the starting and ending point, and I had the busiest point here. And here also, I hope you can see that that Bezier point in this location also I have the Bezier point for the particular flight version. So with the help of these Bezier points, we can able to set hub you want the moment of the flight. You can see how I was created that. And let us play now from the beginning. So it will have a lot of different movements according to the particular path. You can see that how it was moving. This looks like now some greater honeybee was moving from one place to another. But it can able to customize with the help of those Bezier points. You can see that I have the Bezier points there. We can use those Bezier points to adjust the curve how you want. After creating this. Now, I'm going to access few more interpolation properties, what we have with this keyframes. To access that, I select the particular keyframe. Now I right-click over the keyframe, right-click over the keyframe. You can see apart from those and do Cut, Copy, Paste, clear, and select all. We have two more important options here. We have temporal interpolation and this spatial interpolation. So these two options are much important when you are doing a keyframe animation using Adobe Premier Pro. Now, I'm going to have some features here, like in C, in my temporal interpolation, I had a linear by default. Now I choose Bezier. So we already got the Bezier that. And when you choose busier, you can see here in this keyframe that has a different shape to compare the previous one. The previous time, we got a diamond shape, but here we have the different shapes. So with the help of that, you can able to adjust where the particular Bezier points. And now I come to this place, I choose auto bezier. So the auto bezier, we'll set the default value for the particular the Bezier points. And in auto bezier, you can see how we have the keyframe appearance. I choose that from auto bezier to busier. So you can see the difference between of things. Now, I'm going to choose the next one which is this continuous bezier. So based on your need, what you require in this temporal interpolation. Now I choose hold. So when you choose hold, you can see how we had that particular frame appearance, the keyframe appearance, and when it chooses to hold, after that, hold, that, keep that particular object on the same location. Since I was added animation of what the scale, we got the scale animation, but still that keep the particular object on the same position. You can see that until the next keyframe, the object will be on the same location. Even if you have the animation, you can see when I reach. The next keyframe, the time only got the flight on that particular respect to keyframe location. So this is called inner hold. So you can use all those features according to your need. We can say that I choose linear now. And we've got that particular flight. They're released a whole. Let's use linear. I got this moment here. These are the controls we have with these options. Now I choose this temporal interpolation to Lilia, and I'm going to choose this spatial interpolation. So we can see how we had the curve here. Now I'm going to choose this spatial interpolation. Here you have continuous bezier. I'm going to choose linear busier. So when I choose linear busier, you can see that automatically created the linear bezier and that removes the manual busy what we have created. And we've got a flight moment like this. So you have, don't have any busier things there. Now I choose the very fast to give him also. Here also I'm going to do the same thing. I'm going to choose this, the spatial interpolation interlinear. So you've got a linear line instead of having the Bezier points. You can see that this is what that option do. So with the help of that option, I can able to say, you know, what kind of the spatial interpolation irregular. And if you want to add the Bezier points, yes, I can add. If I want to add manually, I can choose a second one. If I want to add the automatic Bezier points, I can choose that one which is out of this year. I hope we can say that basic points here, with the help of that auto bezier, we got that point. And if I don't want that, definitely I can go for this is just linear. So now I got only the linear white. You can see that I don't have any Bezier points out there. These are the options we have with this interpolation of the animation keyframes. You can use according to you but need. Now, what I'm going to do is I was removing the middle keyframe. And i2 want to switch up the scale. Just dropped the toggle. Yes, I want to remove those keyframes to. So I just want to keep the position of the object. We can see how we have that moment from starting point to end point. And I just don't want to scale, but I don't want to animate that. Yeah, I have 60 points. And you can see that we have the flight and how we have the moment, right? So we have the normal moment here. Since I was change the scale attribute, I don t want to create a moment, which means that the scale animation. So we don't have any issue with that kind of illusion. Now, I have two more options here in this temporal interpolation here you can see that I have ease in and ease out. So we can use these two options to accelerate the particular object at the beginning or slow down the particular objects moment at the beginning. So let us start with the very first one, which is easing. I'm going to choose ease in, at the very last keyframe. I choose a z in here. Choose easing. You can see how the tone, the particular keyframe. This keyframe will have the look like. The first half of the keyframe will have the empty area. And the second half of this keyframe will have the field area, which means at the beginning I will have the slow moment, but later it will accelerate and finish with the highest moment. Which means at the beginning I will have the first moment which shows the empty area. And which means the East was, you know, n. And at the end I will have the slow moment like how the car will move and stop on the particular location. So let us see how it looks. You can see that was tortured with much more top speed. We can see in between these two keyframes how much distance we have. This time itself, you can see how much amount that particular flight was traveled. Almost 50% time. It almost teach to that particular location. And I was playing that again. That when you finish, was the note take some time to slow down. We can see that it takes some time to slow down and stop at the end. So that's what that particular option two, which is easy. Now I choose the same first keyframe. I right-click over there. In this temporal interpolation, I'm going to choose the second option which is ease out. So when it chose ease out, what will happen is at the beginning we will have the very slow, the particular flight acceleration. But at the end it will have the fastest moment, like how the car will be started from one place. So I'm going to play this. Let us add the preview. You can see how it was started, but how it was finished. Again, I'm going to play this. You can see at the beginning I have slow acceleration. But at the end it was having the first moment. I can see that this feature is called ease in and ease out. So based on your need, you can use those two options to create animation using Adobe Premier Pro. So these are the interpolation animation features, what we have four keyframes in Adobe Premier Pro. 118. Nature of Rotation in Animation: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to understand this rotation animation in Adobe Premiere Pro. In Adobe Premier Pro, we have to create a rotation animation. Let us see how to use it with the help of this lesson. Here I'm going to use this particular balloon image. You can see I was adding my position animation. I was having that on the beginning. At the beginning, I was moving that object into the top. It was invisible. And later sometimes I just don't want to move that into the below. So I just want to add on keyframe that I just want to show the particular balloon. You can see that I was having that problem here. So I was pleased that balloon here. And now I just want to reduce the size and reduce the size. I just search on that particular frame. I just add a keyframe at the beginning. Also. Here I know I'm going to reduce the scale. I'm going to place this balloon at dislocation. It was falling down from the sky. You can see that how it was moving because of the wind. And if you want to create that kind of clouds moment, the same direction for the balloon also. Yes, we can do. We can go to the last keyframe and I can place that balloon there. Now we will have no better moment towards that particular node clouds. So after this, I'm going to add the rotation animation for this balloon. It will create that looks like that balloon was out-of-control. So let us see how to add. We have some special options in Adobe Premier Pro to do this work. And we're going to completely understand what kind of rotation feature we have here. So at the beginning, I choose the particular, you know, the balloon. And I'm going to enable this option which is rotation. So when I enable that, you can see what we have here is we have the value which is 0. And I just click and drag, which is, I'm going to increase the value. Make that into this pit into screen. Now, in this view, you can see I have the balloon on the outside. Now what I'm going to do is I'm going to rotate this. I just click and drag. I can rotate that. And you can able to see I was rotating this value. I can able to sit up to 360. When you look at this rotation property, was increasing that from 300 and I was reached these 345. Now, I'm going to increase more than 360. When I reached 359 and increased more than that. We can see I got the value which is one into that particular degree value. I was once completely added 360 plus i was added this value for this particular video footage or this particular image. So that is the meaning of that. So if I add like this, I was given the three values here, just know I was rotated phi times and you can see I was having to 58 degree extra after this file, 360 degrees. So that is what that means. And I was having the moment, but I don't have any rotation animation. That's because we have not added the second keyframe on this rotation. So I go to the next keyframe, and here I want to add a second keyframe rotation. I was added there. And here I can set what kind of rotation I was like where I said that into 0. So when I set that to 0 and I was moving backward, you can see how I can able to achieve that value. So this is how we got that moment. I was given that value, which is fine, two to 58. So we have phi times rotation into 360 degree. We will have 258 degrees rotation after that. So you can see that how many times it was rotating there? To rotate phi times. It may look like it was rotated multiple times, like more than five, but that's the kind of illusion what we have. So it has only phi rotations. If you look at this from this ten percentage view, we can see that we will have only five rotations. And after that phi locations, it will have a tooth 58 degree rotation value. That's how it was created. And I was at the first keyframe. Now what I am doing is I was making this into the 60 only at the beginning, I'm going to have only 316, which means once it has rotated by 60. Now we can see at the end I have 0. Here, I have only 360. So Enter animation will have only one rotation. We can see how we have that entail animation. However, only on rotation. It has only 360. You can see that died. But when I move this timeline, that needle the playhead, as much ice you can do to create some kind of illusion like it will move more than the city, but it was moving more than 60 is a kind of illusion. We have only 360 degree rotation here. So if you need more than these, if you want to show that particular balloon was a rotating multiple times, yes, technically you can go for multiple values here. You can also click here and you can just manually like how many times we had to rotate. Like I choose ten here. So ten times it will be rotated before it reaches the ground. K. This looks like a soccer ball, but this is not a soccer ball, this is balloon. So this is how we can able to set the rotation animation here. I can see that now I just set this internal 360, the beginning. So I will have only once that, that moment here. If I want to know only a few amount of those are rotations like I need only 90 degree. Yes, you will have that 90-degree animation here. You can see that I wasn't given only the 90-degree animation. This is how this works in Adobe Premier Pro, we have the rotation attribute, the parameter to do animation. And based on your requirement, you can set how many times we had to rotate the object. Either once the 60 degree or ten times the resistor theory are only 90 degree, are only ten degree. So based on your requirement, you can set the animation value for that, that rotation feature in Adobe Premier Pro. 119. Manual Motion Tracking: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to do manual motion tracking in Adobe Premier Pro. We can do this in automatic way also. Let us see how to do this manual first. Then we will see how to do that in automatic tracking process. Now, I'm going to use this video. We can see that I had the dolphin that was playing with the ball. That ball was a red color. Now, instead of this bar, I'm going to replace that object. And I'm going to have another bulk here. You can see this basketball. I was placing that on my second track. Now, I just want to reduce the scale. And instead of having that red ball, I'm going to place this ball on that particular location. I'm going to place it here. And I'm going to reduce the size a little bit. You can say, I'm going to adjust the opacity also. Because I just want to know where I was placing the ball. A little bit bigger. Yeah, that's fine. No problem. Okay. So let's keep the opacity down 2% snow instead off that ball. I just want to know that. I just want to move this my new ball towards that particular object. So what I'm going to do is I'm going to do this process manually. Ai tools, this object. And they just enabled this toggle animation in my particular Ball, not on that video clip, on this ball layer. Now after that, I just zoomed this area. You can see here when I add that, I got one anchor point there, which is the keyframe. I just move that a little bit. Here. I'm going to add the moment for the ball. I was adding that moment manually, frame-by-frame. So since we were such as on that animation option, that bald moment will be created automatically. I just want to create those keyframes. So here I just want to create that moment like this. And in-between if you want based on the index and create those firms, will see that each and every frame. But before that first we have to complete the dimension. So here we have the ball on dislocation. And you can see that we have the ball. I'm going to have the moment. Going to have the moment here. Here also, I had a moment. I was manually doing this phosphorous and start doing this automatically. So first I was adding some rough keyframes. I was enabled that option toggle animation. So if I move that particular object anywhere in the timeline, I will have one keyframe there. So you can see how we have those keyframes. I was adding those raw frames. You can see we do have the reflection. Yeah, we'll do that later. And, you know, we are concentrating only that ball. So I was addressing each and every frame. This is the last frame I have. Now, you can see how we have that moment. Of course I had a moment and I just want to add just a few frames like here. I want to add just that frame and checking that each and every frame here. So I was checking that each and every frame. Just want to avoid that red colored appearance. We can see that I was checking or you just want to know, hide all those red color ball areas. So here I have a ball. I was just saying manually, you know, all those frames. When it took us. Yes, you had to do it manually. You can see that how we were added, that ball moment. So I was checking that in each and every frame. Like how we had a moment. Here I have the ball appearance. I just want to hide that. And this is all we had the appearance. So I just moved the ball below. Now, you know, I had a ball at the water, not on the table. Dolphin. And that just pushes the ball. And the ball was rolling over the wall. So you can see how it was moving. I think I don't have any issue with that. I stop the things. We have created all those, you know, each and every frame, the keyframe manually. And this is the output. We have a display. You can see how beautiful this is. They have done that manually. Do this process. And at one frame I have felt like we have seen that red colored ball area. Maybe here. On one particular frame. Record the ball of veterans. I have seen that, Yeah, Here you can see we have the ball appearance here. So I will choose that motion and I just move that ball down. So that will fix both things. Now you've got the better appearance here. We got a very cute ball moment. That's it. Now, I'm going to play that from the beginning. You can see how perfectly we have replaced this concept. This work is called NO manual tracking. We have done all those keyframes manually with the help of this option, which is motion. In motion, I have just enabled this toggle animation. And I got a note, this kind of tracking using Adobe Premiere Pro. You can basically place any object here and you can able to see it. This kind of tracking using Adobe Premier Pro for video editing project. 120. Tracking in Premiere Pro: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to do tracking with Adobe Premier Pro. In Premier Pro, we can able to track any object, what you have in the video. You can add some effects also for that. Let me show you how to do that tracking using Adobe Premiere Pro. Now I'm going to use this video for example. You can see the flight was moving from left to right. This is the original footage, not my flight. You can see that now I just want to hide this particular flight, which means I'm going to track that. And I'm going to add some effects there. To do that. What I'm going to do, I just duplicate that same layer. I just press Alt key. I just resolved and I just click and drag. So I got on more new object here. You can see that. Here what I'm going to do is you can see I had two layer. I just hide the bottom layer. You can see we have hide the bottom layer and I had the second track to hide that. So you can able to see we have two tracks here. I just show both tracks. And at the top of this track, you know what I'm going to do? I'm going to add a mosque, the help of this create ellipse mask. So I choose the tool and I adjust that option. Remember without the mask option we cannot able to track. So here only we have the tracking condition. That's why we are adding that. After adding that, you know, what I'm doing is I was just focus that object alone. So you can see how I was focused with that object toluene. Now, you can see the second track, how it looks. I can say that how it looks. And I just want to track this area. To track this area, I just press this button which is track selected a mosque forward. I was doing this on my mask. I just click here. And this tracking process was started. You can see the process is going on. So it will finish in fractions of seconds. When it finished, we have created a mask. Normally the mouth will be the static one. When you create mosque or a particular area, we will see only that area content forever. But here I was tracking that particular area. And now we can see we have lots of keyframes. So those keyframes are automatically added with the help of this mask. And you can able to see that mosque area was moving here. I can able to see that I can ever to track automatically with the help of this mosque concept. And when I was doing that hiding the FastTrack, we can able to see how we have that mosque and just press Control Z. Now you can see I don't have those tracks. Still. You can able to see the mask. But now I just moved. We can see without those tracking process, we have that mask on static place only after the tracking process you can see I just press redo. It cannot do that now. So I just press that same option that gave me just track selected mask forward processes again, you know, going on within a few seconds, you will get that mosque alone. No tracking that particular object, what you have inside. So this is the fantastic option we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. So you just need a mosque to track that area. Inside the mask area will be tracked with the help of this option, which is track forward mosque. So after striking that, now you can use any effect on the particular layer. Like you can see, this is that layer I have. So here I'm going to use some effects like I'm going to use a lot of options here. Like I'm going to use my Gaussian blur. I just drag and drop that here. We divide this footage. And after that outer I got that blur. I was adjusting the values. I increase the value. I can say I can able to build the particular flight. And this is the top drag. The second video track, you can see the first video track is there still we have the same flight, but in second video track we have the blur. I can increase more blur. I can see that. And now I play this video. So you can see I was added that the particular effect, which is Gaussian blur. So you can use any blur or any other option to add the particular effect over that particular selected area, which is the track, the area in this clipping mask, which is the mosque, we have used this fx control. This is all we are tracking object using this Adobe Premier Pro. You can see that we are using the mask. And through this mosque, we can able to track with the help of this option was just tracks elected a mosque forward in Adobe Premier Pro. 121. Fundamentals of Colour Wheel: In this lesson, I'm going to talk about what is color wheel. Because when you are going to learn about basic things of color, first you have to know what is color wheel. Universe cooled days. You may start to learn the colors like red, green, blue, orange, purple. Those colors that the concept is entirely different from this color wheel concept. You can see here we have one wheel. This wheel is called color wheel. So we can see that we have 12 colors in this color wheel. On all those quarter I have three colors. We can say that this dual color decides, you know, what are all the colors we're going to use in other all kinds of designs like crappy design works or television production or sharpie making works. This 12 colors. When are you going to play major role? Whenever you are doing a color based work? Is it possible? Yes, this is possible. And you know, from the Isaac Newton's color wheel concept, we are using this concept. We just color wheel. From this nature only we are getting all those informations about this color wheel. We're using this color wheel concept regularly in our life. When you are choosing the dress or when you're choosing the particular product. Every time you are preferring the product based on the color only. Color plays a major role when you are choosing anything in our life. So let me show you how to use these colors for doing color correction work. Before doing color correction, what? You have to know, what all those colors, why we have 12 colors? Actually, why not 15 colors are ten colors or five colors? So we're going to see all those things here. Let us start with the new concept, which is color wheel in Adobe Premier Pro, color wheel has 12 colors. You can see that color wheel was first properly introduced by the person which is given the information about our gravity, which is Isaac Newton. Isaac Newton was given the information about this color wheel on 1666. That was the first time he was in added was recorded that color wheel concept, apart from those inflammations in painting concept, from the cave painting, we are using those painting concept. And all those paintings are using these colors, swindling. So they are starting with a different concept, which is called the primary colors. And secondary colors and tertiary colors. So all those colors come under this category with just colored. In upcoming lesson, we are going to see what is primary colors in this color wheel. 122. Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Colours: In this lesson, we are going to talk about primary colors. You can see in our screen we have three colors. We have red and blue, and we have yellow. These three colors are called primary colors. Why these are primary colors? Let us see. You cannot able to create these three colors by combining other old colors are combined two or more colors. That's why these colors are called primary colors. Like you cannot able to create this red bike combine any two colors or more than two colors, the same way you can not able to create this blue as well as the green. So that's why these colors are called primary colors. They are also called pure colors, which means they don't have any other color within inside. That's why those colors are called pure colors are also called primary colors. So this primary colors have more attraction for our eyes. For example, if I look at this example video, so we have the primary colors here, we have red and we have a low. So getting lot of attention from this particular background. And our eyes has rods and cones and rods with a different color sensors like red, green, blue. Since this was comes under that, it has more attraction towards human eye or anything on red will have more attraction for our eyes, not only for the human, for animals also, we have the better attraction with red. So that's why we are calling these colors are primary colors. Primary colors are highly used in this world. Now, these three colors are called primary colors. After this primary colors, we have, I'm going to show you a few more things. Here. You can see I have a lot of colors here. Just feed that with this frame. You can see I have two different colors here. I have the red and some other rate-based colors, and I have other old rate-based don't seal that, create more attraction towards anyone. Not only for kids. So particularly kids for, yeah, we have more, but not only for kids, for human beings, also for adults and teenagers. And the age is people are still getting more and no attraction towards these primary colors. So after primary colors, we have the second category, which is secondary colors. If you look at this color wheel, we have six colors. We have three primary colors. You can see that we have red, blue, and yellow. And we have three more colors here. We have green, orange, and purple. These three colors, green, orange, purple are called secondary colors. Secondary colors. You can see that by adding these two colors, two primary colors, I can able to produce these colors. If you have two panes, like you have a low color paint and you have this red color Pinter. If you take each amount on the particular like phi m a lot and nimble of the LO and this red. If you blend both of things, you will get this orange color. So these two primary colors forming this color, that's why this is called secondary color. You can see that I have three possibilities for the secondary color. So by combining these yellow and red, I have one secondary color which is orange. Campaign, this blue and red. I have purple. And by campaign this L0 and this blue, I have the green. By adding two primary colors, we are creating the color which is called a secondary color. These secondary colors are widely used in most of the interior designs and other toy materials. Also, if you look at this example, you can see we have those secondary colors here. You can see that we have green, we have orange. So the nature itself, using those colors for showing a difference between those leaves and flowers so that, that can able to attract those bees and other West towards this particular flower pollination. So this is why we have these colors are also used in nature for many long, long like Madeline long ears. Then only we are using those colors. Here I have one more example. We can see we have secondary colors here like we have purple and green. These colors are called secondary colors. They are made by combining two primary colors. So that's why we are calling this as a secondary colors. Now, I have the next concept which is tertiary color. You may know what is mean by test or equal to means right now, because you know what is secondary color right? Now? You can see in this, after this getting the secondary colors, you can see I have one primary and secondary combination here. The same way in this place also I have one secondary and primary. So if I blend this one primary color like I was blending this primary color with this secondary color, which is orange. There, I will have one more new color that is called a tertiary color. Let us see how many tertiary colors you can able to produce. Here I can able to produce one tertiary color, 23456. So I can able to produce six tertiary colors. I have three primary colors, and by combined that, we have three possibilities for the secondary colors. Yes, we got the three secondary colors. And after adding those on primary and secondary color, we have six possibilities. And V2 Gao, the six colors here, you can see that we have this primary color and this secondary color by combining this L0 and this green, we have new color here, which is the green. So in the same way you have different colors, you can able to see that we have different shapes here. These colors are called color wheel. In this media industry, whenever you are doing even a fashion designing or cloth designing or material design, tropic design, whatever comes under this inode design category, we're going to use these 12 colors, 12 basic colors for design purpose, not only for design, we are adopting all those, you know, designing concept from the painting itself only in manual painting. Watercolor, royal color, acrylic, we are using this color concept only to create and blend all those colors to create different colors. These colors are called tertiary colors. You will have the primary, secondary, tertiary colors, all those colors on your artwork. Whenever you are doing artwork on editing work, you have to know what are all the colors you have to use. Because here we can able to see we have a secondary colors. Here we have the primary colors and color tones. Whenever you are doing editing work, you have to be careful with colors and you should know what colors you should use that either primary or secondary or tertiary colors. Based on that only, you will get the perfect output, the color mode for the particular concept using Adobe Premier Pro. So these are the primary, secondary, and tertiary colors we have traditionally, for any kind of work like art or design or editing, using the software. 123. Warm Colours and Cool Colours: In this lesson, we're going to see on more important concept, which is warm colors and cool colors. If you look at this color wheel, we can able to divide this color wheel into two parts. You can see when I cut this color wheel from the middle point, from this top to bottom, I will have two piece of the color wheel. I have right hand side which has the light green and green, blue, the dark blue and purple colors. And in this left hand side I have a yellow, orange, red, and red orange. I too have pink. So these all colors, the red, yellow, orange, the pink. These all colors comes under the category which is warm colors. These colors produced warm feel psychologically when you are having anything based on those colors. And right-hand side, we start with this light green and n with this inappropriate. These colors are called cool colors. So whenever you are seeing something based on these colors, you will feel like cool on your grind. That's why we are dividing this color wheel into two. We have warm colors and cool colors. Let us see few examples and offer that. If you look at this food, I have that warm feel like I just want to have that soup or reno the particular gravy I just want to eat. If you got that kind of field that's because of this, is having that particular color, which is warm color. But imagine, I'm going to add one particular effect for this video. I'm going to change the hue value here. I'm going to add a video effect. I'm going to use some color change here. Going to choose some color correction tools. I can see I'm going to choose my other options like the choose this obstacle. And here I have a lot of options. Now I was added one, NO color effect here, which is color balance. Here I'm going to change this warm color into cool color. I can see this is a cool color. When you see this food in the form of cool color, you will never feel something warm. Something a hungry. Who our blind, we can see, this is not good thing when you are seeing this through ice. If it is not on this color and this color, you will feel like you are more hungry. So that creates because of that particular color only now, because of that particular, you know, the muscle, what they have used, the saltwater they are used because here you can able to, able to smell the food in digital form. You can able to only see that and you can able to feel how that may have tastes and other things that because of that color only you can able to imagine that if you have something like this with that color, you can definitely not imagine that. That's because of that. The warm colors, what we have here. And I was moving with another example. Whenever you are seeing a song on the TV, if they want to create some energetic field for you, they will use the warm colors. You can see that the girl was having the warm color shirt or blouse or the particular address, what she was weird. That's why those songs produce a kind of psychological energy for you when you are watching those songs. Whenever you are having some songs related with the potty. So you will definitely have all those songs with these kinds of colors because those yellow, orange, and red colors produced the warm fail and you will feel like, you know, I just want to dance like them. So that's why we are having these warm colors for all those purposes. Now I come to the next one. You can see that when you are watching this particular video, you will feel like, yeah, it looks great and you will feel like, Wow, this is so warm. And here also, you can say that if you're like to have this first year, definitely will feel like you are feeling hungry when you're watching this video itself. You don't want to taste that in. You don't want to feel that small on your nose, but still you will feel hungry because of those colors only. Let me change the color here also. I just add that F and I'm going to change the color. And now you will never feel hungry. You will feel something sad or bad, or omega what is going on there? So this is called a cool color, but we don't like that cool color here. We just need warm color for this kind of foods, right? Yeah. Basically. By nature, we have a local around the egg, not for attracting the human being. That's, that's for that embryo only. You know that, that is the food of the embryo. But this is why we have the more attraction towards there, which is, has the warm color inside. These are the warm colors we have with this color wheel. You can see how that can able to produce that kind of energetic field when you are having that enough food form or any other form like this kind of visual places. The form of song or in the form of this landscape appearance. All those can able to produce and the psychological, the energetic field when you're watching the color with that particular item itself. Now, after that, I come to this next example. Here. If you look at this kitchen, It's a modular kitchen. We can see why they have these kind of warm colors for the lighting as well as the interior design. So when you have this kind of colors, you will feel like you are hungry when you are entering the particular kitchen. You will automatically get the field like, yeah, I just want to have something for my breakfast or lunch. But if you have some colors, like how you have cool colors there, I don't think you will feel hungry here if you have these kinds of colors. I can see that you will hate the kitchen when you have these kinds of colors. So that's why we are having the kitchen with these kind of warm colors. That creates psychological field for us. These colors are warm colors we have with this color wheel. And now I come to this one, the next one. These are cool colors. If you have these kinds of colors in a system ANOVA, or the particular workplace or your office. You will definitely feel more energetic, but you will feel angry on those employees, what you have. But if you have this kind of color system, like you can see, most of the time we have only cool colors here. You have blue, the white, the light gray, and the light brown. All colors based on the cool colors only. We can see I have my color wheel. So these cool colors will make you feel like, you know, cool and you can walk without attention whenever we are watching the green color too small shrubs on the cabin, you'll feel something cool and very normal to talk with the customer or to do your work. You can see that you will have most of the time, the cool colors are never work Kevin, that create a lot of AAC as well as based mindset for you on your workplaces. That's why the cool colors are much important when you are doing any work on your workstation. And here also you can able to see this living room has only a cool colors instead of having orange or red colors. So this will be or very much good for your mental health also. We have both warm colors and cool colors on a day-to-day life. I imagine if you're going to have some chicken or some kind of non-wage, you will definitely expect that with the warm colors instead of cool colors, right? You will definitely hate these kind of cool colors on the food. So we use both warm colors and cool colors in our day-to-day life. But based on the need, we are going to use those colors. Like if you are making some color correction for the fight sequence or that energetic sequence of the particular the character's role. You should go for these warm colors only. If you are going to show the anger of the particular characters. That phase, we can use these warm colors instead of that. If you use this blue color, orange or purple color to show the angry, that will never work, right? And at the same time, if you are going to show some, some romantic or low base the scenes, you should go for these cool colors only Because that we give the better communication for that particular scene. So we have the both kind of warm colors and cool colors. You'll use all those colors in our video editing project work. Let us see how to use those colors in our project works. 124. Tint, Shade, and Tone: In this lesson, I'm going to talk about tint Shad tone. These three values, which is tint tone, was much important when you are doing any color based work on your computer. So here I'm going to show you what is shared and tone. And based on our need, we will use all those concepts in our video editing project work. So first I'm going to talk about this concept, which is tint. Tint means you can see that I have the pure color here, which is green. If we add white towards this pure color, step-by-step, I will have different shades. For example, I was having one liter of this green and I was adding a 100 milliliter of this white with that particular green. So what will happen is I will have a light teach there. I will have light white color inside the particular, the green value. Then after that, I was having the sample here. I have the original color sample and I have the sample after adding the 100 envelope, that particular white. Then later I'm going to add another 100 gamble with that same color. I will have more white to compare the previous color. So I was marking each and every color shadow here when he was doing that same way again and again and again. Finally, I will get only the white color. All those, you know, the green colors are neutralized by this particular color, which is white. So if I create all those shots, I was recording all those chats. That concept is called Tinder. When you are doing any video editing work or image editing work, you will have different tones of the same color, which just comes under this category, which is tint. If we are adding the particular white or the particular bright color towards the pure color will cause the different, the brightest appearance because of this concept, which is Tinto. Now, after this tint, I have the next concept which is shared. Shared means I have the pure color, which is blue. And with this blue color, I was adding the black Step-by-step. You can see that if I have one liter of this blue, I was hiring a 100 MLF black first. And again, I'm going to add a 100 MLF black. And each and every time I was adding a 100 ML again and again and again. I was creating the colors shares from the beginning of the pure blue. And I record all those color variations. So finally, you will get the black here. And you can see we have so many number of shares. Here, it shows you only few shots. But if you create that, you can able to get a lot of shots of that particular blue to the black. Those colors are called shots in this, you know, this color concept, color theory, you can see those shafts can able to produce an effect to work if you want to create a video editing project. Now I move to the next concept, which is tone. Tone means we are having the pure color. With this pure color, we're going to add the gray, which means 50% black and white. And I'm going to do the same process like how I was adding white and black. And the gray with the pure color was adding a step-by-step, I will get the particular pure color and I will get reduced the buccal or value from the particular orange to this gray. And I will have different chats there. So the also chats will be appear on my whatever the 3D object by how with this real-world. So these are also important, which is tone concert. So this three will be very much important when you are doing color correction and color grading. You'll have to know when you want to add this tone, when you want to add this shadow, and when you want to add this tint. So these are called the tin shack and tone. It's easy to remember we are adding white with a pure color which is tint. We are adding black with the pure color with just Chad. Whenever you are having your shadow, it would be on a dark color only, which means dark appearance only. By adding black, we're going to create this chat. You can easily remember by using this. And I come to this tone. We have one more name for the tone which is made don't be, don't mean. Yeah, it's a medium tone between two colors. So here I have a medium tone between black and white. I was adding the tone towards the pure color. Based on that, you can able to easily understand what is tone, right? So we are adding pure color with the white paint. Black with a pure color which is sad. And this gray tone with the pure color which is tone. So you must remember this concept very well, because whenever you are doing color correction or color grading, this will be highly essential and you should remember this concept. 125. Hue, Saturation, and Light: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use hue, saturation and light, which is high chest. In Adobe Premiere Pro. This concept is common for all those softwares. What we are using the color space to work. Let us see how to use that option here. Now, I'm going to use this video footage. You can see how we had that particular video footage, color tone. Let us use this option which is hue, saturation and lightness. To access the adoption. I come to my video effects. Here I choose my fx, which is Video Effects. I'm going to choose my option, which is this obsolete. And here I have lots of options in that. I have an option here you can see that we just color balance. It has the name which is just l, ls, which means Hue, light and saturation. Now, I just drag and add that particular effect with this, my video footage in my effects controls. You can see I got that particular option which is hue lightness and saturation. So here we have the three properties, which is hue, lightness, saturation. That's why this is HLS or, you know, I just wish means Hue Saturation late or use light and saturation. Now, I have three properties here. You can see that I have the hue first. When I adjust this Q in my color wheel, you can able to see we have the color wheel there. And in color, we had different colors. Right now in this hue saturation and lightness, we can see we almost how most of the colors while the green, and here I have some colors based on the red and orange. So in my color wheel, if you look at this color wheel, we will have those tones on these locations, the green colors and this orange and red colors. Now, if I adjust the hue value, what will happen is this particular the green colors or turn into a yellow and orange and red. Then now to this red, we have this purple and we have this blue. So that will change the color based on the color wheel properties. If you have orange, then that will turn into the pain, purple, blue, and green. And at the end I will have the same color, which is orange. So that's how this new option was work. So you can see I have a hue here and I'm going to adjust that value. We can see how that change this particular video footage. Right now hasZero, just click and drag. I can able to change, you can see I never to change all those tools when I was adding different values. We can say that I love most NOx, all those color values. This property is called hue, which means color. Now I access the second option, which is lightness. Now, you can see we have some kind of a no light value here. If you want to add the more light or if you want to remove the light, you can use this option which is lightness. Now I come to this place, I just want to increase first. I just click and drag towards the right hand side. I can see I can able to increase the overall light. If we want to increase the light, you can use this option which is like this, and you can add the value in plus. Now I just want to reduce, I just pleased that the parameter first and I'm going to reduce the value in binary. So I just click and drag towards the left-hand side. You can see I can add more dark appearance on this video. So it looks like it's, it's a kind of evening time after the sun site. So if you want to create this fail, you can use this option here, lightness. We can able to increase or reduce the light value. So we can able to change the hue just color. We can able to change the lightness. Now after that, we have one more important option which is saturation. So with the help of this saturation, you can add more colors on the same. The pixel value, like if you have the green here, we can add more green here. You can see I had a brown, so I can able to add more brown in this shadow. So I have those orange color tones on the skin. I had a skin tone so I can able to increase the, all those colors using this option which is saturation. So I can add the value in the positive. If I add minus values, I can able to remove the colors from this particular page. Let us add the positive value first. So I just click and drag. You can see how I can able to change that particular video footage, which is HLS. Now by just enable that, you can see, we've got amazing change after that, no saturation adjustment. So this is why these are not HLS is much important. And based on that, I can able to adjust the light we want to reduce or increase. I can do that. In this saturation, we have more values if you want, you can add it. Now you can see the difference here. How we have that particular footage. And you can see how beautiful that those colors, representing the background, those trees out does some different color tone. I was just added more tone with the **** above saturation. And here the nearby those trees and leaves has different color tone. And we had different column phone for those shirts, particularly I was mentioned you, I have load here. For this Odin frame, we have the same brown value, but we have more brown color there. So you're able to reduce if A1. So you can able to saturate those colors what you have on the screen. You can add more colors, and that will be better when you are having the visual on the screen. So that's why we are using this option which is hue, lightness and saturation. Now I'm going to reset this parameter and I'm going to add the value in Weiner's. You can see I can able to remove all those colors what I have with that particular stage. So this is what I can do with the help of this option, which is hue, lightness, and saturation. If I reset this, by default, we have this color and I increase the saturation. We have some vibrant colors like this. After having this kind of colors on your footage, if you turn back that footage into normal, you will definitely feel like you already lost a default colors also. But so original one. So after adding those colors only, you will feel like, Wow, this is good. I just want to keep those colors because of this saturation value. So this is how we use this option in hatches, which is hue saturation in Adobe Premiere Pro to do color correction works. 126. Colour Correction Effects: In this lesson, we are going to see how to use various color correction effects, what we have with this Adobe Premier Pro. Now, I'm going to use this video for that lesson. Let us see how to use those things. So I'm going to choose this particular video footage. And after that I make come to this effects panel. Here I have video effects in that you can see I have a separate option, which is this color correction and color correction. You can see I have seven options. It was started with AAC, CDL, brightness contrast, broadcasts, colors, and other four options. So let us start with this AAC, C, D, L option. I just double-click there. So I got that particular effect on my effects control. I was added that now I want to adjust the value here. You can see here I have the slope, I have offset and red power. I have the same properties, these three properties, which is slope, offset and powerful green and blue channels. And we have saturation at the end. Now we can see for each and every of those things, we have the adjustment. By default, we have this red, red and the green slope, green power. We do have the one value which is the no saturation. Now I just want to increase this one, this one, I'm going to increase this slope into two. Yeah, I don t know that measurement of difference, but when I increase that slope value, we can see how we can able to increase that and reduce that less than 0. I have these values. So we can see how I have the slope here. I just remembered that I keep this into one. Because if I reduce the delivered value one, I will have those green based colors. You can see that just reset that and a **** in this rate offset. So I increase. So you can see how I have that opposite colors for red. And I have this red power values. So I have the same properties for the green and blue channels. You can see how that create the influence with the particular video footage to how the green, the green part of the default values we have and we can able to adjust based on even need how you want that particular color question here. Like, if I want to create some, you know, some evening, like kind of that field, I can add this blue value with this. So this will be how particular field, that evening field to this video footage. You can see that how we have that. And if I want to create some morning cool, like feel like appears, I can add something like this. So you can feel the morning color tone here. So this is why this option is important, which is a is the CDL in this Adobe Premier Pro color correction effects. Now we remove that and I'm going to choose the next one which is brightness and contrast. I double-click that to add, and I got that effect here. So here I have the brightness contrast. You can see I have only two parameters, which is brightness and contrast. With the help of this greatest parameter, again, really increase or reduce the brightness. If it has 0, this is the default value. If we add the value, I have the more brightness. And if I add the value in negative, I can able to darken the particular video footage. Now you can see in this looks darker, the help of this brightness, I can able to do both things. I can able to add more bright. I can also remove the brightness from the particular video footage. Now I have the contrast. So when I have more brightness, I just want to add more contrast for those dark pixels. That's where we have a contrast here. I just increase the contrast. You can see how those dark pixels getting more darker values. This is highly important when you are doing this greatest I just meant for any video footage. Now you feel better here. Without that brightness contrast, you can see how we have the particular original footage. Now after adding that we have very good greatness as well as contrast adjustment. This is brightness contrast, ladies and gentlemen, for you. And after that I have this broadcast colors. So I just add that in this broad cuts colors you can see we have NTSC and bile, which is based alternative line. So if you aren't any one particular broadcasting code-based, the color tone, you can choose which one you want, either NTSC, pal. We don't have the game here. We just too windy and TAC. And so if you are using that color tone in, inside this Aisha, I can use this option which is bell. And if you are using this in America, you can use this NTSC based on your needs. You can choose which only what we have, how to make the color safe? Yes, you have four options here. We can choose whatever you like, you're like, you know, if you want to reduce. Luminance, you can choose the default one which just want meters. If you want to reduce the saturation here you can choose saturation or key out unsafe or Keynote save. So based on the need, you can choose which one you want. And after that we have this maximum single amplitude value. We can see how I can able to add just that, that will compress those color values. So this is dot got colors, what we have with this color correction. After that, I had a color balance, so I add the color balance here. In this color balance, you can see we have three tonal adjustment. We have shadow, which is dark tonal adjustment. We do have that same dark tonal adjustment for red, green, blue channels. You can see that we have midtone adjustment for red, green blue and highly digestible for red, green blue. If you want to preserve the luminosity what we have with this particular footage, we can just enable this option which is preserved luminosity. Now I'm going to add that particular shadow off the green arrow. I'm going to adjust the color balance. So I just click and adjust the value. We can see how that will influence the particular green tones away I just did for red tones. You can see how that influenced the blue tone also. I can able to adjust the shadow, highlights and midtones off each and every channel using this option, which is color balance. Now I was preserving that particular luminosity at what we have here. Just disabled that. You can see how we have that just meant off that red, green and blue shadows, mid tones and highlights adjustment. That's why I just enable this option which is preserved luminosity. So this is color balance. Now after that I have lumetri color. Just update that. In our previous chapters we have seen how to use this option. So we have basic corrections here. Like we have seen all those things like exposure. And we have seen how to use that contrast and how to use the highlights, shadows, all those adjustments. I hope you remember that. And after that we have this basic white balance. We have this option which is creative. If you want to do some creative color grading, you can use this option. You can able to select what Tony need for those shadows. And what don't you need for those highlighted areas? I choose here. You can see all those highlights out this color tool. And I can able to adjust the saturation value. And you can see I can able to adjust the vibrance colors for the footage. How the Fed did a film like appearance if you want. So I have all those I just mentioned that intensity of the particular color. All those things here in this greater area. Now, we do have tin balance. Can use that if you want to balance the tint. And after this creative, we have this option which just goes. So I use that curves to adjust based on this coast graph. We know how to use this for the color I just meant. I can see that after this, we have the hue and saturation adjustment. You can adjust how you want. And you have the Hue vs Hue and b to have Hue vs Luma. So we have all those adjustments here and lose on SAT. Also. After all those adjustments, we have the color wheel. We too have seen these all those ratios. We have them be done. I just meant for this footage, we have shadow adjustments for this footage. And we do have highlight. I just went for this voltage. So you can able to do all those changes according to our needs. We can see how we have changed that footage appearance using these options were to have hue saturation, lightness value. So we can able to adjust all those things based on your needs. You can see that how we can able to select and add all those values. And I can able to add the blur if I want. I can able to choose the color, the temperature, what kind of temperature I need with the particular footage. And tint, contrast, saturation and other sharpened values. So n Finally, we have this dignity. So if you want to add that field, you can use it as you record. So these are the options we have with this Lumetri color, color correction in this Adobe Premier Pro. Now I just want to remove this. I come to my effects controls. Here. I just want to remove this option. And after that, I'm going to choose the next effect, which is Tinder. So I add that tint. Now, you can see in tint I have three values. I have this map, black to end map Y2. And finally I have the amount of tint. Now you can see here I had a tint in this tent. You know what I'm going to do? I'm going to choose the dark color as a result, bright color. So I just choose the dark color here. And I just want to add the dark color in the form of this particular color on whatever selected. You can see that dark color was completely turned into that color. I will choose bright color and I can set whatever the background I was, like You add on that particular video footage. Now, you can see having only these two colors. Whatever you choose here, you will get that color. Even if I choose the blue here. You can see you have the blue and we have this particular map, white to yellow. I choose green instead of that. You can see how we have the two. So you can able to create different color grading, tonal adjustment using this option, which is ten. In the stint. At the end you can see we have the option which is amount to tint. I have a 100% here. We can able to reduce if they want. This is the original footage. And based on our need, we can able to say it 50 or 75100 per cent, that particular tint adjustment using this map, black and white. This is most important feature what we have with this color correction. Now after this taint, finally, in this color correction gap, I have the option which is radio limiter. Just thought that effect. We have compression before clip and we have gamut warning and a gamut warning color. So if you want to do the composting process, yes, we can use the saga. See how we have the changes on these places, like how it that compress the detail on this particular video footage. So this is video limiter or in therapy Premier Pro. These are the options, is the chevron options what we have? Those under this color correction will help you to do a color grading and color correction in Adobe Premier Pro for video editing project. 127. Image Control Effects for Colour Correction: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use image control video effects using Adobe Premier Pro. With the help of this image control Video Effects, you can able to do color correction and color grading for your video footages. Let us show you how to use the first I'm going to use this video for that lesson. It's a very simple video. You can see that it has only, you know, the total duration of two points some seconds. So I'm going to use this video, and I'm going to use one more video, which is this one. Let us see how to use those image control V of x. Firstly, choose this video segment. I'm going to choose my video FX. In this, I'm going to choose Image control. You can see I have four options here in this image control. I'm going to start with this black and white. Remember, this NH control, controls are very simple options. So we don't have any complicated auctions in this category, which is image contour. So it has all in all the various simple options, and it has only minimum amount of attributes on epicenter. So first I'm going to use this one which is black and white. You can either drag and drop into my first video segment or you can double-click here. I doubled here to add, is I was added. Now you can see that video was converted into black and white. And when it come to this effects control, you can see, I don't have any adjustment parameters here. If you want to simply convert your video footage into black and white without any adjustments, which means the default adjustments. You can use this option which is black and white. We can see we don't have any adjustment the parameters here. We want to simply convert that the colors are areas of content into grayscale. You like this, you can use this option which is black and white. Now I just delete this. I'm going to use the second video effect, which is colorless. So I just drag and place that into my last video footage. When I choose colored bars, you can see I have three values here in my effects control. In my monitor here you can see it looks like it has the same grayscale conversion, but let us see how we have the difference in this color apex. You can see I have three options. First one is similarity, second reverse, and third one is color. Now I just increase the similarity value to a 101st%. And after that, we can see I have a 100% similarity. I do have all those colors in my video footage. You can see that I have all those colors. Nothing is missing. Now, what I am doing is I was going to the third attribute, which is color. Here I had two options. You can see there. I can use this fill color to select the particular color what I want. And I too have this eyedropper tool. I can select the particular eyedropper tool and I can choose which color I want to select. So I was selecting the color from the girl's face. Now you can see what color I was elected. After selecting the color, what I'm doing is I was reducing the similarity. When you reduce a similarity, you can see what is going on there. Apart from that selected colors value, all those colors are getting reduced. That turn into gray scale. You can see that I can able to D saturate those cars area. I was dragging again, reducing the value. In this phase also you will have the impact of this color. You can see that you can deduce a color passing amount. When I make that into 0, I have this value. If I increase that, yes, you can see I've also selected this green color from the face and turn that color. The color pass. And that spreads over the other similar colors and the other analagous colors. And the continuous goddess was added in gray scale to color mode. You can see that. Now I have only this no, most of the facial and the test colors with color content in the Hat also, you don't have any color value. You can see that in the background also, mostly we remove that color only those few years which connect the black and the particular blue has the colors. You can see that now, if I just want to reverse this process, I just want to keep other all colors except the colors what we have selected right now, we can just click this option which is reverse. You can see how that works. I can also adjust the similarity here if I want. So this is how this option works, which is colored pus. So either you can choose reverse or normal function. You can select the text color. And from that, you can set the color parsimony. You can see that this attribute gives you a different result. To combat the black-and-white. Black-and-white is completely for only the black and white or grayscale conversion. We don't have any parameters there. But in colored bars, yes, you can get the same result, but we can also pass the colors from the selected one. So I just did this property. You just got our boss. Now I'm going to the next one which is colored replace. To use this, I'm going to use this video footage. I just double-click that particular video effect. Now, this video footage Howard, this color replaced attribute. We can see I have four oxygens here. I have similarity, solid colors, target corals, and replace colors. Supposed to have to know our Seder, which color I want to select from this video footage which is should be replaced. So just make their similarity to 0. Let us increase later. I choose the target color here. I want to select this red orange. And I just want to collect some. It should be replaced. Just select a yellow, this yellow color, we'd replace this selected red-orange color. Now I'm going to increase the similarity. So I just clicked and drag. I just increase the similarity. When it increases similarity, you can see that we have a change. Yes, that was completely turn into that particular color, which is yellow. But this looks dark, not a brightest one. So I change another color like green. You can see how we can able to change that color. So it can turn into any color using this option which is colored replace. So because of that similarity you here also, we are having the particular colors impact reducing the similarity. Now, this is, you know, color replacement, which is present in this category, which is image control. Now, if you want to add the solid color instead of having these color replacement, we can just enable this option which is solid colors. So you can see now I have solid colors here, instead of having the normal color with the texture of that plot, you can see that this option is colored replacement in this Adobe Premier Pro. Whenever it recurs, yes, you can use it. But still, you can see it has the dark values. Based on your needs. You can choose which one you want. No, I just delete this color replacement. I'm going to use the next one, which is gamma correction. To use it, I come back to this first video segment. I apply this option which is gamma correction. When you apply that option, you can see I don't have any amount of difference right now. But when I adjust the gamma value, you can see I have only one parameter here, which is gamma. I have ten, which is a default value. I make that into a 0. Yeah, I got to give at least one. So then I have the value one. You can see how we have the video footage and invalid to have this appearance in value d ten. By default value, we have this appearance. So when I reduce the gamma value, I have more brightened pixels over the video footage. When I increase that, you can see an increase there. I have more dark, you know, the footage appearance here. We can see how we have that. I'm going to use the same effect for the second footage, the gamma correction. We can see we have lots of light colored areas here. So I just reduce the value. So now you can see it has a very good result with this video footage. I can able to have better clarity here. This is original footage. Here I have very good footage that has a detail of that particular background grasses. So this is what we need when you are using the Goma values. You can able to add more gamma correction using this option, which is gamma correction option in video effects. So these are the four options we have, the image control. These will create perfect to work for doing color correction when it trackers. We can use this color replacement for replace the color and gamma correction for beta gamma correction like this, we can say that how good it is. These are the options we have with Adobe Premier Pro for image control, video effects. 128. Obsolete - Auto Adjustments: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the final NO other video, color correction as well as color grading tools, effects using this Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to use this video for that. I can see I have the person was doing martial art. Now I'm going to choose my video effects. Here I have the option. You can say that we have the particular separate tab which is obsolete. I'm going to choose this obsolete. And here you have a lot of video effects. So most of the time we use all those things to do our video adjustments. We can see we have huge number. So let us see each and every one, how to use those things here. First, I'm going to use this mTLS. Just add that here. So when I add here you have the DLAs. If a disabled, you can see that I hope I'm going to expand the my zoom level. I said that into a 100%. Now this video has the anterior layer. You can see just disabled this. And you can see how I have the sharpness here. If we don't want this much or motor sharpness, you just want to smooth than that. The skin and the other tone of the particular video. You can just add this option which is anterior lays. You can see that we cannot able to adjust further with this video effect. That if you want, you can add that effect. So the too much amount of noise videos will get neutralized. This option which is anti allies. Now after this anti-realists, I'm going to delete that. I'm going to add the next one, which is arithmetic. So I just add the defect and I got the effects control here. Keep this value into Fit in Window. Now, in this arithmetic, you can see I have phi options. I was having the option which is operator. And I have three different channels, but the H and every particular video card with just red, green, blue, and I to have the options just clipping. So let us set the values first. I'm going to set the red value. So if we want to adjust the red, again, use this option. I can see how I can able to influence the red on this video. Just visit the color. I'm going to add the green so you can see how we can able to influence the green and the blue. So based on your needs, you can add those color values for adding this arithmetic video effect. You can see that we have the operator here. We can see that we have AND OR XOR add. We can choose according to your need like I had or I have ADD and I have this in or subtract. Based on your needs, you can choose what kind of operator you record. This will be the much useful when you are doing the color correction or color grading using this option, which is arithmetic. You can see we have multiple different orbitals here. Based on your need, you can choose which operative irregular. We have so many operators here. We have blogged about below the house lies. We have multiplying the screen almost like how we have those blending modes. We have all those options here we just added. Now at the end I had the clipping attribute. And if you want to use the clip that I wrestled value, we can use this by default, it robin enabled mode. If you don't want to, you can disable that. So this is how we are doing the color collection using this property which is arithmetic in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now it just remove this and I'm going to use the next one, which is auto color. Here I have three options. You can see I have auto color, Auto Contrast, and auto levels. With the help of these three options, you can automatically do the color and contrast and level adjustment. Let us start with this auto color first. So I just add auto color here. So when I add a two color, you can see automatically that remove, that neutralize the colors what we have with this video. Without this auto color, you can see how we have the video with this watercolor. You can see how we have the video. So this neutralize the black and white and other clipping colors in this particular video clip. And in the settings we can see we have temporal smoothening, we have black and white cliffs value, and we have neutral tones. I just went to ****, the blending process of original video. So now I'm going to adjust this temporal smoothening adjustment. When I adjust that, you can see how we have changed. And I'm going to adjust this black clip value if I want to have weightlifter or if I want, I can able to adjust the white and black clipped values individually. And I to have this NOC indirect option, I have snapped. Neutral mid-tones option. If we want to snap that midtone values, I can use this and I to have those black and white clip values. Finally, I have blend with original attribute. So by default, you have a 100% on 0 value. But if you want to blend with the original, you can use this option. So with the help of these autocatalytic and able to neutralize all those colors what you have. Now, I just disabled this auto color. You can see how we had the original footage of the particular video clip. This is why auto color was much essential when you're doing color correction using Adobe Premier Pro. I just delete this. We'd use the next option which is Auto Contrast. So this Auto Contrast, willing and utilize the over and under contrast areas of this video pitcher. Let us see I just double-click the particular effect to add. So I was added the defect here. Now you can see I got the particular effect here. If a disabled that you can see, I got the Auto Contrast and I do have the values for black and white clip. I have the blender between a background feature. So you can able to adjust the black details and the white pixels here. And I do have the temporal smoothening features. With the help of this Auto Contrast, you can utilize the contrast in this particular video. Now, it was deleted and I'm going to use the third auto contracts, which auto levels. So add that. This will neutralize the level of the tones. What we have here. We do have the same attributes here to do black and white clip adjustment. We have the temporal smoothing appearance for the video footage. Finally, I have the blend with original attribute to blend the colors with the original footage. So these are the options we have. This Auto Color, auto controls, and auto levels in Adobe Premiere Pro. Now after that, I have the next future which is bend. So I just add the bend. Now, we can see in my video footage, I can able to bend this particular video appearance. I can able to slit the intensity of the horizontal value, like how we're required to have our rate. You can set how we want an horizontal and vertical, the intense value. And I do have the vertical rate and vertical width. So now I just play here. You can see how we have that video. I'm going to adjust the rate here. Now I play here. So you can see when I reduce the vertical and horizontal date, we do have the smooth waves moment here. You can see that we can able to adjust the width of this variable. So these are the options we can do with the bend. We can bend both horizontal and vertical directions. You can say it the intensity and the rate of the horizontal versus vertical the waves. And you can able to set the width and the particular horizontal and vertical with the details using this option, you just bend. After this bend. Now I come to the next one. I have the video effects with just bevel Alpha. So with the help of this level alpha, just add that effect here. And this is the video what we have. And I just disabled this. You can see we don't have much amount of difference. But after adding that you have this small stroke like appearance on the edges. You can see that on the left hand top you have the white appearance, but at bottom and right you have the black click appearance. We can see that when I increase the thickness here, you can able to see in a better way. So we have the bevel like appearance here at the top and left and weight and right at bottom in the black. Oh, and just increase more, you can see better way. So this particular effect is called bevel Alpha. So you can able to add this effect when it's like us. You can see how good it is to have the adjustment for the light. I can choose the color which records. Now you can see how we have the light color. So we can see how that change the highlight and shadow areas here. And I do have the light intensity. I can able to adjust that into 1, which is the highest value. And also I can label to reduce that as I record. This is the light angle. You can change it. And based on that, you will get those highlights and shadows of this bevel and Alpha. So these are the options what we have with this video effect, which is double alpha. Now I'm going to choose the next one. The next one which is beveled edges. So I just add that developed just here. So with the help of this bevel edges, you can see I can add a sharp bevel over the particular video clip I have that aren't, they just only can see that I can able to adjust the thickness here. The help of this option, which is thickness, I can customize that hallway. So this looks really beautiful. I can able to save the light angle. And again able to set the light color here. I can set that. And I can able to set the light intensity based on the need. You can choose what you record in these areas. So this option is called bevel edges. You're using this Adobe Premier Pro. Now after this bevel edges, I have the next two feature in this obsolete, which is blend. So I choose the defect first. Now it shows you the details about the blending, this effects control. You can see. It shows you the very first option which is blend with the layer. So if you have multiple layers, then it's easy to use. This option would just blend with the layer. Now I just keep this into my second layer. First layer also, I'm going to load the same video content. I just want to adjust the speed of the particular video content. Now I choose the second layer, which is the original one. What we have used to fall this blend video of x. And I'm going to choose the video layer one. No, this was blended with the particular video layer. And I have the blend with original feature. I can able to set how much more do I need that? And those blending methods we have here. So you can see how we have the planning method I'm going to play here. We can see we have two video segments here. We have the blend with the original feature and we set it that. How much more do you want to blend? This, which is called blend in Adobe Premiere Pro, you can set what kind of mode you're like us. I have color only. I have Tinto only can say that I had different modes here. And I have darker. Blend only the darker deals with the below layer. Now I have the lightened. You can blend only lightened pixels with the blue layer here. You can see that we do have the layer size differ. So I had two options, just center and stitch to veto. This option, blend the current layer with the background layer inefficient way. You have different emote here we have five modes to blend the original, the selected layer with the layer using Adobe Premier Pro. 129. Blue, Green Screen Key, Color Balance: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to remove the blue screen, what we have at the background of the video footage using Adobe Premier Pro. Now, you can see in my timeline, I have two tracks. In one track, I have one picture. This is static vision, not a video. And in another truck I had a video which has a blue bag node. Let us use the video effect, which is blue screen sky. Going to use this blue screens key here. We can see that has in this obsolete video of x, I just drag and drop that into my, this particular video. So when I add that effect into this video, you can see that by default, remove that blue screen. What we have with this video itself. Now we choose the video footage and I go to the Effects Control, X control. You can see I have four properties for this blue screen, k, I have threshold cutoff smoothening, and Moscow only. First I'm going to see what is this threshold. With the help of the shoulder, I can able to adjust the threshold value of the particular video footage. You can see I was playing that and I got very clear that particular background removal here. Now I come to this cutoff value. So you can see we have the cutoff which is 0 right now. And you can see that girls, the body, that particular layer, what we have, the blue screen was bit transparent here. Now I just increased the cutoff value from 0 to a 100. So then I have handwrite. You can see how we have the background. And I'm going to add that into 95. And you can see how we have those ages on the particular video footage. Now I'm going to reduce that into 75. And you can see how we have that. Now you can see we don't have any transparent pixels like what we got in other previously, but we do have a small black color that outline. I just want to reduce that more. So based on your needs, you can set how much you want. And you can see we have very clear video footage. The same time I can add it to remove the blue colored background. What I have this this video footage, this video is cutoff. Then after that we have the smoothening value, which has two options with this, low and high. By default it will be none. And you want to remove, you can choose none. Or if we want to add some low in, the smoothening values are high, you can use either one of them, low or high. So now I choose none. And we had a mosque only feature here. If I enable this, you can see I can able to see that particular the character or the subject. But we have the blue screen in Mosque appearance. So these are four options we have for this option which is blue screen key in Adobe Premier flow. Nobody just did this. Okay, I just have this. I just save this. And I'm going to use my next particular video effectively just calculations to use that I'm going to import on video footage. You can see I had a lot of videos here. So I just add one video footage. By using this video footage, I'm going to explain the remaining all those things. I just load these calculations video effect to this video. And in this, the calculations you can see we have three different category values. We have inputs, second source and second layer opacity. So now I'm going to just say input values. You can see an input I have RGBA, which is alpha, and I have different values like I was having the gray, red, green. So we can able to customize as well as you know, we can able to manipulate those each and every single layer, the tingle channel, what we have, this particular video footage. You can see that I can able to select the different channels and I can able to invert if you want to, you can see, hello, I was inverter that particular video footage. And we have the second source. So if you want to add on more source, you can start to add a width. I'm going to add my video source to. So I'm going to use my, the second source into video two. I'm going to adjust on the other values based on that. You can able to invert if I want, I can able to set the opacity. You can able to set all those blending modes and other things. So these are the options we have this calculations. Now I come to this third option in this lesson, which is camera view. So I add that effect and then they add the defect. You know, you can see we've got a change on this particular program screen. Now I just disabled that video effect, which is camera view. This is what we got the change. Now I'm going to adjust the other values for this camera view. I choose this latitude. Just the value. You can see how that can able to adjust the particular video footage. And we have latitude like you can adjust that in that way. And we have rule future me to have focal length. And we have distance here. We have zoomed too. We can able to zoom or we want those values. Now after all those things, finally, we had a fill color. So you can pick any one color and we will look how that are the background. So these are the options we have with this option which is camera view. Now by just delete that, I add the next one which is cell pattern. So if you want to create this kind of cell pattern, you can use this. You have different texture there. Based on your needs, you can choose which one you want to have a contrast value. We have the overflow value, disperse and the size. You can see a whole image at the size I need. And we have the evolution that is the value of this particular object. So these are the options we have with the cell. But then if you want to create this kind of different patterns cells, you can use this. Then I have changed color, so I add that effect. And here you can see we have the change attributes. I just had to select this color to change. So I was selecting that particular girls gain skin color. And I'm going to adjust the value here. How I want to know the changes. You can see based on that, I can able to set the adjustments of the particular color, how the calibration mask if you want. Now, I have this character layer by default, you to have the RGB and hue and chromo values here. So based on your needs, you can choose what are those values occur. So these are the options we have with this. Color change means change color and change to color. This the next option. So we can change one color to another color here. I choose that, I end here, I have from and to options. So I choose a firm color first. Now I'm going to change the two color. We're going to use a green. When I choose green, you can see how I can able to change that into green. I had adjustment options here, just hue and lightness value. We have saturation value. So a few, just a saturation value I can able to saturate towards the original color, not a grayscale. And v2, how the softness value for that particular video effect with just Saints together. And here I can select which color I want. I can choose whichever I was. Like. This is so we can able to change the color of the particular the selected area. We have different ways to change if you want. The same way here also, we have those options. This is ladies and gentlemen change to color in Adobe Premier Pro. Then we have the channel. So you can see I have a two or continuous option which is a child blur on Channel Mixer. I'm going to add this channel blur first. If you want to create those, went off and on channel-based blurs, you can use this option and you can able to animate those birds value also, this is Channel Blur. And I to have the channel mixer here. If I want to adjust the red, green, blue value channels, can use this option. You have individual red, green, red, blue also. So these are my knee. I can adjust. How do I want those values? You can see, you can able to adjust all those values and create or creative or whatever it is. So this is channel mixer. If you want to have, of course, monochromatic and choose the last option, just monochrome. This is Channel Mixer. Channel Mixer. We have this checkerboard. I have played that effect. So if you want to create a second vote, you can use this. You can set the width and the particular yellow color value here. Going to sense the color value from this particular color to red. You can see how I can able to change the color there. And I can able to customize the bid and the buy-in getting motion of the object using the vestibule options, but to have the size from corner point or the width slider. So you can choose according to your knee. And we have opacity adjustment. You can see how we can able to adjust the opacity. And finally, we have the blending mode also. So these are the particular checkerboard attributes we have here. And I have the chromo key. So if you want to remove like here, I have video footage. So if I want to remove that particular green, I can apply this chromo key with the help of this chroma key, you can also remove the blue colored values from the road. Here I was added the chromic effect. You can see I have the color attribute here. I can choose the color. What I want to remove. It was selected, of course, we know we choose the nearby color for the subject and we can able to increase the similarity value. Here. I was increasing the similarity value from the video footage. And I have the blend value. I can use this blend value on the edges and the whole video to help threshold value for this video footage cut off value. And we have the smoothening appearance in low or high. So I can able to adjust more cutoff value here if I want to know the better output. So you can see that these are the options we have with this chromo key in Adobe Premier Pro. After that, I have the circle. So I'm going to use this. I'm going to apply that here. I add a circle here. Now you can see I have one cycle in this center of the screen. I can able to adjust the radius. It's just the hygiene or how I want to invert cycle. So if you want, I can able to invert that circle here. I do have the option of just opacity. So I can able to adjust the opacity and I can able to blend that with the behind the subject. We can see how we can able to blend that. So this is how we can able to blend that with the particular video, what we have with this video footage. We can able to adjust the other values. So these are the options we have with this circle. And I have this clip name. I can add here. So with this, I can able to add the particular clip name here. I can adjust that into left or right or center, like how I want. I can set the size, shows you what is the name of the clip. If you want to identify, you can use this name. Here. I had the size and opacity values. I can able to adjust that. And after that, I have the display. So in display I had a project clip name also and the sequence clip name or the file name. So you can show what you want to show in this particular thing. Now after that, finally we have the source track also. If you want to choose or attaining the shoulder strap, you can choose here also. So these are the options we help with this clip name. For identification purpose, you can use this option. Now if I delete that, I have two more important components here, which is color balance and color balance, which is RGB. First, I choose this color balance, HLS, which is hue, light saturation. So you can able to change the color, lightness and saturation value. So after that we had this color balance. I can able to change the red, green, blue channel values. You can see how we can able to change that. So we can really change the mood of the particular color values. Remove that. After that, I have this one which is component arithmetic. I add that. Here you can see we have the source video layer, the operator, and the channels. So if you want, you can use this value. And I have compound blur. You can add if you want. You can see how it was added. You can set the maximum value and the minimum value also. If you want, you can use this invert blur also. Then finally, in this lesson we're going to see this convolution kernel. I add that. So we already seen this in our lessons previously. So these are the different effects what we have with this second set of the obsolete video effects in this Adobe Premier Pro. 130. Dust Scratch, Fast Blur Colour Corrector: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use different Fast Blur SLS first color character options and other video effects in Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to start with this dust scratches filter effect. I was applying that here. When I update that, you can see we don't have any tinge here. But after that, I come to my effects properties. You can see in my effects control, I have three attributes here. I have the radius value. I was having that value to one. Now I change that into ten. When it changed that into ten, you can see it almost looks like a painting. So it was removed all those tests. And that's just what we have with this video. But when it was only one, not two, you will have a different effect. You can see here, I'm going to have a 100% view. And when I give the value, which is one, you can see her face was normal. We can able to remove those pimples and other things with this video. I just disabled this video effect. But when I had two value, I can able to see I have the difference on the skin. To give a one. For one value itself. We have the difference there. We can able to remove all those unwanted noises. And if you do want to create some kind of the autistic kind of a balance of the video. You too can increase the value like this. I'm going to give the value file. So this itself gives you a lot of inflammation. It looks like, you know, completely painting kind of appearance. So this is our behalf with this Dustin scratches. Now I'm going to use the next one which is 8 garbage mat. With help of this 8 garbage mat, you can able to adjust the interior. We'd use the appearance that the different points as it has the name which is 8 garbage mat, we can able to sell it the effect. When you select the effect, you can see we got eight points on around this particular video footage. We have three on the left, three on the right, and two on the top and bottom. I can able to select the particular point. I can able to adjust how I need. You can see that how we can able to adjust those points. It can entirely customize those points with the help of these options. So this is what that means. 8 garbage mat. You can do the same thing with the help of these options, the adjustments. In this way you can able to adjust all those points with the help of moles. Or you can use those adjustments. Remember, if you want to access these points, you have to select the particular effects title on this effects control. Then only you can get the all those points. Otherwise, you cannot get that. You can see, I didn't get you had to select those points and I will just delete the defect. Next I have the option which is ellipse with this effects. If you want to create any ellipse on the screen, it can create it. You can see we can able to say the center point or you can select the ellipse and you can place where you want. Now, I can able to say it how I want the particular ellipse, width and height. Like I'm going to give the manual values like choose the value phi 100, forbid, and find the forehead. And we have the eight, the value thickness parameter. I just increase that like how inaccurate? And you do have the softness value. I can able to add more softness or not. We have two colors here you can see we have the outer curve as well as inner color. So I choose outset color, and I can set which color you want. I can also choose from my color picker. I said the outside color into it. Now I choose the inside color. I'm going to choose the color value which is a low. I can able to set how I want that particular eclipse appearance. And I can also compose this effect with my original footage. I just enabled this so that I can able to combos that with my original footage. You can see how we have compost that effect. Now, you think I just want to hide a few things like I'm going to reduce the scale. I'm going to have this into 300, into 300. And I just select that point and I'm going to adjust it. Now. Aren't those shoulders. I don't want that particular glow. I just want to create this glow like that glue was behind this girl's head. So to create that safety, I'm going to use my free drug busier tool. And I can able to draw that shape what I record. I can zoom in if I want. You can see that how I am going to perform this. It's a very simple work. I just want to cover all of those areas where you record the effector. Just see how I cover those areas. Here only I just want to show the defect. And I was created the mask shape according to that. Now you can see how we have the video footage. So this is a video footage still. He called the eclipse over their head. I must use the masking technique and I can able to produce such a great work using this Adobe Premier Pro. So all those effects are there based on your creativity. Only. You are going to use that. And that will help you to different video effects like appearance. That's how it was created it. Now by just remove this effects which ellipse. After that I have the embolus. So if we want to create embolus appearance, you can do that. We can set the relief from that particular in both appearance. We can set the contrast value and blend with the original value you to have the change of direction. So you can set how much amount of direction you want. You can see that you're going to have to take the direction. This is what embolus, this Adobe Premier Pro effects, and how you equalize. If you want to equalize the plating, that light amount, you can use this. You can able to adjust the manual value you to have different effects here for equalized, I have RGB and I have this brightness, and I have the Photoshop style. So you can adjust how you want. You can see how those RGB and brightness has a difference, as well as this Photoshop's time. This is equalized. Now next I have the eyedropper fill. So if you apply this, you will got the fill color here. And I just increase the blend with the original value here. You need to have the particular appearance here. So you can able to choose a particular, another random color that has all over the particular, you know, the whole amount of those fixes, what you're seeing in that video clip. This is eyedropper fill and I have the Fast Blur. So if you want to give them fast blur, instead of setting other all values for the blur, you can use this option. You can set the fast blur as director. So here also you have to define meters. I have vertical alone if you want, I can be a vertical and a horizontal. Then finally we have a horizontal and vertical. If you want to repeat edge pixels instead of having the black, you can just enable this option. This is ladies and gentlemen for us, blur for you. And after that I have fast color corrector. I apply that effect. I just double-click there. When I double-click there, you can able to see I got that f x here. And in this effect, you can see I have output, just want to compensate. So I got it. Now. After that I have this layout into Horizontal. Horizontal. And you've got split view. The percent. You can see how much somebody can view that. You can change the color, how you're using these options. Like you can able to see how we can able to change the entire color tone of the particular video footage. So we can able to save the time, that mood. With help of these options. You can able to adjust the hue angle you want and the magnitude of the balance. And we had a gain. I just meant that the balance angle here, you can see that. And you have the default white balance in white. But if you want, you can change it. And after this saturation, you do have our two black level, Auto Contrast and A2 white level. So if you want to do, you can just click there to do those things. If you want to do it manually, you can choose black, gray, and waiters also. Now after that I have the input levels like Holloway want for the white and black. You can set all those things here. So this is the important option we have with this Adobe Premier Pro, which is fast color corrector. You to have the manual adjustment here. You can see that instead of by just going over the slider, this is ladies and gentlemen, we have fast character in Adobe Premier Pro. Now after that, at this end of this lesson, we are going to see 4 garbage mat. Like we have 8 garbage mat. Here I have the full point. I just choose the effect. You can see we have four points on all those corners, like you can able to set how you want those wines. Can see that this is what we have. All this dust and scratches ellipse, the embolus, equalize, fast blur, false colored character. And those are the 44 as well as 8. Garbage mat effects using Adobe Premier Pro. 131. Ghosting and Luma Adjustments: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use ghosting and other luma adjustments in Adobe Premier Pro. Now I'm going to remove the other video tracks. Just want to keep this one. And let us see how to use those things. First, I'm going to show you how to use that effect, which is ghosting. So I just apply that effect. When you apply the defect, you will have the motion objects in a different, you know, the deal like appearance we have here. You can see we have multiple hands. You can see that all those moving objects will have multiple forms. That is what this means, which is costing. You can see that the moving hand has different forms. We have the original hand and you can see we have two more ACO for the particular, the video footage hand that was reached on the same location. So this effect is called the particular ghosting effect in Adobe Premier Pro. You don't have any adjustment values for this. You can just apply if you want. No, I was played on those moving hands. You can see that we have that goes like appearance. So now I just delete this. I'm going to update the next one. So I add, when you add the grid, you have the grid layer appearance on the screen. Now I choose the grid on my effects controls. You can see we have two points on the screen. I have the point or this job as well as the bottom area. So with the help of this, I can able to adjust the grid hub you want. I can see that. I can able to customize the grid. And we do have the options here for the corners are using the values. And we have border thickness here. You can set how you want. And I have the color of this particular NO grid. I can choose which one I want. And I know after that, I have on that option which is opacity. So you can set how much I'm what you need to have blending mode. So we can say what kind of learning more direct wave. You can see how it has that particular grade was blended with original footage. They can change the color after this also. You can see how they have that color. And I can able to add that particular grid with the different blending modes. You can see that how we can able to blend that create with this original video, what we have here, this is grid for this video. Now after that I have the horizontal hold and I just add that you can able to set the different offset value. You can see how it has the offset. With this video. I remove that. Next time we're going to concentrate. This one would just leave color. With the help of this option, it can able to keep any one color and remove other all colors with this video. Now I'm going to choose the effects control. You can see I have different values here. They want to select the color. So the color, what I had to leave, I select the skin tone. Now I have the amount of decor. You can see how away I just this with the help of the tolerance and the record of value, I can able to adjust those color values like how we want. So this is the leaf color in Adobe Premier Pro. After that, we have LUMO character. I played this effect. So with the help of this LUMO character, you can able to correct all those luma values. I'm going to choose the output first. Now you have the GPO site. If you want, you can choose luma and you can able to do the adjustments for the LUMO. And I do have the option which is tonal range. So I can able to set the tonal range if we want to have the tonal range values in most highlights and midtones, let us how the campus site and see all those things. Just the brightness you can see. I can able to adjust the brightness on. Highlights alone. Can say that since I was a selected the tonal range into highlights here. Now we choose the master. And you can see how I can able to adjust that. Just to know reserves this LUMO color. Now, again, I'm going to change the brightness. You can see, again able to affect the brightness for the entire video footage. I had the contrast, the contrast level, and how gamma values. So all those things I can do with the help of this option, which is luma character. Now after LUMO character I have LUMO CO. So with the help of this code, I can able to adjust those values. After this LUMO co, I have medium, I just add that and I can able to adjust the value of this radius, select how we use those Dustin scratches. We can use this also. You can see how we have that effect. And, you know, after that I have the motion, I apply that. Here with the help of this option, you can able to create the different transform controls. You can see that we can able to scale, rotate and it knows that the portion of the x and y. So you can actually use these options if you are doing animation using those options. So these are the options we have. This luma collector and those ghosting in Adobe Premier Pro. 132. Noise, Paint Bucket and RGB Adjustments: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use nice paint bucket and RGB adjustments in this video effects with obsolete. Now I'm going to use the option was just noise alpha. I apply that effect for this video. Now I'm going to adjust the value. I have increased the amount of this noise. You can see when I increase the amount of the noise, I had a lot of noise over the video footage. I'm doing to increase more. You can see that after the increase this amount, I come to this noise. So here we have uniform random and squire random noises. I will choose a square random. So this will create a disquiet shape of that ladder noise. Now I increase the random seed can set that. You can also choose a uniform random if you want to have uniform animation. So if you want, you can use that square animation. So based on your needs, you can choose which one you want. After that, I had original Alpha property. So I can say to how they want that. Particular video footage. Can see that I have the overflow value here, which has a wrap back. I can choose that or the clay withdrawn might need. Now after that, I have some noise options here. If we want to create the cyclic noise, I can use this option. So these are the options we have with the Alpha, which is nice. Alpha have noise, HLS, which is hue, lightness and saturation was added. And here I'm going to adjust the values. I can able to adjust the Q value. You can see I was completely change the Q in this video footage. And I can able to adjust the lightness as I record. I can able to adjust the saturation value like how we need, like if you have normal. And I can able to use the saturation values here you can see that now I'm going to change the noise phase if they want. Apart from all those things, I have the noise, the control, how uniform I can choose a square if they want. And I have the grains also. Bayesian, you will need, you can set how we want that noise in this Adobe Premier Pro. Remove this noise HLS. I choose Noise, it's less auto. This is the auto value. So if you want or you can use otherwise, you can just remove it. And after this noise, I have this non red key. So I'll play that here. I can able to adjust the threshold value for the non-treated key. If you want, you can use, as you like, you can choose the smoothening value. We can choose which channel you want. And you can able to adjust all those things. We have the opacity property. So this is a normal opacity. What you have with this effects, if you want, you can just drag and drop and use it additionally. Help paint bucket or so. I just add the paint bucket for this. You can see I was added a paint bucket for this video footage. And I can able to adjust the color, what inaccurate? I can able to change that into blue. You can see that. You can turn that into some kind of a yellow or green, whatever it is, it can able to add. So this is how this paint bucket works. I can able to see it. All those adjustments here for this, I'm going to set the pure red first. And I'm going to adjust those values. We're going to adjust the tolerance. How I want to adjust the threshold. You can see how we have the threshold here. I can set the opacity of that particular paint bucket value. And we do have different modes here. You can see that we have straight color. Instead of choosing the color alpha, you have transparency. We have opacity, and we have an alpha channel. So you have all those values according to your need. So you can choose any color you want with the help of this paint bucket. And we have RGB color character, we have RGB quo and different key also use this RGB color corrector. You can see I have the composite mode. Of course, tonal adjustment if you want, you can use it. And I have the view percentage it to how the coma value and pedestal value and the gain value for you. I have the RGB I just meant here. You can see I have individual journals or just meant for red, green, and blue. And if you want to perform the secondary adjustment, yeah, you have the secondary adjustment value also. So you can able to adjust the hue adjustments. Here, we have the saturation, you have the luma and software and H thickening. So you can able to do all those adjustments. So you can see with the help of this option, which is RGB color correction. So you have everything with this RGB color correction. If you want, you can use all those things. Why was removed that effect? I was adding this RGB curves. So you can able to do those adjustments with the help of the goals. You have individual juvenile curves for red, green, blue. And it will have the monster which is combined all those channels based on your needs. You can set how we want those futures. You can see I can able to digest all those here. This is RGB curves, ladies and gentlemen and I have this RGB different scheme. So if you want a select a particular target and you can adjust those values, you can set how we want on those edges. If you want to add, you cannot have mosque or drop shadow. So based on your needs, you can choose which one you want. And you can see how we have the particular loop. So this is RGB different ski. After that, I have the radial shadow. So I choose radio shadow. They apply that here. When you have less amount of particular the footage size, you can able to see all those who just here. Now I choose radial wipe. The next video effect. This radial wipe, I can able to set how we want to create this wipe using Adobe Premier Pro. I can able to say it where I want to start that angle. It can able to set the center point where I want to finish. And I can able to choose the style of the Vibrio, the clockwise or counterclockwise like how that was moving in the form of counterclockwise and the feather amount, what you require. So these are the options we can able to set the help of this option, which is radial wipe. These are the options we have. With this options, we have RGB collection noise, and the paint bucket using Adobe Premier Pro. 133. Miscellaneous Obsolete Effects: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use other, all miscellaneous, those obsolete effect using Adobe Premier Pro. Now I'm going to start with this shadow and highlight. I add this effect. After adding that effect, I'm just going to increase this temporal smoothness value. And I'm going to adjust this auto mode. So here you can see I was just disabled this auto mode. When a disabled this automatic, you can able to see how we have the video footage and when it disabled that effects. You can see this is the original video footage, what we have before adding this shadow and highlights. Now I just enabled that effect. And instead of having auto adjustment, I'm going to do that manually. I was having two options here. I have shadow and highlight the mode. So here in this video, all those areas, what have the brightest areas are called highlights. We know that and we do know what is shadow, which is the darkest area of all those little details. Now I'm going to adjust the shadow mode, which means these dark areas. So I just hear the shadows. You can see how I can actually influence those shadow values with the help of shadow amount property. I can adjust that properly here. The same way if I want to add just these highlighter mode, I can use this one. So you can see how I can able to adjust that. So this is how we can able to adjust using this option which is shadow or mode and highlighter mode. Now after this, I just enabled this option which is auto adjustment. So if you enable this auto mode, it will add the default value for the shadow and highlights. You can see that I now after that I have this important smoothening. With the help of this temporal smoothing, you can smooth and the, all the video footage area. It will have a few more options like we have shadow tonal width. So I gotta just a shadow tonal width. And sure, Donald radius value, I can adjust the highlights tonal area and just months. And the color correction I can do. You can see now I have the better colors to compare the previous one. If I make that into a 0. We can see this is the original color way here. We do have the mid-tone contrast adjustment. We have black clip adjustment, and we have the white clip adjustment. And finally we have the Blend option to blend with the original footage. So this is the ordinal voltage. So if you want, you can blend the debt by adjusting this blend with original. So these are the options we have with shadow and highlight in this video effects. And I have 6 garbage mat. So we know what is core based mad, they can apply that. And I choose that 16 garbage mat. This is not a six-point, actually 16. I now you can see we have 16 points around this video footage. I can adjust as I was factored. You can see how we have those appearances. So you can able to adjust all those things using this option if you want. You can also animate those things like no, I'm going to enable animation for those things. You can say that how I just enable those emission for all those things and how I adjust those points. So this is the beginning value. I want to set all those things into 0. I said all those things into 0. And after some time I have the second keyframe that I have the moment and it got animation. Now, you can see that how we got the animation. So this is what, this 16 garbage mat. Now after that I have this solid ice. So this is a default effect. When you add, you get this effect using this solar rays. So this is another nice thing. You got. This Adobe Premier Pro. We can adjust the threshold value based on your need. This is very nice. Now if I remove that, then I have solid campus site. So if you want, you can use the solid compost site. You can add just the values as you read through it. I will change the color. This is what is no solid composite. Then we have texts rise. So if you want to add a texture, you can use this option. We have the texture layer here. If you have a texture and a separate layer, you can choose that. And you have the texture direction, the texture contrast, and how you want to spread the texture on the video footage. Now, after this texture, I said I have this three-way color character. And they update that. You can see I had three ways, which is chateau may don't add highlights. Naturally. The three ways. If you want to adjust individually, you can use those options. Like if I want to adjust the colors of those shadows, we have the dark pixels in this video. I can use this option. You can see how that can able to adjust those colors. And I'm going to adjust the color for the highlights. I use the highlight colors, changes how I want, and the mid-tones. Each and every picture how the large amount of midtones as this, which are also now, if you want to know, I just automatic. Instead of having the individual channel adjustment like Shadow mid-tone highlight. If you want to adjust all those things, we can enable this master so that, you know, you will get that adjustment all over this particular video. You can see that I have it just went all over the place. And you to adjust this input levels, output levels than tonal reagent definition. And after this tonal range definition, I have the details that the particular parameters for those individual toenails. And we do have the saturation values. It can saturate as you record. And you have the secondary color correction. We have auto level adjustment, shadows, mid tones, highlights, and most other adjustments. Finally, I held moisture levels. So these are all the adjustments we have with this particular single option, which is a three-way color corrector. After this three-way color corrector, just remove that. And I'm going to add the next effect, which is threshold. So I apply a threshold, Minneapolis the shoulder. You can see how the black and white conversion. This is not a grayscale, this is purely black and white. And I can able to adjust the levels for the threshold. So this is what the threshold in Adobe Premier Pro can see that how we have the threshold value here. So throughout this video clip, we will have the threshold. Now after that I had a time code. I apply that. So here it shows you what is the time code right now you have from the beginning, you can see it shows you the timecode off this particular time, what you have here. This is what is the timecode. Now, after that, in this particular effects control, I can able to adjust the timecode properties. We can see that I can able to set the size and opacity. And how I want in all the frames are the combination of feet and frames. You can able to set what you want to see them. This is what the time code here we have. And I have the farmer had to generate or media, or you had to choose a clip. You can choose whatever you want. So this is timecode for you and you have vector motion effects. With the help of this, I can able to create some vector motion. Moments like appearance. I can set the points where they want. So this is normal motion. What we have, that is Adobe Premier Pro and we have many Tn lines. I add that. Now I have the transition values. You can see how I have the function value here. And I had the direction. You can see it as Eric here. I can set the width and the feather amount. You can see how we had it furthermore. So this is blinds of these vanishing and I have a tickle cold. So this will hold the particular, you know, the video on vertical mode. You can see how we have the particular hold appearance. This is vertical hold. When it triggers. You can go for this for the video effect. Then we have vdu limiter legacy feature. We have regard this Adobe Premier Pro and you to have its adjustments here. Now, after this, I chose the last one which is right down. And you have the details here. So you can see what you have there. You can change the color if you want. And you can set how you want. The stroke and other things. So this is right on in this Adobe Premier Pro. So these are the video effects we have with this single category for doing color correction using Adobe Premiere Pro, just obsolete. So without these things, It's not easy to create the best color correction as well as color grading using Adobe Premier Pro for video editing project. 134. Exciting Adjustment Layer: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to use the most important feature, what we have with Adobe Premier Pro, which is adjustment layer, then you are doing any video effects or any other special effects for the video work. This adjustment layer is essential. Now I'm going to show you how to use that using Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to show you, I'm going to import few videos into my timeline. Going to have this video here. Just add that video segment here. You can see how I had a video segment. So it has only few seconds duration, like it has only four seconds duration. You can see that this was in video layer one. Video layer too. I'm going to place another video track. So I just keep this track on video layer tool. I just want to grab with this. So just grab this with this. And I just want to have this video with less dimension. So I reduce this k s, no, that defies. And I just choose that. They move on place where I want. So you can see I have two tracks now. Now I'm going to place on more track here in video track three. And just choose the same turtle. And I'm going to reduce the transformation. I'm going to place it here. So here also I follow the same thing. I said that value just 35. Now offer that I place here. Here I'm going to adjust the value. So I said that into 35. I'm going to keep it here. Then finally, I'm going to load this jellyfish on new track. And I'm going to reduce the particular jellyfish reduce dimension. We can see that was already know less. That has one lead actually dimension. Just reduce it into 50. Like unable to move that. And I can place where they want. We have phi video tracks here. I'm going to play this from the beginning. You can see we have one background video. And for videos over one-by-one. Now I'm going to add one adjustment layer here to create an adjustment layer. First I come to this, My Project Explorer. Here I lightly, when I right-click there, you can see I have the new item. In new item, I'm going to choose the option which is adjustment layer. So I click this place which is adjustment layer. And it shows you the dimension of the current sequence size and the frame rate. Finally, I'm going to choose the pixel aspect ratio of the pixel. So I don't want to change anything, I just press OK. Now you can see in this project explorer I got layer, which is called adjustment layer. I just drag and drop that in a new layer. This particular adjustment layer will be useful whenever you are doing the color or Video FX. I just meant for multiple tracks what you have with Adobe Premier Pro, like right now, we have five video tracks. You can able to see that. And at the top you can see I have that adjustment layer. Now, I'm going to add on Video Effects. Let us see, I choose the adjustment layer and I'm going to choose any one video effects, like I'm going to choose this color correction. And here I'm going to choose this option with just colored balanced way. I just means add the color balance to my Adjustment Layer. And you can see I got that just went values here. And I'm going to change the value for the red channel. You can see What's changing the value for the red and green and blue. When you look at this video, you can see I have five video tracks. All those video tracks got the same kind of update. When you are doing that work with the adjustment layer. We have not used that particular video effect for the individual videos. You can see individual videos are pure. Right now. I just hide this adjustment layer alone. You can see I just hide this particular video track. When I hide that you can able to see all those video tracks in the background. And other Fuhrer looks the same. We didn't add any effects. But still, with the help of this adjustment layer, you can able to do the color correction or any video effects for all those layer, what you have below that adjustment layer, that is the condition. So here I have phi video tracks below this adjustment layer. All those five video talks will get the same kind of effect what we have given for this adjustment layer that I just made itself saved in a separate layer. That is, what is the concept is. Now I'm going to do one more thing. I'm going to choose this distort category. And in the start, we have lots of options. I'm going to choose this trail. And I'm going to adjust the value here. We can able to see if I add the same for all five videos individually. I had to spend a lot of processing space and a system than the redecorate for the RAM as well as the permanent storage. But now I was using the same 12 video effect for adjustment layer. Within a single adjustment layer itself. I got the defect for all those layer, what we have below the adjustment layer, you can see that all those layers got the same effect, which is 12. So this is why you need adjustment layer to do any adjustment in Adobe Premier Pro, particularly for color, as well as the video affects adjustment. Now, I was told you about the condition for using this original layer, which is if you're going to use the adjustment layer, it should be at the top of other layers. Then only you will get the update of the particular adjustment layer on all those layers or the video lays. Know what I'm doing is I was moving this adjustment layer below other or two layers. So it just move these two layers, oboe and I moved the adjustment layer below this tool. Now you can see those video tracks having below adjustment layer got all those effects, what he had given for adjustment layer. We can see this video and this video. So those three tracks got adjustment layers, effects. But the two video layers present above the adjustment layer didn't have that adjustment layers of x. So this was the condition you have to follow. When you are going to use the adjustment layer. You can use it in a separate layer and that never affect the original layer and you have to use it at the top of the timeline. You can see the top of the timeline you have to use if you want to effect or if you want to add that effect for all those layers, what you have below this timeline. So that is why the adjustment layer was mighty as well as a button. You can add any number of effects on the adjustment layer. All those tracks, even if you have ten or 20 video tracks, all those were your tracks will get the same result for this particular adjustment with the help of Adobe Premiere Pro, whenever you are doing any color I just meant or color grading, you must use adjustment layer so that it will be much, much better when you are doing the color adjustment on all those layers. We can also expand the adjustment layer into any duration. We can reduce if you don't want. You can also choose that adjustment layer at anytime. We can remove those effects what you don't want. And it's easy to do those all adjustments, the color adjustment as well as the FX adjustments using this adjustment layer in Adobe Premier Pro. 135. Project #6 - Wedding Video Edit: Welcome to the project six. In this project, we are going to see how to edit wedding video using Adobe Premiere Pro. Now, we are going to use the same kind of, you know, the bidding video editing for any country. Are there any culture, wedding event? This will be the apt one for the, all those things. Let us see how to use these weighting editing using Adobe Premier Pro. Now, you can see I have a list of media voltages here. I almost have enough 61 video files here. All those video files have ten to 15 seconds duration. Now we come to these audio files. You can see I have six audio files. I have seven actually, at the top I have the six, and at the bottom I have the one. So let us create the wedding video editing using Adobe Premiere Pro. You can see I was created the project with the name of this wedding video editing. When you are doing this professional video editing, you should give the couples name. That will be the right one to match the title. And find out if you want to search through your computer. So that's the right thing. And after this, you know, I was going to create the bin folders, which is hydration shell. So I'm going to create a bin here. I'm going to choose a new bin. And I'm going to give the audio files. Now, after this audio files, I'm going to create a new bin. I'm going to give them just a video file was created, the two various bins. Now I enter inside this audio files. I'm going to import all those seven audio files here. I press Control a, and I'm going to choose the fastest six by using shape Tukey. And I just press all the control to select random file, which is a seven to one. So all those seven are selected. Now, I choose Open. Now you can see I got all those seven audio files here. I'm going to come back to my Project Explorer. I choose video files, been here, I'm going to input all those 61 video files. So I press Control a. I'm going to choose all those video files. And I'm going to choose open. So all those video files will be loaded in this bin which is video files. Since it was 61 files. It takes some time. Yes, we had to wait. Now, after imported all those video files, first we are going to verify all those videos and audio. Then we're going to select the right audio for this wedding video editing. Based on the audio only, we are going to set all those videos, as I told you in my previous projects, audio plays a major role when you are doing this kind of song editing or this kind of reading editing, when you're seeing the video with the exact audio, what we have selected, then that particular product or the particular project output will be very, very good. So let us see how to do that. I was imported all those video files. I was having that in the thumbnail view. I can see it was loading all those files. So we have those files here. You can see that first we will review the audio files, then we'll have a look on the video files. So I come to my Project Explorer and I'm going to close this tab, which is video files. I opened the tab audio files. Here. I'm going to have the preview about each and every audio. So I had the seven audio files going to have the review about the very first audio which is back to polar. Display. This, this really good song. And I just played the medulla. You can see it has duration of two minutes and four seconds. This was a really nice from the beginning to end. I think if you look at this graph, the audio graph, it looks like it has the same kind of music from the beginning. This is really nice. You can use this for any reading or that kind of photo, a video slideshow to create in studies. So this will be the app to one for all those video editing work. That is how the other video files also sorry, other audio files also going to choose the second one. I'm going to have the preview. This is also really looks good. But it somewhat sometimes it may, given that sad feel for the audience. Let us have the preview on the middle area. So I can add to use this. Definitely. I was going to have the preview about the third audio files. Well, if you want to create some funny video recording this wedding given you can use this, I don't think otherwise. If you want to create some memorable video, we can have to use this audio file. So I'm going to use the fourth one. This was a really nice, so it was begins very well. Let us how the sound on the middle. So this has lower the high tempo things which is essential for our wedding video editing work. So we can able to put some different moments on the wedding event, on the float as well as this keyboard. Here we have some variation here that this is really fantastic. We may use this. This looks better than the first one. So this may be the first choice up to this for let us hear other three audio files. Also. Really nice. But this was a bit faster if you have a real-time moments on your videos, yes, you can use this. But if you have slow motion or moments or slow motion videos, you can use this out. This will not match with that video, but this is good also. Let us how the sixth preview. Really nice. This really looks good, but we don't have any big on this MP3. If you have a peak on the particular moment, we will use that big volume or the couples exchanging their wedding ring or other things. So we need some kind of an orthopedic on that same song. That's not here. We have that in this fourth son, but that was not hear in this song. Let us hear the 7 thousand. Yeah, we can't use it for this wedding video. Let us have the preview about before. Again. This really looks good. It has in all four men, again auto format or three minutes and 40 seconds seconds. So this will be the app to one. I'm going to load this into my timeline. And before that, I just don't want to create my sequence. So I just create a new sequence here, going to give a name wedding video. I was given the name wedding video editing. Since I was create this full HD format and know the landscape mode, I was juicer that property. But if you want to change, you can change according to you will need. So first I want to load this audio. I come to my audio bin, I'm going to choose the fourth one. And I just drag and drop to this timeline. You can see I was loaded that this was a really nice. After this, I'm going to add my video files. So we already loaded the video files into my Project Explorer. Now I'm going to assemble the video files are cutting to the need. So let us have the preview first. This is the first video file we have. The bride was moving there in front of the mirror and having the look on the wedding dress. And second we have Bride was maybe thinking about the wedding event. It's the kind of expression she has on her face. Now I'm going to have the third video. She really looks very nice and having the Smiley face, you can see how her hair was floating over the ER. And I can use those very cute moments from those video files. And I'm going to have the fourth one was she was getting ready. Like I can start to lower, like I'm going to use this video first loader here. And I'm going to load the second, which is this one. Now I'm going to have a look on the third one, which is the dress. And I'm going to have a look on this fourth one so you can see how we have sorted all those things. I just mute the audio. You can see how we have collected all those information. I can also flip this video towards the right-hand side. If I want to continue this direction, we have the Onate EDD rule. I just want to follow that. So we'll do that. After assemble all video files on the timeline, you can see how we have the VDO. All those things are in a slow motion videos. You can see that we have to do enough filtration as well as editing. And I'm going to play the fifth one. So here you can see we have another girl wearing those ornaments. I am not sure whether I need this video or not because we are focusing the couple. So we may focus the friends I ended the participants also, but this is completely focusing that girl alone. So let us how the view about other videos and if it records, we can use it. Now I go to the next video file. So here we have the bright you can see and have friends. And we don't have any important thing in this video. I will go to the next one. Here we have some content. You can see she has that bright Bacchae. They are happy here. We can see that. We will use this video. And I have this one as she was with her friends. Let us load this first. And I'm going to use this video to not rigorous. Yeah, We'll delete that. I'm going to load the next one. So here you can see we had two people. So the bride and groom, they just entered the particular location where they are going to have the marriage. So we need this, but not right now. But I just want to keep that on somewhere on my timeline. You can see that I move to the next one. So here we had the view about how they are getting the movement towards maybe NO somewhere else, but this is not clear about that they are going. And I'm going to have the next two view. Here. We have the vdu. This is maybe after the marriage. And I'm going to have that after the marriage. I was given some space here. And I'm going to load this one. This one maybe before marriage. So I just want to load that here. You can see I have these video files and I have this content also. And also have this one. This one is also, you know, I don't know. I think we don't need this video right now. So I'm not going to focus this. I'm going to have this one. So this looks like a motor important thing. The copper later, maybe after the wedding. So I just want to add this after this video. Here we have the reach, that particular location. And I have this video here. Now after that, I load this video, I'm going to have the view. Remember we have 61 videos, right? We're going to see how she was throwing that back. This, you know, after the wedding. Weird. So I'm going to place that here. Maybe after that right now and I'm going to displace, can see they're sharing their low. I'm quite have that here. We will remove those unwanted videos after assemble all those videos in timeline. Here also we have the bride. She looks very happy here with her friends. I'm going to load that here. She was with her friends. Hi, and I'm going to this one. It shows that bouquet. We have very good. That moment here. She was turning. Looks very good. I'm just going to have this video, but I'm not going to have the anterior video here. Just want her, you know, she was turning just want to crop other things. Yeah. That's it. I'm going to load the next one. So here we have the bride and groom and maybe alter the reading. So I'm going to place that here. Maybe, you know, I was right. We can see how we order those video files. And I know the gentleman having the beer bottle. I don't think this is Session share. But if you want to show the pride, not abide the groom's friends. Yes, it can use that, but not now. Let us have other videos. We already have enough video with this. So we may use this at the end. After finishing all of those things like this in this location. And I'm going to the next one. The next one again. So here we have the friends of the bride. And we do have that video, that video already. And she's having the selfie. I don't think this is necessary now in this bidding event. And she's going to throw that. And I need this video definitely. I just keep that before this. Here I have that. And I know after that we have these kind of things. So after that, she was playing with the bouquet. I'm going to place this not this, this one. And I'm going to load the next one. This one. This is also not like you are now. Here we have they are playing together. Just want that. But we only have this video. That's fine. I'm going to see the next one. So here we have the most important thing. He was giving that ring. That's the special thing. The special thing, what we like us. And this is maybe after the event. So I'm going to place this at the end. This is also their friends. Here. I'm going to have this video. Maybe after the marriage. I'm going to have the view here. So this the assembling process is the most important thing to take lot of time to finish. But this is the most important thing and it plays a vital role when you are doing the rest of the work. So you should spend enough time on this. And the bride and groom was kissing each other. This is, you know, after this event and I come to the next one. Yeah. They are friends only. Here. Do we have any special thing? No. No, we don't have anything special. Only their friends. And here, if we know the bride and groom going to have the drink, then we can use that video. We already have that shot. This looks really good. So we can use this. They celebrate after that event. And this is their friends. This looks, you know, something funny after the marriage. So great to have that here. I expand the duration. And after that, I was having the look on other videos. This looks really good. So I'm going to place that after this video. We're not out to this. They are having their drink load. This. Yeah. I just wanted to keep this after that incident. No, I think I'll let him is to one video. This one. I really don't know how I missed that. I'm going to the next one. Not necessary. So here we have, you know, yeah. Maybe no. They are leaving that particular place. Going to place at the end. I'm going to have the view on other videos. They are dancing. Maybe. I'm going to place that video. So here they are playing. And before that, I just want to place this video. Now. She is wearing that class. I just want to put that at the end. And they're getting ready to leave that place. Such theory. Going to place this. I'm going to have the look on other video files. So I'm going to finish. So this is the last one. Maybe we have I and I don't think that would be the end of this video. So really how the wind vdu, we know the selected one. So if they all are together in a video, so that will be the final one. We can use that as a final one. So I'm going to have the view in the thumbnail view. So here you can see they all are in this group. We cannot able to see the bride and groom. Maybe, you know, we will finish that with that particular thing. You know, they are leaving with a bike. I was loaded all the essential videos here. And I'm going to remove all those unwanted space. You can see we have sorted all those things during this assembled process itself. So this is easy. Now I'm going to play this Ladino. It has eight minute duration, so I'm not going to play everything after sorting all those things. Now I just want to filter those unwanted video, the video files, what we have here. So I'm going to drag and check. This is really nice. Here. She looks very beautiful and happy. And I don't think this is necessary because we cannot able to see her face, but we can see her face on this particular tastes. So we can zoom in. Maybe. I don't need another complete video. Yeah, This is enough from this place. I'm going to have that video. So I just cropped this. Now. I come to this place. I'm going to remove those unwanted food age area from this only young boy to have that. Just trim this. At the beginning, since we are introducing this character, you may allow her for a few more seconds. But this is fine. I don t think more than this time. We don't need that shot. And here we have the chart. We just need that. Very few seconds. I was trained that. And now we have had a friends and I'm going to edit this. I just going to trim this from this location to this. I'm going to have this. Now I know to the ripple delete for the empty space. And I come to this place. Here also, I'm going to show her friends for few seconds only. So there's very happy. And these are the cutest moments of the incident, which is marriage. And we have the goal. Shingles is going to turn here. That was a fantastic moment with this video. And after that, we have those couples running towards that the wedding event location. I just want to have them here from this place. So here I'm going to add one cut. So I use my razor tool. Here. I'm going to have one cut. And I use my select tool. I delete the unwanted area. Now you can see the **** editor that unwanted or segments that took lot of time. And you know, they are there. And here I'm going to trim this. I don't want to show that case because, you know, I'm going to show that after the marriage. So I want to keep that incident until the marriage was complete. And here I just want to show only know that few seconds. And here also I'm going to show only few seconds. Here. I just want to show the complete video. This is the greatest moment of the life for some people, not everyone. I'm not sure. You guys only know. So this is so much important footage are not going to edit this. So here I just want to finish with this case. I'm not going to let them separate. Just want to trim with this. And then we have this moment. This is really nice. But I don't want to keep that moment for a long time. And here we have that moment. They just play. I just need that play here. Now. I just want to crop that area. And they come to the next one. I just want to finish with this area. And they come to this place. I just crop it. And I know they are playing. Those moments are really nice. But I just want to finish that with this. I just want to finish here. And after that, I come to this place, this footage. I just want to show this from this only. And I just want to close this. Now we have their friends, all of them together. This is nice. In this way. Monday we're showing all the friends of the bride as well as the two. And here we have the friends. I just want to trim this. After that. We have these moments. This is really nice. And I'm going to trim that anyway. I'm going to have this video. She was just playing here. She's going to throw it. Not going to show, you know, it's going to fall. I just send that because that was fallen down. I and I just, you know, take that cut. And I keep this video after that. So it convey the message like this. She was throwing that and, you know, she got that. I don't want to do show that that was fallen down. We have this video. I just want to tease them. So with this, I just want to trim this. I just want to delete this. I think it was a repeater. And I'm going to have this. This is the nice one. Here. We have their friends. That's enough for this moment. And they are getting that bike. They are happy. You are still using driving that bike. And just trim with that. Finally, we have this video, this segment, we are completing this song. Right? I'm going to put the fad Here. We have successfully seemed all those things. Here. I'm going to add one video transition which is fed into dark. I can use black or white since it was a wedding given. So I'm going to choose a video transition. I'm going to choose dissolve. I'm going to choose dip to white instead of dip to black. So this will finish with the white, not a black. The same way. I'm going to use very faster frame. So here I'm going to add the transition which is in dip to white. So you can see at the beginning you have the white. Turn it to the, the goal. Again, say, I'm going to add the next thing. I'm going to use my color adjustments. If it's a US, you can see how we have all those colors. I'm going to add an adjustment layer here. I'm going to choose new adjustment layer. So I add adjustment layer here. In this second track, I was added the adjustment layer. And I'm going to expand the total duration. Here. I can able to do those effects, what I can add using this particular video effects. So I had a lot of video of x here based on the need I can add. Which one is I want? You can see I have effects from this image control. So I have the black and white color past all those things. I took out. Hello Collection option. I can able to adjust the color balance. And I to have the Lumetri colors. I have a lot of adjustments there. You can see that I have my obsolete. So here I have Hue Saturation values. So I can able to change HLS year. Let us hide this HLS. I just add this color balance here. And after adding that, I come to my Effects Control, X control. I'm going to adjust the colors on the hue value and the lightness and saturation. So I'm going to increase the saturation. When I increase the saturation, you can see what is going on there. I can able to increase the color values on all those pixels. So we just increase that into ten per cent. That has a vital role when you are doing this kind of work. You can see without that vibrant saturation, we have this color value. With that, we have this much or motorcar difference. This is why we are adding the saturation. I can see how vibrant this one. And without that, you can see how we have that. I was added that this is enough for this. Now, I'm going to add some graphics. So I'm going to choose the graphics. In graphics, we have lots of default. The graphics here. We can use it. And when you take us, you can create your own. You can use whatever you want, like you're at the beginning. You can use those. The wedding event title or in-between. You can use the name, blade name as well as a group name. So based on your need, you can use all those things. Like, you know, at the beginning, I'm going to use this graphic effect which is bold image caption. Just drag and drop that. And you're going to see how we are going to have this. Just play this. And here we are going to have the preview. The help of this option, I can able to add, you know, what are the things I was like you had to have the text layer. You can see that here. I can able to add what text I need and what are all the things, you know, text I was secured for the text color change and alignment and everything else. So after all those things now, I just save this document. Okay, it was loading, takes some time. I will save this. So after saving this, I'm going to export this complete video just so I can see we have the editing works. Yes, we can do all those editing. And if you want, you can add the other graphics, whatever you need in this video. Now finally, I'm going to choose this option which is Quick Export. I press Quick Export. And I'm going to define where I want to export this video. I just want to mention that location here. We just click here. You can see inside that same project folder, I'm going to save this. Save. And I'm going to choose this option which is export. We can see the total duration is three minutes and 40 seconds. So if it takes some time, but at the end you will get the quality output. Now let's just plus cancer. I just want to unmute my audio and I'm going to do the same thing again. I do the export process. So it was begun. This is the process was going to get finished in few seconds. It will take the time based on your system configuration. If you have very good configuration, the graphics card, everything, it will take only few seconds or a few minutes to render the complete video. Now, it was completer. And going to now show you the output here. Just open the destination folder. I'm going to play this will have three minute 48 second duration. And we do have the audio with this. So I just pause. You can see we got the particular topics we have adder. Let's just increase the volume. Blank to flip this clip towards the right and say, Yeah, we had to do that. We missed it. So we have all those moments. We have added adjustment layer, we have increase the saturation value for ten. You can see we have all those important moments. So we got everything in order. At the end, we'll have the white, the dip to white transition. So this is all we know you can able to simply edit the wedding video. The most important thing is you have to select the right background song or the music. And you have to sort all those videos in a proper order. That itself, the work was almost completed. And you are going to few video or just the flip. I was told you at the beginning, just to want to do that. So if you did all those small, small detail to work, the exact result you will get. That is very good. I just want to flip this on horizontal way. So I just want her on the same direction that she was having a look on the very first clip. So it was getting loader. Just press Control S to save this. So we got all those other things. This is so you can able to edit the entire wedding video editing work using Adobe Premier Pro. We can use the same procedure for all those, all the cultured, all the different region or countries videos using Adobe Premier Pro. We are not going to use a different formats. We're going to start with the beginning of the liberation of the wedding event. And we're going to finish with how the couples are leaving the honeymoon. This is how we can able to do that video editing work for this kind of reading using Adobe Premier Pro. 136. Export the Sequence as Video File: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to export a sequence as a complete video file using Adobe Premier Pro. I'm going to show you what are the options we have to export as a video. Let me start with this video. Here you can see I have a sequence. The name of the sequence is dance. I have one with dance and other one is witness. So this particular sequence is fitness. You can say that I have multiple those sequences with them, the fitness based video. And here I have one more. My sequence which is dance. So you can see how those goals are dancing here. So this two sequences, I'm going to export as a video. First, I'm going to use this video, which is this dance. So when you open this particular video sequence, which is the sequence and completed, all those works like I was just given a small adjustment layer cover, the color. I just meant like you can see how the original footages and I was done. I know Wanli, a very simple that ghosting effect for the video effect, you can see that how that has the effect here. Now I'm going to export this as a complete video. So to export at this sequence as a complete video. First I wasn't the sequence. Now, after that, I go to my file minimum. In File menu, I'm going to choose the option Export. You can see when it choose this export option. We have the option very first, which is Media. The shortcut key to access this option is control. You know how to choose the very first one. I choose the very first one which is media. Many choose media. We can see we got this export settings panel. In this window, you can see I had two tabs here. I have the source and output. Firstly, choose source. You can see this is a source and adjust output because I just want to make the output right now because of this export setting. Now here I have the source scaling option. You can set how you want that source. You can see we have a scaled to fit, scale to fill and stitch to fill. You can choose whichever you want. By default, you have the scale to fit in after this source scaling. At the bottom you can see that we have the in and out. So after that, at the bottom, we can see it has different options for you. So you can choose either the entire sequence or it can choose the sequence in-and-out. To do that, you can place the head here and we can press i so that you can define where you want the input. And you can also place your playhead and you can press O to define the output. This is the particular source range. You can see that right now I was having that in custom. Now I choose this sequence in and out or entire sequence to select all those contents. Now after that here I have the present, the custom display level. We can set how you want. By default, you will have this feed only. Then if you want to navigate with this play head. You can also do that with the help of these options. You can see it shows you the entire duration of this video. We can see it has on many 39 seconds and 15 frames. So these are the options we have on this output left-hand side. Now, I come to the right-hand side. Here you have most of the major settings, what you need to export a video. Here, you can see at first I have the option which is mad setting, where to place it here. So with the help of this matte setting option, I can able to enable this. And when I enable this, you can see I can able to match the quality of this particular video with my source video. So here it shows you the summary of the output and source. We can see the source dimension, which is 0920 to 1080 pixels. And you do have the frame rate which is 29.97 FBS. If you enable this match sequence settings, you have the output as well as source, the same value. But if I increase, let us see I just disabled this match sequence settings. And if I disabled that, you can see I have different values here. If you match, you can not have to do any change on those settings. But if a disabled that, I can customize my output settings with the help of this option which is format. Here. In this format we can choose what kind of, you know, the output you require. Like if I want a video, I can choose either the input for. Or you can choose the Blu-ray zip file. Whatever you need. You can choose which one you want. You can see that all those the format I was elected, and that shows you what kind of file extension you will have here in output. Going to choose impactful. It shows you will have a DGP format because entrySet you have that know the different resolution, which is the GBP 176144, and the GBB three by two into 288. So based on your needs, you can choose what you need. You can see that if I want to know just audio, I can also choose this option which is MP3. Choose MP3, I will have the audio alone. We can see the preset has the audio quality, which is the maximum values to 56, and I have 128. This is a minimum value for MP3. So it can able to export as a video file. You can say that you can export as the audio. We can export for a DVD or CD. So based on your needs, you can choose what kind of output medium you are going to use. That's why this is so much important. And you can also choose the image sequence like I choose jetpack. Here you can see in preset I have jetpack sequence. So if you want to export this footage as a sequence, like the multiple images, you can use this option which is Jabba. Now after that, I'm going to choose my video format, which is I'm going to choose this one has taught at 26 for just a compressed the format of MP4 video. Now after that, I choose this, my preset. You can see in preset, most of the time we have Match Source and the bitrate value. You can see we have Match Source, Medium betrayed, betrayed, and adapted hybrid trade. So based on your needs, you can choose which one you want it to have the video quality if you want to export as a for ADP to ATP, which is called HD, also full HD or for k, we can choose according to that. Like I'm going to choose this full HD. And you do have the mobile business solution like the hatchery full HD and for K2. So here you will have different compressions to compare this high-quality. After that, you do have the obeys the display resolution support also. Now I choose only this high-quality than ADP. After that, if you want to just give the comments for this video, it can give you live is stored in the videos and the attributes. So these are the options you have with this particular video. Then you can see after this comments I have the particular output name. We can change the name and location with the help of this particular option. I just click here. When I click there, you can see I was in my particular project folder. And I'm going to give a name, which is dance. And I'm going to choose Save. So this is the default location of a selector. And here you have two options, Export Video and export audio. So if you want to exploit any one element itself, we can enable that one and you can export. If you want to export both elements like video on audio, it can have that enabled condition. Anyway, by default, you will have those two options and enable mode only. Then after that you have the output file. It shows you where it was saved. It to have the source in the particular location. So these are the export settings, the locations what we have with Adobe Premier Pro. Now after this, during the export process also, we can do lots of advanced, unimaginably things. That's what we are going to see here. You can see after this export settings here you have Fx, video, audio, multiplexer, and we have captions and publish settings. So if you want to use, you can use all those options. First, I'm going to use this fx. If you look at this effects, you have different effects here also. So if you want any effects during this export process here itself, you can do all those things. You can see what are the effects we have here. It's unimaginable. I just enabled this. Let's take a look. Just enable that. Here. In this applied, I'm going to choose what kind of look like I have ASL big hatched area. When I choose that you can see what kind of changes I got here. I do have ESL blue eyes. You can see how I have the changes. So during this process also we can able to do the effects with the help of this fx. This export effects controls. You can see how we have beautiful those effects with the help of the loo metric look. So you can use according to your need. During this export process also. You can disable that and enable, if a trick us. So you have huge amount of options here. You can see that this is the Lumetri look. Now I just disabled that I have is GR conform. I can able to adjust my brightness here. After our plane that you can see what kind of difference we have. A2 can able to adjust the brightness of this particular, the entire video sequence, not only that particular footage. And we have the contrast. I just want you to have this softening so we can able to adjust those things. Now after this is G or conform, I have the other option which is image overlay. So I just enable that. And if we want to do overlay, I'm going to choose the particular file and that we have the overlay over this particular video. And I can able to set the position like Barry want, like if you have your YouTube channel logo or any other logo, if you want to overlay that particular thing anywhere, you can just choose that and you can sit where you want the position of the particular logo or any other item you to have absolute of x and y. So with the help of this options, we can able to place exactly where you need the particular, like. After that I have this size and the opacity, that absolute sizing. So these are the options you have for the overlay. Now after this overlay, I come to this name overlay. If you fail, if you want to give any name overlay, definitely can go for that. For that only we are going to use this option name overlay. After that name overlay, I have timecode overlay here. So if you want, you can just enable you have the time tuna and you have video limiter, we have loudness normalization. So we can able to do all those things if you have used that option which is overlay in Adobe Premier Pro. So we use this one which is the metric look after image overlay. I have name overlay. You can see that I can come to this place. I can just enable that with the help of this option, I can able to add the name here. So right now we have the sequence name. You can set what name you need and you can choose how you want that. On. I can able to set the position where I want the center or bottom center, or the top center, we can choose where you want. And you can also set the x and y offset. You can see how we can able to set that. He took cow this option which is the size. So we can able to adjust the size of this object, the opacity of the object, what we have at the background. So these are the options we have with this option which is name overtly, just disable that. And I have this timecode overlay also. If you want to show the time code what you have, we can show that. I can see that also you have the position offset size, opacity. You can see that we have time tuna. If you want. You can add that. After this time tonight. I have video limiter. I have this loudness normalization. We have the sound. So these are the options we have with this affects itself without those effects, this video has different loop. With that affect. This video has different look. You can say that how good that particular video after adding that particular effect. So these are the options we have with this effects tab. Now we go to the video. In this video, you can see we have the particular output video dimension, which is 09880. And if you want to customize, yes, you can just choose here, like I'm going to choose 1440. So based on that, here, it does change, which is the height. If you want to customize width and height, we can just break this link. You can do that. But now I just want nine to 0 because this is a full HD display. Now after that I had a frame rate. We have the default frame that here. If you want to customize that, I can just disable this. And I can able to set, you know, what even need. Like, I come to this place and justice my Tab key. So here I have the option. You can disable that. You can able to change what kind of frame rate you want to customize. And we have the field order. If you want to change this progressive, we can choose, but I just want the field order to have the different aspect ratio for the different scanning system like PayPal and TAC. And for those patterns and TAC also we have forestry and sustain its length ratio. So you can choose here the aspect ratio of that particular video code. And if you want to add more depth with this rendering process, we can just enable this option which is centered at maximum depth. We have encoding the profile. You can see. How we had the profile and the level. So you can see all those values there. And after that, I have the most during a display color, purple. If you want, you can change it to how the target bitrate. I can see that I was having the full amount and the keyframe distance. Also you have if you want to know if this is a VR video, it can enable this. Now, after this video, I have the audio. You can choose what kind of code you need, AAC or impact. And we have the basic audio settings for audio code, sample rate channel, this bit rate. So this is the highest amount, which is 320. And most of them we use that. We have this multiplexer. If you want to change, it can change that from MP4. Otherwise we can use standard in this stream comfortable chair. So I have the standard. If you want, you can change. Then I had captions and I don't want any captions here. After that I had to publish option. So if you want to directly add, you can use this option. We can just add this enable FTP option. We can give the name and password of the FTP server. So you can able to directly published from this Premier Pro itself. These are the five actually sticks effects that they have with this Adobe Premiere Pro. And After we know all those values, the effects and adjustments, I come to the next area. Here it shows you use maximum render quality if you want, you can use an input into projects, set a start time code, and use previews and use fluxes, and render the alpha channel only if you want, based on the need, you can choose whatever you want. And it shows you what will be the estimator, the output file size. It shows you a 781. So if you want, you can change you to have the metadata option. If you want to change the metadata about the video, you can change it here. Now after finishing all those things, finally, you how to choose this option Export, not this Q, I will explain this Q option in upcoming lesson. So it had to choose this option which is export. So I just click here. Choose that on that the given location. This particular video will be recorded as a single file. You can see it shows you the total duration. It was going to get finished. So it's based on newer systems configuration. If you have very good configuration with computer graphics card, take only few minutes, otherwise didn't attack some more time. So this is completely based on the system configuration only. So now you can see this export process was going to finish and we have choosed all those settings. Finally, we help plus only this option which is export. When it choose Export. Export process was automatic into Illustrator and it was completed. It shows you where it was stored. So I'm going to choose that. You can see this is where we have the file only to have 745 MB, which is almost closer to the 741. Now I'm going to play this video. Remember I didn't add any soundtrack for this. So I just have this video. You can see how good that color change, what we have that calculation we have done during the export process only. This is not the work we have done with other Premier Pro, so that those effects are not used only this effect, what we have used during the export process Sunday. So we can see how good are the particular calculation and that was updated with this video. You can see that we didn't have any lag on this vdu, any unwanted noises, those scratches, nothing is there. This complete video and it looks really nice in terms of technical quality. You can see that all those the lighting and the details are really good. You can see that how good those details in this video. So this is how we can able to export any video using this Adobe Premier Pro. We can able to export a single video file as your record. 137. Export Single Frame: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to export single frame as an image using Adobe Premier Pro. We have two ways to do this work. We can do that with the help of other source screen. We can also do that with the help of our program window. Let us see how to do the same work in order to help buffer. So screen, when you have the source green, you can see whatever the clip I was choosing in my Project Explorer that will be available on this screen. You can able to see that. Now for a promotion, Berbers are some other purpose for the project, the video editing project. I just want to have this particular frame as a JPEG image. If you want this particular frame as a JPEG image, what you can do is we can place it exactly where you want, the particular frame, the position. And after placing that particular frame position in newer bottom, the frame icon, you can see that in this source icon or the loss, you have the option of disease export frame. We can press this button to export the particular frame as a JPEG image or any other image. So I press here. You can also use the shortcut key, which is Control Shift T or Command Shift T p are using a Mac system. So now I use this button when it chooses that, it shows you the name of the particular frame, which is the file name. It has the particular clip name. You can see that this clip has the name. It has the same name. And it shows you that particular the frames duration of the video clip. It shows you eight minutes and eight minutes. Yeah, this is the minute actually. So 0 minute, eight seconds and 03, that is the frame number. We are converting that particular frame as a still image using Adobe Premier Pro. So you can customize the name if you want. So you don't need to keep that same name. Like I'm going to convert the name dance goals. And after that I have the format. We can choose either JPEG format or PNG format or any other former director. Now, I'm going to choose the Jaipur, this particular image the frame will save as a JPEG image. We can also choose tiff if you want to do that work for the print I and for commercial purpose, we use this option which is JPEG. So this is a compressed format. We use this JPEG and to how the optimum details what you require for print as less than. If you have the transparent background with this video. If you want to transparent that the video clip, you can choose PNG. So you will get a transparent background image. Now I choose JPEG, and you can see we have the path. It was stored in my project folder in my chapter 14. I now know if you want to change this particular path, you can choose this button Browse and you can navigate and you can show where you want to export this particular single image frame. Now after set all those things I choose, Okay? So when I choose OK, that particular frame, that particular eight seconds and 03 frame will be saved as an image. So let us see where we have that. So this is where I was saved that particular image. You can see the file name it just dance girls. And this is Jeopardy, which you can see that going to have the property's view. So you can see the name of the file, dance girls. And this is a jetpack image. You can see that it too has the file size, which is 859 KB. And this is how we are saving. You can see the dimension of the image. It is 192021080 pixels, since it's full HD. Now I just double-click to open this picture. You can see how is the quality. This is a video, not a still image. So we took this still image from the video only. So this is how you can able to export a particular frame as an image. Now we go back to the my Premier Pro. Premier Pro. You can see I have my program screen here. I saw I had the same option which is export to frame. So you need to have the same function shortcut for this. I just click here so I can able to convert this particular current frame as an image. I'm going to do the same name, dance to girls. And I'm going to choose the format which is Jaipur. As I've asked, choose a previously, I'm going to save or the same folder. Now I'm going to choose OK button. So I choose okay. So this particular frame will be saved as a JPEG image. Let us see. Here you can see I got the tones to girls. And this is the quality of that video footage. This is how you can able to convert our export any frame of the video as a JPEG or other images format using Adobe Premier Pro. 138. Export Media from Project Panel: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to export from other project panel, the video process work. You can see in my project panel, I have been the name of the business video files. And I do have two sequences. So here I have the sequence dance, and here I have the sequence which is fitness. I do have an adjustment layer for color adjustment. Now, what I'm going to do, I'm not going to load this fitness sequence in this program, but still I can able to export that particular sequence output as a video. Let us see how to do that. I come to my project panel. Here I have the sequence which is fitness. Now I just right-click over this particular sequence and I choose this option which is Export Media. You can see I have that at the bottom. I choose this option Export Media. When I choose Export Media From my project panel, then I can able to access this post setting, what we are using, the File menu and other things. So directly you can access that and you can set what you want and how we want those things. I'm going to choose the particular destination where I want to save this. And I'm going to choose the video of x if I want. We know we can able to apply those LUT affected if we want. So I can able to do all those things using this option. You can see how beautiful that is. So these are the export settings, what we have for export the project from this project panel, you can choose Export and this will be saved as a video. Let us see, I just choose export. The export process was started. It shows me on that if I seconds, it was getting reduced. Yeah, it was finished and it shows you where the particular output file was stored. So I'm going to open the file now. Here you can see I got the file, I just double-click and let us have the view. You can see that I didn't add any audio for this. You can see how good the video quality is. So this is how we can able to convert that particular, you know, the video project output from this project panel itself. We can see still we have that program sequence only on my this dance sequence, but still I can able to export this fitness scene, which is the witness sequence. This is a great video file using this Adobe Premier Pro. The same way you can able to convert any particular, that element, what you have in this timeline as a video. Most of the time these things are only video files. So we don't want to export that again as a video. But if you have any composition, yes, it can choose that conversation and that sequence. And you can able to export the desk the separate video file using this Adobe Premiere Pro. 139. Essential Adobe Media Encoder: In this lesson, I'm going to show you how to convert my multiple sequences or media files as a video using Adobe Premier Pro. Now, my project panel, you can see I have two sequences. So I just want to convert both sequences as a video. You have this kind of multiple sequences. Yes, we can convert all those sequences as a video using Adobe Premier Pro. To do that, I was selecting those multiple sequences in May project. You can choose how many sequences you have. Like if you have the sequences like scene one, scene to scene three, yes. You can have multiple sequences and sell all those sequences what you have. And right-click over there. You can choose any one gene sequence to right-click because you have selected all those sequences. Now I choose the option which is Export Media. When you choose multiple sequences are multiple media files in the project panel. Choose Export Media. You will have this pop-up, which is export setting. We can say this was entirely different from what you have for a single video file. So here I have the format. You can choose which format you trackers. I'm going to choose this H.264 and it has the maximum bitrate. If I want to change, I can change how I want. I'm going to choose this high-quality it NAT and choose that. And here I can get the command. Here you can set the export audio, video or together based on your need. So after that, I have the video effects what you have, I can adjust that when you track your hours, you know how to do that or those things. So we can adjust how you want. And if you want to add those other features, we have seen that all features, if you want other features here so you can enable and you can add, you can customize all those features. What we have seen here. Now, after Reno, complete all those things, after choosing all those things, what are your IQR in this? I'm going to choose the option which is Q. You can see that we have not have the Export button here. We have a button which is Q. So when you plus this q, you will have the Media Encoder, which is Adobe Media Encoder. You can see when I mouse over the my mouse here, it shows you add to Adobe Media Encoder queue. So it will be under Q. You can add multiple sequences or media files in a queue. Finally, you can do the rendering process as a batch one. So you don't want to do the rendering process for each and every time. Let me show you how to do that. I just press this button, which is Q. So when I choose this Q, It was preparing, exploiting. You don't have the mindset like the file was exported as a video. Actually, this particular sequence will be added in Adobe Media Encoder. Now, Adobe Media Encoder was loading. It will take few seconds when you are doing this work for the first time when you're adding this on the queue. So don't hurry up yourself. Just wait, calm, relaxed. Sometimes detect more time if you have less configuration on your computer. So this was getting opened. You can see that logo, which is AME, which means Media Encoder. And when it gets opened, you can see both sequences on the exploited list. You can see that we have this OK space. So in this workspace, we can able to see we have preset manager displacer drug, so we have this Q. So in this queue we can able to see I have dance and fitness. Both. Those are two sequences, or Azure from Premier. You can see the premier icon here, and it shows you that it will save those files. Now, I can set the preset what I backyard. So I can see I choose this plus icon and I can create my new sequence if you want, or you can choose whichever you need. You can see that here we have broadcast preset and we separately had audio preset. We have on the cinema and the mobile devices DVD. So far everything we have separate. Those quality. I'm going to choose this blue day. Okay, I'm going to choose this mobile. Mobile itself. We can see how many features we have. I'm going to choose this in ATP. And this is the place that I'm going to use. So this is what I need. And here also you can able to see it. You can see in this particular Q, I have this quality here. I can set what kind of quality directors. And I do have the particular, the quality of the video. You can see how you want. You know, how you want to set the quality of this particular video in the output. We have choose that during the premier itself. But here if you want, you can change it. If you want to change the path also, yes, you can do that work. After all those things, I'm going to press this button which is Start Queue. You can see that it shows you the keyword which is taught q. And it shows you the option of just auto encode watch folder. So I just press this button will just start Q. And after start this process, if you want to pause or stop, you can use this button. Just talk to you. Now I'm going to play this. I just Start Queue when I plus dot q, you can see at the bottom it shows you currently what process is going on. I will select my LUT effect. So you got this appearance here. And it shows you currently what kind of, you know, that particular sequence was exporting as a video. And here it shows you the current status of the export process. So once it was good computer, we can able to access those video files. Let us see. Now you can see this process is going to complete. The first one is completed, and the second one is going to get finished. Once it get finished, we're going to see where we have those video files. Of course, it will be on our project folder only. Now we can see it was completed. This green color tick mark shows you that project in on the particular conversion process was entirely completed in form of inner conversion as well as encoding. Now I'm going to watch those files by click here. I can able to access those files. Yeah, that was getting loaded. Here. You can see I was having those files and I have that video file here, but it's just dance. I have the particular sequence is just fitness does have the preview. So here I have the runtime, which is the render time. The particular video affect us there. And here also I have that render time video affect reality. This is all we know. We can able to do all your editing work using Adobe Premier Pro. And after that, you can export all those cues. And you can just play this with the help of this Adobe Media Encoder. You don't want to be there when that particular export processes going on. If you have more than hovers are two of us. All those, you know, the duration videos will be exported as the format what you record using this option, which is Adobe Media Encoder. So this is all we are exporting all those data from our Adobe Media Encoder, as well as the major software which is Adobe Premier Pro. 140. Time to fly with Premiere Pro: We are at the end of this course. So thank you so much for choosing this course. You have learned the video editing process from the beginning to end. So we have covered so many things in this video editing course. We have given the basic introduction about video editing. How we do the basic editing in Adobe Premier Pro. How to use the editing tools and how to manipulate the images, how to use the graphics for video editing projects. How to use a different text to form, and how to process audio, and how to use the audio transitions, audio effects, how to use a video effects also, how to do the masking techniques using Adobe Premier Pro. We have seen lot of things on those lessons. And we to see, I know how to use animations and Adobe Premier Pro, how to do color corrections for your video editing project. We also seen all those six projects which helps you to create a real-time works using this Adobe Premier Pro. Now, you can able to edit any video, or you can do any video editing project or using this Adobe Premiere Pro. Remember these same kind of knowledge? The video editing knowledge is almost common for all those video editing softwares. What we have in this real-time world. Once if you know the software males, it's easy to use any other video editing software for you. So you do not know or you don't want to learn separately those softwares. If you just have the software within few minutes or seconds, you can able to start to use because you know all the basics about the Adobe Premier Pro as well as the normal video editing process using this course. Let us use this, you know, all those knowledge and fly over the world. And do Oliver works.